VOLUME 1 Investec strategic report incorporating governance, sustainability and the remuneration report Corporate information

Investec plc and Investec Limited

Secretary and registered offi ce Transfer secretaries in Investec plc South Africa David Miller Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd 2 Gresham Street 70 Marshall Street London EC2V 7QP Johannesburg 2001 United Kingdom PO Box 61051 Telephone (44) 20 7597 4000 Marshalltown 2107 Facsimile (44) 20 7597 4491 Telephone (27) 11 370 5000

Investec Limited Directorate Benita Coetsee Executive directors (Up to 30 June 2014) Stephen Koseff (chief executive offi cer) Bernard Kantor (managing director) Niki van Wyk Glynn R Burger (group risk and fi nance (with effect from 1 July 2014) director) 100 Grayston Drive Hendrik J du Toit (chief executive offi cer, Sandown Sandton 2196 Investec Asset Management) PO Box 785700 Sandton 2196 Telephone (27) 11 286 7000 Non-executive directors Facsimile (27) 11 286 7966 Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) Internet address Fani Titi (joint chairman) George FO Alford (senior independent NED) www.investec.com Cheryl A Carolus Perry KO Crosthwaite Registration number Olivia C Dickson Investec plc Bradley Fried Registration number 3633621 David Friedland Haruko Fukuda OBE Investec Limited Ian R Kantor Registration number 1925/002833/06 M Peter Malungani Peter RS Thomas Auditors Samuel E Abrahams retired with effect Ernst & Young LLP 8 August 2013. Ernst & Young Inc. For contact details for Investec Registrars in the UK offi ces internationally refer to pages 135 and 136 in Computershare Investor Services plc volume three. The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZ United Kingdom Telephone (44) 870 707 1077

For queries regarding information in this document Investor Relations Telephone (27) 11 286 7070 (44) 20 7597 5546 e-mail: [email protected] Internet address: www.investec.com/en_za/#home/investor_relations.html About this report

The 2014 integrated annual report covers the period 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014 and provides an overview of the Investec group.

This report covers all our operations across the various geographies in which we operate and has been structured to provide stakeholders with relevant fi nancial and non-fi nancial information.

We value feedback and invite questions and comments on our reporting. To give feedback or request hard copies of our reports, please contact our Investor Relations division.

01 02 03 Investec strategic report Investec risk and Basel Investec fi nancials incorporating governance, Pillar III disclosures reports sustainability and the remuneration report

Get the most out of our report

Cross-referencing tools:

Audited information Reporting standard Defi nitions

Denotes information in the risk, corporate Denotes our consideration of a Refers readers to the defi nitions responsibility and remuneration reports reporting standard on 164 that form part of the group’s audited annual fi nancial statements

Page references Sustainability Website

Refers readers to information elsewhere Refers readers to further information in Indicates that additional information in this report our sustainability report available on our is available on our website: website: www.investec.com www.investec.com

Investec integrated annual report 2014 1 Contents

1 Overview of the year

Highlights 4 About the Investec group 10 Our strategic focus 12 Our operational structure 13 Our operational footprint 14 Operational and strategic report 18 Financial review 22

2 Divisional review

Group divisional structure 55 Asset Management 56 Wealth & Investment 63 Specialist Banking 70

3 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility

Corporate governance 82 Directorate Investec plc and Investec Limited 101 Shareholder analysis 103 Communication and stakeholder engagement 108 Corporate responsibility 109

4 Remuneration report

Remuneration report 127 Defi nitions 164

2 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Overview of the year Highlights

The successful strategic alignment Our fi nancial of the group towards low capital performance intensive businesses and the simplifi cation of the Specialist Operating profi t* Banking business model over increased 6.0% the past few years have resulted (increase of 20.3% currency neutral) in a scaleable platform from which 2013 2014 the group’s businesses can £426.3mn £451.8mn continue to grow Adjusted attributable earnings^ increased 6.0% The South African business reported an • Wealth & Investment’s operating (increase of 20.5% currency neutral) increase in operating profi t* of 25.3% in profi t* increased by 30.5% and Rand terms. The UK business reported an Asset Management reported increase of 24.4% in operating profi t*. operating profi t* 2.4% ahead of the prior year, with both 2013 2014 The Australian business reported a loss, divisions benefi ting from higher impacted by strategic restructuring. levels of average funds under £309.3mn £327.8mn Overall group results have been negatively management and combined net impacted by the depreciation of the average infl ows of £4.0 billion Rand: Pounds Sterling exchange rate of • The Specialist Banking Adjusted earnings per share approximately 20% over the year. businesses in both the UK and (EPS)^ increased 5.3% South Africa reported operating (increase of 19.7% currency neutral) Overview of the year profi t* up in excess of 29%, in home currencies • Recurring revenue as a 2013 2014 proportion of total operating income amounted to 70.7% 36.1p 38.0p (2013: 68.6%)

• Capital light businesses account for 52.0% of group income Dividends per share * Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, increased 5.6% • Impairments on loans and (increase of 27.7% in Rands) 01 non-operating items, taxation and after advances decreased by other non-controlling interests. £84.9 million (i.e. 33.8%) with ^ Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, the credit loss charge on core non-operating items and after non- loans improving from 0.84% at 2013 2014 controlling interests and deduction of 31 March 2013 to 0.68% preference dividends. 18.0p 19.0p • We maintained a sound capital position with tier 1 ratios Note: Amounts represented on a currency of 10.5% for Investec plc neutral basis assume that the closing and 11.0% for Investec Limited and average exchange rates of the group’s relevant exchange rates relative • Liquidity remains strong with to Pounds Sterling remain the same cash and near cash balances at 31 March 2014 when compared to amounting to £9.1 billion 31 March 2013. (2013: £9.8 billion).

4 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Highlights (continued)

% contribution of operating profit** to total group by business

Percentage 100

80

Total shareholders’ equity 60 increased 1.8% (increase of 12.2% currency neutral) 40

20 2013 2014 Specialist Banking £3 942mn £4 013mn 0 Wealth & Investment 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Asset Management

Third party assets under % contribution of operating profit** to total group by geography management decreased 0.7% (increase of 8.9% currency neutral) Percentage 100

2013 2014 80 £110.7bn £109.9bn 60

Core loans and advances to 40 customers decreased 6.8% (increase of 7.9% currency neutral) 20 Overview of the year

0 Southern Africa 2013 2014 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 UK, Australia and Other

£18.4bn £17.2bn ** Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. Average recurring annuity income^ since 2008 of 67% Customer deposits decreased 7.6% £‘million Percentage (increase of 6.2% currency neutral) 2 500 80 01

70 2 000 2013 2014 60 £24.5bn £22.6bn 1 500 50 40

1 000 Trading income 30 Investment income Other fees and other 20 operating income 500 Annuity fees and 10 commissions Net interest income 0 0 Annuity income ˆ as a 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 % of total income

^ Where annuity income is net interest income and annuity fees.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 5 Highlights (continued)

Continued growth in key earnings drivers…

Funds under management down 0.7% Customer accounts down 7.6% (up 8.9% currency neutral) (up 6.2% currency neutral)

Core loans and advances down 6.8% (up 7.9% currency neutral)

Third party assets under management Customer accounts (deposits) and loans

£’billion £’billion Percentage 120 30 120

100 25 100

80 20 80

60 15 60

40 10 40

20 5 20

0 0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Other Core loans and advances to customers Wealth & Investment Customer accounts Asset Management Loans and advances to customer accounts

Signifi cantly lower impairments… Overview of the year

Impairments in South Africa decreased by 23.6% in Rands

Impairments in the UK decreased by 17.1% (including Kensington a decline of 38.8%)

Australia reported an increase in impairments over the year

Asset quality trends

UK and Other (excluding Kensington) South Africa Australia 01 Percentage £’billionPercentage R’billionPercentage A$’billion 6.0 7 6.0 160 12.0 3.5

5.0 6 5.0 10.0 3.0 120 5 2.5 4.0 4.0 8.0 4 2.0 3.0 3.0 80 6.0 3 1.5 2.0 2.0 4.0 2 1.0 40

1.0 1 1.0 2.0 0.5

0 0 0 0 0 0 08 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 14

Credit loss ratio (LHS) Defaults (net of impairments) as a % of Net core loans (RHS) core advances (LHS)

6 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Highlights (continued)

Marginal increase in fi xed costs…

Asset Management Specialist Banking • Headcount increased: 200 people • Headcount declined: 144 people

• Supporting growth initiatives • Costs up in line with infl ation (in home currencies) and as a consequence of reshaping Wealth & Investment • Headcount increased: 51 people • Investment in IT, online infrastructure and experienced portfolio managers

Narrowing jaws ratio Headcount*

£’million Number 2 000 8 000 10 year CAGR of 11.4% 7 000

1 500 6 000

5 000

1 000 4 000

3 000 10 year CAGR 500 of 11.3% 2 000 1 000

0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Operating income Asset Management Operating costs (excluding depreciation) Wealth & Investment Specialist Banking Overview of the year * Permanent headcount and includes acquisitions.

Resulting in increased operating profi t from all three of our businesses…

Operating profit* by business

Asset Management Wealth & Investment Specialist Banking £’million £’million £’million 01 150 70 400

60 350 120 300 50

90 250 40 200 30 60 150 20 100 30 10 50

0 0 0 08 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 14

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 7 Highlights (continued)

Stable capital position…

Total capital adequacy: 14.0% – 17.0% Common equity tier 1 ratio: >10.0% by March 2016 Target Total tier 1 ratio: >11.0% by March 2016 Leverage ratio: >6.0%

Capital adequacy Tier 1

Percentage Percentage 15.3 16.0 16 14.9 15.3 16

12 12 10.8 11.0 11.0 10.5

8 8

4 4

0 0 Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Bank Limited Limited Bank plc plc Bank Limited Limited Bank plc plc As reported As reported

Leverage ratios Common equity tier 1

Percentage Percentage 10 12 11.0 11.0 10.2 10.3 9.3 9.4 8 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.7 10 8.8 8.8 6.8 7.27.2 7.2 6.2 6.2 8 6 6 4 4 2 2 0 0 Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Investec Overview of the year Bank Limited Limited Bank plc plc Bank Limited Limited Bank plc plc Fully loaded Current Permanent capital Fully loaded As reported

Note: Refer to page 164 for detailed defi nitions and explanations.

The intimate involvement of senior management ensures stringent management of risk Sound capital and liquidity 01 and liquidity A well-established liquidity management philosophy remains in place The group’s loan to deposit ratios are as follows: principles – Investec Limited: 72.9% (2013: 73.2%) maintained – Investec plc: 71.0% (2013: 68.9%) Liquidity remains strong with cash and near cash balances amounting to £9.1 billion (2013: £9.3 billion) Continue to focus on: • Maintaining a high level of readily Capital remained well in excess of current regulatory requirements available, high quality liquid assets Our banking subsidiaries meet current internal targets targeting a minimum cash to customer deposit ratio of 20.0% Investec Limited and Investec plc should comfortably achieve a common equity tier 1 ratio above 10% by March 2016. • Diversifying funding sources

• Maintaining an appropriate mix of term funding

• Limiting concentration risk.

8 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Highlights (continued)

The value we’ve added For further information download the sustainability report available on our website. Contributing to society, macro-economic stability and the environment For Investec, sustainability is about building our businesses to ensure we have a positive impact on the economic and social progress of communities and on the environment, while growing and preserving clients and stakeholders’ wealth based on strong relationships of trust.

This commitment to sustainability means integrating social, ethical and environmental considerations into our day-to-day operations. A key element of this is solid corporate governance that ensures sustainable management with a long-term vision.

£11.8 million £5.1 million £3.2 billion Investec conducts its commitment to spent on employee spent on our committed to sustainability through three key focus training and communities renewable energy areas: development in South Africa Profi t

The fi nancial strength and resilience of Investec depends on a balanced business model that Value added statement supports our long-term growth vision through varying economic cycles. 31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Net income generated People Interest receivable 1 905 383 2 132 715 We invest in the communities in which we operate Other income 1 267 405 1 292 545 recognising that education and entrepreneurship Interest payable (1 253 704) (1 429 108) are integral to our own long-term strategy.

Other operating expenditure and impairments on loans (475 764) (597 812) The sustainability of our business depends 1 443 320 1 398 340 largely on our people and positioning Investec as an attractive employer in the fi nancial services industry. We focus on building a strong, Distributed as follows: diverse and capable workforce by providing a workplace that stimulates and rewards Employees 637 399 692 165 distinctive performance. Salaries, wages and other benefi ts

Government 409 535 312 832 Overview of the year Corporation, deferred payroll and other taxes Planet Shareholders 183 865 185 321 Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders 150 053 147 660 Effective environmental management is an essential part of our embedding front-of- Dividends paid to preference shareholders 33 812 37 661 mind consciousness of sustainability into Retention for future expansion and growth 212 521 208 022 the organisation. Depreciation 34 750 46 372 We are increasingly incorporating environmental considerations into our daily business activities Retained income for the year 177 771 161 650 and are exploring the many valuable opportunities in cleaner energy sources, energy effi ciency and 1 443 320 1 398 340 responsible fi nancing. * Restated. 01

Recognition

Investec group • Carbon Disclosure Project Gold recognition status for a score of A- on Climate Performance in 2013 • Inclusion in Climate Disclosure Leadership Index 2013 (Top 11 in South Africa across all sectors).

Investec in the UK • Clean City Awards Scheme Chairman’s Cup 2013 • Investec Guernsey won the Guernsey Employer of the Year 2013.

Investec in Australia • Global Best Award for Partnerships Crossing Boundaries in the Australia and Oceana Region.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 9 About the Investec group

We strive to Who we are

be a distinctive Founded as a We acquired a banking licence in 1980 and leasing company were listed on the JSE Limited South Africa specialist bank in Johannesburg in 1986. in 1974. and asset In July 2002, we A year later, we concluded a signifi cant manager, created a dual listed empowerment transaction in which companies structure our empowerment partners collectively acquired a 25.1% stake in the issued (DLC) listed in London share capital of Investec Limited. driven by and Johannesburg. commitment

to our core Since inception, Today we have an effi cient integrated we have expanded international business platform, offering through a combination all our core activities in the UK and South philosophies Africa and select activities in Australia. of substantial organic growth and a series of and values strategic acquisitions. 1234 Distinctive Client Cast-iron Dedicated performance focus integrity partnership

Overview of the year We value

Outstanding talent Distinctive offering Moral strength Respect for others – empowered, enabled and Leverage resources Risk consciousness Embrace diversity inspired Break china for Highest ethical Open and honest Meritocracy the client standards dialogue

Passion, energy, Unselfi sh stamina, tenacity contribution to colleagues, clients 01 Entrepreneurial and society spirit

Our Single organisation philosophies Meritocracy Focused businesses Differentiated, yet integrated Employee ownership Creating an environment that stimulates extraordinary performance.

10 Investec integrated annual report 2014 About the Investec group (continued)

What we do

We provide a diverse range of Investec focuses on delivering distinctive profi table solutions for its clients in three core fi nancial products and services areas of activity, namely: Asset Management, Wealth & Investment and Specialist Banking. to a niche client base in three Our strategic goals and objectives are based on the aspiration to be recognised as principal markets, the UK, South a distinctive specialist bank and asset manager. This distinction is embodied in our Africa and Australia as well as entrepreneurial culture, which is balanced by a strong risk management discipline, client- certain other countries. centric approach and an ability to be nimble, fl exible and innovative. We do not seek to be all things to all people and aim to build well-defi ned, value-added businesses focused on serving the needs of select market niches where we can compete effectively.

The Investec distinction 1 2 Client-focused approach Specialised strategy

• Clients are at the core of our • Serving select market niches as business a focused provider of tailored structured solutions • We strive to build business depth by deepening existing • Enhancing our existing position and creating new client in principal businesses and relationships geographies through organic growth and select bolt-on • High level of service by being acquisitions. nimble, flexible and innovative. Overview of the year

3 4 Sustainable business Strong culture 01

• Contributing to society, • Strong, entrepreneurial culture macro-economic stability and that stimulates extraordinary the environment performance

• Well-established brand • Passionate and talented people who are empowered and • Managing and positioning the committed group for the long term • Depth of leadership • Balancing operational risk with financial risk whilst creating • Strong risk awareness value for shareholders • Employee ownership. • Cost and risk conscious.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 11 Our strategic focus

Our strategy

Our strategy for the past 20 years has Our current strategic focus is to: been to build a diversified portfolio of • Continue to build Asset Management organically by investing and building businesses and geographies to support for the next phase of growth in line with a clear long-term strategy clients through varying markets and • Maintain momentum in the Wealth & Investment business by building critical economic cycles. Since inception we mass in future growth areas have expanded through a combination of organic growth and strategic • Improve returns in the Specialist Banking business by continuing to simplify acquisitions. the business and grow the business organically • Provide an integrated full service solution for our private clients by advancing In order to create a meaningful and our strong digital platform balanced portfolio we need proper foundations in place which gain • Continue to leverage our extensive client base and attract new clients by traction over time. extending the breadth and depth of the franchise.

Our diversifi ed and balanced business model supporting long-term strategy

Broadly defined, we operate across three areas of specialisation focused on well-defined target clients: Asset Specialist Wealth & Management Banking Investment Operating completely independently

Private client (High net worth/high income)/ Corporate/institutional/government charities/trusts Overview of the year Investment management Advisory Investment management services to third party services Transactional banking institutions, clients and Independent financial planning intermediated savers Lending advice Treasury and trading Investment activities

We aim to maintain an appropriate balance between revenue earned from operational risk activities and revenue 01 earned from financial risk activities. This ensures that we are not over reliant on any one part of our businesses to sustain our activities and that we have a large recurring revenue base that enables us to navigate through varying cycles and supports our long-term strategy.

Capital light activities Capital intensive activities

• Asset management • Lending portfolios Contribute • Wealth management Contribute • Investment portfolios 52% • Advisory services 48% • Trading income to group • Transactional banking services to group — client flows income income — balance sheet management • Property funds

Net interest, investment Fee and commission income Types of income and trading income

12 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Our operational structure

Operating structure Investec Limited, which During July 2002 Investec Group Limited (since renamed Investec Limited) implemented a dual listed companies (DLC) structure and listed its offshore business on the London Stock houses our Southern Exchange.

African and Mauritius A circular on the establishment of our DLC structure was issued on 20 June 2002 operations, has been and is available on our website. listed in South Africa In terms of our DLC structure, Investec Limited is the controlling company of our businesses since 1986 in Southern Africa and Mauritius, and Investec plc is the controlling company of our non- Southern African businesses.

Our DLC structure and main operating subsidiaries at 31 March 2014

Investec Limited Investec plc JSE primary listing LSE primary listing Sharing agreement NSX secondary listing JSE secondary listing BSE secondary listing

Non-Southern African Southern African operations operations

Investec Asset Investec Asset Investec Management Investec Investec Management Kensington Investec Bank Property Group Holdings Securities Bank plc Limited Group plc Limited Holdings (Pty) Ltd Limited 85%* (Pty) Ltd Overview of the year 85%*

Investec Investec Investec Wealth Reichmans Holdings Bank & Investment Holdings (Australia) (Mauritius) Limited (Pty) Ltd Limited Limited

Investec All shareholdings in the ordinary share capital Bank (Australia) of the subsidiaries are 100%. 01 Limited * 15% is held by senior management in the company.

Salient features of the DLC structure

• Investec plc and Investec Limited are separate legal entities and listings, but are bound together by contractual agreements and mechanisms

• Investec operates as if it is a single unifi ed economic enterprise

• Shareholders have common economic and voting interests as if Investec plc and Investec Limited were a single company

• Creditors, however, are ring-fenced to either Investec plc or Investec Limited as there are no cross guarantees between the companies.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 13 Our operational footprint

UK and Other We have built a • In 1992 we made our fi rst international acquisition, acquiring Allied Trust Bank solid international in London • Since that date, we have expanded organically and through a number of platform, with strategic acquisitions • Developed capabilities in all three of our core activities • Listed in London in July 2002 through the implementation of a dual listed diversifi ed companies structure • Offi ces supporting the UK and Other businesses include: Canada; Channel revenue streams Islands; Hong Kong; India; Ireland; London; Manchester; New York; and geographic Switzerland; and Taiwan. diversity. Southern Africa

Investec in • Founded as a leasing company in 1974 total • Acquired a banking licence in 1980 • Listed on the JSE Limited South Africa in 1986 • In 2003 we implemented a 25.1% empowerment shareholding transaction • Market leading position in all three of our core activities Operating profi t* • Fifth largest bank in the country • Offi ces supporting the Southern African businesses include: Botswana;

Overview of the year £451.8 million Cape Town; Durban; East London; Johannesburg; Knysna; Mauritius; Namibia; Nelspruit; Pietermaritzburg; Port Elizabeth; Pretoria; and Stellenbosch. Assets £47 142 million Australia NAV** 01 £2 660.8 million • Entered the market in 1997 • Signifi cantly expanded our capabilities in 2001 through the acquisition of Permanent employees Wentworth Associates, one of the leading corporate fi nance boutiques in Australia 7 657 • In 2002 we received a banking licence which opened up many growth opportunities • Have grown our business organically and through select strategic acquisitions COI^ ROE^ • We have offi ces in Brisbane; Melbourne; Perth; and Sydney. 67.5% 10.1%

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. ** NAV is tangible shareholders’ equity as calculated on page 48. ^ COI is cost to income ratio. ROE is the post-tax return on adjusted average shareholders’ equity as calculated on page 49.

14 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Our operational footprint (continued)

Operating profi t* of the UK operations increased 24.4% to £168.3 million

As a % of group Actual

Operating £9.4bn £6.5bn £69.0bn 37.2% profi t* 41.6% Assets 74.5% Total core Total funds under COI^ Total deposit ROE^ book loans management 7.6% 41.3% NAV**

Permanent 42.2% employees

Operating profi t* of the Southern African operations increased 3.4% to £297.4 million, but was up 25.3% in home currency

As a % of group Actual

Operating £11.7bn £8.9bn £40.7bn 65.9% profi t*

Assets Overview of the year Total deposit Total core Total funds under 53.2% 54.3% COI^ book loans management 16.5% ROE^ 48.6% NAV**

Permanent 52.1% employees

Operating loss* of the Australian operations 01 amounted to £13.9 million, due to strategic restructuring

As a % of group Actual

Operating £1.5bn £1.7bn (3.1%) profi t*

Assets Total deposit Total core 5.2% 92.2% COI^ book loans (3.8%) ROE^ 10.1% NAV**

Permanent 5.7% employees

Investec integrated annual report 2014 15 Our operational footprint (continued)

Our three distinct business activities are focused on well-defi ned target clients

Asset Core client base and what we do Management Operates independently from Investec’s other businesses and its sole focus is the provision of investment management services to its predominantly global institutional client base Provides investment Market positioning management services to Funds under management 1991: £0.4 billion D 2014: £68.0 billion third party institutions, Net infl ows of £2.6 billion clients and intermediated Good long-term performance with growing traction in all distribution channels savers

Wealth & Core client base and what we do Investment Provides investment management services and independent fi nancial planning advice to private clients, charities and trusts Market positioning Provides investment Total funds under management

Overview of the year management services 1997: £0.04 billion D 2014: £41.5 billion and independent fi nancial UK: One of the top fi ve players planning advice SA: Largest player

Specialist Core client base and what we do 01 Banking We offer a broad range of services from advisory, structuring, lending, transactional banking, treasury and trading, and investment activities. These services are aimed at government, institutional, corporate and high net worth and high income clients Provides a broad range of services: Market positioning Global core loan portfolio: £17.2 billion Advisory – Corporate and other clients: £6.0 billion – Private clients: £11.2 billion Transactional banking Lending Global deposit book: £22.6 billion Treasury and trading Investment activities

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. ** NAV is tangible shareholders’ equity as calculated on page 48. ^ COI is cost to income ratio. ROE is the pre-tax return on adjusted average shareholders’ equity as calculated on page 49.

16 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Our operational footprint (continued)

Operating profi t* of Asset Management increased 2.4% to £143.8 million

Operating £41.4bn £26.6bn £68.0bn 31.8% profi t* 2.0% NAV** 65.3% Segregated Mutual funds Total funds under COI^ mandates management 96.7% ROE^ 17.5% Permanent employees

Operating profi t* of Wealth & Investment increased 30.5% to £66.1 million

Operating 14.6% profi t* £21.5bn £20.0bn £41.5bn Overview of the year 2.4% NAV** 77.1% Discretionary Non-discretionary Total funds under COI^ ROE^ funds under and other funds management 18.2% 17.0% Permanent management under management employees

Operating profi t* of Specialist Banking increased 2.8% to £241.9 million 01

Operating £22.6bn £17.2bn 53.6% profi t* 95.6% NAV** 66.0% Total deposit Total core loans COI^ ROE^ book 8.7% 65.5% Permanent employees

Investec integrated annual report 2014 17 Operational and strategic report

We now consist of a lean, well capitalised, focused Specialist Bank and strong Asset Management and Wealth & Investment businesses

Refl ecting on the 2014 fi nancial year, we are pleased that signifi cant progress was made in reshaping and simplifying the group and dealing with a number of legacy issues. The group’s core businesses have sound franchises which have continued to broaden their client bases and grow organically.

Can you give us an overview What have been the key How did the operating of the group’s performance areas of focus from a environment support for the fi nancial year? strategic perspective? performance?

The group achieved an If we refl ect on our strategic During the period we experienced increase in operating profi t of priorities from a year ago, an improved operating 6.0% to £451.8 million (2013: momentum in Asset Management environment across all areas of £426.3 million) – a 20.3% increase on was maintained and the Wealth & operation, although the strength of Pounds a currency neutral basis. Adjusted EPS Investment business made good progress Sterling against other operating currencies increased 5.3% from 36.1 pence to in organically growing its market share impacted overall results. 38.0 pence – a 19.7% increase on a and internationalising its offering. As part currency neutral basis. Distributions to of our strategy to improve returns in the Global environment shareholders increased from 18 pence to Specialist Bank, the past year has seen Equity market returns in 2013 were the

Overview of the year 19 pence resulting in a dividend cover of signifi cant time and resources being spent strongest since 2009 as central banks 2.0 times (2013: 2.0 times). on simplifying the business model and maintained an accommodative monetary clearly articulating the legacy book. In the policy. We also saw improved consumer Overall group results have been negatively UK, we have reduced or closed non-core confi dence and business sentiment in impacted by the depreciation of the Rand businesses, sold the Trust businesses, sold both the UK and US, but global economic of approximately 20% against our reporting Lease Direct Finance, integrated Investment growth remained below the long-term trend. currency, Pounds Sterling. The combined Banking and Securities into the Institutional In Australia, slower mining demand and a South African business reported operating and Corporate Banking business and squeeze on domestic expenditure through profi t of 25.3% ahead of the prior year in commenced a process for the sale of the the fi scal consolidation programme took its Rands, while the combined UK business Kensington business. We are also starting toll on the pace of output expansion. posted a 24.4% increase in operating profi t. to see the benefi ts of growing the UK The UK economy has experienced a strong 01 Wealth & Investment’s operating profi t Private Banking offering and enhancing the recovery over the past year as a result increased by 30.5%. Asset Management franchise businesses in the Corporate and of increased confi dence, easier access reported operating profi t marginally ahead Institutional Banking area. to credit and better global economic of the prior year. Both divisions benefi ted In Australia, we have sold the Professional conditions. Most sectors and regions of the from higher levels of average funds under Finance and Asset Finance and Leasing economy are now showing positive growth management and net infl ows of £4.0 billion. businesses (subject to regulatory trends, with recent signs that business This has resulted in recurring income approval). The remaining entity will operate investment is also starting to pick up. There amounting to 70.7% of total operating as a non-bank fi nancial services company are, however, risks to the UK's outlook as a income (2013: 68.6%). with no deposit taking. It will no longer be result of global developments and lacklustre Both the South African and UK Specialist supervised by the Australian Prudential growth in the Eurozone. With the Eurozone Banking businesses reported operating Regulation Authority thus eliminating cost crisis far from being fully resolved, the UK profi t in excess of 29.0% in home and infrastructure. The Australian business continues to be exposed to an extended currencies. This was as a result of a solid will now focus on corporate services period of subdued activity in the region. performance from the majority of the providing advice, capital and hedging to businesses in South Africa and a signifi cant clients and funds management, primarily decline in impairments in the UK business. property and aviation.

18 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Operational and strategic report (continued)

South Africa clients, and has made progress in leveraging off the global investment platform. Since 1994, living standards have improved How did the three and interest rates and infl ation have fallen core areas of activity We will drive ongoing performance in this materially, with both real economic growth perform? business by continuing to build critical and GDP per capita rising. However, the mass in future growth areas. The focus is growth outlook for 2014 is now at risk on developing the offshore offering and as the interest rate cycle has turned with All three key businesses the private offi ce service to high net worth the South African Reserve Bank raising achieved growth during the clients while leveraging the group’s private its infl ation forecasts following substantial fi nancial year with Asset client and global investment platforms. Rand weakness. Further, the slowdown Management and Wealth & Investment of growth in China will result in noticeably contributing 46.4% to group operating Specialist Banking lower demand for South African exports profi t. For the 2014 fi nancial year, the Specialist and could surpass the benefi ts from Banking business increased operating strengthening US demand. Asset Management profi t 2.8% to £241.9 million (2013: 2014 marks two decades of democratic For the 2014 fi nancial year, Asset £235.2 million). Management increased operating freedom for South Africa. The transition The South African Specialist Banking profi t by 2.4% to £143.8 million to a democratic society has resulted in business reported operating profi t up (2013: £140.4 million), benefi ting from clear economic and social gains including 29.2% in Rands, benefi ting from an higher funds under management and net a doubling in the size of the real economy increase in corporate fees and greater infl ows of £2.6 billion. Total funds under and substantial rollout of basic services income from customer fl ow. The loan book management amounted to £68.0 billion and social welfare. We remain committed grew by 10.6% and the unlisted private (2013: £69.8 billion). The sale of a 15% not only to economic transformation but equity and property portfolios delivered a Overview of the year stake in the business to management also to social transformation and to the sound performance. We will continue to was successfully completed in July 2013 corrective strategies as set out in our build the franchise in core client segments for the purposes of ensuring continuity updated Employment Equity Plan for focusing on cross-selling across different and to retain and incentivise the senior the period 2013 to 2017. Recognising client bases, a more targeted approach management team. that enterprise development is vital to to servicing the corporate market and South Africa’s transformation aspirations, Market cycles and price movements can continuing to rollout our Africa strategy. we further enhanced our Enterprise affect this business in the short term but Development programme by providing The UK business grew 29.9% with the quality management are continually investing and grants to entrepreneurs who are managing of income improving. The Corporate Advisory building for the next phase of growth in line and growing their own businesses and have business and the principal investment with a clear long-term strategy. potential to create further jobs. portfolios performed well. Good growth was 01 Wealth & Investment recorded in the professional and specialised South Africa has a sound fi nancial structure, lending and asset fi nance portfolios. Levels macro-economic and fi scal framework Wealth & Investment benefi ted from a of transactional activity within the Private and a well-developed corporate sector in rise in equity markets with operating Banking and Corporate and Institutional diverse industries. The country now enters profi t increasing 30.5% to £66.1 million Banking businesses were mixed, but with a a new 20-year phase of development and (2013: £50.7 million). This performance promising pipeline. The bank looks to reduce the effective implementation of the National was supported by higher average funds excess liquidity and to gain market share in Development Plan is critical for continuing under management, improved operating niches where we believe we can compete the progress already made. margins and net infl ows of £1.4 billion. effectively. Total funds under management have grown to £41.5 billion (2013: £40.4 billion). Looking forward, the future performance of The business in the UK has expanded its the Specialist Banking business will not only operations across the region through the be driven by managing down the legacy investment in infrastructure and senior talent. portfolios but, more importantly, through a Further, the South African business has coordinated and concerted effort to grow benefi ted from a seamless offering to both the core business organically. Wealth & Investment and Private Banking

Investec integrated annual report 2014 19 Operational and strategic report (continued)

We are continuing to build Investec into a high quality, client-driven organisation that is relevant in its core markets

Can you give us a summary How do you balance driving of the year in review from a profi ts with corporate risk perspective? responsibility?

The group has a strong culture of At Investec we believe we have a From a board perspective, we bid a fond risk and capital management responsibility that extends beyond farewell to Sam Abrahams who did not entrenched into daily operations, that of driving shareholder value. seek re-election as a director at the 2013 including the intimate involvement of senior We believe that we can have a positive annual general meeting. We thank Sam for executive. We continue to maintain healthy impact on the success and wellbeing of his invaluable contribution to Investec for capital and leverage ratios and have a local communities, the environment and almost two decades. The composition of robust liquidity profi le. The group’s core loan on overall macro-economic stability which the board is regularly reviewed to ensure book has grown moderately in home is vital if we are to maintain a sustainable the appropriate balance of knowledge, currencies and remains suffi ciently business in the long term. Over the past expertise and independence is maintained, Overview of the year diversifi ed with the majority of the book year, we have received a number of awards and several changes will be proposed at comprising high net worth and private client recognising our efforts in this regard. These the 2014 annual general meeting. lending and corporate lending. Impairments include winning the Chairman’s Cup at on loans and advances decreased from the Clean City Awards Scheme in the UK £251.0 million to £166.2 million, and the and our inclusion in the Climate Disclosure percentage of default loans to core loans Leadership Index in South Africa. and advances was 2.30% (2013: 2.73%). We have low equity and investment risk Alongside our corporate responsibility exposures, and proprietary market risk is our internal aspiration to provide our within our trading portfolio is modest. clients with an ‘Out of the Ordinary’ Investec experience. Consequently, we 01 We continue to spend a large amount of are continually developing the profi ciency time and effort on operational, reputational, of our people as well as attracting and conduct, recovery and resolution risks. retaining talent. We are also investing in In the year ahead, we are increasing our technology by building a strong digital focus on stress testing and have appointed platform to complement the skills of our an external adviser to assist in this regard. capable management and staff, and ensure The current regulatory and economic we provide our niche client base with the environment continues to prove challenging, highest level of service. but our robust risk management processes and systems provide a strong foundation to manage and mitigate any concerns.

20 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Operational and strategic report (continued)

What is your strategic focus and outlook for the coming year?

The group has navigated very • A signifi cant contribution to the growth uncertain waters over the past and development of our people, few years which have reminded communities and broader society. us about who we are and what we stand for. We are continuing to build Investec into Economic conditions in the developed a high quality, client-driven organisation that world have continued to improve. The UK is relevant in its core markets. economy has gained momentum which is evident in the increased activity levels Our focus over the next year will be to experienced by our businesses. The South execute our key strategic initiatives so that African economy is going through a period Overview of the year Investec, going forward, will be recognised of weakness. However, we are still seeing as an agile, innovative, service-driven encouraging levels of activity across our organisation providing: client base.

• Quality products and services to The signifi cant restructuring effort that has our clients taken place over the past year, together with ongoing strategic initiatives, should • Above average returns to our enable us to benefi t from the upturn in shareholders global economic conditions and generate appropriate returns for our shareholders. 01

On behalf of the boards of Investec plc and Investec Limited

Sir David J Prosser Fani Titi Stephen Koseff Bernard Kantor Joint chairman Joint chairman Chief executive offi cer Managing director

(References to ‘operating profi t’ in the text above relates to operating profi t before taxation, goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and after other non-controlling interests.)

The operational and strategic report provides an overview of our strategic position, performance during the fi nancial year andoutlook for the business. It should be read together with the sections that follow on pages 22 to 163 as well as volume two, which elaborate on the aspects highlighted in this review.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 21 Financial review

Introduction

Investec operates under a DLC structure with primary listings of Investec plc on the London Stock Exchange and Investec Limited on the JSE Limited.

In terms of the contracts constituting the DLC structure, Investec plc and Investec Limited effectively form a single economic enterprise in which the economic and voting rights of ordinary shareholders of the companies are maintained in equilibrium relative to each other. The directors of the two companies consider that for fi nancial reporting purposes, the fairest presentation is achieved by combining the results and fi nancial position of both companies.

Accordingly, the year-end results for Investec plc and Investec Limited present the results and fi nancial position of the combined DLC group under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), denominated in Pounds Sterling.

All references in this document to Investec or the group relate to the combined DLC group comprising Investec plc and Investec Limited.

Exchange rates

Our reporting currency is Pounds Sterling. Certain of our operations are conducted by entities outside the UK. The results of operations and the fi nancial position of our individual companies are reported in the local currencies of the countries in which they are domiciled, including South African Rands, Australian Dollars, Euros and US Dollars. These results are then translated into Pounds Sterling at the applicable foreign currency exchange rates for inclusion in our combined consolidated fi nancial results. In the case of the income statement, the weighted average rate for the relevant period is applied and, in the case of the balance sheet, the relevant closing rate is used.

The following table sets out the movements in certain relevant exchange rates against Pounds Sterling over the period.

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 Currency per £1.00 Period end Average Period end Average

South African Rand 17.56 16.12 13.96 13.44 Australian Dollar 1.80 1.72 1.46 1.53 Euro 1.21 1.19 1.18 1.23 US Dollar 1.67 1.59 1.52 1.58

Exchange rates between local currencies and Pounds Sterling have fl uctuated over the period. The most signifi cant impact arises from the volatility of the Rand. The average Rand: Pounds Sterling exchange rate over the period has depreciated by 19.9% and the closing rate has

Overview of the year depreciated by 25.8% since 31 March 2013.

The following table provides an analysis of the impact of the Rand and Australian Dollar depreciation on our reported numbers.

Results in Pounds Sterling Actual as Actual as Actual as Neutral Neutral reported reported reported currency^ currency Year to Year to Year to 31 March 31 March % 31 March % 2014 2013# change 2014 change

Operating profi t before taxation* (million) £452 £426 6.0% £513 20.3% 01 Earnings attributable to shareholders (million) £332 £310 7.0% £375 21.0% Adjusted earnings attributable to shareholders** (million) £328 £309 6.0% £373 20.5% Adjusted earnings per share** 38.0p 36.1p 5.3% 43.2p 19.7% Basic earnings per share 34.4p 31.7p 8.5% 38.9p 22.7% Dividends per share 19.0p 18.0p 5.6%

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and after other non-controlling interests. ** Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and after non-controlling interests. ^ For income statement items we have used the average Rand: Pounds Sterling and the Australian Dollar: Pounds Sterling exchange rates that was applied in the prior year, i.e. 13.44 and 1.53, respectively. # Restated.

22 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Results in Pounds Sterling Actual as Actual as Actual as Neutral Neutral reported reported reported currency^ currency At At At 31 March 31 March % 31 March % 2014 2013 change 2014 change

Net asset value per share 375.7p 384.2p (2.2%) 419.0p 9.1% Total equity (million) £4 013 £3 942 1.8% £4 421 12.2% Total assets (million) £47 142 £52 010 (9.4%) £54 186 4.2% Core loans and advances (million) £17 157 £18 415 (6.8%) £19 869 7.9% Cash and near cash balances (million) £9 135 £9 828 (7.1%) £10 375 5.6% Customer deposits (million) £22 610 £24 461 (7.6%) £25 981 6.2% Third party assets under management (million) £109 941 £110 678 (0.7%) £120 550 8.9%

^ For balance sheet items we have assumed that the Rand: Pounds Sterling and the Australian Dollar: Pounds Sterling closing exchange rates have remained neutral since 31 March 2013.

The following table provides a comparison of the group’s results as reported in Pounds Sterling and the group’s results as translated into Rands.

Results in Pounds Sterling Results in Rand Year to Year to Year to Year to 31 March 31 March % 31 March 31 March % 2014 2013 change 2014 2013 change

Operating profi t before taxation* (million) £452 £426 6.0% R7 328 R5 725 28.0% Earnings attributable to shareholders (million) £332 £310 7.0% R5 348 R4 244 26.0% Adjusted earnings attributable to shareholders** (million) £328 £309 6.0% R5 313 R4 227 25.7% Adjusted earnings per share** 38.0p 36.1p 5.3% 616c 494c 24.7% Basic earnings per share 34.4p 31.7p 8.5% 554c 434c 27.6% Headline earnings per share 33.9p 31.0p 9.4% 550c 425c 29.4% Dividends per share 19.0p 18.0p 5.6% 327c 256c 27.7% Overview of the year

At At At At 31 March 31 March % 31 March 31 March % 2014 2013 change 2014 2013 change

Net asset value per share 375.7p 384.2p (2.2%) 6 597c 5 362c 23.0% Total equity (million) £4 013 £3 942 1.8% R70 456 R55 008 28.1% Total assets (million) £47 142 £52 010 (9.4%) R827 649 R725 861 14.0% Core loans and advances (million) £17 157 £18 415 (6.8%) R301 224 R257 002 17.2% Cash and near cash balances (million) £9 135 £9 828 (7.1%) R160 411 R137 161 17.0% Customer deposits (million) £22 610 £24 461 (7.6%) R396 952 R341 377 16.3% 01 Third party assets under management (million) £109 941 £110 678 (0.7%) R1 930 564 R1 544 639 25.0%

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and after other non-controlling interests. ** Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and after non-controlling interests.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 23 Financial review (continued)

Ten year review Salient features* % change For the year ended 31 March 2014 2013 2014 vs 2013

Income statement and selected returns Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and taxation (£’000)ø 451 817 426 278 6.0% Operating profi t: Southern Africa (% of total)ø 65.9% 67.5% Operating profi t: UK, Europe, Australia and Other (% of total)ø 34.1% 32.5% Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items (£’000) 327 824 309 310 6.0% Headline earnings (£’000) 292 463 265 227 10.3% Cost to income ratio 67.5% 65.7% Staff compensation to operating income ratio 46.3% 43.9% Return on average adjusted shareholders’ equity (post-tax) 10.1% 9.4% Return on average adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity (post-tax) 12.3% 11.7% Return on average risk-weighted assets 1.14% 1.06% Return on average assets (excluding assurance assets) 0.75% 0.67% Operating profi t per employee (£’000) 55.1 53.5 3.0% Net interest income as a % of operating income 33.6% 35.2% Non-interest income as a % of operating income 66.4% 64.8% Recurring income as a % of total operating income 70.7% 68.6% Effective operational tax rate 17.1% 18.4% Balance sheet Total capital resources (including subordinated liabilities) (£’million) 5 352 5 693 (6.0%) Total shareholders’ equity (including preference shares and non-controlling interests) (£’million) 4 013 3 942 1.8% Shareholders’ equity (excluding non-controlling interests) (£’million) 3 569 3 661 (2.5%) Total assets (£’million) 47 142 52 010 (9.4%) Net core loans and advances to customers (£’million) 17 157 18 415 (6.8%) Core loans and advances to customers as a % of total assets 36.4% 35.4% Cash and near cash balances (£’million) 9 135 9 828 (7.1%) Customer accounts (deposits) (£’million) 22 610 24 461 (7.6%) Third party assets under management (£’million) 109 941 110 678 (0.7%) Capital adequacy ratio: Investec plcº 15.3% 16.7% Capital adequacy tier 1 ratio: Investec plc 10.5% 11.0% Leverage ratio: Investec plc^^ 7.4% n/a

Overview of the year Capital adequacy ratio: Investec Limitedº 14.9% 15.5% Capital adequacy tier 1 ratio: Investec Limited 11.0% 10.8% Leverage ratio: Investec Limited^^ 7.2% n/a Credit loss ratio (income statement impairment charge as a % of average gross core loans and advances) 0.68% 0.84% Defaults (net of impairments and before collateral) as a % of net core loans and advances to customers 2.30% 2.73% Gearing ratio (assets excluding assurance assets to total equity) 10.3x 11.6x Core loans to equity ratio 4.3x 4.7x Loans and advances to customers: customer deposits 72.0% 71.5% Salient fi nancial features and key statistics Adjusted earnings per share (pence)# 38.0 36.1 5.3% 01 Headline earnings per share (pence)# 33.9 31.0 9.4% Basic earnings per share (pence)# 34.4 31.7 8.5% Diluted earnings per share (pence)# 32.4 29.8 8.7% Dividends per share (pence)# 19.0 18.0 5.6% Dividend cover (times) 2.0 2.0 – Net tangible asset value per share (pence)# 375.7 384.2 (2.2%) Net asset value per share# 308.7 310.9 (0.7%) Weighted number of ordinary shares in issue (million)# 862.6 856.0 0.8% Total number of shares in issue (million)# 891.7 884.8 0.8% Closing share price (pence)# 485 459 5.7% Market capitalisation (£’million) 4 324 4 061 6.5% Number of employees in the group (including temps and contractors) 8 258 8 151 1.3% Closing ZAR:£ exchange rate 17.56 13.96 25.8% Average ZAR:£ exchange rate 16.12 13.44 19.9% * Refer to defi nitions on page 164. ^ Calculation not comparable. ^^ The group’s expected Basel III ‘fully loaded’ numbers are provided on page 49. º Capital adequacy fi gures prior to 2008 are disclosed under Basel I. Investec Limited’s numbers have been reported in terms of aselB III since 31 March 2013, and Investec plc is reporting in terms of Basel III for the fi rst time at March 2014.

24 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005

358 625 434 406 432 258 396 766 508 717 466 585 388 767 224 124 80.7% 69.1% 67.2% 74.0% 66.7% 57.6% 68.3% 66.9% 19.3% 30.9% 32.8% 26.0% 33.3% 42.4% 31.7% 33.1%

257 579 327 897 309 710 269 215 344 695 300 704 230 017 149 510 217 253 286 659 275 131 261 627 301 499 294 881 222 805 147 037 64.7% 61.7% 57.8% 55.9% 56.1% 59.0% 58.7% 67.4% 43.0% 40.7% 36.1% 34.9% 37.2% 40.9% 40.1% 43.4% 7.8% 11.2% 13.5% 14.8% 23.6% 26.1% 25.5% 20.0% 9.6% 13.2% 15.4% 17.4% 28.6% 31.7% 32.7% 28.8% 0.91% 1.23% 1.33% 1.36% ^ ^ ^ ^ 0.57% 0.76% 0.83% 0.84% 1.31% 1.46% 1.35% 1.05% 47.8 64.4 69.7 62.6 84.4 92.3 91.5 48.6 36.2% 34.9% 37.0% 46.6% 39.3% 29.2% 26.8% 23.2% 63.8% 65.1% 63.0% 53.4% 60.7% 70.8% 73.2% 76.8% 67.7% 62.3% 60.4% 70.0% 65.1% 58.7% 56.9% 59.2% 18.1% 15.5% 20.6% 21.1% 22.6% 26.3% 27.3% 28.8%

5 505 5 249 4 362 3 762 3 275 2 665 2 042 1 579

4 013 3 961 3 292 2 621 2 210 1 820 1 512 1 076 3 716 3 648 2 955 2 297 1 911 1 542 1 226 931 51 550 50 941 46 572 37 365 34 224 26 300 23 901 19 917 18 226 18 758 17 891 16 227 12 854 10 095 9 605 6 408 35.4% 36.8% 38.4% 43.4% 37.7% 38.4% 40.2% 32.2% 10 251 9 319 9 117 4 866 5 028 ^ ^ ^ 25 344 24 441 21 934 14 573 12 133 10 650 8 699 6 805 96 776 88 878 74 081 48 828 52 749 56 121 56 331 33 855 17.5% 16.8% 15.9% 16.2% 15.3% 24.7% 17.7% 16.1% 11.6% 11.6% 11.3% 10.1% 9.2% 14.8% 11.6% 9.5%

16.1% 15.9% 15.6% 14.2% 13.9% 14.7% 16.3% 17.9% Overview of the year 11.6% 11.9% 12.0% 10.8% 10.0% 10.4% 11.5% 10.9%

1.12% 1.27% 1.16% 1.08% 0.51% 0.17% 0.11% 0.28%

3.31% 4.66% 3.98% 3.28% 1.29% 0.92% 0.52% 0.31% 11.3x 11.3x 12.5x 13.0x 13.8x 12.2x 12.5x 14.8x 4.5x 4.7x 5.4x 6.2x 5.8x 5.5x 6.4x 6.0x 67.8x 72.4% 76.2% 103.6% 98.4% 89.1% 105.6% 91.2%

31.8 43.2 45.1 42.4 56.9 53.3 41.9 26.9 26.8 37.7 40.1 41.2 49.7 52.3 40.6 26.5 01 25.7 49.7 44.0 38.5 57.7 54.7 53.8 17.8 24.3 46.7 41.5 36.1 54.0 50.4 50.0 17.1 17.0 17.0 16.0 13.0 25.0 23.0 18.2 13.4 1.9 2.5 2.8 3.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.0 392.0 343.8 324.1 266.3 215.0 178.6 148.9 99.2 317.0 416.0 364.0 308.8 260.6 216.0 182.1 135.4 809.6 759.8 686.3 634.6 606.2 563.8 548.8 555.5 874.0 810.0 741.0 713.2 657.6 609.3 593.0 593.0 382 478 539 292 339 658 588 311 3 340 3 872 3 993 2 083 2 229 4 009 3 488 1 844 7 781 7 237 6 123 5 951 6 333 5 430 4 453 4 163 12.27 10.88 11.11 13.58 16.17 14.20 10.72 11.73 11.85 11.16 12.38 14.83 14.31 13.38 11.43 11.47

# For comparative purposes historical information has been adjusted for the 5:1 share split that took place on 4 September 2006. ø Information prior to 2008 is shown before non-controlling interests and thereafter post other non-controlling interests.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 25 Financial review (continued)

Track record

Up 5.3% to 38.0 pence Up 6.0% £327.8 million

Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders before goodwill, Adjusted earnings per share* acquired intangibles and non-operating items

pence £’million 60 350 327.8

50 300 250 40 38.0 200 30 150 20 100

10 50

0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14

* Historical EPS numbers have been adjusted for the 5:1 share split that took place on 4 September 2006.

Core loans: down by 6.8% to £17.2 billion since Down 0.7% to £109.9 billion since 31 March 2013 31 March 2013 – an increase of 7.9% on a currency – an increase of 8.9% on a currency neutral basis** neutral basis** Deposits: down 7.6% to £22.6 billion Net infl ows of £4.0 billion since 31 March 2013 – an increase of 6.2% on a currency neutral basis** Overview of the year

Core loans and customer deposits Third party assets under management

£’billion £’billion 30 120 109.9 25 22.6 100

20 80 17.2 01 15 60

10 40

5 20

0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 Core loans Customer deposits

** Currency neutral basis: calculation assumes that the closing exchange rates of the group’s relevant exchange rates, as refl ected on page 22, remain the same at 31 March 2014 when compared to 31 March 2013.

26 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Financial targets

We have set the following target over We have set the following target over the medium to long term: the medium to long term: Target Group ROE: 12% to 16% over a rolling Target Group COI ratio: less than 65% in fi ve-year period in Pounds Sterling Pounds Sterling Cost to income ratio (COI) and ROE* staff compensation to operating income ratio (SC)

Percentage Percentage 30 80

70 67.5 25 60 20 50 46.3 15 40 10.1 30 10 20 5 10

0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 SC COI COI target (below 65%)

* ROE is post-tax return on adjusted average shareholders’ equity as calculated on page 49. In the medium to long term, we aim to We intend to maintain a suffi cient level of achieve adjusted EPS growth of 10% capital to satisfy regulatory requirements, Target in excess of UK infl ation (in Pounds Target as well as take advantage of opportunities Sterling). We continually strive to build that may arise in the fi nancial services and maintain a sustainable business industry focusing on increasing our model. We intend to maintain a dividend return on equity in the medium to long cover of between 1.7 to 3.5 times based term. We target a capital adequacy on earnings per share as defi ned above, ratio range of between 14% and 17% denominated in Pounds Sterling. on a consolidated basis for Investec plc and Investec Limited and we target a Overview of the year minimum tier 1 ratio of 10.5% (11.0% by March 2016) and a common equity tier 1 ratio above 10.0% (by March 2016). Adjusted earnings per share (EPS) and Total shareholders’ equity and capital adequacy dividends per share (DPS) ratios (CAR)

pence £’000 Percentage 60 5 000 30

50 4 013 4 000 25 01 40 38.0 20 3 000 30 15 19.0 2 000 20 10 1 000 10 5

0 0 0 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 EPS** DPS Investec Limited CAR*** Investec plc CAR*** Total shareholders’ equity

** Adjusted EPS before goodwill, acquired intangibles and *** Capital adequacy fi gures prior to 2008 are disclosed under non-operating items as defi ned on page 164. The numbers Basel I. Investec Limited’s numbers have been reported in have been adjusted for the 5:1 share split that took place on terms of Basel III since 31 March 2013, and Investec plc is 4 September 2006. reporting in terms of Basel III for the fi rst time at March 2014. Note: The numbers shown in the fi nancial targets graphs on pages 26 and 27 are for the years ended 31 March, unless otherwise stated.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 27 Financial review (continued)

An overview of the operating environment impacting our business

South Africa

Since 1994, living expected. The international economy continues to strengthen, although South Our views standards have Africa’s key trading partners, China and improved, and interest the Eurozone, have seen economic growth underperform. The current account rates and infl ation have remains in defi cit, and will be so, as long fallen materially, with as foreigners are substantial holders of both real economic domestic bonds and equities. South Africa South Africa celebrates is well positioned to take advantage of growth and GDP per Africa’s growth potential, particularly the two decades of democratic capita rising provision of services from a regional hub. freedom this year, and has In particular, South Africa has a sound made remarkable progress in banking sector, ranked third in the world the transition from apartheid by the World Economic Forum’s Global to democracy. The transition Forty quarters of uninterrupted growth, Competitiveness Survey, and retains fi rst has been peaceful, despite from 1998 until the global fi nancial market place for the regulation of the securities the country's history of crisis, has translated into real after tax exchange (JSE) and strength of auditing income per person rising to R25 048 per and reporting standards. South Africa dispossession and violence. annum, from R17 320 in 1994. Indeed, is also placed fi rst on the effi cacy of its Noticeable economic and social the South African economy has increased corporate boards and has incubated gains include a doubling of the from R1.1 trillion, to R2 trillion on real a large number of companies to large size of the real economy and growth of 3.2% per annum since 1994, scale, international level. State provision of double the 1.6% per annum of the prior certain services continues to rank amongst Overview of the year a substantial rollout of basic services and social welfare. period. South Africans have become more the worst in the world, while the level of affl uent on average as many more are cooperation between labour and corporates included in the formal economic net, but is ranked the lowest in the 148 World inequality remains high. South Africa still Economic Forum country survey. Labour ranks amongst the most unequal societies fl exibility still needs to improve to absorb 2.5% 1.9% in the world, and a signifi cant number of the unskilled and unemployed, and increase households live in poverty. However, free the ability to capture economic opportunity. 2012/13 2013/14 state provision of basic services, housing The successful completion of the 2014 Economic growth Economic growth and social grants are making meaningful national and provincial elections opens up inroads into the social defi cit. The budget the opportunity for the state to become defi cit rose following the fi nancial crisis. centrist, with consequent improved service 01 Fiscal policy has therefore sought to GDP per capita has risen delivery and economic freedom resulting in smooth the economic cycle via increased faster, inclusive economic growth. expenditure, with a focus on social services and government employment creation. 2013 2014 While the budget is still in defi cit, it has narrowed considerably since 2009 and is R37 476 R37 700 on track to fall below 3.0% of GDP in the next few years.

Economic growth is waning, and has been on a downward trend since 2011. Interest rates are running near 40-year lows, but the process of global monetary policy normalisation has started. South Africa increased its interest rates by 50bp in January 2014 and further hikes are

28 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

United Kingdom Australia

Over the 2013/14 Our viewsfi nancial year, the UK’s Our views economic recovery gained momentum.

In an election year which saw The UK economy mustered At the same time the UK jobs market a change of government, with growth of 1.7% through 2013 recovery picked up pace, with the Tony Abbott of the Liberal Party and expanded by 0.8% on the unemployment rate falling to 6.8% in assuming the role of Prime quarter between January and March 2014 from 7.8% in April 2013, its Minister, the pace of growth in lowest level since January 2009. Infl ation the Australian economy slowed. March 2014 leaving output 3.1% moderated relatively sharply through up on the year, the fastest annual the period falling to the 2% target in pace of growth since Q4 2007. December 2013 and standing below target at the end of the year. Nevertheless, the 3.1% 2.6% improved economic backdrop sparked expectations of tighter policy from the Bank 2012/13 2013/14 Economic growth Economic growth 0.2% 2.3% of England (BoE). In response, the new BoE governor Mark Carney, in post since 1 July, introduced ‘forward guidance’ in GDP per capita has risen 2012/13 2013/14 Economic growth Economic growth August 2013 whilst the bank rate stood Overview of the year at 0.5% and the size of the Quantitative Easing programme was held at £375 billion. The BoE’s forward guidance began life in 2013 2014 GDP per capita has risen August 2013 as advice that implied the BoE A$65 612 A$67 185 would not consider adjusting interest rates until the unemployment rate reached 7%. But when the 7% mark was approached Indeed, in 2013, the pace of output growth 2013 2014 relatively quickly, the BoE adjusted its dropped to 2.4% from 3.6% in 2012, more guidance, broadening it out to look at akin to the level seen in the post 2008/9 £24 373 £25 175 ‘spare capacity’ in February 2014, seeking fi nancial crisis years than in the pre-crisis period. The resources sector, a key driver to limit talk of an impending rate hike and of Australian growth momentum, was 01 the impact such expectations might have affected by slower mining demand with on the UK’s recovery momentum. There this explaining a signifi cant part of the were no changes in the UK’s sovereign moderation in Australian growth in 2013. ratings during the period, with S&P holding Furthermore, a squeeze on domestic the UK at AAA, Fitch at AA+ and Moody’s expenditure through the fi scal consolidation at Aa1. programme also took its toll on the pace of Australian output expansion, with the new government largely continuing to work on improving Australia’s fi scal position. Given this weaker backdrop, the Reserve Bank opted to ease policy further during the period, reducing the cash rate to 2.5% in August 2013, a new low below the 3% level deployed at the height of the 2008/9 crisis. That loose policy stance persisted through the remainder of the forecast period supporting signs of steady, albeit not storming, economic expansion through the early part of 2014.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 29 Financial review (continued)

An overview of the operating environment impacting our business (continued)

United States Eurozone

The US economy Our views expanded by 1.9% The Euro area moved onto a calmer footing in the 2013/14 fi nancial year as a series of through 2013, continuing positive Euro crisis developments boosted America’s recovery from confi dence in the single currency zone. Indeed, the fi nancial year saw Ireland exit the 2008/9 downturn, its bailout programme without assistance, albeit at a slower pace Portugal return to debt markets, Spain At the end of the 2013/14 year than the prior year exit its Financial Assistance Programme US GDP stood 6.3% up on its and Greece successfully undertake a 2008 pre-crisis peak level. debt syndication. Through 2013 overall the Euro area contracted by 0.4%, a In the fi nal quarter of the 2013/14 fi nancial marginal improvement on 2012’s 0.6% year the US recovery appeared to grind decline, although performance still varied to a halt with growth effectively fl at on signifi cantly across members with much the quarter. However, that weakness was of peripheral Europe still struggling in a not expected to continue into the new more signifi cant way under the weight fi nancial year and recovery momentum of fi scal austerity. Further, even across was seen as largely intact, with much the brighter member states, recovery of the weakness attributed to severe momentum remained far from strong weather. The improvement in the economic and wider measures of economic health, backdrop also helped to support a including the jobs market remained soft

Overview of the year continued recovery in the US jobs market with unemployment still elevated across over the period with the unemployment rate much of the Euro area. As such, the having slid further to 6.3% in April 2014 European Central Bank (ECB) maintained a from 7.5% in April 2013. Whilst broader stance of exceptionally loose policy through measures of the US’s recovery position also the period under consideration. The ECB’s built over the year, the housing market was main refi nancing rate was reduced from a relative soft spot with some moderation 0.5% to 0.25% in November 2013, on the in recovery momentum seen in that sector. back of a weak infl ation outlook across That was triggered in part by the decision the zone overall. Indeed, subdued infl ation by the Federal Reserve to ‘taper’ its QE3 was a theme through much of the latter programme in December 2013, with that part of the fi nancial year with further policy 01 decision (and the expectation of it) pushing easing such as Quantitative Easing, a up long-term mortgage rates. The Federal negative deposit rate and other monetary Reserve continued with that pullback at easing options all having gained attention subsequent meetings too, such that the towards the end of the period. None of monthly asset purchase pace (of Mortgage these latest ideas had been enacted by the Backed Securities and Treasuries) had end of the fi nancial year but remained under fallen to U$45 billion per month in April consideration as the year closed. 2014, from U$85 billion per month before the taper commenced in December 2013. More broadly, Federal Reserve policy remained ultra-loose through the period with the Federal Reserve Funds target rate at 0.00-0.25% as the Federal Open Market Committee sought to reinforce the recovery.

30 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Operating environment

The table below provides an overview of some key statistics that should be considered when reviewing our operational performance:

Average over the Period Period period 1 April ended ended 2013 to 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 % change 2014

Market indicators FTSE All share 3 556 3 381 5.2% 3 496 JSE All share 47 771 39 861 19.8% 43 299 Australia All ords 5 403 4 980 8.5% 5 163 S&P 1 872 1 569 19.3% 1 722 Nikkei 14 828 12 336 20.2% 14 433 Dow Jones 16 458 14 579 12.9% 15 538

Rates UK overnight 0.33% 0.42% 0.43% UK 10 year 2.74% 1.76% 2.56% UK clearing banks base rate 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Libor – three month 0.52% 0.51% 0.52% SA R157 (2015) 6.79% 5.48% 6.12% Rand overnight 5.33% 4.76% 4.86% SA prime overdraft rate 9.00% 8.50% 8.59% Jibar – three month 5.73% 5.13% 5.25% Reserve Bank of Australia cash target rate 2.50% 3.00% 2.60% US 10 year 2.73% 1.85% 2.54%

Commodities Overview of the year Gold U$1 289/oz U$1 596/oz (19.2%) U$1 327/oz Gas Oil U$904/mt U$928/mt (2.6%) U$915/mt Platinum U$1 418/oz U$1 576/oz (10.0%) U$1 435/oz

Macro-economic UK GDP (% change over the period) 2.3% 0.2% UK per capita GDP 25 175 24 373 3.3% South Africa GDP (% real growth over the calendar year in Rands) 1.9% 2.5% South Africa per capita GDP (real value in Rands) 37 700 37 476 0.6% 01 Australia GDP (% change over the period) 2.6% 3.1% Per capita GDP (A$) 67 185 65 612 2.4%

Source: Datastream, Bloomberg’s, Offi ce for National Statistics, SARB Quarterly Bulletin, Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 31 Financial review (continued)

Key income drivers

We provide a wide range of fi nancial products and services to a niche client base in three principal Specialist markets – the UK, South Africa and Australia. We are Banking organised as a network comprising three principal business divisions: Asset Management, Wealth & Investment and Specialist Banking

There are therefore a number of key income drivers for our business which are discussed below and alongside:

Asset Key income drivers Income impacted primarily by Management • Fixed fees as a percentage of • Movements in the value of assets under management the assets underlying client • Variable performance fees. portfolios • Performance of portfolios against set benchmarks Income statement • Net fl ows. – primarily refl ected as Overview of the year • Fees and commissions.

Wealth & Key income drivers Income impacted primarily by Investment 01 • Investment management fees • Movement in the value of assets levied as a percentage of assets underlying client portfolios under management • The level of investment activity • Commissions earned for undertaken on behalf of clients, executing transactions for clients. which, in turn, is affected by, among other things, the performance of the global stock markets (which drives Income statement investment opportunities), – primarily refl ected as the equity investment risk appetite of our clients, tax • Fees and commissions. considerations and market liquidity.

32 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Key income drivers Income impacted Income statement primarily by primarily refl ected as

• Lending activities. • Size of portfolios • Net interest income • Clients’ capital and • Fees and commission. infrastructural investments • Client activity • Credit spreads • Shape of yield curve.

• Cash and near cash balances. • Capital employed in the business • Net interest income and capital adequacy targets • Trading income arising from • Asset and liability management balance sheet management policies and risk appetite activities. • Regulatory requirements • Credit spreads.

• Deposit and product structuring • Distribution channels • Net interest income and distribution. • Ability to create innovative • Fees and commissions. products • Regulatory requirements • Credit spreads.

• Investments made (including • Macro- and micro-economic • Net interest income listed and unlisted equities; market conditions • Investment income. debt securities; investment • Availability of profi table properties) exit routes • Gains or losses on investments • Whether appropriate market • Dividends received. conditions exist to maximise

gains on sale Overview of the year • Attractive investment opportunities.

• Advisory services. • The demand for our specialised • Fees and commissions. advisory services which, in turn, is affected by applicable tax, regulatory and other macro- and micro-economic fundamentals. 01

• Derivative sales, trading • Client activity • Fees and commissions and hedging. • Market conditions/volatility • Trading income arising from • Asset and liability creation customer fl ow. • Product innovation • Market risk factors, primarily volatility and liquidity.

• Transactional banking services. • Levels of activity • Net interest income • Ability to create innovative products • Fees and commissions. • Appropriate systems infrastructure.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 33 Financial review (continued)

Key risks relating to our operations

These risks are summarised briefl y In our ordinary course of business in the table below with further details provided in volumes one and two of we face a number of risks the report. For additional information pertaining to that could affect our business the management and monitoring of these operations risks, see the references provided.

12 – 43* 78 – 82* 82 and 83*

Credit and counterparty risk Operational risk may disrupt our Legal and regulatory risks are exposes us to losses caused business or result in regulatory substantial in our businesses. by fi nancial or other problems action. experienced by our clients.

67 – 78* 22 82*

Liquidity risk may impair our ability to We are exposed to non-traded Reputational, strategic and fund our operations. currency risk, where fl uctuations business risk. in exchange rates against Pounds Sterling could have an impact on our fi nancial results.

63 – 67* 78 – 82* 82* Overview of the year Our net interest earnings and net We may be vulnerable to the failure We may be exposed to pension risk asset value may be adversely affected of our systems and breaches of our in our UK operations. by interest rate risk. security systems.

44 – 62* 83 – 87* 78 – 82*

Market, business and general We may have insuffi cient capital Employee misconduct could cause 01 economic conditions and fl uctuations in the future and may be unable to harm that is diffi cult to detect. could adversely affect our businesses secure additional fi nancing when it in a number of ways. is required.

112 – 115 18 – 21, 28 – 30 83*

We may be unable to recruit, retain The fi nancial services industry Retail conduct risk is the risk that we and motivate key personnel. in which we operate is intensely treat our customers unfairly and deliver competitive. inappropriate outcomes. Wholesale conduct risk is the risk of conducting ourselves negatively in the market. * Refer to volume two.

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may in the future also negatively impact our business operations.

34 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Income statement analysis

The overview that follows will highlight the main reasons for the variance in the major category line items on the face of the income statement during the year under review.

Further details on the key income drivers and signifi cant variances in the various components of our operating income, expenses and profi t can be found in the description of our principal businesses on pages 55 to 80.

Total operating income Total operating income decreased by 2.9% to £1 941.0 million (2013: £1 999.5 million). The various components of total operating income are analysed below.

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 income 2013* income % change

Net interest income 651 679 33.5% 703 607 35.2% (7.4%) Net fee and commission income 989 421 51.0% 966 820 48.4% 2.3% Investment income 166 809 8.6% 181 992 9.1% (8.3%) Trading income arising from – customer fl ow 103 914 5.4% 70 859 3.5% 46.6% – balance sheet management and other trading activities 10 587 0.5% 34 038 1.7% (68.9%) Other operating income 18 554 1.0% 42 153 2.1% (56.0%) Total operating income before impairments 1 940 964 100.0% 1 999 469 100.0% (2.9%)

* Restated.

The following table sets out information on total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances by geography for the year under review.

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 income 2013* income % change

UK and Other 1 067 672 55.0% 1 060 090 53.0% 0.7% Overview of the year Southern Africa 766 812 39.5% 806 657 40.4% (4.9%) Australia 106 480 5.5% 132 722 6.6% (19.8%) Total operating income before impairments 1 940 964 100.0% 1 999 469 100.0% (2.9%)

* Restated.

The following table sets out information on total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances by division for the year under review:

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 income 2013* income % change 01 Asset Management 414 180 21.4% 407 191 20.4% 1.7% Wealth & Investment 288 033 14.8% 248 988 12.5% 15.7% Specialist Banking 1 238 751 63.8% 1 343 290 67.1% (7.8%) Total operating income before impairments 1 940 964 100.0% 1 999 469 100.0% (2.9%)

* Restated.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 35 Financial review (continued)

% of total operating income before impairments

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £1 941.0 million total operating income £1 999.5 million total operating income before impairments before impairments

Net interest income 33.5% Net interest income 35.2% Net fee and commission income 51.0% Net fee and commission income 48.4% Investment income 8.6% Investment income 9.1% Trading income arising from customer flow 5.4% Trading income arising from customer flow 3.5% Trading income arising from balance sheet Trading income arising from balance sheet management and other trading activities 0.5% management and other trading activities 1.7% Other operating income 1.0% Other operating income 2.1% Net interest income Net interest income decreased by 7.4% to £651.7 million (2013: £703.6 million) largely due to a lower return earned on certain higher yielding assets and on the legacy portfolios which are running down. This was partially offset by loan book growth and lower cost of funding, notably in the UK and Australia.

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Variance % change

Asset Management 3 918 4 501501 (583) (13.0%) Wealth & Investment 7 857 9 049 (1 192) (13.2%) Specialist Banking 639 904 690 057 (50 153) (7.3%) Net interest income 651 679 703 607 (51 928) (7.4%)

* Restated. Overview of the year

A further analysis of interest received and interest paid is provided in the tables below.

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2014 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value received value received value received value received

Cash, near cash and bank debt and sovereign debt securities 1 5 010 123 44 571 6 515 392 295 811 522 552 17 336 12 048 067 357 718 01 Core loans and advances 2 6 492 335 382 124 8 935 103 765 050 1 729 929 160 356 17 157 367 1 307 530 Private client 3 777 504 165 077 6 024 500 488 165 1 369 078 102 331 11 171 082 755 573 Corporate, institutional and other clients 2 714 831 217 047 2 910 603 276 885 360 851 58 025 5 986 285 551 957 Other debt securities and other loans and advances 1 634 693 73 497 656 089 31 088 8 165 1 101 2 298 947 105 686 Other interest-earning assets 3 2 798 158 124 783 778 368 9 666 – – 3 576 526 134 449 Total interest-earning assets 15 935 309 624 975 16 884 952 1 101 615 2 260 646 178 793 35 080 907 1 905 383 Notes: 1. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) cash and balances at central banks; loans and advances to banks; non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed; sovereign debt securities; and bank debt securities. 2. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) loans and advances to customers and own originated loans and advances to customers securitised. 3. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) other securitised assets.

36 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2014 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value paid value paid value paid value paid

Deposits by banks 4 3 035 188 64 931 2 493 082 62 435 105 617 11 611 5 633 887 138 977 and other debt related securities Customer accounts 9 406 909 160 248 11 670 995 655 969 1 531 880 62 210 22 609 784 878 427 Other interest-bearing 5 2 374 599 50 128 947 286 41 531 449 084 30 638 3 770 969 122 297 liabilities Subordinated liabilities 668 007 64 449 597 803 46 735 72 942 2 819 1 338 752 114 003 Total interest-bearing liabilities 15 484 703 339 756 15 709 166 806 670 2 159 523 107 278 33 353 392 1 253 704

Net interest income 285 219 294 945 71 515 651 679

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2013* sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value received value received value received value received

Cash, near cash and bank debt and sovereign debt securities 1 5 324 884 47 511 7 622 170 315 841 707 398 16 076 13 654 452 379 428 Core loans and advances 2 6 045 063 357 343 10 164 864 853 372 2 205 046 180 301 18 414 973 1 391 016 Private client 3 024 629 162 618 6 900 949 557 108 1 402 295 112 566 11 327 873 832 292 Corporate, institutional and other clients 3 020 434 194 725 3 263 915 296 264 802 751 67 735 7 087 100 558 724 Other debt securities and other loans and advances 1 898 895 144 171 561 788 18 425 22 506 18 205 2 483 189 180 801 Overview of the year Other interest-earning assets 3 3 106 741 161 727 896 467 19 743 – – 4 003 208 181 470 Total interest-earning assets 16 375 583 710 752 19 245 289 1 207 381 2 934 950 214 582 38 555 822 2 132 715

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2013* sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value paid value paid value paid value paid Deposits by banks 4 3 700 994 74 013 2 717 887 70 864 470 689 32 436 6 889 570 177 313 01 and other debt related securities Customer accounts 9 489 748 219 180 13 278 098 669 085 1 692 820 79 411 24 460 666 967 676 Other interest-bearing 5 2 486 153 63 119 1 265 885 54 652 477 903 30 486 4 229 941 148 257 liabilities Subordinated liabilities 664 624 62 714 1 004 562 69 987 82 620 3 161 1 751 806 135 862 Total interest-bearing liabilities 16 341 519 419 026 18 266 432 864 588 2 724 032 145 494 37 331 983 1 429 108

Net interest income 291 726 342 793 69 088 703 607

* Restated. See notes on next page.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 37 Financial review (continued)

Notes: 1. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) cash and balances at central banks; loans and advances to banks; non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed; sovereign debt securities; and bank debt securities. 2. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) loans and advances to customers and own originated loans and advances to customers securitised. 3. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) other securitised assets. 4. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) deposits by banks; debt securities in issue; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent. 5. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated assets and liabilities arising on securitisation.

Net fee and commission income Net fee and commission income increased by 2.3% to £989.4 million (2013: £966.8 million) as a result of higher average funds under management and net infl ows in the Asset Management and Wealth Management businesses. The Specialist Banking business recorded a decrease in net fees and commissions due to lower corporate fees earned in the UK and Australia, with the South African business benefi ting from increased client activity.

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Variance % change

Asset Management 409 341 393 116 16 225 4.1% Wealth & Investment 275 377 237 560 37 817 15.9% Specialist Banking 304 703 336 144 (31 441) (9.4%) Net fee and commission income 989 421 966 820 22 601 2.3% * Restated.

Further information on net fees by type of fee and geography is provided in the tables below.

For the year to 31 March 2014 UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

Asset management and wealth management businesses net fee and commission income 462 375 222 343 – 684 718 Fund management fees/fees for assets under management 497 863 191 271 – 689 134 Private client transactional fees 61 887 33 287 – 95 174 Fee and commission expense (97 375) (2 215) – (99 590) Specialist Banking net fee and commission income 144 944 132 508 27 251 304 703 Overview of the year Corporate and institutional transactional and advisory services 158 040 118 667 19 013 295 720 Private client transactional fees 14 548 27 003 15 323 56 874 Fee and commission expense (27 644) (13 162) (7 085) (47 891) Net fee and commission income 607 319 354 851 27 251 989 421 Annuity fees (net of fees payable) 443 583 257 662 17 844 719 089 Deal fees 163 736 97 189 9 407 270 332

For the year to 31 March 2013* UK and Southern Total 01 £’000 Other Africa Australia group Asset management and wealth management businesses net fee and commission income 400 769 229 907 – 630 676 Fund management fees/fees for assets under management 451 084 201 182 – 652 266 Private client transactional fees 54 124 29 708 – 83 832 Fee and commission expense (104 439) (983) – (105 422) Specialist Banking net fee and commission income 167 826 113 413 54 905 336 144 Corporate and institutional transactional and advisory services 168 286 92 709 49 850 310 845 Private client transactional fees 20 973 32 901 9 581 63 455 Fee and commission expense (21 433) (12 197) (4 526) (38 156) Net fee and commission income 568 595 343 320 54 905 966 820 Annuity fees (net of fees payable) 392 722 254 073 26 138 672 933 Deal fees 175 873 89 247 28 767 293 887 * Restated.

38 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Investment income Investment income decreased by 8.3% to £166.8 million (2013: £182.0 million). The group’s private equity and property fund portfolios performed well, however, results were offset by lower income earned on the fi xed income portfolio in the UK and investment property activity in South Africa. 31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Variance % change

Asset Management 28 36 (8) (22.2%) Wealth & Investment 2 183 555 1 628 >100.0% Specialist Banking 164 598 181 401 (16 803) (9.3%) Investment income 166 809 181 992 (15 183) (8.3%) * Restated.

Further information on investment income is provided in the tables below. For the year to 31 March 2014 UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

Realised 52 958 19 534 1 028 73 520 Unrealised 36 339 14 899 (1 348) 49 890 Dividend income 9 702 38 569 1 183 49 454 Funding and other net related income/(costs) 541 (5 292) (1 304) (6 055) Investment income 99 540 67 710 (441) 166 809

Investment Debt portfolio securities (listed and (sovereign, For the year to 31 March 2014 unlisted bank and Investment Other asset £’000 equities)^ other) properties categories Total

UK and Other 96 603 (1 380) – 4 317 99 540 Realised 36 614 11 457 – 4 887 52 958 Unrealised 50 480 (12 837) – (1 304) 36 339 Overview of the year Dividend income 9 509 – – 193 9 702 Funding and other net related income – – – 541 541

Southern Africa 43 092 (2 851) 23 450 4 019 67 710 Realised 12 607 – 8 610 (1 683) 19 534 Unrealised 1 746 (2 851) 16 374 (370) 14 899 Dividend income 38 569 – – – 38 569 Funding and other net related (costs)/income (9 830) – (1 534) 6 072 (5 292)

Australia 3 970 – – (4 411) (441) 01 Realised 1 208 – – (180) 1 028 Unrealised 1 579 – – (2 927) (1 348) Dividend income 1 183 – – – 1 183 Funding and other net related costs – – – (1 304) (1 304) Total investment income 143 665 (4 231) 23 450 3 925 166 809

^ Including embedded derivatives (warrants and profi t shares).

Investec integrated annual report 2014 39 Financial review (continued)

For the year to 31 March 2013* UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

Realised 58 571 110 824 1 752 171 147 Unrealised 32 235 (18 362) (1 654) 12 219 Dividend income 2 999 11 572 240 14 811 Funding and other net related (costs)/income 1 445 (17 830) 200 (16 185) Investment income 95 250 86 204 538 181 992 * Restated.

Investment Debt portfolio securities (listed and (sovereign, For the year to 31 March 2013* unlisted bank and Investment Other asset £’000 equities)^ other) properties categories Total

UK and Other 32 162 56 919 – 6 169 95 250 Realised 917 51 301 – 6 353 58 571 Unrealised 28 246 5 618 – (1 629) 32 235 Dividend income 2 999 – – – 2 999 Funding and other net related income – – – 1 445 1 445

Southern Africa 35 728 6 791 44 818 (1 133) 86 204 Realised 51 938 – 61 548 (2 662) 110 824 Unrealised (15 476) 6 791 (9 599) (78) (18 362) Dividend income 11 572 – – – 11 572 Funding and other net related (costs)/income (12 306) – (7 131) 1 607 (17 830)

Australia (2 412) 1 617 – 1 333 538 Realised 64 1 617 – 71 1 752 Unrealised (2 716) – – 1 062 (1 654)

Overview of the year Dividend income 240 – – – 240 Funding and other net related income – – – 200 200 Total investment income 65 478 65 327 44 818 6 369 181 992

* Restated. ^ Including embedded derivatives (warrants and profi t shares). Trading income Trading income arising from customer fl ow increased by 46.6% to £103.9 million (2013: £70.9 million) whilst trading income from balance sheet management and other trading activities decreased by 68.9% to £10.6 million (2013: £34.0 million) due to gains arising from the sale 01 of bonds not repeated in the current year. Arising from customer fl ow

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013 Variance % change

Asset Management – – – n/a Wealth & Investment 1 324 687 637 92.7% Specialist Banking 102 590 70 172 32 418 46.2% Trading income arising from customer fl ow 103 914 70 859 33 055 46.6%

40 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Arising from balance sheet management and other trading activities

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Variance % change

Asset Management (1 982) (45) (1 937) (>100.0%) Wealth & Investment 58 360 (302) (83.9%) Specialist Banking 12 511 33 723 (21 212) (62.9%) Trading income arising from balance sheet management and other trading activities 10 587 34 038 (23 451) (68.9%) * Restated. Other operating income Other operating income includes associate income and income earned on an operating lease portfolio. Impairment losses on loans and advances Impairments on loans and advances decreased from £251.0 million to £166.2 million. Impairments in the UK and South Africa were much improved, whilst Australia reported an increase over the year.

Since 31 March 2013 gross defaults have improved from £792.2 million to £658.7 million. The percentage of default loans (net of impairments but before taking collateral into account) to core loans and advances amounted to 2.30% (2013: 2.73%). The ratio of collateral to default loans (net of impairments) remains satisfactory at 1.27 times (2013: 1.26 times).

Further information is provided on pages 31 to 33.

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013 Variance % change

UK and Other (104 792) (171 187) 66 395 (38.8%) Southern Africa (39 241) (61 976) 22 735 (36.7%) Australia (22 119) (17 849) (4 270) 23.9% Total impairment losses on loans and advances (166 152) (251 012) 84 860 (33.8%)

Impairment losses on loans and advances in home currency Overview of the year Southern Africa (R’million) (636) (833) 197 (23.6%) Australia (A$’million) (38.5) (27.3) (11.4) 42.1%

Operating costs The ratio of total operating costs to total operating income was 67.5% (2013: 65.7%).

Total operating costs grew by 0.2% to £1 306.1 million (2013: £1 303.0 million) largely as a result of an increase in growth in the Asset Management and Wealth Management businesses. Fixed costs in the Specialist Bank have increased by infl ation in home currencies. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 41 Financial review (continued)

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 expenses 2013* expenses % change

Staff costs (897 743) 68.4% (877 341) 66.5% 2.3% – fi xed (592 192) 45.1% (602 884) 45.7% (1.8%) – variable (305 551) 23.3% (274 457) 20.8% 11.3% Business expenses (196 866) 15.0% (201 017) 15.2% (2.1%) Premises expenses (excluding depreciation) (70 478) 5.4% (73 642) 5.6% (4.3%) Equipment expenses (excluding depreciation) (56 386) 4.3% (65 092) 5.0% (13.4%) Marketing expenses (55 923) 4.3% (55 641) 4.2% 0.5% Depreciation and impairment of property, plant, equipment and software (28 706) 2.1% (30 300) 2.3% (5.3%) Total operating expenses (1 306 102) 99.5% (1 303 033) 98.8% 0.2% Depreciation on operating leased assets (6 044) 0.5% (16 072) 1.2% (62.4%) Total expenses (1 312 146) 100.0% (1 319 105) 100.0% (0.5%) * Restated.

The following table sets out certain information on total expenses by geography for the year under review.

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 expenses 2013* expenses % change

UK and Other (797 348) 60.8% (753 206) 57.1% 5.9% Southern Africa (416 581) 31.7% (454 427) 34.4% (8.3%) Australia (98 217) 7.5% (111 472) 8.5% (11.9%) Total expenses (1 312 146) 100.0% (1 319 105) 100.0% (0.5%) * Restated.

The following table sets out certain information on total expenses by division for the year under review.

31 March % of total 31 March % of total £’000 2014 expenses 2013* expenses % change Overview of the year Asset Management (270 361) 20.6% (266 784) 20.2% 1.3% Wealth & Investment (221 934) 16.9% (198 321) 15.1% 11.9% Specialist Banking (819 851) 62.5% (854 000) 64.7% (4.0%) Total expenses (1 312 146) 100.0% (1 319 105) 100.0% (0.5%) * Restated.

% of total expenses 01

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £1 312.1 million total expenses £1 319.1 million total expenses

Staff costs 68.4% Staff costs 66.5% Business expenses 15.0% Business expenses 15.2% Premises expenses 5.4% Premises expenses 5.6% Equipment expenses 4.3% Equipment expenses 5.0% Marketing expenses 4.3% Marketing expenses 4.2% Depreciation 2.1% Depreciation 2.3% Depreciation on operating leased assets 0.5% Depreciation on operating leased assets 1.2%

42 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Key income drivers in our core businesses

The information below refl ects our key income drivers in our core businesses. Asset Management

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March Global business (in Pounds Sterling) 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009

Operating margin 34.70% 34.50% 35.70% 37.00% 33.40% 33.50% Net infl ows in funds under management as a % of opening funds under management 3.70% 6.70% 8.80% 16.0% 16.2% 2.60% Average income yield earned on funds under management^ 0.60% 0.62% 0.62% 0.66% 0.67% 0.70%

Wealth & Investment

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009

Global business (in Pounds Sterling) Operating margin 22.9% 20.3% 19.7% 25.9% n/a* n/a* Net organic growth in funds under management as a % of opening funds under management 3.5% 2.0% (5.3%) 6.2% n/a* n/a* Average income yield earned on funds under management^ 0.70% 0.66% 0.61% 0.55% n/a* n/a*

UK and Other^^ (in Pounds Sterling) Operating margin 20.1% 17.3% 16.3% 24.5% n/a* n/a* Net organic growth in funds under management as a % of opening funds under management 5.1% 1.3% (7.4%) 3.5% n/a* n/a* Average income yield earned on funds under management^ 0.89% 0.86% 0.80% 0.68% n/a* n/a* Overview of the year

South Africa (in Rands) Operating margin 33.9% 31.3% 28.5% 28.9% 35.5% 35.3% Net organic growth in discretionary funds under management as a % of opening discretionary funds under management 13.1% 13.9% 8.7% 6.0% 3.4% (4.2%) Average income yield earned on funds under management^** 0.40% 0.37% 0.39% 0.41% 0.41% 0.41% * Prior to 25 June 2010, Rensburg Sheppards plc was an associate of Investec and not a 100% owned subsidiary. 01 ** A large portion of the funds under management are non-discretionary funds. ^ The average income yield on funds under management represents the total operating income for the period as a percentage of the average of opening and closing funds under management. This calculation does not take into account the impact of market movements throughout the period on funds under management or the timing of acquisitions and disposals during the respective periods. ^^ Other comprises European Wealth Management, which prior to 1 July 2010 was part of the Private Bank, Investec Wealth & Investment Ireland (formerly NCB), which was acquired on 12 June 2012 and Investec Wealth & Investment Channel Islands.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 43 Financial review (continued)

Specialist Banking

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009

Global business (in Pounds Sterling) Cost to income ratio 66.0% 63.1% 62.4% 60.1% 56.4% 54.5% ROE post-tax^ 7.2% 6.4% 5.1% 8.2% 11.4% 13.4% Growth in net core loans (6.8%) 1.0% (2.8%) 4.8% 10.3% 26.2% Growth in risk-weighted assets (6.0%) 4.7% 0.6% 14.1% 16.4% 15.9% Defaults (net of impairments as a % of core loans) 2.30% 2.73% 3.31% 4.66% 3.98% 2.28% Credit loss ratio on core loans 0.68% 0.84% 1.12% 1.27% 1.16% 1.08%

UK and Other (in Pounds Sterling) Cost to income ratio 73.4% 65.9% 63.7% 63.2% 61.3% 60.0% ROE post-tax^ 4.3% 3.2% 2.5% 3.3% 8.2% 7.1% Growth in net core loans 7.4% 4.4% 3.8% 2.6% (8.8%) 10.3% Growth in risk-weighted assets 6.3% 5.2% 4.6% 9.6% 5.3% 3.8% Defaults (net of impairments as a % of core loans) 3.76% 4.34% 4.92% 4.23% 3.16% 3.51% Credit loss ratio on core loans 0.95% 1.26% 1.22% 2.50% 1.85% 1.55%

Southern Africa (in Rands) Cost to income ratio 52.9% 55.5% 55.2% 54.7% 49.8% 48.5% ROE post-tax^ 11.2% 10.0% 9.6% 10.7% 13.8% 18.2% Growth in net core loans 10.6% 10.2% 6.6% 0.3% 1.9% 14.1% Growth in risk-weighted assets 11.0% 16.5% 11.9% 13.8% 3.6% 11.1% Defaults (net of impairments as a % of core loans) 1.46% 1.89% 2.73% 3.97% 3.32% 2.12% Credit loss ratio on core loans 0.42% 0.61% 0.65% 0.71% 0.68% 0.69% Overview of the year Australia (in Australian Dollars) Cost to income ratio 91.9% 83.4% 96.9% 69.7% 61.9% 63.1% ROE post-tax^ (3.8%) 1.1% (10.8%) 1.6% 3.6% 0.6% Growth in net core loans (3.2%) 7.1% (9.3%) 9.4% 3.4% 13.4% Growth in risk-weighted assets (6.9%) 14.7% (11.9%) 16.9% (4.3%) 2.9% Defaults (net of impairments as a % of core loans) 1.12% 2.13% 1.70% 9.54% 10.26% 9.62% Credit loss ratio on core loans 1.12% 0.85% 3.13% 1.53% 1.70% 2.23%

^ Divisional ROEs are reported on a pre-tax basis. For the purpose of this calculation we have applied the group's effective tax rate 01 to derive post-tax numbers. Capital at 31 March 2014 was c.£1.0 billion in the UK, c.R22 billion in South Africa and c.A$0.6 billion in Australia.

44 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests As a result of the foregoing factors, our operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests increased by 6.0% from £426.3 million to £451.8 million.

The following tables set out information on operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests by geography and by division for the year under review.

For the year to 31 March 2014 UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group % change % of total

Asset Management 67 585 76 234 – 143 819 2.4% 31.8% Wealth & Investment 46 065 20 034 – 66 099 30.5% 14.6% Specialist Banking 54 602 201 153 (13 856) 241 899 2.8% 53.6% Ongoing business 157 354 201 153 (3 222) 355 285 3.9% 78.6% Legacy business (102 752) – (10 634) (113 386) 6.1% (25.0%) Total group 168 252 297 421 (13 856) 451 817 6.0% 100.0% Other non-controlling interest – equity 10 849 Operating profi t 462 666 % change 24.4% 3.4% (>100.0%) 6.0% % of total 37.2% 65.9% (3.1%) 100.0%

For the year to 31 March 2013* UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group % of total

Asset Management 59 341 81 066 – 140 407 32.9% Wealth & Investment 33 910 16 757 – 50 667 11.9% Specialist Banking 42 049 189 754 3 401 235 204 55.2% Ongoing business 128 249 189 754 23 928 341 931 80.2% Legacy business (86 200) – (20 527) (106 727) (25.0%) Total group 135 300 287 577 3 401 426 278 100.0%

Non-controlling interest – equity 3 074 Overview of the year Operating profi t 429 352 % of total 31.7% 67.5% 0.8% 100.0% * Restated.

Operating profit before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests by geography

£‘million 500 451.8 01

400

300

200

100

0

-100 31 March 2013 UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total 31 March 2014

Investec integrated annual report 2014 45 Financial review (continued)

Operating profit before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests by line of business

£‘million 500 451.8

400

300

200

100

0 31 March 2013 Asset Management Wealth & Investment Specialist Banking Total 31 March 2014

Impairment of goodwill The current year’s goodwill impairment relates to the restructure of the Australian business and certain Asset Management businesses acquired in prior years.

Goodwill and intangible assets analysis – balance sheet information

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013

UK and Other 397 756 406 389 Asset Management 88 045 88 045 Wealth & Investment 242 951 243 102 Specialist Banking 66 760 75 242

Southern Africa 6 560 10 260 Overview of the year Asset Management 4 346 7 450 Wealth & Investment 1 963 2 494 Specialist Banking 251 316

Australia 29 255 50 257 Specialist Banking 29 255 50 257

Total goodwill 433 571 466 906

Intangible assets 159 169 178 567

01 Total goodwill and intangible assets 592 740 645 473

Amortisation of acquired intangibles Amortisation of acquired intangibles relates to the Wealth & Investment business and mainly comprises amortisation of amounts attributable to client relationships. Operating costs arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposal of subsidiaries Operating costs arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposal of subsidiaries includes costs associated with the restructuring of the Australian business, as mentioned above, and operational costs associated with the implementation of the Asset Management transaction.

46 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries comprises a loss on the sale of the Trust businesses offset by a gain on disposal of Lease Direct Finance. Taxation The effective tax rate amounts to 17.1% (2013: 18.4%). Effective tax rates 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 2014 2013* £’000 £’000* % change

UK and Other 18.8% 23.4% (31 164) (31 801) 2.0% Southern Africa 15.5% 16.8% (48 140) (48 693) (1.1%) Australia (1.1%) (42.0%) 154 1 430 (89.2%) Tax 17.1% 18.4% (79 150) (79 064) 0.1% * Restated. Profi ts attributable to non-controlling interests Profi ts attributable to non-controlling interests mainly comprises: • £11.0 million profi t attributable to non-controlling interests in the Asset Management business • £15.8 million profi t attributable to non-controlling interests in the Investec Property Fund • A loss of £3.8 million relating to Euro denominated preferred securities issued by a subsidiary of Investec plc which are refl ctede on the balance sheet as part of non-controlling interests. (The transaction is hedged and a forex transaction loss arising on the hedge is refl ected in operating profi t before goodwill with the equal and opposite impact refl ected in earnings attributable to non-controlling interests). Earnings attributable to shareholders As a result of the foregoing factors, earnings attributable to shareholders increased from £310.1 million to £331.7 million. Dividends and earnings per share

Information with respect to dividends and earnings per share is provided on pages 5, 6, 51 and 52 in volume three.

Balance sheet analysis Overview of the year Since 31 March 2013: • Total shareholders’ equity (including non-controlling interests) increased by 1.8% to £4.0 billion – an increase of 12.2% on a currency neutral basis. The weakening of the closing Rand and Australian exchange rates relative to Pounds Sterling has resulted in a reduction in total equity of £407.5 million • Net asset value per share decreased 2.2% to 375.7 pence and net tangible asset value per share (which excludes goodwill and intangible assets) decreased by 0.7% to 308.7 pence largely as a result of the depreciation of the Rand as described above. On a currency neutral basis net asset value per share and net tangible asset value per share increased by 9.1% and 12.9%, respectively • The return on adjusted average shareholders’ equity increased from 9.4% to 10.1% • The return on average risk-weighted assets increased from 1.06% to 1.14%.

Assets by geography 01

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £47 142 million total assets £52 010 million total assets

UK and Other 41.6% UK and Other 39.4% Southern Africa 53.2% Southern Africa 54.4% Australia 5.2% Australia 6.2%

Investec integrated annual report 2014 47 Financial review (continued)

Net tangible asset value per share

The group’s net tangible asset value per share is refl ected in the table below.

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013*

Shareholders’ equity 3 569 459 3 661 472 Less: perpetual preference shares issued by holding companies (330 890) (377 659) Less: goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (577 816) (626 870) Net tangible asset value 2 660 753 2 656 943

Number of shares in issue (million) 891.7 884.8 Treasury shares (million) (29.7) (30.1) Number of shares in issue in this calculation (million) 862.0 854.7

Net tangible asset value per share (pence) 308.7 310.9

Net asset value per share (pence) 375.7 384.2

* Restated.

Return on risk-weighted assets and return on assets

The group’s return on risk-weighted assets and total assets is refl ected in the table below.

31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013* Average 2012* Average

Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non- operating items (£’000) 327 824 309 310 257 579

Investec plc risk-weighted assets (£’million) 13 711 13 705 13 708 12 827 13 266

Overview of the year Investec Limited risk-weighted assets^ (£’million) 14 125 16 036 15 081 15 679 15 858 Total risk-weighted assets (£’million) 27 836 29 741 28 789 28 506 29 124

Return on average risk-weighted assets 1.14% 1.06% 0.91%

^ Investec Limited risk-weighted assets (R’million) 248 040 223 865 192 376

Total assets (excluding assurance assets) 41 279 45 784 43 531 46 139 45 961 Return on average assets 0.75% 0.67% 0.57% 01 * Restated.

48 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

A summary of capital adequacy and leverage ratios

We hold capital in excess of regulatory requirements targeting a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 10.5% (11.0% by March 2016) and a total capital adequacy ratio range of 14% to 17% on a consolidated basis for each of Investec plc and Investec Limited.

Further information is provided on pages 83 to 96 in volume two.

Investec Bank Investec Investec (Australia) Investec Investec At 31 March 2014 plc^ Bank plc^ Limited Limited Bank Limited

Common equity tier 1 (as reported) 8.8% 11.0% 12.2% 9.4% 10.3% Common equity tier 1 (‘fully loaded’)^^ 8.8% 11.0% 12.2% 9.3% 10.2% Tier 1 (as reported) 10.5% 11.0% 12.2% 11.0% 10.8% Total capital adequacy ratio (as reported) 15.3% 16.0% 16.1% 14.9% 15.3% Leverage ratio** – permanent capital 7.7% 7.4% 11.2% 7.4% 7.2% Leverage ratio** – current 7.4% 7.4% 11.2% 7.2% 7.2% Leverage ratio** – ‘fully loaded’^^ 6.2% 7.4% 11.2% 6.2% 6.8%

^ The capital adequacy disclosures follow Investec's normal basis of presentation so as to show a consistent basis of calculation across the jurisdictions in which the group operates. For Investec plc and Investec Bank plc this does not include the deduction of foreseeable dividends when calculating common equity tier 1 as now required under the Capital Requirements Regulation and European Banking Authority technical standards. The impact of the fi nal proposed ordinary and preference dividends totalling £61 million for Investec plc and £32 million for Investec Bank plc would be around 50bps and 30bps, respectively. ^^ Based on the group’s understanding of current and draft regulations. ‘Fully loaded’ is based on Basel III capital requirements as fully phased in by 2022. ** The leverage ratios are calculated on an end-quarter basis so as to show a consistent basis of calculation across the jurisdictions in which the group operates.

ROE by country and business Return on capital by segment Methodology based on segmental information after reallocation of: Overview of the year • A notional return on capital (net of the cost of subordinated debt) which is managed and borne in the centre from ‘Other Activities in the Specialist Bank’ to the business segments based on their total capital utilisation.

31 March 31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Average 2012* Average

Calculation of average shareholders’ equity Ordinary shareholders’ equity 3 238 569 3 283 813 3 261 191 3 277 636 3 280 725 Goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (577 816) (626 870) (602 343) (637 773) (632 322) Adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity 2 660 753 2 656 943 2 658 848 2 639 863 2 648 403

* Restated. 01 31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013*

Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and taxation 462 666 429 352 Non-controlling interests (21 880) (3 317) Accrued preference dividends, adjusted for currency hedge (33 812) (37 661) Operating profi t 406 974 388 374 Tax on ordinary activities (79 150) (79 064) Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholder before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items 327 824 309 310

Pre-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity 12.5% 11.8% Post-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity 10.1% 9.4% Pre-tax return on average tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity 15.3% 14.7% Post-tax return on average tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity 12.3% 11.7%

* Restated.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 49 Financial review (continued)

ROE by geography

UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and taxation 165 532 310 990 (13 856) 462 666 Tax on profi t on ordinary activities (31 164) (48 140) 154 (79 150) Non-controlling interests (2 815) (19 065) – (21 880) Accrued preference dividends, adjusted for currency hedge (13 502) (20 310) – (33 812) Profi t on ordinary activities after taxation – 31 March 2014 118 051 223 475 (13 702) 327 824 Profi t on ordinary activities after taxation – 31 March 2013* 89 631 214 848 4 831 309 310

Ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 1 628 517 1 299 122 310 930 3 238 569 Goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (530 171) (6 559) (41 086) (577 816) Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 1 098 346 1 292 563 269 844 2 660 753

Ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013 1 465 110 1 401 732 416 971 3 283 813 Goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (549 581) (10 260) (67 029) (626 870) Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 915 529 1 391 472 349 942 2 656 943

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 1 546 814 1 350 426 363 951 3 261 191 Average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 1 493 055 1 385 321 402 349 3 280 725

Average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 1 006 939 1 342 016 309 893 2 658 848 Average tangible shareholders’ equity– 31 March 2013* 936 927 1 373 342 338 134 2 648 403

Post-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 7.6% 16.5% (3.8%) 10.1% Post-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 6.0% 15.5% 1.2% 9.4% Overview of the year

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 11.7% 16.7% (4.4%) 12.3% Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 9.6% 15.6% 1.4% 11.7%

Pre-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 9.6% 20.1% (3.8%) 12.5% Pre-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity 01 – 31 March 2013* 8.7% 18.3% 0.8% 11.8%

Pre-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 14.8% 20.2% (4.5%) 15.3% Pre-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 13.7% 18.5% 1.0% 14.7%

* Restated.

50 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

ROE by business

Adjusted Asset Wealth & Specialist Wealth & £’000 Management Investment Banking Investment^

Total operating profi t, after other non-controlling interests 143 819 66 099 241 899 66 099 Notional return on regulatory capital 1 880 1 176 (3 056) 1 176 Notional cost of statutory capital (970) (11 706) 12 676 (11 706) Cost of subordinated debt (979) (623) 1 602 (623) Cost of preference shares (523) (360) (32 929) (360) Absorption of additional residual costs** (10 226) (4 669) 14 895 (4 669) Adjusted earnings – 31 March 2014 133 001 49 917 235 087 49 917 Adjusted earnings – 31 March 2013* 128 619 45 335 214 420 45 335

Ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 147 123 451 700 2 639 746 292 650 Goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (92 391) (388 329) (97 096) (229 279) Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 54 732 63 371 2 542 650 63 371

Ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013 127 955 415 797 2 740 061 256 747 Goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software) (95 495) (402 363) (129 012) (243 313) Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 32 460 13 434 2 611 049 13 434

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 137 539 433 749 2 689 903 274 699 Average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 135 279 445 561 2 699 885 286 511

Average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 43 596 38 403 2 576 849 38 403 Overview of the year Average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 38 265 43 208 2 566 930 43 208

Pre-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2014 96.7% 11.5% 8.7% 18.2% Pre-tax return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 95.1% 10.2% 7.9% 15.8%

Pre-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ 01 equity – 31 March 2014 305.1% 130.0% 9.1% 130.0% Pre-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity – 31 March 2013* 336.1% 104.9% 8.4% 104.9%

* Restated. ** This allocation represents a portion of the costs remaining in the centre which are indirectly allocated to operating divisions as they facilitate their operations but are excluded in calculating performance incentive remuneration. These allocations are based on management’s estimates of relative benefi t derived. ^ The adjusted Wealth & Investment is consistent with the group computation, except for: • An adjustment of £159.1 million between ordinary shareholders’ funds and goodwill which represents historical accounting gains, with a corresponding effective increase in goodwill. These gains were excluded from group adjusted earnings (2006 and 2011) and related to the sale of Carr Sheppards Crosthwaite Limited (CSC) to Rensburg plc (subsequently renamed Rensburg Sheppards plc) on 6 May 2005 and the subsequent gain on the acquisition of the remaining share in Rensburg Sheppards plc on 25 June 2010. • The average equity calculations take into consideration the timing of the acquisition of the Evolution group.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 51 Financial review (continued)

Operating profi t (before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests) per employee

Asset Wealth & Specialist Total By division Management Investment Banking group

Number of employees – 31 March 2014 1 468 1 383 5 407 8 258 Number of employees – 31 March 2013 1 268 1 332 5 551 8 151 Number of employees – 31 March 2012 1 173 1 319 5 289 7 781

Average employees – year to 31 March 2014 1 368 1 358 5 479 8 205 Average employees – year to 31 March 2013 1 220 1 326 5 420 7 966

Operating profi t – year to 31 March 2014 (£’000) 143 819 66 099 241 899 451 817 Operating profi t – year to 31 March 2013 (£’000)* 140 407 50 667 235 204 426 278

Operating profi t per employee^ – 31 March 2014 (£’000) 105.1 48.7 44.2 55.1 Operating profi t per employee^ – 31 March 2013 (£’000)* 115.1 38.2 43.4 53.5

* Restated. ^ Based on average number of employees over the year.

UK and Southern Total By geography Other Africa Australia group

Number of employees – 31 March 2014 3 407 4 404 447 8 258 Number of employees – 31 March 2013 3 495 4 168 488 8 151 Number of employees – 31 March 2012 3 289 4 068 424 7 781

Average employees – year to 31 March 2014 3 451 4 286 468 8 205 Average employees – year to 31 March 2013 3 392 4 118 456 7 966 Overview of the year Operating profi t/(loss) – year to 31 March 2014 (£’000) 168 252 297 421 (13 856) 451 817 Operating profi t – year to 31 March 2013 (£’000)* 135 300 287 577 3 401 426 278

Operating profi t/(loss) per employee^ – 31 March 2014 (£’000) 48.8 69.4 (29.6) 55.1 Operating profi t per employee^ – 31 March 2013 (£’000)* 39.9 69.8 7.5 53.5 * Restated. ^ Based on average number of employees over the year. 01

52 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial review (continued)

Total third party assets under management

31 March 31 March £’million 2014 2013

Asset Management 68 017 69 822 UK and Other 42 006 41 569 Southern Africa 26 011 28 253

Wealth & Investment 41 524 40 350 UK and Other 26 950 24 733 Southern Africa 14 574 15 617

Property activities 272 320 Southern Africa 144 185 Australia 128 135

Australia other funds 128 186 Total 109 941 110 678

A further analysis of third party assets under management

At 31 March 2014 UK and Southern £’million Other Africa Australia Total

Asset Management 42 006 26 011 – 68 017 Mutual funds 15 386 11 180 – 26 566 Segregated mandates 26 620 14 831 – 41 451

Wealth & Investment 26 950 14 574 – 41 524 Discretionary 18 889 2 674 – 21 563

Non-discretionary 7 823 11 900 – 19 723 Overview of the year Other 238 – – 238

Property activities – 144 128 272 Australia other funds – – 128 128 Total third party assets under management 68 956 40 729 256 109 941

At 31 March 2013* UK and Southern £’million Other Africa Australia Total 01 Asset Management 41 569 28 253 – 69 822 Mutual funds 17 004 11 847 – 28 851 Segregated mandates 24 565 16 406 – 40 971

Wealth & Investment 24 733 15 617 – 40 350 Discretionary 16 806 2 604 – 19 410 Non-discretionary 7 580 13 013 – 20 593 Other 347 – – 347

Property activities – 185 135 320 Australia other funds – – 186 186 Total third party assets under management 66 302 44 055 321 110 678

* Restated.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 53 Divisional review Group divisional structure

Our strategic goals and objectives are We seek to maintain an appropriate balance Investec is a focused motivated by the desire to develop an between revenue earned from operational effi cient and integrated business on an risk businesses and revenue earned from Specialist Bank and international scale through the active pursuit fi nancial risk businesses. This ensures that Asset Manager striving of clearly established core competencies we are not over reliant on any one part of to be distinctive in all in our principal business areas. Our core our business to sustain our activities and philosophy has been to build well-defi ned, that we have a large recurring revenue that it does value-added businesses focused on serving base that enables us to navigate through the needs of select market niches where we varying cycles and to support our long-term can compete effectively. growth objectives.

Asset Wealth & Specialist Management Investment Banking

What we do What we do What we do

4FactorTM equities Property activities Portfolio management Quality Private Banking activities Stockbroking Frontier and emerging Corporate Advisory and Investment market equities Alternative investments activities Value Investment advisory services Corporate and Institutional Banking Commodities and resources Electronic trading services activities Emerging market fi xed income Retirement portfolios Group Services and Other activities Multi-asset Where we operate Where we operate Where we operate

Africa Southern Africa Australia Americas and Japan UK and Europe Canada Asia Pacifi c Hong Kong Europe India UK Southern Africa UK and Europe Divisional review USA

Integrated global management structure

Global roles Chief executive offi cer Stephen Koseff Executive director Hendrik du Toit 02 Managing director Bernard Kantor Group risk and fi nance director Glynn Burger

Banking and institutions Specialist Banking Asset Management David Lawrence South Africa Property activities Hendrik du Toit Chief integrating offi cer Andy Leith Sam Hackner Allen Zimbler Glynn Burger Private Banking Corporate governance and David Lawrence activities compliance Ciaran Whelan Bradley Tapnack Corporate Advisory and Marketing United Kingdom Investment activities Raymond van Niekerk David van der Walt Andy Leith Wealth & Investment Finance and risk management

Corporate and Support structures Glynn Burger Steve Elliott Institutional Banking Share schemes and secretarial Australia activities Les Penfold Geographical business leaders Ciaran Whelan David van der Walt (Acting)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 55 Asset Management

Established in 1991, we have grown Our only business is to manage largely organically from domestic roots in Southern Africa and are still money on behalf of third parties. managed by our founding members, representing continuity and stability.

We manage money for clients from We aim to do this to the highest right around the world. Our clients include sovereign wealth funds, possible standard by exceeding central banks, many of the world’s largest private and public sector pension funds, fi nancial groups and the investment and client service foundations, as well as advisors expectations of our clients. and those whom they serve. Our investment team of 177 professionals is organised around seven core capabilities. Our client group is organised in fi ve geographically defi ned units, serving our target clients around the globe. We have a centralised operations platform supporting these activities.

Our value Annual proposition highlights

• Organically built an independent global platform from an Operating profi t before Assets under management emerging market base non-controlling interests £68.0 billion

Divisional review increased by 2.4% to • Independently managed entity (2013: £69.8 billion) within the Investec group £143.8 million, contributing 31.8% to group profi t. • Competitive investment performance in chosen specialities

• Global approach: – global investing Net new fl ows of Operating margin 02 – global client base £2.6 billion 34.7% – global operations platform (2013: £4.1 billion). (2013: 34.5%) • Institutional and adviser focus

• Unique and clearly understood culture

• Stable and experienced leadership: – executive committee: average tenure of 20 years – top 30 leaders: average tenure of 15 years.

56 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Asset Management (continued)

Management structure Capabilities and organisational structure

ChiefChief executive offi cecerr HHendrikendrik dduu TToitoit apan clien and J t grou cas p Chief operating offi cer eri m A Kim McFarland

cto 4Fa r™ Global head of client group

equities A John Green C s o i an m a P d m Co-chief investment offi cer R a p o c u e e u d i Domenico (Mimi) Ferrini o l s fi r a o it c g u i V e c t r s l n c i Co-chief investment offi cer e e e i n l s t c John McNab g

a r

o c i

u r

f

p t

A

e

Global investment k e

r

a

m Q infrastructure

o M u c a g n l n I i i t y g d r e e x m i What F E

g in we do rg M e s u Em ie lti- r & it A tie qu U sse Fron E p K t ket u c Mar ro lie g n nt Where we t g ie ro cl up pe uro E operate Divisional review

£1 185 million £1 411 million

£1 331 millionmillio £1 476 million Europe (including UK)

£528 mmillion 202013 2014 02

Americas and £1 095 millionllio Japan Asia Pacifi c 2013 201014 (including Australia (£535 million) £221 millionon and Middle East) Africa 201320 2014

2013 2014

Net fl ows by geography

Financial years to 31 March 2013 and 31 March 2014.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 57 Asset Management (continued)

Financial analysis

Operating profit* Permanent employees Ordinary shareholders’ equity** 68.2% 82.5% 95.5% 100 100 100

80 80 80

60 60 60

40 40 40 31.8%

20 20 17.5% 20

4.5% 0 0 0 Remainder of Investec group 13 14 13 14 13 14 Asset Management March

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. ** As calculated on page 51, based on regulatory capital requirements.

Historical financial performance

£’bllion £’million 80 160 144 70 68 140

60 120

50 100

40 80 Divisional review

30 60

20 40

10 20

0 0

Mar 93 Mar 94 Mar 95 Mar 96 Mar 97 Mar 98 Mar 99 Mar 00 Mar 01 Mar 02 Mar 03 Mar 04 Mar 05 Mar 06 Mar 07 Mar 08 Mar 09 Mar 10 Mar 11 Mar 12 Mar 13 Mar 14 Operating profit (RHS) 02 Assets under management (LHS)

58 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Asset Management (continued)

Income statement analysis

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013 Variance % change

Net interest income 3 918 4 501 (583) (13.0%) Net fee and commission income 409 341 393 116 16 225 4.1% Investment income 28 36 (8) (22.2%) Trading income arising from balance sheet management and other (1 982) (45) (1 937) >100.0% trading activities Other operating income 2 875 9 583 (6 708) (70.0%) Total operating income 414 180 407 191 6 989 1.7% Operating costs (270 361) (266 784) (3 577) 1.3% Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, 143 819 140 407 3 412 2.4% non-operating items, taxation and before non-controlling interests Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests** (11 031) (243) (10 788) >100.0% Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after non-controlling interests 132 788 140 164 (7 376) (5.3%)

UK and Other 62 050 59 341 2 709 4.6% Southern Africa 70 738 80 823 (10 085) (12.5%) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after non-controlling interests 132 788 140 164 (7 376) (5.3%)

Selected returns and key statistics Ordinary shareholders’ equity* 147 123 127 955 19 168 15.0% ROE (pre-tax)* 96.7% 95.1% Return on tangible equity (pre-tax)* 305.1% 336.1% Operating margin 34.7% 34.5% Operating profi t per employee (£’000)* 105.1 115.1 (10.0) (8.7%) * As calculated on pages 51 and 52, based on regulatory capital requirements. ** Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests includes the portion of earnings attributable to the 15% shareholding in the business Divisional review by employees.

The variance in operating profi t over the year can be explained as follows:

Whilst market volatility remained, overall equity markets performed positively, although on a relative basis emerging market equities underperformed. Bond markets performed poorly, particularly in emerging markets. Volatile markets will continue to affect our revenues but our broad range of investment capabilities is well positioned to serve current and future investor demand. Performance fees decreased over the year (£36.4 million) as compared to the prior year (£41.4 million). 02

Investec integrated annual report 2014 59 Asset Management (continued)

Assets under management and fl ows

31 March 31 March £’million 2014 Net fl ows 2013

Equities 29 198 1 245 27 313 Fixed income 19 754 1 129 21 946 Multi-asset 11 728 722 11 909 Alternatives 3 070 (780) 4 420 Third party funds on advisory platform 4 267 257 4 234 Total 68 017 2 573 69 822

Assets under management by assets

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £68.0 billion total assets under management £69.8 billion total assets under management

Equities 43% Equities 39% Fixed income 29% Fixed income 32% Multi-asset 17% Multi-asset 17% Alternatives 5% Alternatives 6% Third party funds on advisory platform 6% Third party funds on advisory platform 6%

Segregated mandates performance Divisional review

Percentage 73% 70% 85% 87% 80% 100

80

60 02 40 30% 27% 20% 20 15% 13%

0

1 year 3 year 5 year 10 year Since inception Underperformance (annualised) (annualised) (annualised) annualised* Outperformance

Source: Calculated by Investec Asset Management from StatPro Composites, capability weighted. Performance to 31 March 2014.

* Since the inception date of each portfolio, only annualised if inception date is older than 12 months.

Note: Outperformance (underperformance) is calculated as the sum of the total market values for those funds that have positive active returns (negative active returns) by capability expressed as a percentage of total assets under management. Market values for the indicated date are used for all periods shown.

60 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Asset Management (continued)

Independent recognition Investment Financial year 2014 performance

All of our investment capabilities are managed with the simple aim of delivering performance which Winner of FERI EuroRating Award 2014 for Best Asset Manager meets or exceeds our clients’ expectations around specifi c strict risk parameters. Winner of European Funds Trophy 2014 for Best Asset Manager: Multi-Countries category with 26 – 40 Funds We measure our investment performance relative to peer group and against benchmark Winner of Global Investor/ISF Investment Excellence Award 2013 for Africa Equities over one, three, fi ve and 10 year Manager of the Year periods and since inception. Our long-term track record remains competitive. Winner of aiCIO European Innovation Award for Emerging Markets Category Winner

Winner of TFF – Bloomberg Best Fund Award for Best Fund in Energy Sector Equity (10 Years)

Highly commended for Global Investor/ISF Investment Excellence Award 2013 for Asset Manager of the Year

Nominated by Financial News Awards for Excellence in European Institutional Asset Management 2013 for European Asset Management CEO of the Year Award Divisional review (for Hendrik du Toit)

Mutual funds investment performance

02

One year Three year Five year Ten year

First quartile 25% First quartile 35% First quartile 41% First quartile 54% Second quartile 21% Second quartile 26% Second quartile 43% Second quartile 30% Third quartile 24% Third quartile 21% Third quartile 8% Third quartile 8% Fourth quartile 30% Fourth quartile 18% Fourth quartile 8% Fourth quartile 8%

Source: Calculated from Morningstar data by value; excludes cash, cash plus and liquidity funds. Performance to 31 March 2014.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 61 Asset Management (continued)

performance, meeting the needs of Questions and answers our clients, innovation and investment insight. To deliver on these objectives, we continue to invest in the development of our investment capabilities, our service proposition to our global client base and, Hendrik du Toit What have been the key most importantly, our people. We continue developments in the business to nurture the culture that binds us together. Chief executive offi cer over the fi nancial year? What is your outlook for the coming year? Can you give us an overview This year we reorganised our of the environment in which client groups from seven to fi ve, through the combination of In spite of a modest year you operate? the previously separate Asia, Middle East overall due to the impact of and Australia client groups, into a single volatile markets and weakening Asia Pacifi c client group. This enables us emerging market currencies, our business Our focus is on the institutional to enhance effi ciency and build a strong, remains stable and momentum is positive. unifi ed presence in this important region. and adviser segments of the We believe that we are well positioned to market. We build long-term In addition, our Asia Pacifi c business face the future. relationships with the largest and most has undergone signifi cant change and sophisticated institutional investors and evolution in the past year. This has included The opportunity for growth over the next asset platforms, irrespective of where they establishing our position in Singapore, fi ve years is signifi cant. Our priorities are are based geographically. In the UK and recruiting investment professionals into to deepen and widen our investment Southern Africa we also serve medium- the region and strengthening our regional strategies, and to focus on further sized institutional accounts as well as leadership team. This will help us to benefi t diversifying our client base. This will advisers. Over the last decade, we have from the signifi cant developments across include expanding our range of private both institutional and adviser clients in consciously developed a presence in most market strategies, and increasing our this area. of the world’s major markets. We think and market penetration in Asia, Europe and act with a very long-term horizon. Long-term investment performance the Americas. remains solid with 87% of our mandates The turbulence in emerging markets and outperforming their benchmark on a How do you incorporate specifi cally emerging currencies over ten-year annualised basis. As always, the past year has been some cause for there are a few strategies facing short- environmental, social concern. However, in spite of this, the term performance pressure or market and governance (ESG) business has performed competitively headwinds, but it is important to confi rm considerations into your that we are positioned to compete Divisional review and continued to attract net infl ows into business? these strategies. We are committed to effectively at the highest level. building a well-balanced, robust fi rm with In addition to the client endorsement a variable cost base, which should be able through the seventh consecutive year of In our role as a global asset to look after its clients in benign as well as positive net infl ows, we have also continued manager, our primary goal challenging market conditions. We do not to achieve independent and international is to deliver on our clients’ let short-term market movements infl uence recognition during the past year, as detailed mandates. The essential purpose of our long-term strategy and positioning. on page 61. which is to preserve and grow the real purchasing power of our clients’ assets Against this backdrop and measured Finally, this was our fi rst full year following an acquisition by senior management of a over the long term. We do this by assuming against the universe of peers, we had 02 15% shareholding in the business (with an a stewardship role over our clients’ assets, a good year for net infl ows, bringing in option to purchase a further 5% over the including exercising of their ownership £2.6 billion. The majority of these fl ows following six years). This transaction has rights. This includes ensuring that our came from the Americas and Europe. This been successful in enabling us to compete investments adhere to appropriate ESG number could have been even higher had more effectively with other independent, standards. We believe this approach it not been for the weaknesses across pure-play global asset managers. benefi ts both our clients and the social emerging market currencies. realms in which we invest and operate. The avalanche of regulatory initiatives What are your strategic For further information around prevails and has continued to consume objectives in the coming ESG, please visit the Stewardship more resources and management time than year? page on our website. pre-fi nancial crisis. We do not anticipate this to change in the near term in this industry. For further information refer to the Our long-term objective remains sustainability report available on unchanged: we continue to our website. be completely committed to managing our clients’ money to the highest standard possible. We focus on investment

62 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Wealth & Investment

Today the business specialises Investec Wealth & Investment offers in wealth management, portfolio management, private offi ce its clients comfort in its scale, and stockbroking services for individuals, families, trusts and charities. Formed through the international reach and depth of alliance of Investec Private Client Securities, Investec Private Bank’s investment processes. Investec Wealth Management division and the acquisition of Rensburg Wealth & Investment is one of the Sheppards and Williams de Broë in the UK, we are one of the UK’s UK’s leading private client leading private client investment managers and the largest in investment managers and the South Africa. largest in South Africa

Global head: Steve Elliott UK head: Jonathan Wragg Switzerland head: Peter Gyger South Africa head: Henry Blumenthal Ireland Wealth Management head: Eddie Clarke

Further detail on the Wealth & Investment management structure is available on our website: www.investec.com

Our value Annual proposition highlights

• Investec Wealth & Investment has

been built via the acquisition and Divisional review integration of businesses and organic Assets under management growth over a long period of time Operating profi t up 30.5% to £66.1 million, up 2.9% to • Well-established platforms in the UK, South Africa and Switzerland. The contributing 14.6% to £41.5 billion new Guernsey business became fully group profi t. operational in the fi nal quarter of the 2013 calendar year • Focus is on internationalising the 02 business and organic growth in our key markets Operating margin 22.9% Net new fl ows of (2013: 20.3%). • The business currently has £1.4 billion four distinct channels: direct, intermediaries, charities and international, and is in the process of developing its online capabilities to form a fi fth ‘digital’ distribution channel.

• c.100 000 clients.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 63 Wealth & Investment (continued)

What we do and where we operate

United Kingdom and Other

Investments and savings Pensions and retirement Tax planning and mitigation

• Discretionary and advisory • Discretionary investment • Individual and corporate tax portfolio management services for management for company planning services, including ISAs private clients pension and Self Invested and Venture Capital Trusts Personal Pensions (SIPPs) • Specialist investment • Inheritance tax planning. management services for • Advice and guidance on pension charities, pension schemes and schemes, life assurance and trusts income protection schemes.

• Independent fi nancial planning advice for private clients

• Specialist portfolio management The European operations are conducted through Investec Wealth & Investment Ireland, services for international clients. European Wealth Management, which operates from Switzerland, and in Guernsey through Investec Wealth & Investment Channel Islands.

Over 1 000 staff operate from offi ces located throughout the UK and Europe, with combined funds under management of £27.0 billion. Investec Wealth & Investment is one of the UK’s leading providers of private client investment management services.

Investec Wealth & Investment South Africa provides portfolio management, wealth

Divisional review South Africa management and stockbroking services for private clients, charities, pension funds and trusts, operating from eight offi ces across South Africa with R47.0 billion of funds under full discretionary management and a further R209.0 billion of funds under various other forms of administration.

UK and Other 02 Brand well established Established platforms in the UK, Switzerland, Ireland and Guernsey One of the leading private client investment managers Proven ability to attract and recruit investment managers.

South Africa

Strong brand and positioning Largest player in the market.

64 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Wealth & Investment (continued)

Financial analysis

Operating profit* Permanent employees Ordinary shareholders’ equity** 85.4% 83.0% 86.1% 100 100 100

80 80 80

60 60 60

40 40 40

20 20 17.0% 20 14.6% 13.9%

0 0 0 Remainder of Investec group 13 14 13 14 13 14 Wealth & Investment March

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. ** As calculated on page 51, based on regulatory capital requirements.

Operating profitˆ — track record

£’million 80

70 66.1

60

50

40 Divisional review 30

20

10

0

05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14

^ Trend refl ects numbers at the year ended 31 March. Amounts from 2008 are shown before goodwill, acquired intangibles, 02 non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. Prior to 2008 amounts have not been adjusted for non-controlling interests.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 65 Wealth & Investment (continued)

Income statement analysis

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013 Variance % change

Net interest income 7 857 9 049 (1 192) (13.2%) Net fee and commission income 275 377 237 560 37 817 15.9% Investment income 2 183 555 1 628 >100.0% Trading income arising from – customer fl ow 1 324 687 637 92.7% – balance sheet management and other trading activities 58 360 (302) (83.9%) Other operating income 1 234 777 457 58.8% Total operating income 288 033 248 988 39 045 15.7% Operating costs (221 934) (198 321) (23 613) 11.9% Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and taxation and after other non-controlling interests 66 099 50 667 15 432 30.5%

UK and Other** 46 065 33 910 12 155 35.8% South Africa 20 034 16 757 3 277 19.6% Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items and taxation and after other non-controlling interests 66 099 50 667 15 432 30.5%

Selected returns and key statistics Ordinary shareholders’ equity* 292 650 256 747 35 903 14.0% ROE (pre-tax)* 18.2% 15.8% Return on tangible equity (pre-tax)* 130.0% 104.9% Operating margin 22.9% 20.3% Operating profi t per employee (£’000)* 48.7 38.2 10.5 27.5% * As calculated on pages 51 and 52, based on regulatory capital requirements. ** Other comprises European Wealth Management, Investec Wealth & Investment Ireland and Investec Wealth & Investment Channel Islands.

The variance in operating profi t over the year can be explained as follows: Divisional review • In the UK and Europe the division has benefi ted from higher average funds under management, as a result of net infl ows and a destmo increase in relevant market indices. Operating margins have improved from 17.3% in 2013 to 20.1%

• The South African business posted an operating profi t of R323 million, an increase of 43.6% over the prior year, benefi ting from higher average funds under management and solid discretionary net infl ows.

Analysis of key earnings drivers (funds under management)

02 31 March 31 March £’million 2014 2013 % change

UK and Other 26 950 24 733 9.0% Discretionary 18 889 16 806 12.4% Non-discretionary and other 8 061 7 927 1.7%

South Africa 14 574 15 617 (6.7%) Discretionary 2 674 2 604 2.7% Non-discretionary and other 11 900 13 013 (8.6%)

Total 41 524 40 350 2.9%

66 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Wealth & Investment (continued)

UK and Other: analysis of key drivers (funds under management and fl ows) Funds under management

31 March 31 March £’million 2014 2013 % change

Investec Wealth & Investment Limited 24 282 22 271 9.0% Discretionary 18 291 16 177 13.1% Non-discretionary 5 753 5 747 0.1% Other 238 347 (31.4%)

Investec Wealth & Investment Ireland 1 854 1 536 20.7% Discretionary 247 204 21.0% Non-discretionary 1 607 1 332 20.6%

European Wealth Management 814 926 (12.1%) Discretionary 351 425 (17.4%) Non-discretionary 463 501 (7.6%) Total 26 950 24 733 9.0%

Further analysis of the Investec Wealth & Investment Limited business Funds under management and fl ows 31 March 31 March £’billion 2014 2013 % change

At the beginning of the period 22.27 19.96 11.6% Infl ows 2.48 1.87 32.6% Outfl ows (1.23) (1.50) (18.0%) Market adjustment^ 0.70 1.94 (63.9%) Transfers* 0.06 – – At the end of the period 24.28 22.27 9.0%

WMA Private Investors Balanced Index (at period end) 3 385 3 300 2.6% Annualised underlying rate of net organic growth in total funds under management** 5.6% 1.9% n/a % of total funds managed on a discretionary basis 76.3% 74.2% n/a

^ Impact of market movement and relative performance. Divisional review * Refl ects the transfer of clients from European Wealth Management. ** Net organic infl ows less outfl ows (excluding acquired infl ows and exceptional outfl ows) as a percentage of opening funds under management.

South Africa: analysis of key earnings drivers (funds under management and fl ows) Funds under management

31 March 31 March R’million 2014 2013 % change 02

Discretionary 46 961 36 352 29.2% Non-discretionary 208 959 181 668 15.0% Total 255 920 218 020 17.4%

Net infl ows/(outfl ows) at cost over the period

31 March 31 March R’million 2014 2013

Discretionary 4 748 3 714 Non-discretionary (2 405)^^ 2 148 Total 2 343 5 862 ^^ Largely related to one client who moved their portfolio to another institution to serve as collateral in a transaction they were concluding.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 67 Wealth & Investment (continued)

Questions and answers

Steve Elliott

Global head

focus by some in the UK market, which has Can you give us an given rise to greater opportunities to recruit What have been the key overview of the environment experienced investment managers. developments in the in which you operate? The strength of our offering means we business over the last are well placed to take advantage of fi nancial year? the potential for growth which these Market conditions for the UK opportunities present and look to recruit business have generally been additional experienced investment We have continued to expand favourable during the fi nancial managers who understand our philosophy our business across the UK, but year, with many equity markets ending and core values. most notably in Scotland with the 2013 at or close to all-time highs. Markets recruitment of a total of nine experienced began 2014 somewhat less confi dently, With its political and economic stability, investment managers across our Glasgow but subsequently recovered. While there Switzerland continues to be one of the and Edinburgh offi ces. We now have a remain challenges and uncertainties in preferred private client fi nancial centres and substantial presence in both of these key the global economy that could lead to forms part of our international strategy. strategic locations which provides a strong further volatility, there are good reasons for In South Africa, the 12 months to the end of platform for future growth in the Scottish investors to maintain a positive outlook for March 2014 have been volatile for markets, marketplace. the year ahead. and emerging markets in particular. Many Our investment management service is well Measures announced by the UK stock market indices, including the JSE, suited to a wide range of levels of wealth. government in its 2014 budget are achieved record highs. The strength of our offering presents an signifi cant for the UK investment The main driving factor was the timing and opportunity to capture a greater share management sector. In a major change pace of the so-called taper – the phased of the higher net worth market. We have to pension regulations, UK individuals will withdrawal by the US Federal Reserve from recently launched our Private Offi ce no longer be required to use their pension its monthly programme of asset purchases, Divisional review service, which draws on those elements fund to purchase an annuity to fund their worth US$85 billion at its peak. The Fed of our service which can be targeted to retirement. They will instead be free to utilise fi rst outlined in May 2013 its intentions to fulfi l the requirements of higher net worth the assets of their fund as they choose begin tapering. individuals. upon retirement. This presents a signifi cant opportunity for investment management The ‘tapering’ of quantitative easing kept We are committed to maintaining the high businesses, as individuals are now free the pressure on risk assets for most of standard of service we provide and see the to continue to invest in risk-based assets 2013. The Rand weakened from around continuous development of our offering to throughout their retirement as a means of R9.00 to the US Dollar in April 2013, to our existing clients as the foundation on seeking greater returns from their pension R11.20 in January 2014, as global investors which future growth will be achieved. To 02 savings. In a further positive development switched out of emerging markets. this end, we have continued to invest in our for UK investment management systems and processes. businesses, the amount which individuals Global investors appear to be seeing value can invest each year into their tax exempt once more in emerging markets, including Our offering to international clients has Individual Savings Account (ISA) has been South Africa, taking the view that sustained been expanded during the year with the increased signifi cantly and greater fl exibility growth in the developed world will also lift launching of our Channel Islands business, has also been introduced. emerging markets. They appear willing to which provides investment management look beyond tensions in the Ukraine, Turkey and custody services from our offi ce The regulatory environment continues and the strike action in South Africa, as well in Guernsey. to place increasing obligations on UK as the January rate hikes in Turkey, India investment management businesses and and South Africa. Key to our international expansion will be this has been a driver to the latest wave of a focus on Southern and East Africa. The consolidation in the UK industry. It may also In Rand terms, the JSE returned 19.8% group has an established business within have contributed to the change of strategic over the 12 months to 31 March 2014. Hong Kong/Asia and we are considering In US Dollars, the JSE returned 9.6%. opportunities within these areas. We will continue to enhance and expand

68 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Wealth & Investment (continued)

our offering to higher net worth clients the coming year to take advantage of the In South Africa, we are confi dent that utilising our well-established platforms with opportunities which these offerings provide. our investment processes are sound international capabilities and investment and should continue to deliver superior management expertise. We believe we are well positioned in Ireland performance. Our asset acquisition and to become one of the preferred wealth and distribution strategies are progressing well It was a period of signifi cant change and investment management providers within and we expect to increase our discretionary integration for Wealth & Investment in our high net worth target market. funds over the next 12 months. Ireland. The business was rebranded from NCB to Investec Wealth & Investment in There continues to be opportunities to The investment we have made, and May 2013. recruit experienced investment managers. continue to make, in developing the We continue to attract candidates who business and our offering, leaves us Across the discretionary and advisory are drawn to our working environment well placed to continue to build on the investment mandates within the South and culture and our strong, well resourced growth we have achieved over the last African business, strong net asset fl ows investment process and operating platforms fi nancial year. have been secured. from which we service our clients. We will continue to pursue opportunities to recruit Ongoing initiatives in the digital and We have achieved solid investment investment managers of the appropriate online channels should support revenue performance across a broad range calibre who share our values. improvements and business effi ciencies. of domestic and offshore investment mandates. We continue to invest in In South Africa, we will continue to these processes. reinforce our leading market positioning as a seamless global investment business, How do you incorporate We have actively embarked on the provision enabling our South African based clients environmental and of an integrated offering to both Wealth & to access global investment opportunities Investment and Private Banking clients, on a discretionary, advisory or execution sustainability considerations reinforced by the launch of the Investec only basis. into your business? App and online experience. As part of our strategy in South Africa to Over the last year, Investec Wealth offer investment services to existing Private & Investment received a number of Bank clients, we will be launching our online international and domestic awards, self-directed investment platform this year. Investec Wealth & Investment recognising us as the leading private It will be aimed at the bank’s emerging has 15 offi ces spread across the client wealth and investment manager in investment clients who have not historically UK. This presents an opportunity South Africa. been part of our target market. for the business to become involved in communities across a wide geographical We are committed to promoting, for the What are your strategic area. We positively encourage our teams clients of Wealth & Investment and Private across the UK to become involved in objectives in the coming year? Banking, a truly seamless banking and their communities, and staff have used investment experience across South Africa their volunteering days to get involved in Divisional review and the UK, as appropriate to the market. charitable, environmental and educational The personal service we provide projects across the regions. to our clients is fundamental to What is your outlook for the our business. However, client We also provide fi nancial support to preferences change over time and we are coming year? charitable projects initiated by our staff. mindful that an increasing number of our clients prefer to receive communications For further information refer to the and other aspects of our service The volatility in the equity markets sustainability report available on electronically. A strong digital capability also in the fi rst few months of 2014 our website. provides an opportunity to reach sectors is a reminder that risks remain 02 of the market that would not comprise part in both the economic and political arenas of our traditional client base. Advancing that have the potential to unsettle investor our digital strategy is a key priority in confi dence. Whilst these factors cannot order to ensure that we continue to meet be ignored and may drive further volatility the changing needs of our current and during the year ahead, we believe that future clients. the overall outlook for investors remains positive given the traction that is now As noted above, we have recently launched being gained in the developed economies, our offshore business in the Channel Islands the relative strength of corporate balance and our Private Offi ce service to higher net sheets and the desire by governments and worth clients. We will be working during policymakers to maintain demand.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 69 Specialist Banking

The specialist teams are well Specialist expertise delivered with positioned to provide services for both personal and business dedication and energy needs right across Private Banking, Property activities, Corporate and Global heads Institutional Banking and Corporate Andy Leith Corporate Advisory and Investment activities Advisory and Investment Banking. Sam Hackner Property activities David van der Walt Corporate and Institutional Banking activities Ciaran Whelan Private Banking activities

Further information on the Specialist Banking management structure is available on our website: www.investec.com

Our value Annual proposition highlights

• High quality specialist Operating profi t

Divisional review banking solution to corporate, up 2.8% to institutional and private clients 66.0% with leading positions in cost to income £241.9 million selected areas (2013: 63.1%) contributing 53.5% to group profi t • Provide high touch personalised service

• Ability to leverage international, cross-border platforms Loans and advances 02 • Well positioned to capture 8.7% opportunities between the ROE (pre-tax) £17.2 billion developed and the emerging (2013: 7.9%) world

• Balanced business model with good business depth and breadth

• Total corporate and other clients: c.238 000 9.1% Customer deposits • Total high income and high net Tangible ROE (pre-tax) £22.6 billion worth clients: c.171 000 (2013: 8.4%)

70 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Specialist Banking (continued)

What Corporates/government/institutional clients

we do Corporate Advisory and Corporate and Institutional Investment activities Banking activities Advisory Treasury and trading services High income and high net Principal investments Specialised lending, funds and debt worth private clients Property investment fund capital markets management Institutional research sales and trading Private Banking activities Australia Hong Kong Australia Transactional banking and foreign Canada exchange India India Lending Southern Africa Southern Africa Deposits UK and Europe UK and Europe Investments Hong Kong USA Australia Southern Africa UK and Europe

Integrated systems and infrastructure

Where we operate Divisional review

UK and Europe

Canada and USA Brand well established Beijing Sustainable business on the back of client fl ow. 02 Distribution platform Growing advisory and PFI Hong Kong capabilities. India

Established a presence in 2010 Facilitates the link between India, UK and South Africa. Australia South Africa Mauritius South Africa Experienced local team in Strong brand and positioning place with industry expertise Leading in corporate Established in 1997 Focus is on entrenching institutional and private client Leading in corporate position as a boutique banking activities. institutional and private client operation. banking activities.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 71 Specialist Banking (continued)

Financial analysis

Operating profit* Permanent employees Ordinary shareholders’ equity** 46.4% 34.5% 18.5% 100 100 100

81.5% 80 80 80

65.5% 60 60 60 53.6%

40 40 40

20 20 20

0 0 0 Remainder of Investec group 13 14 13 14 13 14 Specialist Banking March

* Before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. ** As calculated on page 51, based on regulatory capital requirements.

Operating profitˆ — track record

£’million 500

400

300 241.9

200 Divisional review

100

0

05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14

^ Trend refl ects numbers at the year ended 31 March, unless otherwise stated. Amounts from 2008 are shown before goodwill, acquired 02 intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests. Prior to 2008 amounts have not been adjusted for non-controlling interests.

72 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Specialist Banking (continued)

Income statement analysis

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013* Variance % change

Net interest income 639 904 690 057 (50 153) (7.3%) Net fee and commission income 304 703 336 144 (31 441) (9.4%) Investment income 164 598 181 401 (16 803) (9.3%) Trading income arising from – customer fl ow 102 590 70 172 32 418 46.2% – balance sheet management and other trading activities 12 511 33 723 (21 212) (62.9%) Other operating income 14 445 31 793 (17 348) (54.6%) Total operating income before impairment on loans and advances 1 238 751 1 343 290 (104 539) (7.8%) Impairment losses on loans and advances (166 152) (251 012) 84 860 (33.8%) Operating income 1 072 599 1 092 278 (19 679) (1.8%) Operating costs (813 807) (837 928) 24 121 (2.9%) Depreciation on operating leased assets (6 044) (16 072) 10 028 (62.4%) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and 252 748 238 278 14 470 6.1% non-operating items and taxation Operating losses attributable to non-controlling interests (10 849) (3 074) (7 775) (>100.0%) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests 241 899 235 204 6 695 2.8%

UK and Other 54 602 42 049 12 553 29.9% Southern Africa 201 153 189 754 11 399 6.0% Australia (13 856) 3 401 (17 257) (>100.0%) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests 241 899 235 204 6 695 2.8%

Selected returns and key statistics Ordinary shareholders’ equity** 2 639 746 2 740 061 (100 315) (3.7%) ROE (pre-tax)** 8.7% 7.9% Divisional review Return on tangible equity (pre-tax)** 9.1% 8.4% Cost-to-income ratio 66.0% 63.1% Operating profi t per employee (£’000)** 44.2 43.4 0.8 1.8% * Restated. ** As calculated on pages 51 and 52, based on regulatory capital requirements.

The variance in the operating profi t in the UK over the year can be explained as follows:

• Net interest income decreased marginally as a result of less interest earned on running down legacy portfolios, offset partially by increased lending turnover and an improvement in the cost of funding 02

• Net fee and commission income has decreased as a result of less corporate fees earned in the period, however, pipelines remain sound

• Investment and other trading income decreased as a result of lower returns generated on the fi xed income portfolio, partially ffseto by a good performance from the equity investment portfolio

• Trading income from customer fl ow improved due to increased corporate foreign exchange and rates activities

• Other operating income includes associate income and income earned on an operating lease portfolio acquired during December 2010

• Total operating income decreased 7.2%

• Impairments decreased by 38.8%. Further information is provided on pages 32 and 33 in volume two

• Operating expenses decreased largely as a result of lower depreciation recorded on operating leased assets, with other costs marginally higher than the prior year.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 73 Specialist Banking (continued)

The variance in the operating profi t in South Africa over the year can be explained as follows:

• The analysis and variances described below for the South African Specialist Banking division are based on the Rand numbers reported. Results in Pounds Sterling have been negatively impacted by the depreciation of the average Rand: Pounds Sterling exchange rate of approximately 20% over the period. The Specialist Banking division reported operating profi t before taxation of R3 289 million (2013: R2 546 million)

• Net interest income increased as a result of an increase in core loans and advances of 10.6%, partially offset by a lower return earned on certain higher yielding asset portfolios

• Net fee and commission income has increased as a result of a good performance from the corporate business with strong growth in project fi nance and structured fi nance fees. The transactional banking activities, property lending and property fund continued to perform well

• Investment income was marginally behind the prior year, with this year's performance supported by a solid performance from the unlisted private equity portfolio, however the prior year included gains on the sale of investment properties which have not been repeated in the current year

• Trading income from customer fl ow improved due to increased client activity, notably in foreign exchange transactions

• Other trading income has benefi ted from effective balance sheet management

• Total operating income increased by 14.5%

• Impairments decreased by 23.6%. Further information is provided on pages 32 and 33 in volume two

• Operating expenses increased by 8.0%.

The variance in the operating profi t in Australia over the year can be explained as follows:

• Following a review conducted in Australia, a number of businesses which lacked scale or alignment with the greater group were closed during the year

• The restructure costs resulting from this action are included in the current year’s results

• On 11 April 2014, the group announced that it had entered into a defi nitive contract with Bank of Queensland Limited to purchase Investec Bank (Australia) Limited’s professional fi nance and asset fi nance and leasing businesses and its deposit book at an A$210 million premium to tangible net asset value, structured via a sale of Investec Bank (Australia) Limited. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval.

Divisional review Analysis of key earnings drivers Net core loans and advances (excluding Kensington)

£’million Home currency ’million 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 % change 2014 2013 % change

UK and Other 6 492 6 045 7.4% £6 492 £6 045 7.4% 02 Southern Africa 8 935 10 165 (12.1%) R156 870 R141 903 10.6% Australia 1 730 2 205 (21.5%) A$3 114 A$3 219 (3.3%) Total 17 157 18 415 (6.8%)

74 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Specialist Banking (continued)

Net core loans and advances (excluding Kensington)

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia £’million R’million A$’million 156 870 8 000 160 000 3 500 3 114 7 000 6 492 3 000

6 000 120 000 2 500 5 000 2 000 4 000 80 000 1 500 3 000 1 000 2 000 40 000

1 000 500

0 0 0 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14

Trend refl ects numbers at the year ended 31 March unless stated otherwise.

Total deposits

£’million Home currency ’million 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013* % change 2014 2013* % change

UK and Other 9 407 9 490 (0.9%) £9 407 £9 490 (0.9%) Southern Africa 11 671 13 278 (12.1%) R204 903 R185 311 10.6% Australia 1 532 1 693 (9.5%) A$2 758 A$2 472 11.6% Total 22 610 24 461 (7.6%) * Restated.

Total deposits

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Divisional review £’million R’million A$’million 10 000 9 407 250 000 3 000 2 758 204 903 2 500 8 000 200 000

2 000 6 000 150 000 1 500 4 000 100 000 1 000 02 2 000 50 000 500

0 0 0 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14 0708 09 10 11 12 13 14

Trend refl ects numbers at the year ended 31 March unless stated otherwise.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 75 Specialist Banking (continued)

Legacy business in the UK Specialist Bank The legacy business in the UK Specialist Bank comprises: • Assets put on the bank’s books pre-2008 where market conditions post the fi nancial crisis have materially impacted the business model, e.g. unsecuritised mortgage assets

• Assets written prior to 2008 with very low/negative margins

• Assets relating to business we are no longer undertaking.

An analysis of assets within the legacy business 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2014 2013 2013 Total net Total Total net Total assets balance assets balance (after sheet (after sheet £’million impairments) impairment impairments) impairment

Kensington – UK warehouse assets 768 16 857 23 Kensington – Ireland 474 138 504 116 Total Kensington warehouse assets 1 242 154 1 361 139 Performing 820 3 839 20 Non-performing 422 151 522 119

Other corporate assets and securitisation activities 864 51 1 151 52 Private Bank Irish planning and development assets 60 59 62 58 Other Private Bank assets 1 261 82 1 402 84 Total other legacy assets 2 185 192 2 615 194 Performing 1 798 4 2 219 5 Non-performing 387 188 396 189

A further analysis of the UK Specialist Bank's results for the year ended 31 March 2014 Ongoing Legacy £’million business business Total Divisional review Total income 560.3 35.7 596.0 Total impairments (11.2) (93.6) (104.8) Total expenses (389.0) (44.3) (433.3) Depreciation on operating leased assets (5.4) (0.6) (6.0) Net profi t before tax 154.7 (102.8) 51.9 Taxation (using total effective tax rate for the UK at 18.8%) (29.1) 19.3 (9.8) Net profi t after tax 125.6 (83.5) 42.1 02 Non-controlling interests 2.7 – 2.7 Attributable earnings before preference dividends 128.3 (83.5) 44.8

Average shareholders' equity 681 354 1 035 Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity (before preference dividends) 18.8% (23.6%) 4.3% Cost to income ratio 70.1% 126.2% 73.4%

76 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Specialist Banking (continued)

A further analysis of the UK Specialist Bank's results for the year ended 31 March 2013* Ongoing Legacy £’million business business Total

Total income 577.9 64.6 642.5 Total impairments (65.9) (105.3) (171.2) Total expenses (367.3) (45.5) (412.8) Depreciation on operating leased assets (16.1) – (16.1) Net profi t before tax 128.6 (86.2) 42.4 Taxation (using total effective tax rate for the UK at 23.4%) (29.6) 19.8 (9.8) Net profi t after tax 99.0 (66.4) 32.6 Non-controlling interests (0.4) – (0.4) Attributable earnings before preference dividends 98.6 (66.4) 32.2

Average shareholders' equity 587 410 997 Post-tax return on average shareholders' equity (before preference dividends) 16.8% (16.2%) 3.2% Cost to income ratio 65.4% 70.4% 65.9% * Restated.

Expected run-off of legacy assets

Total other legacy assets excluding Kensington Kensington £’million £’million 5 000 4 856 2 500

2 036 4 000 2 000

3 000 1 500 Expected run-off 1 361 Expected run-off 2 615 1 242 2 185 1 111 995 2 000 1 762 1 000 893 791 1 397 1 150

1 000 822 500 Divisional review

0 0 08 13 14 F15 F16 F17 F18 08 13 14 F15 F16 F17 F18

Other Private Bank assets Kensington − Ireland Private Bank Irish planning and development assets Kensington − UK warehouse loans Other corporate assets and securitisation activities 02

Investec integrated annual report 2014 77 Specialist Banking (continued)

We will continue to focus on cross-selling Questions and answers our products across different client bases, providing services between Private Bank and the Wealth & Investment business and a more focused approach to servicing the corporate market so that our Specialist Stephen Koseff Glynn Burger Bank maintains its agility in providing our clients, both private and corporate, with Bernard Kantor integrated solutions. We continue to rollout our Africa strategy. Geographical business leaders South Africa The African continent has made great strides in its democratisation over the past couple of years and South Africa is well We have seen a lot of traction from the positioned to provide a platform for global Can you give us an close co-operation between the Private players wishing to take advantage of the Bank and Wealth & Investment businesses African opportunity. These initiatives remain overview of the environment in leveraging our private client platform. focused largely on advisory, corporate in which you operate? Our approach is to provide and integrate institutional banking and asset management our offering across our client segments opportunities. and build market share in those segments through further client penetration. The political economic What is your outlook environment has been challenging Lending activity levels continued to for the coming year? with a high degree of uncertainty improve compared to previous years, with and breakdown between business and solid growth achieved in our professional labour resulting in weak macro-economic banking, property lending and corporate conditions. Our business activity has been portfolios. A dedicated Retail Funding We are hopeful that with the supported by strong equity markets, an business was created to focus on growing general election completed improving global environment and positive the deposit base in a highly competitive and government on a path to levels of activity amongst our core client market in the quest for Basel III compliant implement its plans, activity levels will base. We continue to see an increase in funds. We continued to enhance our remain satisfactory to improving. regulatory scrutiny as the world adjusts its transactional banking offering, particularly regulatory model to ensure that fi nancial with our online offering, which supported Overall, we are well positioned and placed institutions act in the interest of broader further momentum in our Professional to benefi t from an uptick in infrastructure society and do not provide a threat to Banking business. investment and an improved global economic stability. economic outlook. Corporate activity was buoyant, resulting in Divisional review Now that the general election is behind us a solid performance from our advisory, debt How do you incorporate and government seems to be committed origination, treasury sales and structuring environmental and to the National Development Plan, we are businesses. A number of businesses within our corporate division were integrated in sustainability considerations hopeful the economic environment will an effort to provide a more holistic offering into your business? improve supported by global growth as to our corporate client base, which also well as the development of infrastructure, resulted in the introduction of a number of improvement in labour relations and new product offerings. the creation of a more business-friendly We continue to have a meaningful impact environment. Our unlisted investment and investment/ through a number of our environmental and 02 trading property portfolios continued to social projects. Investec Limited maintained perform well. its inclusion in the JSE SRI Index and we What have been the key were included in the Climate Disclosure developments in the business Leadership Index 2013 (Top 11 in South What are your strategic Africa across all sectors). Our Power and over the fi nancial year? objectives in the coming year? Infrastructure team continue to play an active role in the renewable energy sector with R3.2 billion committed to renewable projects We have spent the last few years Over the past few years, we have in the country. In line with our corporate implementing the One Bank continued to build our franchise social investment strategy, a total of 90% process which was designed to in our core client segments. of our spend was allocated to education provide better solutions for our clients but Building and developing our client and entrepreneurial projects. Following on at the same time create a more simple, franchises remains integral to the growth from the previous success of our Promaths effi cient and effective operating structure. and development of our organisation and programme, during the 2013 academic year This process is now embedded within the we endeavour to continue to enhance our we launched four new Promaths centres organisation and how it conducts itself on a client experience, ensuring our target clients reaching a further 1 800 learners. do more with us as an organisation. daily basis. For further information refer to the sustainability report available on our website.

78 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Specialist Banking (continued)

Questions and answers

David van der Walt

Geographical business leader United Kingdom

What have been the What are your Can you give us an key developments in strategic objectives overview of the environment the business over the for the coming year? in which you operate? fi nancial year? Our overall objective is to continue to build a significant Since the beginning of the We have continued with our theme client franchise while of building our core business but, fi nancial year the operating maintaining our expertise in niche at the same time, simplifying our environment has improved specialist areas. Outside of this we operating model. steadily, and for the fi rst time in a long have the following objectives: while feels ‘normal’. During the year, Regarding simplifi cation, we have closed • Successfully launch and rollout the pipelines have built steadily and are now our fi nancial markets group and reduced Private Bank account to our selected quite strong as board decisions start to our secondary market and principle client base translate into activity. credit activities. We have sold our trust • Digitise our private client offering businesses in Jersey, Switzerland and Equity and IPO markets have been • Progress with the potential sale of Mauritius. We integrated our Investment robust. We were, however, slow to take Kensington Banking and Securities business into advantage of these conditions due to our Corporate and Institutional Banking • Manage down the legacy portfolio internal restructuring at the beginning of business. We have co-located the NCB • Integrate the Irish business operationally the year, since then momentum has built business with our Irish branch in Dublin. with the UK business and this has allowed us to be selective The banking and securities business of • Continue to manage down the cost with our transactions; we are confi dent of NCB has been integrated into our Irish of funds a high quality pipeline. branch and no longer operates as a separate legal entity. • Grow our client base and embed a The cost of liquidity improved substantially

consistent client culture and experience Divisional review in the fi rst half of the year and has We have reduced pricing on deposit within the business. continued to improve albeit at a slower accounts and closed a number of non-core pace. This has allowed us to reprice accounts to reduce the overall drag on and remain competitive in most areas as liquidity. We have sold a leasing business, What is your outlook for the margins have also started to tighten. Lease Direct Finance, and are in the coming year? process of disposing of the Kensington The regulatory environment remains mortgage business. We have separately challenging although the pace of change identifi ed our legacy assets and are actively On the basis that the environment has begun to slow. While there are still a managing these exposures. continues to be good, we expect fair amount of regulatory changes to be the core business to grow off the 02 implemented, most of the changes can On the theme of building out, we have current base. We will work hard to get the be anticipated, giving greater certainty continued to grow and expand our majority of the drag of the legacy portfolio as to the impact and helping to plan Asset Finance business. We have added behind us which may mean that we sacrifi ce overdrafts to our Voyage private client accordingly. Regulatory change continues some income in the short term for long-term card and transactional banking offering to affect costs, driving them higher. benefi t. As a result of the pending sale of aimed at high net worth individuals. We some of our businesses in Australia, our The unrest in Ukraine is on the radar but have launched our Private Bank account capital position will be comfortable and we has not to date affected the operating targeting professionals, high income and will target moderate loan growth from our environment. South African clients banking abroad. We core client base. Quality of income should have focused the business back on primary continue to improve, and overall we are In summary, it has been an improving client activity and building our franchise. anticipating an improved performance. environment during the year and we We have launched an aircraft leasing fund are now in a healthy position to take out of Hong Kong with U$750 million of advantage of more buoyant activity levels. committed equity. We are steadily gaining market share in our chosen areas.

Overall, it has been a busy year with a number of initiatives delivered to plan.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 79 Specialist Banking (continued)

How do you incorporate Questions and answers environmental and sustainability considerations into your business? Ciaran Whelan (acting)

We continue to receive Geographical business leader Australia recognition for our efforts in operating an effective environmental management system. Our Gresham Street head offi ce waste Can you give us an What of Investec’s management programme made history overview of the recent by becoming the fi rst organisation in the presence in Australia Clean City Awards Scheme’s 20-year strategic development? remains? history to win the Chairman’s Cup for a second time. They were also awarded the ISO 14001 certifi cation and the Energy Reduction Verifi cation (ERV) Kitemark. Following a strategic review of Following the sale, we will retain Our social investment programmes the business, on 11 April 2014 a signifi cant business in Australia enjoyed a solid commitment from staff the group announced that it focusing on our core strengths who volunteered 2 300 hours to the Arrival had entered into a defi nitive agreement across Corporate and Institutional Banking, Education programme and participated in a with Bank of Queensland (BOQ) to sell Investment Banking and Property Fund number of events throughout the year. Our its Professional Finance business, Asset Management. We are thus left with a Guernsey offi ce was awarded the Employer Finance and Leasing businesses and its non-bank subsidiary in Australia, with the of the Year 2013 award with specifi c deposit book. The transaction is structured business being serviced by approximately acknowledgement of its successful social as a sale of IBAL and is subject to approval 90 staff members. The assets and liabilities investment programmes, for engaging by the Australian Prudential Regulation relevant to the businesses that remain will employees and for carrying out great work Authority which is expected to be received be transferred to the balance sheets of in the community. between June and September 2014. either the UK or South Africa. New business For further information refer to the written will be written on either of the two balance sheets. The Australian business sustainability report available on Tell us a little more our website. will focus on entrenching its position as about the deal a boutique operation, providing strong cross-border and local opportunities for

Divisional review the greater Investec group. The value of the deal was a premium of A$210 million, over book value of the businesses. What is the outlook for About A$2.4 billion loans and A$2.7 billion Investec Australia going deposits are being sold, with a total of forward? about 310 people transferring to BOQ. The agreement with BOQ represents a signifi cant opportunity for both the Professional Finance, Asset Finance and We have an experienced 02 Leasing businesses to pursue their next leadership team with a focused phase of growth. business backed by a strong global balance sheet and parent. We are in a good position to concentrate on what we do best within our specialist niches and to demonstrate our distinctive approach. The business that remains will form part of Investec’s global operations. The lower cost structure and different regulatory environment means that there are high hopes for this business going forward.

80 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance

Joint chairmen’s (JSE) listings requirements, regulatory Sound corporate requirements in the countries in which we introduction operate, the UK Corporate Governance governance is Code (the Code) which was issued by implicit in our Dear shareholder the UK’s Financial Reporting Council in values, culture, 2010 and revised in September 2012, and Introduction the King Code of Governance Principles processes, We are pleased to present the 2014 annual for South Africa (King III). Therefore, functions and corporate governance report which sets all stakeholders are assured that we are organisational out Investec’s approach to corporate being managed ethically and in compliance governance and, more specifi cally, how we with the latest legislation, regulations and structure as joint chairmen ensure that we discharge best practices. our duties of leading the board and ensuring the board’s effectiveness in The past year in focus carrying out its role. Composition of the board and board refreshment Our culture and values • Sam Abrahams did not seek re-election Underpinning legislative, regulatory as a director at the 2013 annual general and best practice requirements are meeting and accordingly stepped Investec’s values and philosophies, which down from the board and from the provide the framework against which we chair of the audit committees at the measure behaviour and practices so as conclusion of the 2013 annual general to assess the characteristics of good meeting. David Friedland succeeded governance. Our values require that Sam Abrahams as chair of the audit

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance directors and employees act with integrity committees and conduct themselves to promote and maintain trust. • The nominations and directors’ affairs committee (NOMDAC) continued to Sound corporate governance is therefore focus on ensuring that the board has the implicit in our values, culture, processes, appropriate balance of skills, experience, functions and organisational structure. independence and knowledge of Structures are designed to ensure that our the group. The board agreed, on the values remain embedded in all businesses recommendation of the NOMDAC, and processes. We continually refi ne these to implement a structured refreshment structures, and a written statement of programme so as to ensure that we values serves as our code of ethics. are recruiting new independent non- executive directors and retiring some We operate under a dual listed company of our longer serving non-executive (DLC) structure, and consider the corporate directors over a period of years. governance principles and regulations of both the UK and South Africa before In this regard, discussions have been adopting the appropriate rule for the group. concluded with two non-executive directors, i.e. George Alford and All international business units operate in Peter Malungani, both of whom have accordance with the above determined successfully served on the board for a corporate governance requirements, period exceeding nine years, and will not in addition to those of their jurisdiction, 03 stand for re-election at the August 2014 but with clear adherence at all times to annual general meeting group values and culture. • Olivia Dickson has advised that she will Regulatory context not offer herself for re-election at the The disclosure of our governance August 2014 annual general meeting practices requires a description of the • The board, on the recommendation of regulatory context that Investec, as a the NOMDAC and following regulatory DLC, operates within. approvals, resolved that Charles The board, management and employees Jacobs, Lord Malloch-Brown and of Investec are committed to complying Khumo Shuenyane be appointed as with the disclosure and transparency rules independent non-executive directors and listing rules of the United Kingdom with effect from 8 August 2014, the day Listing Authority (UKLA), the JSE Limited following the annual general meeting.

82 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

Composition of the DLC remuneration consumers, we reviewed the committee sustainability report, diversity and committee structure supporting the Investec plc employment equity are issues on which • George Alford stepped down as audit committee. Following that review, the group continues to focus chairman of the DLC remuneration we merged two of the committees • At the date of this report, the board committee (REMCO), with effect from supporting the Investec plc audit committee had adopted a board diversity policy. 31 March 2013, and Olivia Dickson was – the Investec plc audit sub-committee and appointed as acting chairman up to the Investec Bank plc audit and compliance Management succession implementation forum – into a newly 8 December 2013. Perry Crosthwaite is The NOMDAC received a detailed now the chairman of the REMCO constituted prudential audit and conduct committee (the PACC). The PACC fi rst met presentation from the executive • Bradley Fried was appointed as a in May 2013 and is now fi rmly embedded in management regarding senior management member of the committee, effective the Investec plc audit committee process. succession, and the NOMDAC is satisfi ed from 3 April 2013. Although Bradley is that there is a formal management not considered to be independent as Priorities for the new year succession plan in place. The NOMDAC will continue to focus on ensuring that the he was employed as Investec Bank In broad terms, our priorities for 2015, management succession plan remains plc CEO during the fi ve years prior from a corporate governance perspective, up to date. to his appointment as a director, his are as follows: knowledge and experience of the Conclusion group is deemed to be benefi cial to Leadership the workings of this committee and • The board intends appointing Perry The environment in which we operate is believed to be in the best interests Crosthwaite as senior independent remains challenging from a governance of shareholders director to replace George Alford after and regulatory perspective, however, we the 2014 annual general meeting. are confi dent that our culture and values • Fani Titi was appointed as a member will continue, as ever, to provide the group of the committee, effective from Composition of the board with a strong foundation that will enable the 18 September 2013. and corporate responsibility Corporate governance • The NOMDAC continues to implement board and group to meet these challenges going forward. Board and directors’ performance the structured refreshment programme evaluation referred to above so as to ensure that we are retiring some of our longer The 2014 review of the board’s serving non-executive directors over a effectiveness was not conducted by an period of years. Per Lord Davies’ report external independent facilitator and took Sir David J Prosser Fani Titi on ‘Women on Boards’, the board the form of a detailed questionnaire and Joint chairmen a series of structured interviews between has an aspirational target of 25% female individual directors and the joint chairmen representation on the board by the (the 2014 Review). All directors completed end of 2015. The board acknowledges the questionnaire and were interviewed the value to be derived from bringing during the course of the 2014 Review. together on the board individuals A focus of the 2014 Review was to ensure with a broad range of backgrounds, that suffi cient progress was being made experiences and outlooks. Gender is on the actions agreed in addressing the recognised to be an important part of areas for improvement identifi ed during the that diversity course of the 2013 Review. • While non-executive appointments are Audit committee support structure based on merit and overall suitability for the role, the NOMDAC will be mindful Following the implementation of the of the value of diversity as it progresses new ‘Twin Peaks’ model of regulation in the structured refreshment programme the UK in April 2013 and the additional 03 described above. As refl ected in our focus of conduct risk and outcomes for

Investec integrated annual report 2014 83 Corporate governance (continued)

Governance framework

Investec plc (PLC) and Investec Limited (INL) board of directors

DLC nominations DLC remuneration DLC board risk and DLC social and Group investment and directors’ affairs Audit committees committee capital committee ethics committee committee committee

PLCPLC INL Executive Audit Audit DLC capital Group legal PACC risk review sub-committees sub-committees committee risk forums forum

Global Deal forum/ forums/ new product Audit and compliance committees forum implementation forums

Internal Global credit committee

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Audit Global market risk forum Group asset and liability committees Group operational risk committees Global IT steering committee Compliance Global compliance forum

Stakeholders (employees, shareholders, government, regulatory bodies, clients, suppliers, communities)

Statement of compliance King III • Budgeting and forecasts The board is of the opinion that, based on • Profi tability UK Corporate Governance the practices disclosed throughout this Code report, which were in operation during the • Capital year under review, Investec has applied the The board is of the opinion that, based on • Liquidity. the practices disclosed throughout this King III principles. report, which were in operation during the The board is of the opinion, based on its For a complete list of all principles year under review, the group has complied knowledge of the group, key processes and a reference to demonstrate with the relevant provisions set out in the in operation and enquiries, that there are how Investec has applied these UK Corporate Governance Code, save that: adequate resources to support the group principles, please refer to our as a going concern for the foreseeable website. 03 • Bradley Fried, who is not considered to future. be independent as he was employed as Investec Bank plc CEO during the Further information on our liquidity fi ve years prior to his appointment as a Financial reporting and and capital position is provided on

director, was appointed as a member going concern pages 67 to 78 and pages 83 to 87 of the DLC remuneration committee in volume two. on 3 April 2013. Given the increasing The directors are required to confi rm Furthermore, the board is of the opinion complexity of remuneration policy and that they are satisfi ed that the group, as that the group’s risk management its application to the group, Bradley’s well as Investec plc and Investec Limited processes and the systems of internal knowledge and experience of the individually, have adequate resources to control are effective. group is deemed to be benefi cial to continue in business for the foreseeable the workings of this committee and future. The assumptions underlying the In addition, the directors are responsible for is believed to be in the best interests going concern statement are discussed monitoring and reviewing the preparation, of shareholders. at the time of the approval of the annual integrity and reliability of the Investec plc and fi nancial results by the board and Investec Limited combined and consolidated these include: fi nancial statements, accounting policies and the information contained in the integrated

84 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

annual report, and to ensure that the annual contracts and there are no employment corrective action is taken on matters raised fi nancial statements are fair, balanced and contracts with managers for a term of more by Internal Audit. Signifi cant risks are regularly understandable. than three years. considered by the executive risk review forum (ERRF) and by the BRCC. Material In undertaking this responsibility, Our management structure, incidents and losses and signifi cant breaches the directors are supported by an ongoing reporting lines and the division of of systems and controls are reported to the process for identifying, evaluating and responsibilities are built around BRCC and the audit committees. Reports managing the key risks Investec faces a geographic, divisional and from the audit committees, BRCC and risk in preparing the fi nancial and other functional network as depicted and control functions are reviewed at each information contained in this integrated on page 55. board meeting. annual report. This process was in place for the year under review and up to the Each strategic business unit has a management committee and is responsible date of approval of this integrated annual Confl ict of interest report and annual fi nancial statements. for implementing operational decisions, managing risk and aligning divisional Certain statutory duties with respect to The process is implemented by objectives with the group strategy and vision. directors’ confl icts of interest are in force management and independently monitored under the UK Companies Act 2006 and for effectiveness by the audit, risk and other The NOMDAC received a detailed the South African Companies Act 2008, sub-committees of the board. presentation from the executive regarding senior management succession and the as amended. In accordance with these Further information is provided on NOMDAC is satisfi ed that there is a formal Acts and the Articles of Association (Articles) pages 89 to 98. management succession plan in place. of Investec plc and the Memorandum of The NOMDAC will continue to focus on Incorporation (MOI) of Investec Limited, Our annual fi nancial statements are ensuring that the management succession the board may authorise any matter that prepared on a going concern basis, taking plan remains up to date. otherwise may involve the directors breaching into consideration: their duty to avoid confl icts of interest. The Senior management succession plans board has adopted a procedure, as set and corporate responsibility Corporate governance • The group’s strategy and prevailing are also presented annually to the out in the Articles and MOI, that includes a market conditions and business banking regulators. requirement for directors to submit, in writing, environment disclosures detailing any actual or potential • Nature and complexity of our business confl ict for consideration and, if considered Internal control appropriate, approval. • Risks we assume, and their management and mitigation Risks and controls are reviewed and monitored regularly for relevance and Internal fi nancial controls • Key business and control processes effectiveness. The DLC board risk and in operation capital committee (BRCC) and audit Internal fi nancial controls are based on committees assist the board in this regard. • Credit rating and access to capital established policies and procedures. Sound risk management practices are Management is responsible for • Needs of all our stakeholders promoted by the group risk management implementing internal fi nancial controls, function, which is independent of ensuring that personnel are suitably • Operational soundness operational management. The board qualifi ed, that appropriate segregation recognises its responsibility for the overall • Accounting policies adopted exists between duties, and that there is risk and control framework and for suitable independent review. These areas • Corporate governance practices reviewing its effectiveness. are monitored by the board through the audit committees and are independently Internal control is designed to mitigate, • Desire to provide relevant and assessed by Internal Audit and Compliance. clear disclosures not eliminate, signifi cant risks faced. 03 It is recognised that such a system Processes are in place to monitor internal • Operation of board committee provides reasonable, but not absolute, control effectiveness, identify and report support structures. assurance against material error, omission, material breakdowns, and ensure that misstatement or loss. This is achieved within timely and appropriate corrective action the group through a combination of risk is taken. Group Finance and Investor Management and identifi cation, evaluation and monitoring Relations coordinate, review and comment succession planning processes, appropriate decision and on the monthly fi nancial and regulatory oversight forums, and assurance and control reports, and facilitate the interim and annual Global business unit heads, geographic functions such as group risk management, fi nancial reporting process, including the management and the heads of central internal audit and compliance. independent audit process. and group service functions are appointed Internal Audit reports any control by executive management and endorsed recommendations to senior management, by the board, based on the skills and group risk management and the relevant Directors’ dealings experience deemed necessary to perform audit committee. Appropriate processes, The remuneration report on pages the required function. In general, managers including review by the audit committees’ 127 to 163, contains details of do not have fi xed-term employment support structures, ensure that timely Investec shares held by directors.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 85 Corporate governance (continued)

Directors’ dealings in the securities of approving and reviewing the processes in systems of control Investec plc and Investec Limited are operation to mitigate risk from materialising, subject to a policy based on regulatory including the approval of the terms of • Ensures we adopt sustainable business requirements and governance best practice. reference of supporting board committees. practices, including our social and environmental activities All directors’ dealings require the prior approval Certain matters are specifi cally reserved of the Compliance division and one of the joint for the board. To achieve its objectives, the • Assisted by the audit committee, chairmen or, in the absence of both the joint board may delegate certain of its duties ensures appropriate IT governance chairmen, the senior independent director and functions to various board committees, processes are in place, the or the chairman of the audit committees. group forums or the chief executive offi cer, implementation of which management All dealings of persons discharging without abdicating its own responsibilities: is responsible for, and ensuring that the management responsibilities require approval process is aligned to the performance • The board has formally defi ned and by line management, the Compliance division and sustainability objectives of the board and one of the joint chairmen. documented, by way of terms of reference, the authority it has delegated • Assisted by the audit committee support to the various board committees, group structures and BRCC, monitors cyber Board of directors forums and chief executive offi cer risks and mitigating factors to prevent cybercrime • In fulfi lling its responsibilities, the board In terms of DLC arrangements, the boards is supported by management in of Investec plc and Investec Limited are • Monitors and evaluates signifi cant IT implementing the plans and strategies identical and the group is managed as a investments and expenditure unifi ed economic enterprise. The board approved by the board. • Ensures information assets are seeks to exercise leadership, integrity and Furthermore, directly or through its managed effectively judgement in pursuit of strategic goals and committees, the Investec board: objectives, to achieve long-term sustainability, • Ensures the appropriate risk growth and prosperity. The board is • Has delegated the review of the

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance governance, including IT, is in place accountable for the performance and affairs integrated annual report and annual including continual risk monitoring by of Investec. It provides leadership for the fi nancial statements to the audit group within a framework of prudent and committees. The audit committees management, determines the levels of effective controls which allows risks to be recommended that, taken as a risk tolerance and that risk assessments assessed and managed. whole, the integrated annual report are performed on a continual basis is fair, balanced and understandable The board has adopted a board charter, which • Ensures the integrity of the group’s and the board is satisfi ed with the provides a framework of how the boards integrated annual report, which includes recommendation operate as well as the type of decisions to sustainability reporting be taken by the board and which decisions • Assesses the quantitative and qualitative should be delegated to management. aspects of Investec’s performance • Ensures the induction of, and ongoing through a comprehensive system of training and development of, directors The Investec board: fi nancial and non-fi nancial monitoring • Evaluates the performance of senior involving an annual budget process, • Approves the group’s strategy management and considers succession detailed monthly reporting, regular review planning. • Monitors that the group complies with of forecasts and regular management the applicable laws and regulations and strategic and operational updates Membership considers adherence to non-binding • Approves annual budgets, capital plans, rules and standards At the end of the year under review, the projections and business plans Investec board, including the joint chairmen, • Is responsible for the governance • Monitors the group’s compliance with comprised four executive directors and of risk, including that of information relevant laws, regulations and codes of 12 non-executive directors. technology (IT) 03 business practice Biographical details of the directors • Acts as a focal point for and custodian • Assisted by the audit committee support are set out on pages 101 and 102. of corporate governance structures and BRCC, ensures that conduct risk is adequately mitigated, George Alford, Peter Malungani and • Provides effective leadership on an Olivia Dickson will not offer themselves ethical foundation managed and addressed for re-election at the August 2014 • Ensures there are processes in place • Ensures the group is, and is seen to be, annual general meeting. In accordance enabling complete, timely, relevant, a responsible corporate citizen. with the UK Corporate Governance accurate and accessible risk disclosure Code, the remainder of the board will The board meets its objectives by to stakeholders and monitors our offer themselves for re-election at the reviewing and guiding corporate strategy, communication with all stakeholders and August 2014 annual general meeting. setting the group’s values and standards, disclosures made to ensure transparent promoting high standards of corporate and effective communication The board recently resolved that Charles governance, approving key policies and Jacobs, Lord Malloch-Brown and Khumo • Identifi es and monitors key risk areas objectives, ensuring that obligations to its Shuenyane be appointed as independent and key performance indicators shareholders and other stakeholders are non-executive directors with effect from understood and met, understanding the key • Reviews processes and procedures to 8 August 2014, following the annual risks, determining our risk tolerance and ensure the effectiveness of the internal general meeting.

86 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

The names of the directors at the date of this report, the year of their appointment and their Board meetings independence status for the year under review are set out in the table below: The combined boards of Investec plc and Date of appointment: Investec Limited meet jointly at least six times annually, excluding the annual two- Investec day board strategy session. Three board Investec plc Limited Independent meetings were held in the UK and three in South Africa, in line with the requirements Executive directors of our DLC structure. S Koseff (chief executive offi cer) 26 Jun 2002 6 Oct 1986 – B Kantor (managing director) 26 Jun 2002 8 Jun 1987 – Furthermore, the boards of Investec plc and Investec Limited held one additional GR Burger (group risk and fi nance director) 3 Jul 2002 3 Jul 2002 – meeting each in the UK and South Africa, HJ du Toit 15 Dec 2010 15 Dec 2010 – respectively. Special (unscheduled) Non-executive directors meetings are called as the need arises.

Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) 23 Mar 2006 23 Mar 2006 Yes The joint chairmen are responsible for F Titi (joint chairman) 30 Jan 2004 30 Jan 2004 Yes setting the agenda for each meeting, GFO Alford (senior independent director) 26 Jun 2002 26 Jun 2002 Yes in consultation with the chief executive CA Carolus 18 Mar 2005 18 Mar 2005 Yes offi cer and the company secretaries. PKO Crosthwaite 18 Jun 2010 18 Jun 2010 Yes Comprehensive information packs on OC Dickson 31 Mar 2011 31 Mar 2011 Yes matters to be considered by the board B Fried 1 Apr 2010 1 Apr 2010 No are provided to directors in advance of the D Friedland 1 Mar 2013 1 Mar 2013 Yes meetings. H Fukuda OBE 21 Jul 2003 21 Jul 2003 Yes Independence

IR Kantor 26 Jun 2002 30 Jul 1980 No and corporate responsibility Corporate governance MP Malungani 26 Jun 2002 26 Jun 2002 No • At 31 March 2014, the board is PRS Thomas 26 Jun 2002 29 Jun 1981 Yes compliant with Principle B.1.2 of the UK Corporate Governance Code in that at least half the board, excluding the Details of directors’ attendance at the six board meetings held during the fi nancial year joint chairmen, comprises independent ended 31 March 2014: non-executive directors

Meetings • At 31 March 2014, the board is attended compliant with Chapter 2, Principle 2.18 of King III in that the majority of non- Executive directors executive directors are independent.

S Koseff (chief executive offi cer) 6 A summary of the factors the board uses B Kantor (managing director) 6 to determine the independence of non- GR Burger (group risk and fi nance director) 6 executive directors is detailed below: HJ du Toit 6 Relationships and associations Non-executive directors • Peter Malungani is the chairman of Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) 6 Peu Group (Pty) Ltd (Peu). Peu had F Titi (joint chairman) 6 a material relationship with Investec SE Abrahams* 2 Limited as a result of the empowerment GFO Alford (senior independent director) 6 transaction concluded in 2003 in light of 03 CA Carolus 6 South Africa’s Financial Sector Charter PKO Crosthwaite 6 in place at that time. Accordingly, the board concluded that Peter could not OC Dickson 6 be considered independent under the B Fried 6 UK Corporate Governance Code and D Friedland 6 King III. Peter will not, however, offer H Fukuda OBE 6 himself for re-election at the upcoming IR Kantor 6 annual general meeting MP Malungani 6 PRS Thomas 6 • Ian Kantor is the brother of Bernard Kantor, Investec’s managing director. * SE Abrahams stepped down from the board with effect from 8 August 2013, and was Ian was also previously CEO of Investec. therefore only eligible to attend meetings held prior to 8 August 2013. Accordingly, the board concluded The number of meetings held during the year excludes the single separate meeting for each that Ian could not be considered of Investec plc and Investec Limited. independent under the UK Corporate Governance Code and King III

Investec integrated annual report 2014 87 Corporate governance (continued)

• Bradley Fried resigned as CEO of committees to be desirable in terms actions agreed to address the areas for Investec Bank plc and as an employee of developing an understanding of the improvement identifi ed during the course of of Investec during March 2010. day-to-day issues facing the business. the 2013 Review. The board soon thereafter appointed This further allows David to discharge Bradley as a non-executive director his responsibilities more effectively as Terms of appointment due to his specifi c business skills, chairman of the Investec plc and Investec On appointment, non-executive directors knowledge and experience in the group Limited audit committees. The board are provided with a letter of appointment. which is valuable to the organisation. concluded that David and Peter retain their The letter sets out, among other things, Accordingly, the board concluded independence of character and judgement. duties, responsibilities and expected that Bradley could not be considered time commitments, details of our policy independent under the UK Corporate Skills, knowledge, experience, on obtaining independent advice and, Governance Code and King III. diversity and attributes of where appropriate, details of the board directors committees of which the non-executive Despite the board concluding that Peter, director is a member. We have an insurance Ian and Bradley cannot be considered The board considers that the skills, policy that insures directors against liabilities independent for the reasons explained knowledge, experience, diversity and they may incur in carrying out their duties. above, the board is of the view that their attributes of the directors as a whole are appropriate for their responsibilities and skills, knowledge, experience and attributes On the recommendation of the NOMDAC, the group’s activities. The directors bring a are nonetheless valuable to the organisation non-executive directors will be appointed range of skills to the board including: and believe they do and will use their for an expected term of nine years (three independent judgement when making • International business and operational times three-year terms) from the date of decisions that affect the organisation and experience their fi rst appointment to the board. stakeholders. • Understanding of the economics of the Ongoing training and Tenure sectors in which the group operates development Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance The board follows a thorough process of assessing independence on an annual • Knowledge of the regulatory On appointment, directors are provided basis for each director whose tenure environments in which the group with an induction pack and participate exceeds nine years. The board does not operates in an induction programme tailored to believe that tenure of any of the current their needs, including meeting with the • Financial, accounting, legal and banking non-executive directors interferes with business unit and central services’ heads experience and knowledge. their independence of judgement and their to ensure they become familiar with ability to act in Investec’s best interests. business operations, senior management, The skills and experience profi le of the our business environment and internal Accordingly, the board has concluded that board and its committees are regularly Fani Titi, George Alford, Cheryl Carolus, controls, policies, processes and systems reviewed by the NOMDAC to ensure an for managing risks. Peter Thomas and Haruko Fukuda, despite appropriate and relevant composition having been directors of Investec for from a governance, succession and Directors’ ongoing training and nine years or more, retain both fi nancial effectiveness perspective. development is a standing board agenda independence and independence of item, including updates on various character and judgement. George Alford will Board and directors’ training and development initiatives. not, however, offer himself for re-election at performance evaluation Board members receive regular formal the upcoming annual general meeting. In 2013, the board commissioned a board presentations on regulatory and governance Notwithstanding the guidelines set out in effectiveness review conducted by an matters as well as on the business and the UK Corporate Governance Code and external independent facilitator, Professor support functions. Regular interactive King III, the board is of the view that these Rob Goffee of the London Business School workshops are arranged between directors non-executive directors are independent (the 2013 Review). Professor Goffee has and the heads of risk management, control 03 of management and promote the interests no connection with the group. The detailed functions and business units. of stakeholders. The balance of executive outcomes of that review were disclosed in The company secretaries liaise with and non-executive directors is such that the previous integrated annual report. directors to source relevant seminars and there is a clear division of responsibility to The 2014 review of the board’s conferences which directors could attend, ensure a balance of power, such that no funded by Investec. one individual or group can dominate board effectiveness was accordingly not processes or have unfettered powers of conducted by an external independent Following the board’s and directors’ decision-making. The board believes that facilitator and took the form of a detailed performance evaluation process, any it functions effectively and evaluates its questionnaire and a series of structured training needs are communicated to the performance annually. interviews between individual directors company secretaries who ensure these and the joint chairmen (the 2014 Review). needs are addressed. Attendance at credit meetings All directors completed the questionnaire David Friedland and Peter Thomas and were interviewed during the course During the year under review, a number of regularly attend, by invitation, certain of the 2014 Review. A focus of the 2014 director workshops were arranged outside credit committees of the group. The board Review was to ensure that suffi cient of board meetings. considers their attendance at these progress was being made on the

88 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

Independent advice Benita has resigned with effect from 30 June 2014 and as from 1 July 2014 Through the senior independent director The board Niki van Wyk will assume the role of or the company secretaries, individual company secretary of Investec Limited. considers that the directors are entitled to seek professional The company secretaries are professionally skills, knowledge, independent advice on matters related qualifi ed and have experience gained to the exercise of their duties and experience, over a number of years. Their services are responsibilities at the expense of Investec. evaluated by board members during the diversity and No such advice was sought during the annual board evaluation process. They are 2014 fi nancial year. attributes of the responsible for the fl ow of information to the directors as a whole Remuneration board and its committees and for ensuring compliance with board procedures. are appropriate for Details of the directors’ All directors have access to the advice remuneration and remuneration and services of the company secretaries their responsibilities

process are set out in the whose appointment and removal are a and the group’s remuneration report on board matter. pages 127 to 163. activities In compliance with the JSE listings Joint chairmen and chief requirements, the board has considered executive offi cer and is satisfi ed that each of the company secretaries is competent, has the relevant The roles of the joint chairmen and chief qualifi cations and experience and maintains executive offi cer are distinct and separate. an arm’s length relationship with the board. The joint chairmen lead the board and In evaluating these qualities, the boards are responsible for ensuring that the have considered the prescribed role board receives accurate, timely and clear and duties pursuant to the requirements and corporate responsibility Corporate governance information to ensure that the directors can codifi ed in the South African and the perform their duties effectively. UK Companies Acts and the listings and Details of the joint chairmen’s governance requirements as applicable. external directorships are set out Furthermore, the board is satisfi ed with on page 101. the skill, experience and qualifi cations of Niki van Wyk who will take over the role as The board does not consider that the joint company secretary from Benita Coetsee chairmen’s external commitments interfere on 1 July 2014. with their performance and responsibilities to Investec. The board is satisfi ed that the In addition, the board confi rms that for joint chairmen make suffi cient time available the period 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014 to serve Investec effectively. There have neither of the company secretaries served been no changes to the signifi cant as a director on the board of Investec commitments of either of the joint chairmen plc and/or Investec Limited, nor did they during the period under review. take part in board deliberations and only advised on matters of governance, form The board has not appointed a deputy or procedure. chairman. Senior independent director Board committees George Alford is the senior independent director. He is available to address any In exercising control of the group, the 03 concerns or questions from shareholders directors are empowered to delegate to and non-executive directors. George Alford various board and executive committees. will not be offering himself for re-election at The committees have specifi c terms of the August 2014 annual general meeting reference, appropriately skilled members and accordingly, he will be stepping down and access to specialist advice when as senior independent director immediately necessary. following the conclusion of the annual The full terms of reference are general meeting. At that time, Perry available on our website. Crosthwaite will be appointed as senior independent director. Company secretaries David Miller is the company secretary of Investec plc and Benita Coetsee is the company secretary of Investec Limited.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 89 Corporate governance (continued)

The following table indicates non-executive board representation on the board committees as at the date of this report:

DLC social and Investec DLC ethics Indepen- DLC Investec Limited remun- DLC DLC commit- Members dent audit plc audit audit eration NOMDAC BRCC tee Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) Yes √ √ √ F Titi (joint chairman)* Yes √ Chair √ Chair GFO Alford (senior independent director) Yes √ √ √ √ CA Carolus Yes √ PKO Crosthwaite Yes Chair OC Dickson Yes √√√√ B Fried No √ √ D Friedland Yes Chair Chair Chair √ H Fukuda OBE Yes √ MP Malungani No √ PRS Thomas Yes √ √ √ √ √ √

* F Titi was appointed to the DLC remuneration committee with effect from 18 September 2013.

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Audit committees

This is my fi rst report as audit committee chairman.

Having spent six months as an understudy Background External auditors from both the UK and to the former chairman, I have a good South Africa attend meetings. understanding and appreciation of the role In terms of Investec’s DLC structure, that I need to play as the audit committee the board has mandated authority to The board recognises the important role chairman. the Investec plc audit committee and the of the audit committees as part of the risk Investec Limited audit committee to be management and corporate governance Introduction the audit committees for those respective processes and procedures of the Investec companies and their subsidiaries with each group. In this regard the audit committees The audit committee is an essential part having their own regulatory requirements have oversight of and monitor: of the group’s governance framework to to meet. A DLC audit committee – which is which the board has delegated oversight the combined audit committee of Investec • Financial reporting process and risks of the group’s fi nancial reporting, risk plc and Investec Limited – has responsibility management, compliance, internal and • Fraud and IT risks as they relate to to the board for matters common to both external audit. fi nancial reporting Investec plc and Investec Limited and, This report provides an overview of the in particular, the combined group annual • The effectiveness of the group’s work of the committee and details how it fi nancial statements and results. internal controls, internal audit and risk has discharged its duties over the year. management systems The audit committees comply with all 03 Following the annual cycle of work of the legal and regulatory requirements as • The statutory audit and group annual committees, we concluded that sound risk necessary under both UK and South fi nancial statements management and internal controls have African legislation and listings rules, and • The independence of the statutory auditor. been maintained during the year. apply the corporate governance principles for audit committees as required by the At each audit committee meeting, the group The committees were satisfi ed that UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules chief executive offi cer, group managing the integrated annual report presents (7.1.3R), the UK Corporate Governance director and group risk and fi nance director fairly and provides a fair, balanced and Code and King III. provide an in-depth assessment of their understandable assessment of the group’s current risk-related concerns and the fi nancial position at 31 March 2014, and procedures introduced by management to the results of its operations for the year control or mitigate these risks. then ended.

90 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

Following the completion of all group audit In aggregate the audit committees meet committee meetings, a written report is 12 times per year. The joint chairmen, chief provided to the next meeting of the board executive offi cer, managing director, fi nance of directors highlighting matters of which and risk director, heads of Compliance, the audit committee believes the board IT, Operational Risk, Internal Audit and should be aware. representatives of the external auditors attend meetings by invitation. All responsibilities are covered in the audit committees’ terms of reference. A comprehensive meeting pack is prepared with written reports received from the The board has approved terms of external auditors and each of the above reference for the audit committees functions. They present on the signifi cant which can be found on our website. matters included in their reports.

The audit committees approve the annual The chairman of the audit committees internal audit plan. The heads of Internal regularly meet with the heads of Audit for both Investec plc and Investec Internal Audit as well as the lead Limited have free access to the chairman of external audit partners outside formal the audit committees or any member of the committee meetings. audit committees and they attend all audit committee meetings by invitation. At the fi nal results audit committee meetings, the external auditors and Membership and attendance internal auditors meet separately with the The audit committees are comprised committee members to enable them to entirely of independent non-executive have a frank and open debate without the executives being present. directors who must meet predetermined and corporate responsibility Corporate governance skills, competency and experience requirements.

Attendance by members at audit committee meetings during the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2014:

Investec plc audit Investec Limited audit DLC audit committee committee committee

Number of Number of Number of Number of meetings Number of meetings Number of meetings Members meetings attended meetings attended meetings attended D Friedland* (chairman) 4 4 4 4 4 4 SE Abrahams** 4 2 4 1 4 1 GFO Alford 4 4 4 4 4 4 OC Dickson 4 4 4 4 4 4 PRS Thomas 4 4 4 4 4 4 CB Tshili*** 4 4 n/a n/a 4 4 * D Friedland was appointed as chairman of the audit committees with effect from 8 August 2013. 03 ** SE Abrahams stepped down from the audit committees with effect from 8 August 2013, and was therefore only eligible to attend meetings held prior to 8 August 2013. *** CB Tshili is a non-executive director of Investec Bank Limited, a major subsidiary of Investec Limited, and represents its interest on this committee.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 91 Corporate governance (continued)

Summary of conclusions With the ever increasing threat posed independence of both Ernst & Young and reached by the audit by cybercrime, information security has the audit team, are adequate safeguards committees for the year become a regular focus for the committees. to ensure that the audit process is both objective and effective. ended 31 March 2014 The audit committees recommended The individual and combined audit the adoption of the integrated annual report Non-audit services committees, to the best of our knowledge to the board. The committees have adopted a policy and belief, are satisfi ed that: on the engagement of the external auditor In this regard the audit committees: to provide non-audit services. This policy, • The fi nance functions of both Investec designated to safeguard auditor objectivity plc and its subsidiaries and Investec • Considered all facts and risks that and independence, includes guidelines on Limited and its subsidiaries are may impact on the integrity of the adequately skilled, resourced and integrated annual report permitted and non-permitted services and experienced on services requiring specifi c approval by • Reviewed and commented on the the committees. • The group fi nance director, GR Burger, annual fi nancial statements included in has the appropriate expertise and the integrated annual report The committees review whether the experience to meet the responsibilities level of non-audit fees could impact the of the position • Reviewed the disclosure of sustainability independence of the auditors. This is issues in the integrated annual report monitored by reference to the level of fees • The group’s internal fi nancial controls are to ensure they are reliable and do not paid for services, excluding services which effective and all identifi ed weaknesses in confl ict with the fi nancial information are required to be provided by the external fi nancial control are rectifi ed auditors due to their offi ce, against the fees • Engaged Grant Thornton to verify all paid for the audit of the group. • The external auditors of both Investec the environmental data included in the plc and Investec Limited are, and report. None of the audit fi rms engaged For further details on non-audit remain, independent Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance in the group’s external audit were services see note 6 on page 46 • The external auditors perform their considered for the project. in volume three. functions with the appropriate expertise, The board subsequently approved the competence and experience. Internal Audit integrated annual report, including the The committees are responsible for In fulfi lling our duties, the audit committees annual fi nancial statements, which will monitoring and reviewing the scope and have: be tabled for approval at the forthcoming the effectiveness of the Internal Audit annual general meeting. • Considered whether the integrated function. Both the Investec Limited and annual report taken as a whole was External auditors Investec plc heads of Internal Audit have a fair, balanced and understandable and direct reporting line to the chairman of the provided the information necessary Appointment and independence audit committees and they regularly meet for stakeholders to assess the group’s During 2014, the committees evaluated to discuss progress with the audit plans, performance the effectiveness of the external auditors and setting annual objectives. Internal (Ernst & Young) and, following due Audit was subject to a ‘quality assurance • Reviewed and discussed with the consideration, make a recommendation to review’ during the fi nancial year. The review, external auditors material areas in which shareholders that they be reappointed for signifi cant judgements were applied confi rming that we have an effective audit the year ending 31 March 2015. function, identifi ed areas for improving • Reviewed the Internal Audit function effi ciency and streamlining the audit including the process for evaluating The audit partner responsible for the process. the control environment, approved group audit is required to rotate every fi ve the internal audit plan and considered years. The incumbent lead audit partner Risks addressed during the 03 internal audit reports for Ernst & Young in the UK, Angus Grant, year under review has completed his fi fth year and, as such, Detailed below are certain of the key areas • Reviewed and considered rotates off the audit this year. representations by management on the committees focused on: the going concern statement for the Having considered the experience of • Monitoring of credit quality and the group and recommended the adoption Andy Bates, the audit partner proposed appropriateness of the allowance for of the going concern concept to to replace Angus, as well as the robust credit losses. the board handover process, the committees recommended to the board that Andy be • Reviewed the risk assessment process We discussed with management and and the manner in which signifi cant appointed as the designated lead audit the auditors the specifi c and collective business risks are managed partner for the 2015 fi nancial year. loan provision process, and considered the reasonableness of the allowance • Recommended to the board the Although Ernst & Young has been the relative to the quality of the book and reappointment of our external auditors. group’s auditors since listing on the London related collateral (See External auditors below.) Stock Exchange in 2002, we believe that partner rotation, limitations on non-audit • Impairment assessments for goodwill services and the confi rmation of the and intangibles

92 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

We discussed with management the • Inaccurate or improper accounting – Adherence to key regulatory issues methodology and assumptions used and fi nancial reporting of large or facing the group for assessing the valuation of goodwill complex transactions and the impact of and intangibles implementing IFRS 10, 11 and 12. – Assessing the internal control weaknesses identifi ed by the • Risk of inappropriate revenue Discussions were held with assurance providers and ensuring recognition, valuation of fi nancial management and the external auditors appropriate steps are taken within instruments, unlisted investments with regard to large and complex prescribed and specifi ed time and embedded derivatives including transactions to ensure compliance with limits to mitigate and remedy such the impact of the implementation of the Accounting Standards weaknesses. IFRS 13. • Cybercrime (IT fraud). The year under The auditors provided detailed reporting in Unlisted investments often require a review has seen a signifi cant escalation respect of these key areas. large degree of subjectivity surrounding in attempted IT fraud throughout the the various inputs to their valuations. group. Considerable effort and time have been devoted by management The implementation of IFRS 13 for the to ensure that IT controls are robust fi rst time this year presented additional and appropriate solutions are deployed challenges. to protect the group from increased We discussed with management the threat levels assumptions used in the valuations • Other of unlisted investments, including – The adequacy and appropriateness embedded derivatives. of liquidity management throughout We confi rmed compliance with IFRS 13 the group’s operations Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance

Audit committees’ structure The fl ow chart below depicts the Investec group audit committees’ structure and ambit of activities.

Audit committees of DLC audit committees Investec plc and Investec Limited

External auditors Internal auditors Finance Audit sub-committees • Planning/budget • Planning/budget • Accounting policies • Distil only major issues to • Confl ict/independence • Resources • Annual fi nancial statements audit committees • Attest and non-attest fees • Annual audit plan – Half-year results • Reports to regulators • Adequacy of staffi ng – Year-end results Audit compliance • Management letter complement • Production of audited annual implementation forum • Quality of earnings (overs and • Succession planning fi nancial statements of • High level reports unders schedule) • Charter companies and subsidiaries Information technology 03 • Appointment/reappointment • Execution • Accounting for one-off • Status • Reporting transactions • Major risks, including Compliance • Special ad hoc work • Accounting updates and cybercrime • Planning/budget • Review of high level reports conventions – IFRS • Change control • Resources • Internal controls • Basel • Capacity management • High level reporting of • Sustainability report • Reconciliations • Security and fraud awareness non-compliance • Regulatory reports • Staffi ng • Monitoring of special projects Operational risk • Representation letters • Regulatory matters • Fundamental internal controls • Projects • Conduct risk • Fraud and loss statistics Prudential audit and conduct • Governance • Insurance coverage committee Current risk review Tax • Corporate governance • Distil only major issues to the • Chief executive offi cer • High level only (South African Banks Act Investec plc audit committee • Managing director requirements) • Financial director • Disaster recovery and business continuity • Key staff issues

Investec integrated annual report 2014 93 Corporate governance (continued)

The audit and compliance implementation with the rotation of the audit partner. assessing an appropriate time frame within forum (ACIF) has been established for The audit committees noted that the which to carry out a formal tender process. Investec Limited and its principal operating remedies proposed by the UK Competition subsidiaries. In the case of Investec plc, Commission may be affected by measures the audit and compliance implementation currently being considered at the EU level forum was reconstituted as the prudential and accordingly will continue to keep David Friedland audit and conduct committee (PACC). This developments in this area under review in Chairman, audit committees committee retained the responsibilities of an 11 June 2014 audit and compliance implementation forum while taking into account the additional focus, following the implementation of DLC remuneration committee the ‘Twin Peaks’ model of regulation, on The report by the chairman of the DLC remuneration committee, including a conduct risk and consumer outcomes. summary of the roles and responsibilities, is set out in the remuneration report The ACIF and PACC meetings are attended on pages 127 to 129. by key executives, heads of risk and control functions and the chairman of the audit Membership and attendance committees. Non-executive directors have an open invitation to attend. Attendance by members at remuneration committee meetings during the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2014: The forums are key to enhancing risk and control consciousness and the associated Number of Number of control environment of the group. The meetings held meetings attended forums support and provide important Members during the year during the year insight to the audit committees. Essentially, the forums act as a fi lter, enabling the audit PKO Crosthwaite (chairman) 11 10 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance committees to concentrate their efforts on OC Dickson* 11 11 matters of appropriate materiality. B Fried** 11 9 Support structures Sir David J Prosser 11 11 F Titi*** 11 4 Furthermore, audit sub-committees for Investec plc and Investec Limited, and * OC Dickson was appointed acting chairman of the DLC remuneration committee with other regulated subsidiaries, have been effect from 31 March 2013 and stepped down with effect from 8 December 2013. established. Reports on the risk and ** B Fried was appointed to the DLC remuneration committee with effect from 3 April 2013. *** F Titi was appointed to the DLC remuneration committee with effect from control environment of all business units 18 September 2013. and principal operating subsidiaries are made to one of the audit sub-committees, DLC nominations Role and responsibilities with signifi cant issues being escalated to The NOMDAC is responsible for, amongst the audit committees. These allow senior and directors’ affairs other things: managers of the business units, who do not committee (NOMDAC) attend the main Investec plc and Investec • Identifying and nominating the approval Limited audit committee meetings, to of board candidates to fi ll board Introduction vacancies as and when they arise meet with the risk and control functions This report to the board and shareholders, and to provide input on the risk and • Determining and evaluating on how the NOMDAC has discharged its control environment of the business units. the adequacy, effi ciency and duties, has been prepared in accordance appropriateness of the corporate Members of the Investec plc and Investec with sound governance principles. Limited audit committees are entitled to governance structure and practices of the group 03 attend these meetings and, as a general Background rule, at least one non-executive director The NOMDAC has combined the duties of • Establishing and maintaining a board attends these meetings. a nominations committee as well as that of directorship continuity and refreshment a directors’ affairs committee as required programme Governance developments under section 64B of the South African Banks Act. • Regularly reviewing the structure, The provisions of the UK Corporate size and composition (including the Governance Code, the UK Competition Major operating subsidiaries in the skills, knowledge and experience) of Commission’s fi nal decision published in group are exempt from having their own the boards and board committees October 2013, including the transitional nominations or directors’ affairs committee, compared with their current situations as the NOMDAC fulfi ls the duties for these and making recommendations to the arrangements contained therein, and the companies as well. boards regarding any changes current proposals of the European Union regarding putting the external audit contract The NOMDAC complies with all legal and • Reviewing the succession plan of out to tender at least every 10 years has regulatory requirements as necessary under the key positions in Investec Limited both UK and South African legislation and been considered by the audit committees. and Investec plc and all their major listings rules and corporate governance subsidiaries, in order to ensure that The audit committees have also considered principles. an updated management succession the Financial Reporting Council’s guidance plan remains in place. on aligning the timing of any re-tender The board has approved terms of reference for the NOMDAC which can be found on our website.

94 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

Membership and attendance Brown and Khumo Shuenyane be appointed as independent Attendance by members at NOMDAC meetings during the fi nancial year ended non-executive directors with effect 31 March 2014: from 8 August 2014, following the annual general meeting. Number of Number of meetings held meetings attended Management succession Members during the year during the year The committee received a detailed F Titi (chairman) 6 6 presentation from the executive regarding SE Abrahams* 6 5 senior management succession and the committee is satisfi ed that there is a formal GFO Alford 6 5 management succession plan in place. Sir David J Prosser 6 6 The NOMDAC will continue to focus on KXT Socikwa* 6 4 ensuring that the management succession PRS Thomas 6 6 plan remains up to date.

* KXT Socikwa and SE Abrahams are non-executive directors of Investec Bank Limited, Governance a major subsidiary of Investec Limited, and represent its interest on this committee. • The committee considered changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code and related governance Summary of conclusions executive appointments are made for developments including the Financial an expected period of nine years reached and key Reporting Council’s guidance on (three times three years) from the date recommendations made to the board effectiveness the director was fi rst appointed. board during the year under • The committee monitors the induction review Board succession programme of new directors and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Board composition • The committee continued to focus on ensuring that the board has the • The committee ensures that the • Reviewed the structure, size and appropriate balance of skills, experience, directors’ ongoing training and composition of the board and subsidiary independence and knowledge of development programme remains boards and the principal board the group. The board agreed, on the relevant and appropriate committees and has carefully reviewed recommendation of the committee, to the balance of independent non- implement a structured refreshment • The committee considered the executives relating to executive directors programme so as to ensure that independent status of board members and made recommendations to • As noted above, the committee we are recruiting new, independent the board considered that it was appropriate to non-executive directors and retiring increase the number of independent some of our longer serving non- • The committee reviewed the expertise non-executive directors on the board executive directors over a period of of the company secretaries and made while ensuring that there is a suffi cient years. The committee retained the recommendations to the board. number of non-executive directors services of Woodburn Mann and Zygos with experience and knowledge of Partnership to assist in the board Board effectiveness the business. Accordingly, the board recruitment process. Neither of these • In 2013, the board commissioned a adopted an active programme of external search consultancies has any board effectiveness review conducted refreshing the board connections to the companies. by an external independent facilitator, Professor Rob Goffee of the London • The committee continues to discuss In this regard: Business School (the 2013 Review). the implications of Lord Davies’ Review – Discussions have been concluded Professor Goffee has no connection (‘Women on Boards’, March 2011) 03 with two non-executive directors, with the group. The detailed outcomes • The board acknowledges the value to i.e. George Alford and Peter of that review were disclosed in the be derived from bringing together on the Malungani, both of whom have previous integrated annual report board individuals with a broad range of successfully served on the board • The 2014 Review of the board’s backgrounds, experience and outlooks. for a period exceeding nine years, effectiveness was accordingly not Gender is recognised to be an important that they will not stand for re- conducted by an external independent part of that diversity, and currently the election at the August 2014 annual facilitator and took the form of a board comprises three women general meeting detailed questionnaire and a series of • While non-executive appointments are – Olivia Dickson has advised that she structured interviews between individual based on merit and overall suitability for will not offer herself for re-election directors and the joint chairmen (the the role, the NOMDAC will be mindful at the August 2014 annual general 2014 Review). All directors completed of the value of diversity as it progresses meeting the questionnaire and were interviewed the structured refreshment programme during the course of the 2014 Review – The board, on the recommendation described above of the NOMDAC and following • The committee has recommended to regulatory approvals, resolved that the board that going forward, non- Charles Jacobs, Lord Malloch-

Investec integrated annual report 2014 95 Corporate governance (continued)

A focus of the 2014 Review was to – The Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act ensure that suffi cient progress was being made on the actions agreed to – Contribution to development of the communities in which its activities are address the areas for improvement predominantly conducted or within which its products and services are identifi ed during the course of the predominantly marketed. 2013 Review. The committee’s terms of reference are available on our website.

Membership and attendance Attendance by members at SEC meetings during the fi nancial year ended Fani Titi 31 March 2014: Chairman, DLC nominations and directors’ affairs committee Number of Number of meetings held meetings attended 11 June 2014 Members during the year during the year Executive directors DLC social and ethics B Kantor 3 3 committee (SEC) S Koseff 3 3 Introduction Non-executive directors This report to the board and shareholders, F Titi (chairman) 3 3 on how the SEC has discharged its duties, CA Carolus 3 3 has been prepared in accordance with

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance PRS Thomas 3 3 sound governance principles. Background Summary of monitoring Transformation • The committee monitors Investec The SEC is mandated by the board to activities during the year Limited’s empowerment rating and be the social and ethics committee of under review discusses with management how to Investec plc and Investec Limited and their Employment equity improve the rating subsidiaries. The South African Companies • The committee monitors progress made Act 2008, as amended (the Act), provides against Investec Limited’s Employment • The committee received detailed that all listed public companies must Equity Plan information on the recent developments establish a social and ethics committee. to the DTI Codes and the impact on the The Act enables the group to appoint a • The committee engages with the Financial Sector Charter and scorecards social and ethics committee for the holding management of Human Resources to going forward. company, which will fulfi l the required discuss challenges around matters such functions on behalf of the subsidiary as diversity and employment equity Sustainability companies. Due to the required functions targets • The committee receives regular, of the committee which are universal in detailed reports on all matters relating to nature, the board resolved to constitute the • The committee engages with members sustainability committee to monitor the activities for the of the employment equity forum group and not just Investec Limited. • The committee monitors the group’s • The committee monitors and reviews initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint. Role and responsibilities diversity across the group and considers any regulatory developments in Conservation 03 The DLC SEC is responsible for monitoring this regard. the group’s activities, having regard to any • The committee receives presentations about the group’s initiatives around relevant legislation, other legal requirements Skills development or prevailing codes of best practice, with conservation. • The committee monitors the various regard to matters relating to: learning and leadership programmes on Reputational risk • Social and economic development offer by the group • The committee receives reports regarding matters that could impact the • Good corporate citizenship The committee monitors the group’s group’s reputation. spend on skills development and • Monitoring Investec Limited and its discusses initiatives with Human subsidiaries’ activities, with regard to Resources in this regard. matters relating to: Corporate social investment (CSI) – The Employment Equity Act Fani Titi • The committee receives regular reports Chairman, DLC social and ethics committee on the group’s CSI initiatives and the CSI strategy and spend. 11 June 2014

96 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

DLC board risk and A number of committees are dedicated to aspects of risk management and report directly to the board and the BRCC. These include the DLC capital committee, ERRF, asset and capital committee liability committees, group credit committees, group market risk forum, group deal forum, (BRCC) operational risk committees/forums and group legal risk forum. The committee’s terms of reference are available on our website. Introduction Membership and attendance This report to the board and shareholders, on how the BRCC has discharged its Attendance by members at BRCC meetings during the fi nancial year ended duties, has been prepared in accordance 31 March 2014: with sound governance principles. Number of Number of Background meetings held meetings attended The BRCC is the appointed board during the year during the year committee to meet the requirements of Executive directors the UK and SA regulators for the board of directors of a bank. S Koseff (chairman) 6 6 B Kantor (managing director) 6 5 The purpose of the BRCC is to determine, GR Burger (group risk and fi nance director) 6 5 under delegated authority from (and as a sub-committee of) the board, the categories Non-executive directors of risk, specifi c risk and the extent of such SE Abrahams* 6 6 risks which the group on a consolidated basis, and its banks on a solo basis, B Fried 6 3 should undertake. D Friedland 6 6 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance H Fukuda OBE 6 6 Role and responsibilities MP Malungani 6 4 The committee will ensure that: Sir David J Prosser 6 4

• All decisions of the board on risk KXT Socikwa* 6 4 management policies and procedures PRS Thomas 6 6 are implemented and monitored F Titi 6 6 throughout Investec * KXT Socikwa and SE Abrahams are non-executive directors of Investec Bank Limited, • The risk management structure is a major subsidiary of Investec Limited, and represent its interests on this committee. adequate, with suffi cient resources and Additional meetings are held throughout the year when necessary. Material incidents and budget, and exceptions are reported to losses and signifi cant breaches of systems and controls are reported to the BRCC as well the board as the audit committees. • Exposure limits for market, counterparty For more information on the group’s risk management processes, please refer to and credit risk are ratifi ed; liquidity and volume two. operational risk are also monitored

• There is an ongoing process of risk and control identifi cation, particularly for any changes to business objectives and the basis of measuring risk 03 • There is suffi cient capital in relation to existing and potential risks to the organisation.

Over the past year the committee has spent a considerable amount of time reviewing and monitoring matters relating to cybercrime and conduct risk across all geographies in which the group operates.

The BRCC defi nes the processes by which internal fi nancial control, risk and capital management are assumed and monitored. The Group Risk Management division provides the expertise, processes and techniques from which the processes can be built and monitored daily.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 97 Corporate governance (continued)

Executive risk review DLC capital committee Risk management

forum (ERRF) The DLC capital committee is mandated The board is responsible for the total by the BRCC to be the capital committee process of risk management and the The ERRF is mandated by the BRCC to of Investec plc and Investec Limited systems of internal control. A number be the ERRF of Investec plc and Investec and their subsidiaries, as regards capital of committees and forums assist in this Limited and their subsidiaries, as regards allocation and structuring, performance regard. Senior management is responsible enterprise-wide risk and its measurement, measurement, investment decisions and for identifying risks and implementing monitoring and mitigation. capital-based incentivisation. appropriate mitigation processes and controls within their businesses. The purpose of the ERRF is to supplement Role and responsibilities the BRCC. It assists in determining the The independent group risk management categories of risk, the specifi c risks and The DLC capital committee is responsible functions, accountable to the board, are the extent of such risks which the group for: responsible for establishing, reviewing and should undertake. monitoring the process of risk management. • Determining the DLC group’s capital Group Risk Management reports regularly Role and responsibilities requirements to the BRCC and the ERRF. The ERRF: • Reviewing capital adequacy Risk management is discussed in more submissions to be made to regulators detail in volume two. • Evaluates the most signifi cant risks Investec faces in the ordinary course of • Considering the ongoing requirements business and consequences of Basel III and other regulatory requirements and Internal Audit • Reviews the risk models (including, but their impacts on regulatory capital not limited to, credit models) which need Each signifi cant jurisdiction has an internal requirements to be incorporated appropriately into the audit presence that is appropriate for Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance allocation of capital • Reviewing the risk models which need the size, nature and extent of business to be incorporated appropriately into the conducted. Smaller geographies are • Ensures that limits are adhered to allocation of capital supported by the Internal Audit teams of the and that agreed recommendations to Investec plc and Investec Limited groups. mitigate risk are implemented • Considering, determining and approving capital issues relating to any corporate A risk-based audit approach is followed • Acts as agent of the board to ensure structuring for acquisitions and the audit committee approves annual that all decisions of the board on risk audit plans. management policies and procedures • Monitoring the capital positions and are implemented and monitored returns on internal capital of each For further details on the Internal throughout the group business unit Audit function, see page 100 in volume two. • Ensures the group-wide risk • Submission of capital recommendations management structure is adequately to the BRCC. resourced and has an appropriate budget

• Provides regular reports to the board focusing on effectiveness of the control Stephen Koseff framework Chairman • Provides regular reports on group-wide Board risk and capital committee, Executive adherence to regulatory requirements risk review forum, DLC capital committee 03 and advises on how changes to regulatory requirements will affect us 11 June 2014

• Ensures that there is an ongoing process of risk and control identifi cation, particularly in line with any changes to business objectives, such as the commencement of a new trading area or product stream.

Meetings take place every Monday except on the BRCC dates.

98 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate governance (continued)

External audit Compliance Dealings in securities

Investec’s external auditors are Ernst & The Compliance function ensures that Dealings in securities are subject to Young LLP and Ernst & Young Inc, at a Investec continuously complies with existing the personal account dealing policy. DLC level. Ernst & Young Inc and KPMG Inc and emerging regulation impacting on its The policy is based on regulatory guidance are joint auditors of the Investec Limited operations. We recognise our responsibility and industry practice and is updated silo and Ernst & Young LLP are the auditors to conduct business in accordance with the to ensure compliance with applicable of the Investec plc silo. The independence laws and regulations in the countries and regulations and industry best practice. of the external auditors is reviewed by the areas in which we operate. The Compliance audit committees each year. function is managed by group Compliance The policy is designed to discourage and supported by the compliance offi cers in speculative trading and highlights the The audit committees meet with the the business units. potential confl icts of interest between the external auditors to review the scope of interests of employees and the Investec the external audit, budgets, the extent of For further details on the group or any of its clients, shareholders non-audit services rendered and all other Compliance function, see or potential shareholders. The UK’s audit matters. pages 101 and 102 in volume two. disclosure and transparency rules require us to disclose transactions in shares The external auditors are invited to attend and related securities by all persons audit committee meetings and have access Regulation and discharging management responsibilities to the chairman of each audit committee. and their ‘connected persons’. These Recommendations on the rotation of supervision include directors and senior executives auditors, as laid out in the UK Auditing of the group. Practices Board Ethical Standard 3 as well Investec is subject to external regulation as Directive 6/2008 of the South African and supervision by various supervisory The UK and South African Companies Banks Act, were adhered to during the year authorities in each of the jurisdictions in Acts require directors to disclose any direct under review. which we operate, the main ones being or indirect material interest they have in and corporate responsibility Corporate governance the UK Prudential Regulation Authority contracts, including proposed contracts, Non-audit services are dealt with in terms of and the Financial Conduct Authority (the which are of signifi cance to the company’s an agreed policy which states that: UK regulators), the Banking Supervision business. Directors are required to make Department (BSD) of the South African • External audit fi rms will have internal these disclosures at board meetings, and Reserve Bank (SARB), and the Australian standards and processes to monitor all disclosures made are recorded in the Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA). and maintain their independence and minutes of that meeting. Some of our businesses are subject to these must be presented to the audit supervision by the South African Financial Staff are required to undertake not to committees on an annual basis. These Services Board, South African National use any personal hedging strategies to will be considered based on the explicit Credit Regulator and the South African lessen the impact of a reduction in value exclusions contained in existing rules Financial Intelligence Centre. of any share award or any vested shares and guidelines which are subject to a retention period The SARB is the lead supervisor of the • Safeguards must be in place to ensure following any vesting date. Any breach combined Investec group, comprising that there is no threat to the objectivity of this condition will result in the lapse of Investec plc and Investec Limited. and independence in the conduct of any unvested proportion of such award, The SARB is the supervisor of Investec the audit, resulting from the provision unless the remuneration committee Limited, while the UK regulators supervise of non-audit services by the external determines otherwise. Investec plc. We strive to establish and auditors. maintain open and active dialogue with Total audit fees paid to all auditors regulators and supervisors. Processes for the year ended were £12.0 million are in place to respond proactively and (2013: £15.1 million), of which £2.1 million pragmatically to emerging issues and 03 (2013: £3.0 million) related to the provision we report regularly to the regulators and of non-audit services. supervisory bodies. Where appropriate, we participate in industry committees For further details on non-audit and discussion groups to maintain and services see note 6 on page 46 enhance the regulatory environment in in volume three. which we operate.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 99 Corporate governance (continued)

Values and code of conduct

We have a strong organisational culture of entrenched values, which forms the cornerstone of our behaviour towards all stakeholders. These values are embodied in a written statement of values, which serves as our code of ethics and is continually reinforced.

We view all employees as the custodians of ethical behaviour, which is reinforced through internal processes, policies and procedures. As such all new employees are invited, and are strongly encouraged, to attend an induction process at which our philosophies, values, culture, risk management and compliance procedures are explained and discussed.

Our Organisation Development team plays an important role in facilitating the understanding and ongoing practice of our values, philosophies and culture. In Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance addition to our values, acceptable business practices are communicated through the human resources practices’ manual, available on the intranet.

Approved and authorised for issue by the board of directors on 11 June 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

David Miller Benita Coetsee Company secretary Company secretary Investec plc Investec Limited

03

100 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Directorate Investec plc and Investec Limited

Executive directors Hendrik du Toit (52) Other directorships include: Investec Bank Limited (chairman), Investec Bank plc, Investec Asset Management chief (details as at the date of this report) Investec Employee Benefi ts Limited and executive offi cer Investec Asset Management Holdings (Pty) BCom Law, BCom (Hons) (cum laude), Stephen Koseff (62) Ltd, Investec Asset Management Limited, MCom (cum laude), MPhil (Cambridge) Chief executive offi cer Kumba Iron Ore Limited (chairman), MTN BCom, CA(SA), H Dip BDP, MBA Appointed to the board in December 2010 Group Limited and MRC Media (Pty) Ltd.

Board committees: DLC board risk and After lecturing economics at the University * Joint chairmen with effect from capital, DLC capital, DLC social and ethics of Stellenbosch, Hendrik joined the 17 November 2011. and global credit Investment division of Old Mutual from where he moved to Investec in 1991 as George FO Alford (65) Appointed to the board in October 1986 portfolio manager and later chief executive Senior independent director offi cer of Investec Asset Management. BSc (Econ), FCIS, FIPD Stephen joined Investec in 1980. He has had diverse experience within Investec Other directorships include: Investment Board committees: DLC audit, as chief accounting offi cer and general Management Association, Investec Asset Investec plc audit, Investec Limited group manager of banking, treasury and Management Holdings (Pty) Ltd and audit and DLC nominations and directors’ merchant banking. Investec Asset Management Limited as well affairs as their subsidiaries. Other directorships include: The Bidvest Appointed to the board in June 2002 Group Limited and a number of Investec subsidiaries. George is a former head of private banking Non-executive directors and personnel at Kleinwort Benson Bernard Kantor (64) Group and was a senior adviser to the UK (details as at the date of this report) Financial Services Authority. He is former

Managing director and corporate responsibility Corporate governance CTA Sir David J Prosser* (70) chairman and now director on the Advisory Board of London Metropolitan Business Board committees: DLC board risk and Joint chairman School and chair of the Independent capital, DLC capital, DLC social and ethics BSc (Hons), FIA Trust Financing Facility of the Department and global credit of Health. Board committees: DLC remuneration, Appointed to the board in June 1987 DLC board risk and capital and DLC Other directorships include: Investec nominations and directors’ affairs Bank plc. Bernard joined Investec in 1980. He has had varied experience within Investec as a Appointed to the board in March 2006 Cheryl A Carolus (56) manager of the Trading division, marketing Sir David was previously chief executive of BA (Law), BEd, Honorary doctorate in Law manager and chief operating offi cer. Legal & General Group plc, joining Legal Board committees: DLC social and ethics Other directorships include: Phumelela and General in 1988 as group director (investments) becoming deputy chief Gaming and Leisure Limited and a number Appointed to the board in March 2005 of Investec subsidiaries. executive in January 1991 and group chief executive in September 1991. Sir David Cheryl acted as the South African High Glynn R Burger (57) was previously chairman of the Financial Commissioner to London between 1998 Services Skills Council. Group risk and fi nance director and 2001 and was chief executive offi cer of South African Tourism. BAcc, CA(SA), H Dip BDP, MBL Other directorships include: Investec Bank Limited and Investec Bank plc Board committees: DLC board risk and Other directorships include: De Beers (chairman). capital, DLC capital and global credit Consolidated Mines Limited, Gold 03 Fields Limited, Mercedes-Benz South Appointed to the board in July 2002 Fani Titi* (51) Africa (Pty) Ltd, WWF South Africa and Joint chairman International, The IQ Business Group Glynn joined Investec in 1980. His positions BSc (Hons), MA, MBA (Pty) Ltd, Ponahalo Capital (Pty) Ltd, within Investec have included chief Investec Asset Management Holdings (Pty) accounting offi cer, group risk manager and Board committees: DLC remuneration, Ltd, Investec Asset Management Limited, joint managing director for South Africa. DLC board risk and capital, executive chairperson of Peotona Group DLC nominations and directors’ affairs Holdings (Pty) Ltd and director of a number Other directorships include: Investec and DLC social and ethics of the Peotona group companies and Bank Limited and a number of International Crisis Group. Investec subsidiaries. Appointed to the board in January 2004

Fani is chairman of Investec Bank Limited and former chairman of Tiso Group Limited and deputy chairman of the Bidvest Group.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 101 Directorate Investec plc and Investec Limited (continued)

Perry KO Crosthwaite (65) David Friedland (60) the social and ethics committee of Pretoria Portland Cement Limited. MA (Hons) in modern languages BCom, CA(SA) Other directorships include: Phumelela Board committees: DLC remuneration Board committees: DLC audit, Investec Gaming and Leisure Limited (chairman), Limited group audit, Investec plc audit, Investec Bank Limited, Investec Asset Appointed to the board in June 2010 DLC board risk and capital, DLC capital Management Holdings (Pty) Ltd, Pretoria and global credit Perry is a former chairman of Investec Portland Cement Limited, Peu Group (Pty) Investment Banking Securities Limited and Appointed to the board in March 2013 Ltd and a number of Peu subsidiaries. director of Investec Bank plc. David is a former partner of both Arthur Peter RS Thomas (69) Other directorships include: Investec Andersen and KPMG Inc. where he also CA(SA) Bank plc, Jupiter Green Investment Trust, served as head of audit and risk in KPMG, Melrose Industries plc, Investec Holdings Cape Town offi ce. Board committees: DLC audit, Investec (Ireland) Limited and Investec Capital and plc audit, Investec Limited group audit, DLC Investments (Ireland) Limited. Other directorships include: Investec board risk and capital, DLC nominations Bank Limited, Investec Bank plc, Foschini Olivia C Dickson (53) and directors’ affairs, DLC social and ethics Group Limited, Pick n Pay Stores Limited. and global credit MA (Oxon), MSc (Lon), CDipAF Haruko Fukuda OBE (67) Appointed to the board in June 1981 Board committees: DLC audit, MA (Cantab), DSc Investec plc audit, Investec Limited group Peter was the former managing director of audit and DLC remuneration Board committees: DLC board risk and The Unisec Group Limited. capital Appointed to the board in March 2011 Other directorships include: Investec Appointed to the board in July 2003 Bank Limited, various Investec subsidiaries, Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Olivia is a non-executive director and JCI Limited and various unlisted companies. chair of the risk committee of Canada Haruko was previously chief executive Life Limited. She is also a non-executive offi cer of the World Gold Council, and director, member of the codes and senior adviser at Lazard. She is former vice Details of the Investec committees standards committee and chair of the chairman of Nikko Europ plc and a partner can be found on pages 89 to 98. Actuarial Council of the Financial Reporting of James Capel & Co and a former director Council Limited. of AB Volvo and of Foreign and Colonial Investment Trust plc. Details of the board members of Olivia was previously, among other our major subsidiaries are available

positions, senior adviser to the Financial Other directorships include: Investec on our website. Services Authority, a managing director Bank plc, director of Aberdeen Asian of JP Morgan and a non-executive Smaller Companies Investment Trust Plc. director and chair of the audit committee She is an adviser to Braj Binani Group of the London International Financial of India. Futures Exchange. Ian R Kantor (67) Other directorships include: Canada BSc (Eng), MBA Life Limited, The Canada Life Group (UK) Limited, Canada Life Asset Appointed to the board in July 1980 Management Limited, Financial Reporting Council Limited. Other directorships include: Insinger de Beaufort Holdings SA (in which Investec 03 Bradley Fried (48) Limited indirectly holds an 8.6% interest), BCom, CA(SA), MBA Bank Insinger de Beaufort NV (where he is chairman of the management Board committees: DLC board risk and board) Investec Asset Management capital and DLC remuneration Holdings (Pty) Ltd and Investec Asset Management Limited. Appointed to the board in April 2010 M Peter Malungani (56) Bradley previously held the positions of joint head of investment banking and BCom, MAP, LDP chief executive of Investec Bank plc. He is Board committees: DLC board risk the chief executive in residence at Judge and capital Business School. Appointed to the board in June 2002 Other directorships include: Investec Wealth & Investment Limited, Grovepoint Peter is chairman and founder of Peu Capital LLP and non-executive director of Group (Pty) Ltd, chairman of the deals and the Court of Bank of England. acquisitions committee and a member of

102 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Shareholder analysis

Investec ordinary shares

At 31 March 2014 Investec plc and Investec Limited had 608.8 million and 282.9 million ordinary shares in issue, respectively. Spread of ordinary shareholders at 31 March 2014 Investec plc ordinary shares in issue

Number of % of total Number of % of issued shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital

13 784 1 to 500 50.9% 2 473 178 0.4% 4 695 501 – 1 000 17.3% 3 643 272 0.6% 5 814 1 001 – 5 000 21.5% 13 188 514 2.2% 987 5 001 – 10 000 3.6% 7 186 330 1.2% 1 037 10 001 – 50 000 3.8% 24 005 338 3.9% 256 50 001 – 100 000 0.9% 18 435 072 3.0% 529 100 001 and over 2.0% 539 824 639 88.7% 27 102 100.0% 608 756 343 100.0%

Investec Limited ordinary shares in issue

Number of % of total Number of % of issued shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance 3 183 1 to 500 39.7% 732 663 0.3% 1 561 501 – 1 000 19.4% 1 215 734 0.4% 1 915 1 001 – 5 000 23.8% 4 403 394 1.6% 416 5 001 – 10 000 5.2% 3 079 002 1.1% 529 10 001 – 50 000 6.6% 12 943 426 4.6% 171 50 001 – 100 000 2.1% 12 338 524 4.4% 256 100 001 and over 3.2% 248 221 786 87.6% 8 031 100.0% 282 934 529 100.0%

Geographical holding by beneficial ordinary share owner at 31 March 2014

03

31 March 2014 31 March 2014 Investec plc Investec Limited

South Africa 50.1% South Africa 64.4% UK 31.6% UK 7.8% USA and Canada 9.4% USA and Canada 14.7% Rest of Europe 5.1% Rest of Europe 1.9% Other countries and unknown 3.8% Other countries and unknown 11.2%

Investec integrated annual report 2014 103 Shareholder analysis (continued)

Largest ordinary shareholders at 31 March 2014

In accordance with the terms provided for in section 793 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and section 140A of the South African Companies Act, 1973, the group has conducted investigations into the registered holders of its ordinary shares (including nominee and asset management companies) and the results are as discussed below: Investec plc

Number of Shareholder analysis by manager group shares % holding

1 Public Investment Corporation (ZA) 71 229 118 11.7% 2 Allan Gray (ZA) 51 047 200 8.4% 3 BlackRock Incorporated (UK and US) 30 224 232 5.0% 4 Old Mutual (ZA) 19 873 218 3.3% 5 Prudential Group (ZA) 19 738 410 3.2% 6 Schroder Investment Management (UK) 16 520 336 2.7% 7 State Street Corporation (UK and US) 16 378 619 2.7% 8 Legal & General Investment Management (UK) 16 252 011 2.7% 9 Sanlam Group (ZA) 16 346 398 2.7% 10 Royal London Mutual Assurance Society (UK) 15 844 463 2.6% 273 454 005 45.0%

The top 10 shareholders account for 45.0% of the total shareholding in Investec plc. This information is based on a threshold of 20 000 shares. Some major fund managers hold additional shares below this, which may cause the above fi gures to be marginally understated. Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Investec Limited

Number of Shareholder analysis by manager group shares % holding

1 Public Investment Corporation (ZA) 36 303 207 12.8% 2 Allan Gray (ZA) 22 638 951 8.0% 3 Investec Staff Share Scheme (ZA) 19 053 638 6.7% 4 Old Mutual (ZA) 18 750 879 6.6% 5 Sanlam Investment Management (ZA) 14 421 294 5.1% 6 Entrepreneurial Development Trust (ZA)* 11 625 199 4.1% 7 BlackRock Incorporated (UK and US) 10 972 032 3.9% 8 Dimensional Fund Advisors (UK) 10 676 492 3.8% 9 Vanguard Group (UK and US) 7 404 210 2.6% 10 State Street Corporation (US) 6 102 517 2.2% 157 948 419 55.8%

The top 10 shareholders account for 55.8% of the total shareholding in Investec Limited. This information is based on a threshold of 20 000 shares. Some major fund managers hold additional shares below this, which may cause the above fi gures to be marginally nderstated.u

* In November 2003, Investec Limited implemented an empowerment transaction in which empowerment partners and an employee share 03 scheme acquired 25.1% of the equity shareholding in Investec Limited Shareholder classifi cation at 31 March 2014.

104 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Shareholder analysis (continued)

Shareholder classifi cation at 31 March 2014

Number of Number of Investec plc Investec shares % holding Limited shares % holding

Public* 587 411 787 96.5% 256 438 351 90.7% Non-public 21 344 556 3.5% 26 496 178 9.3% Non-executive directors of Investec plc/Investec Limited 3 677 453 0.6% 325 – Executive directors of Investec plc/Investec Limited 7 049 470 1.2% 7 452 215 2.6% Investec staff share schemes 10 617 633 1.7% 19 043 638 6.7% Total 608 756 343 100.0% 282 934 529 100.0% * As per the JSE listings requirements.

Share statistics Investec plc

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March For the period ended 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Closing market price per share (Pounds Sterling) – year end 4.85 4.59 3.82 4.78 5.39 2.92 3.39 and corporate responsibility Corporate governance – highest 5.08 5.14 5.22 5.50 5.62 4.21 7.65 – lowest 3.66 3.10 3.18 4.29 2.87 1.69 2.94 Number of ordinary shares in issue (million)1 608.8 605.2 598.3 537.2 471.1 444.9 423.3 Market capitalisation (£’million)1 2 953 2 778 2 286 2 568 2 539 1 299 1 435.0 Daily average volume of shares traded (’000) 1 985 1 305 1 683 1 634 1 933 2 604 3 926.0 Price earnings ratio2 12.8 12.7 12.0 11.1 12.0 6.9 6.00 Dividend cover (times)2 2.0 2.0 1.9 2.5 2.8 3.3 2.30 Dividend yield (%)2 3.9 3.9 4.5 3.6 3.0 4.5 7.40 Earnings yield (%)2 7.8 7.9 8.3 9.0 8.4 14.5 16.70

Investec Limited

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March For the period ended 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Closing market price per share (Rands) – year end 84.84 64.26 47.16 52.80 62.49 38.86 57.43 – highest 85.04 69.89 57.36 65.50 65.40 63.19 104.40 – lowest 59.00 41.31 42.00 49.49 37.51 27.20 50.90 03 Number of ordinary shares in issue (million)3 282.9 279.6 276.0 272.8 269.8 268.4 234.3 Market capitalisation (R’million)3 75 652 56 857 41 232 42 768 46 299 27 715 37 766 Market capitalisation (£’million)3 4 325 4 061 3 340 3 872 3 993 2 083 2 229 Daily average volumes of share traded (’000) 810 980 1 033 794 1 068 1 168 841

1 The LSE only include the shares in issue for Investec plc, i.e. currently 608.8 million, in calculating market capitalisation, as Investec Limited is not incorporated in the UK. 2 Calculations are based on the group's consolidated earnings per share before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items; and dividends per share as prepared in accordance with IFRS and denominated in Pounds Sterling. 3 The JSE Limited has agreed to use the total number of shares in issue for the combined group, comprising Investec plc and Investec Limited, in calculating market capitalisation, i.e. currently a total of 891.7 million shares in issue.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 105 Shareholder analysis (continued)

Investec perpetual preference shares

Investec plc, Investec Limited and Investec Bank Limited have issued perpetual preference shares. Spread of perpetual preference shareholders at 31 March 2014 Investec plc perpetual preference shareholders

Number of % of issued Number of % of total preference preference shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital

135 1 to 500 12.0% 35 450 0.2% 143 501 – 1 000 12.7% 116 536 0.8% 575 1 001 – 5 000 51.2% 1 197 530 7.9% 90 5 001 – 10 000 8.0% 669 569 4.4% 119 10 001 – 50 000 10.5% 2 638 274 17.5% 31 50 001 – 100 000 2.8% 2 280 446 15.1% 31 100 001 and over 2.8% 8 143 344 54.1% 1 124 100.0% 15 081 149 100.0%

Investec plc (Rand denominated) perpetual preference shareholders

Number of % of issued Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Number of % of total preference preference shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital

80 1 to 500 23.0% 22 869 1.0% 76 501 – 1 000 21.8% 60 234 2.6% 145 1 001 – 5 000 41.7% 323 183 14.2% 18 5 001 – 10 000 5.2% 133 620 5.9% 20 10 001 – 50 000 5.8% 485 624 21.3% 4 50 001 – 100 000 1.1% 324 724 14.3% 5 100 001 and over 1.4% 925 686 40.7% 348 100.0% 2 275 940 100.0%

Investec Limited perpetual preference shareholders

Number of % of issued Number of % of total preference preference shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital 03 860 1 to 500 15.3% 283 556 0.9% 1 341 501 – 1 000 23.9% 1 160 221 3.6% 2 538 1 001 – 5 000 45.2% 6 015 271 18.7% 449 5 001 – 10 000 8.0% 3 220 357 10.0% 370 10 001 – 50 000 6.6% 7 055 240 21.9% 18 50 001 – 100 000 0.3% 1 303 024 4.0% 36 100 001 and over 0.7% 13 176 830 40.9% 5 612 100.0% 32 214 499 100.0%

106 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Shareholder analysis (continued)

Investec Limited redeemable preference shares

Number of % of issued Number of % of total preference preference shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital

747 1 to 500 91.8% 106 072 26.0% 37 501 – 1 000 4.5% 24 960 6.1% 24 1 001 – 5 000 2.9% 60 335 14.8% 2 5 001 – 10 000 0.2% 20 000 4.9% 4 10 001 – 50 000 0.5% 96 952 23.7% 1 50 001 – 100 000 0.1% 100 000 24.5% – 100 001 and over – – – 815 100.0% 408 319 100.0%

Investec Bank Limited perpetual preference shareholders

Number of % of issued Number of % of total preference preference shareholders Holdings shareholders shares in issue share capital

829 1 to 500 20.8% 243 180 1.6% 1 139 501 – 1 000 28.6% 1 010 159 6.5%

1 551 1 001 – 5 000 38.9% 3 721 039 24.1% and corporate responsibility Corporate governance 259 5 001 – 10 000 6.5% 1 917 572 12.4% 170 10 001 – 50 000 4.3% 3 237 160 21.0% 15 50 001 – 100 000 0.4% 1 127 889 7.3% 23 100 001 and over 0.5% 4 190 631 27.1% 3 986 100.0% 15 447 630 100.0%

Largest perpetual preference shareholders at 31 March 2014 Shareholders holding benefi cial interests in excess of 5% of the issued preference shares are as follows:

Investec plc Chase Nominees Limited (Artemis) 10.6%

Investec plc (Rand denominated) NES Investments (Pty) Ltd 5.3% Liberty Active Investment 6.5% Regent Insurance Company Limited safe custody 6.6% Cadiz Absolute Yield Fund – CIS 17.6% Investec Limited 03 Coronation Capital Plus Fund 5.0% Coronation Strategic Income Fund 5.2%

Investec Limited redeemable preference shares Investec Securities (Pty) Ltd 6.2% The Saltzman Family Trust 9.8% National Savings and Investment (Pty) Ltd 24.5%

Investec Bank Limited There were no shareholders holding benefi cial interests in excess of 5% of the issued preference shares in Investec Bank Limited, at 31 March 2014.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 107 Communication and stakeholder engagement

Building trust and credibility among our stakeholders is vital to good business

The board recognises that effective Employees • Communication policy communication is integral in building • Quarterly magazine (Impact) stakeholder value and is committed to • Comprehensive intranet site providing meaningful, transparent, timely • Staff updates hosted by executive management and accurate fi nancial and non-fi nancial information to primary stakeholders, as Investors and defi ned below. The purpose is to help • Shareholder road shows and presentations • Regular meetings with Investor Relations team these stakeholders make meaningful shareholders and executive management assessments and informed investment • Annual general meeting • Regular email and telephonic communication decisions about the group. • Four investor presentations • Annual and interim reports • Stock exchange announcements We endeavour to present a balanced • Comprehensive investor relations and understandable assessment of our website Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance position by addressing material matters of signifi cant interest and concern. We seek to highlight the key risks to which Government and • Active participation in policy forums • Response and engagement on regulatory we consider ourselves exposed and regulatory bodies matters our responses to minimise the impact • Industry consultative bodies of these risks. Another objective is to show a balance between the positive and negative aspects of our activities in Clients • Comprehensive investor relations website order to achieve a comprehensive and • Regular meetings with Investor Relations team fair account of our performance. and executive management • Four investor presentations • Tailored client presentations As a requirement of our DLC structure, • Regular email and telephonic • Annual and interim reports we comply with the disclosure communication • Client relationship managers within the business obligations contained in the applicable listing rules of the UKLA and JSE Suppliers • Centralised negotiation process and other exchanges on which our shares are listed and with any public disclosure obligations as required by the UK Regulators and SARB. We Rating agencies • Comprehensive investor relations website also recognise that from time to time • Regular meetings with Investor Relations team we may be required to adhere to and executive management public disclosure obligations in other • Four investor presentations • Tailored presentations 03 countries where we have operations, • Regular email and telephonic • Annual and interim reports communication for example, Australia.

The Investor Relations division has a Media • Stock exchange announcements day-to-day responsibility for ensuring • Comprehensive investor relations website appropriate communication with • Regular meetings with Investor Relations team stakeholders and, together with • Regular email and telephonic and executive management the Company Secretarial division, communication ensures that we meet our public disclosure obligations. Equity and debt • Four investor presentations analysts • Stock exchange announcements We have a board-approved policy • Comprehensive investor relations website statement in place to ensure that • Regular meetings with Investor Relations team we comply with all relevant public and executive management disclosure obligations and uphold • Regular email and telephonic communication the board’s communication and • Annual and interim reports disclosure philosophy.

108 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility

Sustainable business practices…

Guided by our purpose to create sustained long-term wealth, Our we seek to be a positive influence in all our core businesses and in each of the societies in which we operate. We do this sustainability by empowering communities through entrepreneurship and education and leveraging the value in our diversity. We recognise philosophy the challenges that climate change presents to the global economy and we will consider supporting any meaningful activity that either reduces the negative impact on, or prolongs life on our planet.

Investec as a responsible corporate

At Investec we recognise that, while our of our organisation and our approach to time, and provides the individual business shareholders remain at the forefront, responsible business. units and regions with a basis from which to our purpose ultimately is not only about determine their own approach. The group’s driving profits. We strive to be a distinctive Our culture and values, at the heart of our philosophy is not intended to be mutually specialist bank and asset manager, approach, demonstrate our belief that as exclusive, nor exhaustive, but allows us to demonstrating cast-iron integrity, moral an organisation we can and must, if we concentrate, for now, on key focus areas. strength and behaviour which promote are to maintain a sustainable business in Deliberately not driven on a top-down trust. Our core values include unselfishly the long term, have a positive impact on basis, the executive maintains responsibility and corporate responsibility Corporate governance contributing to society, valuing diversity the success and wellbeing of communities for oversight, direction, coordination and and respecting others. Outstanding, local to our offices, the environment and integration of our sustainability efforts while empowered talent, entrepreneurial spirit on overall macro-economic stability. the individual business units provide the and regard for the planet are other Our philosophy seeks to align the interests principal drivers behind our activities, in a qualities that fit squarely with the culture of shareholders and stakeholders over manner that best makes sense to each.

Sustainability at Investec

Investec’s sustainability focus encompasses endurance and the interdependence of the Investec maintained its inclusion in the JSE three key areas of profit, people and planet: SRI Index, the FTSE4Good Index*, the Dow Jones Sustainability Index and the Carbon Disclosure Project. Investec group received Profit People two awards from the Climate Disclosure Project. Gold recognition status was given Financial strength and ENGAGE | DEVELOP | RETAIN resilience (of the business for a score of A- on Climate Performance and the economy) Internal employees: in 2013 and we were also included in the • Balanced and resilient • Strong diverse and Climate Disclosure Leadership Index 2013 business model. capable workforce (Top 11 in South Africa across all sectors). Risk management and • Provide a progressive compliance work environment. * FTSE Group confi rms that Investec has • Strong risk Sustainability 03 consciousness at Investec Planet been independently assessed according • Responsible banking to the FTSE4Good criteria, and has practices Internal • Responsible lending and • Reduce operational satisfi ed the requirements to become investing. impacts. a constituent of the FTSE4Good Index Governance External Series. Created by the global index • Strong culture and values • Embed environmental company FTSE Group, FTSE4Good is to underpin our processes, considerations into functions and structures. business activities. an equity index series that is designed

ENERGY | WATER | WASTE to facilitate investment in companies that meet globally recognised corporate responsibility standards. Companies in the FTSE4Good Index Series have met stringent social and environmental criteria, and are positioned to capitalise on the benefi ts of responsible business practice.

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 109 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Materiality the short- and long-term incentive schemes Sustainability at for the chief executive, managing director Investec is about: During the year under review, we embarked and group risk and finance director. We on a robust process of engagement believe that we developed a comprehensive • Managing and positioning the with internal and external stakeholders. and credible response to shareholders’ group for the long term This stakeholder engagement involved concerns and after a period of shareholder an interview process with the Investec consultations, we are pleased to report that • Building a sustainable business executive, heads of business and the financial incentive scheme proposals model that allows Investec to employees and also external stakeholders and long-term incentive awards were make a valuable contribution such as industry associations, rating approved at the annual general meeting in to society, to macro-economic agencies, clients, investment analysts and August 2013. stability and to our environment NGOs. This process has allowed us to Please refer to pages 130 to 163 confirm the core sustainability issues for • Developing a strong, diverse for more detail. our stakeholders and will ultimately guide and capable workforce our 2015 sustainability strategy. Succession planning • Growing and preserving clients The key issues raised are summarised The nominations and directors’ affairs and stakeholders’ wealth based below: committee (NOMDAC) received a on strong relationships of trust. detailed presentation from the executive Communication of full social and management regarding senior management economic value generated by the succession and the NOMDAC were banking sector satisfied that there is a formal succession Recognition The need to develop innovative methods plan in place. The NOMDAC will continue and messages of the broad social and to focus on ensuring that the management economic value that is brought about by succession plan remains up to date. Senior Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance a healthy and robust banking sector was management succession plans are also highlighted. In order to support these presented annually to the bank regulators. ‘total value’ claims, new environment, Employee equity, retention social and governance (ESG) datasets and and attraction measurable targets are being developed by the banking sector. This form of employment equity closely relates to how Investec attracts Client retention and new quality employees and retains their client attraction services through continued personal Internal and external stakeholders both and professional development and/or recognise the growing competitiveness in appropriate incentive schemes. Please see Investec’s traditional niche market of high pages 112 and 113 for more detail of how net worth individuals. Investec's current we offer staff a stimulating and progressive strategy (as summarised on page 12) is working environment to attract and very focused on both retaining its current retain talent. clientele and also attracting future clientele Integration of ESG factors in in our key target markets. In particular, project fi nance and investment we have been developing a full service decision-making offering aimed at maximising the creation and preservation of our clients’ wealth by The financing of (corporate) activities integrating our Private Banking and Wealth that result in negative environmental and 03 & Investment offerings to ensure clients social consequences is increasingly being have a consistent and seamless Investec scrutinised by monitoring bodies. We have experience. We have also launched a extended our reporting in this regard which strong digital platform which is client can be found in the detailed sustainability centric, as opposed to product centric, report on our website. and enables us to cross-sell between these Responsible community engagement divisions, acquire new clients and retain existing clients. We will continue to nurture existing programmes and relationships and Remuneration strategy communicate our progress to stakeholders. Following the need expressed by our For more information on our community stakeholders for greater transparency in engagement, please refer to remuneration arrangements at Investec, pages 116 to 119. the remuneration committee embarked on a process during the prior year to redesign

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

110 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Responsibility Investec Internal Audit Investec Internal Audit performed a limited The social and ethics committee is review of the quantitative and qualitative responsible for monitoring the non-profit sustainability information disclosed on elements of sustainability (see page 96). pages 112 to 125 of this integrated annual The mandate of this committee places a report. The scope of our work was agreed strong emphasis on the responsibility of the with management and based on the result group towards the communities in which thereof, nothing has come to our attention we operate, on social transformation in the to indicate that: workplace, and on preserving the well- being and dignity of our employees. • The qualitative sustainability information is not a fair statement of Investec’s We also have sustainability representatives corporate responsibility initiatives in each of the major geographies in which we operate who drive our sustainability • The quantitative sustainability objectives as well as various forums information is signifi cantly misstated. discussing sustainability considerations. Feedback on relevant sustainability issues External audit is provided to board members at each Grant Thornton has provided limited board meeting. assurance over selected environmental, human resources and corporate social spend key performance indicators, as set Reporting out in the corporate responsibility review of this integrated annual report, which have Our approach to sustainability is been extracted from the 2014 Sustainability Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance documented throughout this integrated Report. Based on the work Grant Thornton annual report with further detail available has performed, nothing has come to our in a more extensive sustainability report attention that causes us to believe that on our website. In line with our view on the selected key performance indicators integrated annual reporting and reducing in the 2014 Sustainability Report for the paper consumption, printed copies of the year ended 31 March 2014, have not been detailed sustainability report have been fairly stated. limited. The online version is available at www.investec.com where a pdf version can For a better understanding of the scope of be downloaded. Grant Thornton’s assurance process, the extracted environmental, human resources Our approach to reporting has followed and corporate social key performance guidance from the King Code of indicators in this report should be read in Governance Principles for South Africa conjunction with the full 2014 Sustainability (King III), the Global Reporting Initiative’s Report containing our assurance statement. (GRI) G3.1 sustainability reporting guidelines and an index of these indicators together with our response to each of them can be found in our separate sustainability report. We have self-assessed our reporting to be application level B. 03

Investec integrated annual report 2014 111 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Employee report

Investec employees remain critical to continued business success and to overall sustainability efforts. The expertise and dedication of staff is fundamental in meeting our clients’ needs and delivering distinctive results. It is therefore vital that we engage, develop and retain a high- value workforce. One of the group’s values is to ensure open and honest communication and hence we encourage active and open dialogue between staff and senior management. As a responsible employer, Investec aims to offer staff a stimulating and progressive working environment in which they can flourish and realise their true potential. In assuming responsibility for our human capital we seek to promote sustainability through:

Managing 3 performance 7 Measures to through regular Facilitating an understanding of ensure the reviews, pathing the Investec culture and people health and and development practices, to allow for guidance Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance wellbeing of and opportunity among staff employees 4

Specialised Resourcing and learning recruiting that environment prioritises a 1 5 diverse workforce Competitive remuneration Succession and reward planning and 26business continuity 6

Our internal people activities involve culture and values. OD acts to strengthen group and the alignment of HR strategy 03 dedicated divisions such as Human the culture of the business, ensure its with business strategy. As our operating Resources (HR) and Organisation values are lived, build capability and jurisdictions have different legal and Development (OD) which serve to contribute to the long-term sustainability regulatory requirements, our various HR supplement the ongoing people focus of of the organisation. functions operate independently of one our individual business units. The Investec another, while at all times adhering to the The HR division participates in local and careers and HR teams are mandated to group philosophical approach. international forums, to ensure ongoing attract, develop and retain talent who can development of HR best practice in the perform in a manner consistent with our

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

112 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Number of employees

31 March 31 March By division – permanent employees 2014 2013

Asset Management UK and Other 428 383 Southern Africa 913 778 Total 1 341 1 161

Wealth & Investment UK and Other 1 014 973 Southern Africa 286 272 Total 1 300 1 245

Specialist Banking UK and Other 1 769 1 982 Southern Africa 2 787 2 698 Australia 440 470 USA 20 19 Total 5 016 5 169

Total number of permanent employees 7 657 7 575 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March By geography – total employees 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009

UK and Other 3 211 3 338 3 181 2 606 1 763 1 706 Southern Africa 3 986 3 748 3 661 3 680 3 542 3 541 Australia 440 470 411 401 356 354 USA 20 19 33 29 23 22 Temporary employees and contractors 601 576 495 521 439 328 Total number of employees 8 258 8 151 7 781 7 237 6 123 5 951

Employee strategy The core areas of emphasis regarding our people strategy are: To attract, retain and motivate the right To retain and motivate staff through To ensure that performance people who can perform extraordinarily appropriate remuneration and reward management is effectively and We invest signifi cantly in a number of structures constructively practised opportunities for developing and training Our remuneration practices comply with Our culture of open and honest 03 employees and in leadership programmes the principles of local regulations, while dialogue promotes immediate and direct to develop current and future leaders of continuing to reward people meaningfully performance-related feedback between the group. Our Learning and Development for performance and contribution. Our manager, employee and team, to help centre plays a critical role in the remuneration strategy is based on the individuals identify and address their development of our employees as well as philosophy that employees are innovative, development needs. assisting the business areas to achieve their entrepreneurial and work in an environment learning objectives. Such learning objectives that encourages and fosters extraordinary are always aligned to the business performance. In line with our philosophy of strategy and market trends. The centre employee ownership, staff share schemes is also involved in group-wide activities provide all employees, at all levels of such as an induction programme for new the organisation, with the opportunity to employees, providing learning advice to participate in our long-term growth. individual employees and facilitating the development of generic programmes in the Further information is provided on fi elds of information technology, banking pages 130 to 163. and fi nance, compliance, e-learning, talent retention and mentoring.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 113 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Group training spend 31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £R£R

South Africa Asset Management 417 008 6 722 164 532 584 7 157 926 Wealth & Investment 426 252 6 871 175 499 852 6 718 017 Specialist Banking 5 740 765 59 807 626 6 655 846 61 514 557

Total 6 584 025 73 400 965 7 688 282 75 390 500

UK and Other Asset Management 723 303 11 659 649 528 868 7 109 307 Wealth & Investment 548 596 8 843 364 508 744 6 838 781 Specialist Banking 3 691 419 59 505 677 3 009 451 40 454 510

Total 4 963 318 80 008 690 4 047 063 54 402 598

Mauritius 18 370 296 121 17 934 289 089

Australia 287 421 2 706 689 319 084 3 004 864

Total group training spend 11 853 134 156 412 465 12 072 363 133 087 051 Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Working at Investec their fields of practice. Investec values the abuses. We do not have a formal human physical and psychological health, welfare rights policy for the group as this would fall The policies and business practices of and safety of our people. Our offi ces within the ambit of our Code of Conduct Investec are outlined in Becoming also host wellness days for staff to raise but we do adhere to the relevant laws in Acquainted with Investec (BAWI) and in the awareness and education around health all our jurisdictions. compliance handbook. They are intended issues through a unique, fun and interactive to guide our conduct and ensure that at all approach which focuses on physical and Our philosophy as an organisation is times our actions and attitudes reflect the mental health. to respect the dignity and worth of the group’s values and philosophies. individual. We uphold the constitutional Retrenchment policy rights of our employees at all times, do not These policies and business practices can Where it becomes necessary for Investec practise forced or compulsory labour and be found on our website, including more to terminate employment based on do not employ children. details on the following: operational requirements, the procedure Discrimination to be followed will be in accordance with Health and safety Investec’s retrenchment policy which is We endeavour to prevent and/or eliminate A group-wide formal health and safety more favourable than the local regulatory any form of discrimination based on programme identifies and manages all requirements. We conduct consultation gender, race, religion, age and sexual health and safety risks, and carries out for a period which exceeds the minimum preference (or any other basis as envisaged regular safety audits. It is overseen by a prescribed period, during which we attempt by the South African Bill of Rights in health and safety committee that meets to find a suitable alternative position for the the Constitution). Investec has a formal quarterly to review health and safety affected employee. grievance procedure (and a written policy) concerns. In South Africa, Investec’s to deal appropriately with any incident which 03 Freedom of association HIV/Aids policy and management forum may occur. Furthermore, there are several extends to all permanent employees. We fully support employees’ rights to informal avenues for employees who wish to freedom of association. There is no To enable and develop employee health discuss concerns, e.g. OD, HR, Employee representative trade union for Investec and and wellbeing, Investec provides employees Relations and our independent external we are not aware of any employees who with a bespoke Employee Assistance and consultants. are part of a trade union. We do however Wellbeing Programme. The comprehensive uphold the constitutional rights of the and integrated Health and Wellbeing We are unaware of any incidence of individual to freedom of association, the Programme, which expresses our focus discrimination in the South African business right to collective bargaining and the right of care and concern for the wellbeing of and there are no recorded incidences of to be a member of a union of their choice. employees, and provides personalised discrimination for the period under review. wellness interventions offered in face- Human rights Whistle-blowing policy and protected to-face counselling and coaching. The We support and respect the protection of disclosures wellness interventions are provided by a internationally proclaimed human rights multi-disciplinary team of select health One of Investec’s values requires and are not complicit in any human rights professionals who are all specialists in employees to ‘conduct all internal and

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

114 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

external dealings with integrity, consistently diversity and different cultures. Emerging During the year we completed our fourth and uncompromisingly displaying moral and established leaders are invited to Department of Trade and Industry BEE strength and behaviour which promotes participate in talent discussions with verification according to the generic trust’. Integrity and confidence are critical executive management around all issues codes and received a level 3 rating status to our reputation and sustainability. The related to talent management. In addition, by Empowerdex. We are committed to purpose of our whistle-blowing policy our Zebra Crossing initiative, which is achieving and sustaining an equitable is to encourage employees to raise aligned to our employment equity plan, workplace that encourages and manages concerns or disclose information about aims to raise levels of multi-cultural diversity and as such remain focused on the corrective strategies as set out in our possible fraudulent, unethical, criminal or awareness of staff at Investec and enable Employment Equity Plan for the period other improper behaviour or workplace them to appreciate and celebrate the 2013 to 2017. In terms of numerical misconduct in total confidentiality and richness of our diverse population and targets for 2013 we met our targets at anonymity and without fear of retribution. to take these insights back into the Top Management level and the overall business. We seek to protect all employees who EE count at both Senior and Middle disclose unlawful or irregular conduct Transformation Management levels exceeded the overall by the company, its employees or other EE target. In addition we delivered on all stakeholders. In South Africa, Investec remains the non-numerical goals, as outlined in our committed to black economic EE Plan for 2013. To review the full details on employees and empowerment. Our approach involves: our policies relating to business practices, Recognising that enterprise development please refer to the separate sustainability • Using our entrepreneurial expertise is vital to South Africa’s transformation report on our website. to foster the creation of new black aspirations, we launched an Enterprise entrepreneurial platforms Development programme in partnership Promoting equity and diversity in • Serving as a leading source of with Raizcorp to back 12 entrepreneurs the workplace empowerment financing who are managing their own business and Our promotion of equal opportunity and have potential to grow and create jobs. workplace diversity is not merely a social • Encouraging internal transformation by and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Further information on the responsibility, but a means of ensuring bringing about greater representivity employment equity statistics of our that we foster a culture of diversity in the in our workplace. In this regard, South African business is available belief that this brings business advantage. we are focusing on creating black on our website. We have various processes to encourage entrepreneurs within the organisation. debate and dialogue around appreciating

Employee gender composition – permanent employees Southern Africa UK and Other Australia 31 March 2014 31 March 2014 31 March 2014 Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Directors 2 – 2 2 – 2––– Senior managers* 734 432 1 166 184 23 207617 Rest of employees 1 034 1 784 2 818 1 700 1 322 3 022 232 201 433 Total 1 770 2 216 3 986 1 886 1 345 3 231 238 202 440

* A senior manager is defi ned as a person who: (a) has responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the company, or a strategically signifi cant part of the company, and (b) is an employee of the company. 03

Investec integrated annual report 2014 115 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Corporate social investment In keeping with our business model of many well-established charitable partnerships Our CSI endeavours are central to the independent, highly autonomous business and volunteering initiatives to support these group’s values of making an unselfi sh units, supported by a strong centre, there partners. Further, we make donations contribution to society, valuing diversity is no single overriding approach to social to charities in response to requests for and respecting others, and underpin investment within the group, although clear assistance across all regions and business Investec’s aim of being a good corporate commonalities exist. Each of the regions areas within the group. This allows us to citizen. Our approach to CSI focuses has pursued social investment as deemed allocate meaningful grants in areas which on education, entrepreneurship and the appropriate to their circumstances and where might not fall within our main focus areas. environment. We believe that to focus they are in the evolution of their business. on education and entrepreneurship is an effective way to create opportunities for The active involvement of our people, employment, wealth creation and stimulate through volunteering, remains at the core socio-economic growth. of our social investment strategy. We have

Breakdown of spend by the CSI divisions

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance UK and Other South Africa

31 March 2014 31 March 2014 £1.0 million £3.5 million

Entrepreneurship 20.0% Entrepreneurship 6.0% Education 38.0% Education 84.0% Philanthropic and other 39.0% Philanthropic and other 10.0% Environment 3.0%

UK and Other South Africa 03

31 March 2013 31 March 2013 £0.9 million £3.0 million

Entrepreneurship 45.0% Entrepreneurship 13.0% Education 29.0% Education 75.0% Philanthropic and other 19.0% Philanthropic and other 12.0% Environment 7.0%

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

116 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Group CSI spend 31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £R£R

South Africa Asset Management 10 994 177 221 210 898 2 834 997 Wealth & Investment 27 047 435 995 45 855 616 408 Specialist Banking 138 602 2 234 265 147 031 1 976 467 Group Corporate Social Investment division 3 461 272 55 795 709 3 021 175 40 612 116 Total 3 637 915 58 643 190 3 424 960 46 039 988

Mauritius 58 269 939 299 75 241 1 011 420

UK and Other Asset Management 92 594 1 492 613 689 861 9 273 445 Wealth & Investment 29 959 482 944 9 524 128 024 Specialist Banking 195 425 3 150 255 139 144 1 870 442 Group Corporate Social Investment division 991 381 15 981 059 887 128 11 925 208 Total 1 309 359 21 106 871 1 725 657 23 197 120

Australia Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Specialist Banking 123 489 2 000 221 178 917 2 409 675 Group Corporate Social Investment division 23 609 382 403 47 681 642 170 Total 147 098 2 382 624 226 598 3 051 845

Total Investec CSI spend 5 152 641 83 071 984 5 452 456 73 300 373 Total Investec CSI spend as a % of operating profi t before tax 1.14% 1.28% Note: Group CSI division spend (2013) for South Africa has been restated.

UK and Other employees’ giving by providing a Give-As- • Our volunteers remain committed to You-Earn facility and matching funds raised our partnership with Arrival Education, The corporate social investment programme by our employees. having spent over 2 300 hours with the plays a key role in the fulfi lment of students and forming over 90 coaching Investec’s core values, focusing on making Highlights during the period relationships, with the aim of creating an unselfi sh contribution to society. We • Investec Ashes 2013 Cycle Challenge the high performers and wealth champion sustainable social investment by: – a bespoke, cricket-themed creators of the future. In 2013 we were • Building dedicated charitable challenge to cycle between the host fi nalists at the Lord Mayor Dragon partnerships grounds of the Investec Ashes Series, Awards (Education category), as well created by James Bedingfi eld of our as being Highly Commended at the • Engaging all Investec people in making Sheffi eld offi ce, in partnership with the Business Charity Awards (Community 03 a positive difference Lord’s Taverners charity. The event Impact category), for this mutually successfully engaged employees, benefi cial partnership • Harnessing our diverse resources and partners and clients of several of our collective talent. offi ces, as well as raising over £279 000 • An Investec team was entered into the Movember Campaign, an international Our social investment programme in the for the Lord’s Taverners and other fundraising event, for a second year UK is focused on the areas of education, local charities. Funding to the Lord’s and fi nished sixth in the country and entrepreneurship and environment; sectors Taverners provides fi ve specially- fourth in the Square Mile Challenge (we identifi ed by staff as best aligned with adapted mini-buses to facilitate nearly were 20th in the country the previous Investec’s core values. Our approach 4 000 trips to sporting facilities and year); 74 people across the bank were encompasses the principal elements of other amenities for 400 disabled young involved, including our Executive team. facilitating employee volunteering with people up and down the country every We raised a total of £35 000 as well our charitable partners, and making year, granting them access to sport and as considerable awareness for men’s other charitable donations to small local recreation. We have been shortlisted health issues, our efforts having been charities that fi t within the education, for this at the national Business done in collaboration with pupils from entrepreneurship and environment Charity Awards 2014 (Challenge our charitable partner, Morpeth School sectors. We also encourage and facilitate Event category)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 117 Corporate responsibility (continued)

• In 2013 our employees opted to run by our volunteers, includes three aimed at facilitating the empowerment renew the partnership with Amherst introductory skills sessions for the pupils, of talented individuals within a defi ned School for another three years. Many focusing on developing confi dence continuum of interventions through school relationships and commitments have in unfamiliar situations, interview and university to the workplace. The been built between employees and preparation and presentation skills. following two key objectives have been pupils and we are thrilled to continue identifi ed: our support of these young people. Our Southern Africa • To facilitate an increase in the number volunteers have been described as part Aligned with the group approach, our of entrepreneurially-minded matriculants of the fabric of life at the school; they CSI endeavours in South Africa focus on as well as those with a decent pass in have found volunteering opportunities education and entrepreneurship. Wherever English, Maths and Science who have motivating and fulfi lling, collectively, possible, we seek to collaborate with an aspiration to proceed beyond Matric giving more than 50 days per year. partners so as to leverage resources and We were awarded the Guernsey expertise and help ensure enduring impact • To facilitate access to quality tertiary Employer of the Year 2013 for and long-term sustainability for our projects. education. looking after our people, with specifi c In all cases, we look to clear indications acknowledgment of our successful that projects are enduring, sustainable The illustration below shows how various social investment programmes for and replicable (where appropriate) and components of our strategy form a pipeline engaging employees and carrying are guided by strategic intent, rather than of interventions starting at high school and out great work within the community philanthropic well-meaning. progressing to the workplace:

• In 2013 we relaunched the Junior Our CSI strategy is to focus on a more Apprentice Programme for a group clearly defi ned pipeline of educational and of Morpeth pupils. The programme, entrepreneurial projects. The strategy is Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance

South African pipeline of interventions

High school Tertiary Workplace

Support Maths Entrepreneurial Exposure Access to Transition to Invite as perfor- and Science thinking to careers tertiary workplace alumni mance

Promaths stats Dobsonville, Qwaqwa and Umlazi Dobsonville and Qwaqwa 03 Academic year 2013 2012 2011 Number of Maths distinctions 189 114 50 Number of Maths decent passes (50% – 100%) 464 307 214 Number of Science distinctions 158 84 61 Number of Science decent passes (50% – 100%) 421 276 196

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

118 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Highlights during the period life skills amongst Grade 10 and It is well received by all parties In line with our strategy, a total of 90% of 11 learners. Investec is currently involved as it also enables Investec South Africa's CSI spend was allocated to sponsoring the programme to be Australia employees to team build education and entrepreneurial initiatives: offered at 10 schools, in the nine as well as assisting and promoting a provinces across the country thus better and more sustainable future for • Promaths, which is a partnership reaching approximately 350 learners in the community between Investec and Kutlwanong previously disadvantaged communities Centre for Maths, Science and • The Outback Oral Treatment and Technology, offers extra Maths and • The Cradle Project, a group of Investec Health (TOOTH) programme which Science lessons to Grade 10, 11 and employees who give their time and was launched in partnership with 12 learners. The main aim is to improve resources to improving the lives of Australia’s Royal Flying Doctor Service. learners’ performance in Maths, hence those less fortunate in our surrounding TOOTH exceeded its second year goal facilitating entrance into tertiary learning communities, allocated R628 297 of 512 clinics by providing 516 clinics institutions. This year, Investec CSI is (2013: R508 999) to a variety of including 15 oral health promotion proud to announce that 92% of the worthy causes clinics to rural and remote Australia. Over two years, TOOTH has treated Matric class of 2013 obtained 60% and • During the fi nancial year, 350 (2013: above for Pure Maths 3 485 patients with a combined value 380) high school learners participated of A$754 436 • During the 2013 academic year we in an eight-month long Investec launched four new Promaths centres funded programme focusing on • Our staff donated A$67 664 (2013: in Cape Town, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria entrepreneurship, fi nancial literacy and A$76 996) which was matched by Investec and Durban, thereby creating space for workplace readiness, as well as micro- economics and business ethics 1 800 more learners to be part of this • Investec staff participated in four programme • Investec Bank Mauritius has a CSI Australian Business Community strategy to focus on projects and Network (ABCN) programmes focused • We developed our partnership with and corporate responsibility Corporate governance on mentoring and coaching. Investec the Independent Schools Association initiatives in education, environment Australia continued its involvement of Southern Africa (ISASA) and the and sports development. The offi ce with ABCN by committing 33 mentors Department of Education for the Teacher contributed £58 269 (2013: £75 241) throughout the year consisting of Internship programme. The 2013 to a number of corporate social four programmes within two different academic year saw an initial intake of investment projects during the fi nancial year. Please refer to the Investec Bank schools 21 teacher interns with an additional Mauritius annual report for more detail. 50 teacher interns recruited towards the • Investec Australia has committed to end of 2013 bringing the total number of Australia support Football United on a two-year interns currently on the programme to 71 basis. Football United uses football to The Investec Foundation in Australia bring people together for the common • The 2013 academic year saw the embodies our philanthropic commitment to goal of creating harmonious and piloting of the Brainwave mobile career the Australian community. This commitment cohesive societies helpline hosted on Mxit, a free instant is illustrated primarily through supporting messaging application designed to meaningful health, welfare and educational • A new partnership was developed be a user-friendly information tool, programmes, while remaining focused between our Power and Infrastructure relevant for learners in need of career on preserving the local environment and Finance business, the South Australian guidance. This online platform may also managing our environmental footprint. government and not-for-profi t housing be utilised by unemployed graduates in provider Community Housing Limited need of information about organisations To create a positive social impact, the to use an innovative rent-then-buy recruiting for new talent Investec Foundation focuses on a small model to deliver affordable housing for number of sustained philanthropic giving workers including teachers, nurses, • Investec, in partnership with Study and volunteering efforts. We partner with police offi cers and hospitality staff. 03 Trust, awards young South Africans local, entrepreneurial organisations which The fi nance model is geared towards with academic potential and fi nancial perform remarkable work in these fi elds. social sustainability by enabling need the opportunity to study towards key professionals to afford to buy fi nancial sector related degrees at Highlights during the period in a suburb close to their place of selected local universities. For the 2013 The Australian offi ce contributed A$253 009 employment. academic year, the programme had (2013: A$347 600) to a number of CSI 88 bursary recipients from fi rst year to projects: honours level • Over 250 (2013: 230) Investec • In 2013 Investec continued its employees participated in the bank’s partnership with Junior Achievement second consecutive year of the South Africa in an entrepreneurship national volunteering initiative, ICARE. initiative that seeks to stimulate an This is a volunteering day where entrepreneurial mindset as well as Investec reaches out to the community.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 119 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Investec group Environmental effective environmental management is an essential part of embedding this philosophy received two As a niched, specialist, knowledge-based into the organisation. We are committed awards from fi nancial services organisation with a limited to operating an effective environmental physical presence, the direct environmental management system compliant with King III the Carbon and social impacts of Investec’s daily in South Africa and ISO 14001:2004 Disclosure Project. operations are limited. However, in in the UK. The Gresham Street waste promoting sustainability as part of Investec’s management programme made history by Gold recognition core strategy, we believe there needs to be becoming the fi rst organisation in the Clean status was given a balance between economic and fi nancial City Awards Scheme’s 20-year history to for a score of imperatives, the needs of society and their win the Chairman’s Cup for a second time. combined impact on the environment. They were also awarded the ISO 14001 A- on Climate certifi cation and the Energy Reduction Environmental policy Performance in Verifi cation (ERV) Kitemark. Investec’s environmental policy takes into Sustainability principles are further 2013 and we were account the challenges that climate change integrated into our daily operations presents to the global economy and we also included in the through the environmental programmes will consider any meaningful activity that communicated to staff through our team of Climate Disclosure either reduces the negative impact on, or environmental champions – Team Green. prolongs the life of, our planet. We believe Leadership Index The teams are made up of representatives that, as a bank, and given our positioning in from across the business areas and aims to 2013 (Top 11 in the fi rst world and emerging world, we can raise awareness around our environmental make a meaningful impact in addressing South Africa across impact and to encourage positive and climate change. all sectors) sustainable behaviour change amongst our staff through education and engagement.

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Our internal environmental strategy is focused on creating awareness Externally, we focus on incorporating and encouraging behavioural change environmental considerations into our daily in recognition of our environmental operations. We recognise the signifi cant responsibilities. Investec recognises that opportunities for our clients and our various businesses in areas such as cleaner and Carbon footprint for the group renewable energy sources, energy effi ciency and responsible lending and investing. 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 Carbon footprint across the group

Tonnes of CO2 equivalent: Our respective carbon footprints have been Scope 1 2 507 2 261 calculated according to the international Southern Africa 1 802 1 476 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol’s UK and Other 705 785 Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition), data has been Australia* n/a n/a gathered to fulfi l our requirements under the Scope 2 38 492 39 183 CRC Energy Effi ciency scheme. We use the Southern Africa 29 979 31 561 operational control method to determine UK and Other** 7 673 6 609 what is included in our scope of reporting. Materiality set at a group level was 5% with Australia 840 1 013 all facilities estimated to contribute >1% of 03 Scope 3 26 735 15 917 total emissions included. Limited assurance Southern Africa 15 589 8 275 was provided by Grant Thornton. UK and Other 11 057 7 589 The increase in total emissions is largely Australia 89 53 a result of greater international business Total emissions 67 734 57 361 travel as activity has picked up across our business. Team Green continues to Total average employees (including temporary encourage the use of video conferencing employees) 8 074 7 847 to reduce long-haul business travel. Part of the increase in recorded consumption Emissions per average employee 8.39 7.31 is a result of our improved environmental m² offi ce space 174 472 147 325 management system which has resulted in more business road and rail travel Emissions per m² offi ce space 0.39 0.39 being captured. * No Scope 1 emissions recorded. ** UK and Other coverage increased to include our New York, Manchester, South Hampton and Zurich offi ces. Note: 2013 restatements – Business travel long haul restated to refl ect more accurate measurements. Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

120 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Highlights for the UK Gresham Street install low NOx technology, promote vehicle takes 15 personally owned head offi ce walking and cycling to staff and clients, vehicles off the road, reducing fuel • 100% of our energy usage is monitored and to reduce the number of deliveries emissions and road congestion via smart metres. We continue to servicing our business – We also partnered up with the UK’s exceed our energy reduction targets, • We continue to bottle our own pure largest car sharing social enterprise. despite a headcount increase. With a drinking water into Investec branded Membership enables our staff to base year of 2008/9, in 2013/14 our glass bottles for use in our hospitality share their car journeys with Investec electricity reduction was 27% against suite. We refi lled 25 353 litre bottles colleagues from across our offi ces a target reduction of -25%, while our during 2013/14, helping reduce our gas reduction was 58% against a target delivery footprint, and reducing our – Our Cycle2Work offering continues of -25% glass recycling by 7 099 kg to be popular with our staff. We have 100 bicycle parking bays in • We continue to operate a zero-to- • Our Guildford offi ce was the fi rst UK our basement, and a local bicycle landfi ll waste policy, and our current low-carbon commercial building to maintenance company carries out recycling rate is 84%, an increase of achieve the Low Carbon Workplace regular bike maintenance sessions 8%, 29% of which is food waste sent to standard. It passed stretching from there anaerobic digestion to become bio-fuel/ requirements to achieve the standard bio-fertiliser. This is against a headcount by making a 33% reduction in carbon • Investec Asset Management has increase of 12% during this period emissions per person in its 160-year- partnered with Tusk Trust to launch the inaugural Tusk Conservation Awards • Recognising that we have a part to old former printing press building in partnership with Investec Asset play in improving the air quality in the • Our commitment to reducing our Management. The awards aim to City of London where our head offi ce environmental impact includes recognise and celebrate outstanding is situated, Investec was one of the promoting sustainable travel through achievement in the fi eld of African fi rst city businesses to sign up to the initiative such as: conservation and also comprise the recent Air Quality Pledge. The pledge and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Prince William Award for Conservation. commits us to try to raise the profi le of – Setting up an affi liate account with air quality, reduce gas consumption and a UK car club. Using one car club

Carbon footprint for the UK

31 March 31 March UK and Other consumption Units 2014 2013

Scope 1 Energy Gas consumption kWh 3 773 803 3 560 230 Diesel l 1 440 1 440 Refrigerant Refrigerant kg – 79

Scope 2 Energy Electrical energy kWh 15 061 462 13 470 655 Scope 3 Material Paper t 34 37 Paper recycled t 317 320 Waste General waste t 85 77 03 Waste recycled t 442 94

Employee travel National rail km 2 053 646 1 443 965 Road business travel km 1 783 638 1 118 019 Taxi km 63 151 114 637 Commercial airlines km 23 735 658 21 788 816

No scope Water Water consumption kl 26 729 22 336 Waste water kl 26 729 22 229

Total emissions 19 435 14 983 Total average employees (including temporary employees) 3 355 3 256 Emissions per average employees 5.79 4.60 m² offi ce space 51 491 51 044 Emissions per m² offi ce space 0.38 0.29 UK and Other coverage increased to include our New York, Manchester, South Hampton and Zurich offi ces.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 121 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Highlights for Southern Africa reduced and the money saved can be Programme's research and monitoring • In order to encourage recycling and used on more pertinent needs for the of the endangered African wild dogs in simultaneously help surrounding pupils such as stationery, extra lessons the Kruger National Park communities Investec staff partnered and maintenance of the school building. • The Investec Rhino Lifeline initiative, with Interwaste, a waste management A recycling competition has also been together with Dr Will Fowlds, continued company, in an initiative called ‘Tops launched which creates awareness to raise awareness around the rhino and Tags’ where companies or to the pupils on what waste can be crisis and a pilot education programme individuals collect plastic bottle tops recycled. The idea behind this is two- was launched through our partnership and plastic bread tags to be recycled. fold: fi rstly, it cleans up their community with Coaching for Conservation in When contributors have collected and secondly, the recyclables will bring September 2013. We also developed 100 000 tops and tags they exchange in funds for the school a partnership with Wilderness these for a wheelchair which is then • A number of staff awareness Foundation, a recognised and credible donated to a charity of their choice. campaigns were held during the year NGO, to enable fundraising initiatives to Since inception, staff have collected on topics such as water awareness, further support education, rescue and enough tops and tags to donate World Food Day, Arbor Week, Earth prevention initiatives 14 wheelchairs to the community Day and Earth Hour • The group has sponsored an • On Earth Day, staff were made aware • The power and infrastructure team environmental project in Mauritius of Investec’s recycling system. Investec continues to play an active role in the to aid local farmers with nutritional collects paper, cans, plastic and renewable energy sector and, during farming. This farming methodology glass and recycles this waste in the the course of the year, they supported a is based on building soil fertility using basement which is then collected by number of transactions, both as lender biological inputs as opposed to external organisations for recycling. and equity investor in the country's chemical fertilisers. In the fi rst year of Food waste that can still be consumed renewable energy programme. the sponsorship, we have been able is distributed to charities. E-waste

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance The team takes consideration of the to sequester 3 700 tons of CO in is sent to an outside organisation to 2 environmental impact of these types the soil in addition to producing good refurbish or dispose of the computers of transactions and continued its amounts of consumer health-enhancing in an environmentally friendly manner. partnership with BirdLife South Africa vegetables and fruits. Refurbished computers are distributed to fund research on the environmental to selected Investec charities impact of renewable energy such • Investec Sandton embarked on an as wind energy facilities on the local external environmental campaign which birdlife in South Africa entailed ‘greening’ Sandown High • Investec Property continued its School. As a result of implementing support for the Endangered Wildlife these renewable energy technologies, Trust's (EWT) Carnivore Conservation the school’s electricity overheads will be

03

Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

122 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Carbon footprint for Southern Africa

31 March 31 March Southern African consumption Units 2014 2013

Scope 1 Energy Gas consumption kWh 79 187 82 568 Diesel l 25 687 30 553 Refrigerant Refrigerant kg 733 663 Employee travel Vehicle fl eet km 1 892 879 1 563 811

Scope 2 Energy Electrical energy kWh 30 654 933 31 943 427

Scope 3 Material Paper t 120.10 83.00 Paper recycled t 69.64 57.00 Waste General waste t 60.58 25.00 Waste recycled t 134.02 47.00 Travel Employee business travel km 37 689 167 34 079 739

Employee travel Road business travel km 308 491 277 811 and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Commercial airlines km 37 380 675 33 801 928

No scope Water Water consumption kl 118 357 103 182

Total emissions 47 370 37 691 Total average employees (including temporary employees) 4 260 4 130 Emissions per average employee 11.12 9.13 m² offi ce space 117 519 89 421 Emissions per m² offi ce space 0.40 0.42

03

Investec integrated annual report 2014 123 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Highlights for Australia uses only 6W of power compared to • Investec’s Real Estate Finance team • An audit of high-power usage areas was 96W for a PC. As this equipment is left facilitated A$115 million debt facility for performed to ensure that timing and on 24/7 for maintenance reasons, this the construction of one of Australia’s sensor systems are optimised for best means that each virtual system saves us most environmentally sustainable usage a potential 788 kWh per annum commercial offi ce buildings in Canberra (six-star Green Star and fi ve-star • We continued to decrease the number • We continued to raise general NABERS rated). of personal computers (PCs) by awareness by utilising print management switching over to Wyse systems (virtual and ‘swipe-to-print’ facilities PCs which you can log on to anywhere within the offi ce). Each virtual system

Carbon footprint for Australia

31 March 31 March Australia consumption Units 2014 2013

Scope 2 Energy Electrical energy kWh 954 864 1 113 079

Scope 3 Material Paper t 21 12 Paper recycled t 19 20

Corporate governance and corporate responsibility Corporate governance Waste General waste t 35 31 Waste recycled t 21 16

Total emissions 928 1 066 Total average employees (including temporary employees) 459 461 Emissions per average employee 2.02 2.31 Total m2 6 860 6 860 Emissions per m2 0.14 0.16

Note: The Australian offi ce was unable to provide reliable data on scope 1 emissions and water consumption for the year.

Information technology • Telepresence is deployed in the major • Wherever feasible, the use of ‘Cloud’ centres and we look to expand this based infrastructure is considered and Our vision: Continuous delivery of footprint. This has changed our day- specifi c workloads currently utilise an effi cient and effective information to-day collaboration experience and ‘Cloud’ based processing Platform as a technology platform that serves the enhanced communication between Service (PAAS) to great effect resulting needs of the business to deliver excellent offi ces, effectively reducing travel needs in reduced physical infrastructure and client service. energy requirements • The UK offi ce continues to expand its Key infrastructure-related footprint of ‘thin’ desktops, reducing • Cloud solutions have been utilised in developments during the period total energy consumption of the supplying basic offi ce Infrastructure 03 include: desktop environment. In South Africa, Services (IAAS) in both Hong Kong and the deployment of a thin client strategy New York, with similar thinking soon • By leveraging international teams and is gaining momentum to be applied in the resized Australian promoting a collaborative approach, we operation continue to see increased effi ciency in a • A managed print service, similar to the number of selected technologies solution deployed in South Africa, has • The deployment of a standardised been implemented in the UK region to Enterprise Content Management system • The move towards a ‘Mail in the Cloud’ reduce print wastage will result in reduced paper-based solution Software as a Service (SAAS) storage and the ability to commoditise will achieve reduced on-site hardware • In South Africa, the migration of the common functions across business units and storage requirements business continuity environment, to our new recovery site, has realised • Implementation of a Software Asset • We continue to improve datacentre an energy effi cient, small footprint Management (SAM) toolset will effi ciencies through our virtualisation infrastructure and will be further ensure better management of the strategy resulting in the clean-up and developed in our quest to achieve a international licensing landscape de-commissioning of a number of ‘High Availability’ business environment resulting in optimal licensing level and physical hosts across all geographies ultimate cost. Our approach to sustainability is documented throughout this integrated annual report with further detail in a more extensive sustainability report on our website.

124 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate responsibility (continued)

Key business application-related Other key developments during the Procurement report developments during the period period include: include: • From a security and risk management We recognise the potential for our • There is a concerted effort to become perspective we: procurement and supply chain practices to be agents for change in respect of a more internationally focused client- – Focus on alignment of functions the different aspects of sustainability. centric organisation across business units and We continue to engineer, within select geographies • Great strides have been achieved on industries, changed outcomes across the digital front with the launch of the – Reuse standards, methods and economic, social and environmental fronts. Investec mobile and tablet application practices in South Africa, focused primarily on – Are achieving the move away In the UK, additions have been made to our Retail client base. This will shortly from reactive toward proactive our procurement policy to incorporate both be expanded to include the UK and risk management. green and corporate social responsible Mauritius client base, delivered by a aspects. We now incorporate evaluation single international dedicated digital • The IT graduate programme criteria into all of our procurement focused team. Elements of our implemented in South Africa in 2013 documentation to allow us to measure and corporate offering have been included, continues and has been a great demonstrate our intent to procure effectively and we continue to look to increase our success. We increased our intake in without compromising the environment. range of digital offerings to meet our 2014 and will continue to invest in the We have recently committed to ensuring corporate client needs creation of IT human capital in future. that 100% of our beverage offering has the Fairtrade label. This includes beverages • The ‘Single Specialist Bank’ initiative, available in our staff teapoints, our coffee continues to focus on the elimination of bar and our hospitality suite. A product duplicate business processes across that carries the Fairtrade Certifi cation Mark divisions and geographies to deliver a has met the rigorous Fairtrade standards, cost-effective, client-friendly service which focus on improving labour and living and corporate responsibility Corporate governance conditions for farming communities and on • In the UK, the drive to move clients into promoting a way of farming that does not online banking, online processing and harm either people or the environment. electronic statement distribution for our Private Banking, Mortgage and Asset In South Africa, our procurement practices Finance businesses continues seek to accord with the BEE requirements of the Department of Trade and Industry’s • Continued consolidation and merging Codes of Good Practice and we have of technology and support teams an established process for monitoring across divisions, and in some cases and measuring our broad-based BEE geographies, is taking place in the procurement efforts. Environmentally following areas: responsible partners are key to the – Business Intelligence procurement process and we focus on – Enterprise Content Management sustainability criteria when contracting – Payments with potential and existing vendors. Our largest suppliers of PCs and server – Reconciliations. equipment subscribe to an electronic code • This convergence will lead to of conduct which assists in monitoring opportunities to leverage resources, compliance across several areas such as skills and licensing internationally environmental impact, labour, health and and help the achievement of our four safety. We always consider the Energy Star 03 strategic goals to: endorsement before purchasing equipment. – Align architectural principles across all businesses and geographies – Reduce the international business applications footprint – Commoditise common functionality wherever commercially viable – Simplify the environment.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 125 Remuneration report Remuneration report

Annual statement from employees in our Specialist Bank in the UK. share schemes (excluding schemes Fundamentally, the remuneration committee applicable to the executive directors) and the chairman of the has ensured that its approach in complying PRA Code staff are not generally subject to with these regulations is in line with its performance conditions as their purpose board remuneration core remuneration philosophies and allows is to provide all staff with some alignment committee Investec to remain competitive in attracting with the interests of our owners. Outside and retaining talent and ensuring the long- of these schemes, we have many senior This remuneration report was prepared term success of the business. We believe executives with signifi cant shareholdings by the remuneration committee and that our ability to diverge signifi cantly from refl ecting their long association with our approved by the board and describes market practice is limited by the exposure business. The proportion of shares held our remuneration policy and directors’ to losing staff to rivals who will pay more. by our employees is approximately 10%. remuneration for the 2014 fi nancial Further information on our intended Furthermore, for our executive directors year. This report has been prepared in approach is provided below. We are not and certain of our employees, a portion compliance with Schedule 8 of the Large proposing any other material changes to of variable remuneration is required to be and Medium-sized Companies and Groups our remuneration policy. deferred and paid in shares. (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, and other related The committee maintains oversight of Our ‘distribution’ model the remuneration policies and packages regulations. We continue to acknowledge the of the executive directors, persons importance of the appropriate division of discharging managerial responsibilities, Overview of the year the returns generated by our business a number of other senior and high paid Following the need expressed by our between our owners, our workforce and employees across the group, while paying shareholders for greater transparency in the societies in which we operate, the latter specifi c attention to the rewards allocated remuneration arrangements at Investec, through corporate and personal taxation. to employees within the internal audit, we embarked on a process during the compliance and risk divisions. prior year to redesign the short- and Our effective corporate tax rate has long-term incentive schemes for the chief averaged 22% over the past 10 years, Core remuneration principles while our gross staff compensation ratio, executive, managing director and group risk remain effective and fi nance director. We believe that we i.e. comprising total fi xed costs, total developed a comprehensive and credible Our overarching remuneration philosophy variable remuneration paid (including the response to shareholders’ concerns and has remained unchanged from prior years total deferred portion) and share-based after a period of shareholder consultation, as we retain focus on employing and costs (as spread over the period of the we are pleased to report that the fi nal retaining the highest calibre individuals share incentive option) has averaged at incentive scheme proposals and long-term through the payment of industry 41% over the same period. Personal tax incentive awards were approved at the competitive packages and long-term share deduction, payroll taxes and national annual general meeting in August 2013. awards which ensure alignment with key insurance mean that a substantial portion stakeholders in our business. of the gross compensation is ultimately Remuneration report The short-term incentive awards made to paid to the tax authorities. Our payments the chief executive, managing director and Our rewards continue to be distributed to shareholders remain within our stated group risk and fi nance director during the from pools of realised earnings generated dividend policies, and we have retained a 2014 fi nancial year have been made in excess of targeted thresholds which portion of earnings each year to build up in accordance with the newly approved refl ect usage of risk-adjusted capital. This capital resources. plan which clearly sets out the link between economic value-added model has been in their pay and performance (a detailed operation for about 15 years and ensures In summary, we estimate our total assessment is provided on that risk and capital management form the economic return has been divided between pages 141 to 143). basis for key processes at both a group the main stakeholders, as follows: and transaction level thus balancing the • Governments through corporate, The remuneration committee directed rewards between all stakeholders. 04 much of its time and efforts during the 2014 personal and other taxation at fi nancial year on the new remuneration We currently recognise the principles of source 28% both malus and clawback in respect of regulations under the Capital Requirements • Employees through total compensation the chief executive, managing director Directive IV (CRD IV), which essentially net of taxation at source 44% focus on the application of a cap on and group risk and fi nance director but variable pay that can be paid to Prudential only malus in respect of PRA Code staff • Owners through dividends (before Regulation Authority (PRA) Code staff (as and have considered the fi nancial results taxation) at source 13%. defi ned in the rules). These regulations have and governance reviews and regulatory presented us with some challenges and actions to assess whether any such action Our value added statement is will unfortunately require some changes is appropriate this year. We have concluded provided on page 9. in our recently approved remuneration that no such action is required. policy for the chief executive, managing Staff ownership of shares remains a core director and group risk and fi nance director. philosophy of the group. Our employee These regulations also impact some of our

Investec integrated annual report 2014 127 Remuneration report (continued)

The year under review (2013: 46.1%) sharing percentage of the profi t pool – Wealth & Investment: 56.1% Key points to note for the period under (2013: 55.6%) • Increase the deferral period of the review include: – Specialist Banking: 43.5% short-term incentive Group performance (2013: 41.0%) • Reduce the overall quantum of total • Overall group results have been • Salary and benefi ts for executive remuneration payable to the three negatively impacted by the depreciation directors: executive directors relative to current of the Rand: Pounds Sterling exchange The remuneration committee approved remuneration arrangements. rate of approximately 20% over infl ationary increases in the salary and These proposals will be put to shareholders the period benefi ts of the executive directors in line for approval at the annual general meeting with average salary increases provided • Earnings attributable to shareholders in August 2014. We have discussed these to employees across the group before goodwill, acquired intangibles, proposals with a representative group of non-operating items and after non- • Annual bonus for executive directors: our largest shareholders both in the UK controlling interests increased 6.0% to In light of the positive fi nancial and South Africa. These shareholders have £327.8 million – an increase of 20.5% performance of the group in 2014 and been broadly supportive of these proposed on a currency neutral basis after consideration of progress across changes and share the remuneration a range of fi nancial and non-fi nancial committee’s view that Investec has to adopt • Adjusted earnings per share increased measures (as refl ected on page 152), policies that allow it to remain competitive in 5.3% – an increase of 19.7% on a the remuneration committee approved attracting and retaining talent and ensuring currency neutral basis to 38.0 pence an annual bonus of £1.97 million for the long-term success of the business. The fi xed allowance payable in shares which • Dividends per share increased 5.6% each of Stephen Koseff and Bernard ensures a greater degree of alignment with to 19.0 pence Kantor, £1.77 million for Glynn Burger and £4.36 million for Hendrik du Toit. A shareholders and the extended deferral • Return on equity increased to 10.1% total of £5.50 million is to be received up period have been seen as key positive (2013: 9.4%) front in cash and £4.57 million deferred. aspects. We would like to thank our shareholders for the open and frank nature • Recurring income as a % of total • Non-executive directors: of these conversations and for the various operating income amounted to 70.7% The board approved a modest increase suggestions that were made. These awards (2013: 68.6%) in fees for the forthcoming year, roughly will be subject to both malus adjustment in line with infl ation, and introduced and clawback. • Return on average risk-weighted assets a per diem allowance for ad hoc increased to 1.14% (2013: 1.06%) requirements. Further detail on these proposals is provided on pages 146 to 148. • Core capital, leverage and liquidity ratios remain sound Proposed changes to executive Remuneration report directors’ remuneration for the • Our total shareholder return was 9.6% 2015 fi nancial year for Investec plc in Pounds Sterling and 36.3% for Investec Limited in Rand. This CRD IV introduces a variable pay cap of compares to a return of 27.4% for the 100% of fi xed pay for PRA Code staff FTSE 350 General Finance Index and a which can be increased to 200% of fi xed return of 25.7% for the JSE Top 40 Index pay with shareholder approval. Our current short- and long-term incentive schemes • The group’s variable pay pool was for the chief executive, managing director established with reference to the group’s and group risk and fi nance director will, underlying profi t before tax (as described however, require adjustments. In summary 04 in detail on pages 132 and 133) and we are proposing to: amounted to £305 million (2013: £274 million), with approximately 20% of the • Increase the cap on variable pay to pool deferred 200% of fi xed pay

• Total staff compensation ratios are as • Introduce a fi xed allowance payable follows: in shares – Total for the group: 46.3% • Discontinue the long-term incentive award (2013: 43.9%) – Asset Management: 47.7% • Decrease the short-term incentive

128 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Proposed changes to other • Our proposals to ensure compliance PRA Code staff remuneration with CRD IV, i.e. increasing the ratio of for the 2015 fi nancial year variable to fi xed remuneration to 200% We currently have approximately 39 PRA • Our non-executive directors’ Code staff. Excluding the executive and remuneration. non-executive directors, we have 33 PRA Signed on behalf of the board Code staff. Approximately half of these employees receive variable remuneration that amounts to less than two times their fi xed remuneration. The balance, who historically received higher levels of variable remuneration, will have structural amendments made to ensure compliance Perry Crosthwaite with the two times cap. This will be in the Chairman, remuneration committee form of a fi xed monthly cash Code staff 11 June 2014 allowance and a commensurate reduction in the levels of variable remuneration. Looking forward The remuneration committee will continue to ensure that reward packages remain appropriately competitive, provide an incentive for performance, and take due regard of our culture, values, philosophies, business strategy, risk management and capital management frameworks.

We are aware that the UK government has lodged a legal challenge to the variable pay cap in CRD IV with the European Court of Justice. If this process is successful we may have to submit a revised remuneration policy to shareholders for approval.

Where appropriate, we will continue to Remuneration report consult shareholders and shareholder bodies on any signifi cant proposed changes in remuneration policy.

We are seeking shareholder approval at the 2014 annual general meeting for:

• Our directors’ remuneration policy

• Our 2014 integrated annual report on directors’ remuneration 04

Investec integrated annual report 2014 129 Remuneration report (continued)

Remuneration policy in determining our success and long- Given our stance on maintaining a low term progress. Our reward programmes fi xed cost component of remuneration, our Remuneration philosophy are clear and transparent, designed commitment to inspiring an entrepreneurial and administered to align directors’ and culture, and our risk-adjusted return on Our philosophy, which remains unchanged employees’ interests with those of all capital approach to EVA, we do not apply from prior years, is to employ the highest stakeholders and ensure the group’s short-, an upper limit on variable rewards other calibre individuals who are characterised medium- and long-term success. than in respect of PRA Code staff (as by integrity, intellect and innovation and discussed on page 146). who adhere and subscribe to our culture, In summary, we recognise that fi nancial values and philosophies. We strive to institutions have to distribute the return from The fi xed cost component of remuneration inspire entrepreneurship by providing their enterprises between the suppliers of is, however, designed to be suffi cient so a working environment that stimulates capital and labour and the societies in which that employees do not become dependent extraordinary performance, so that they do business, the latter through taxation on their variable compensation as we are executive directors and employees may and corporate social responsibility activities. not contractually (and do not consider be positive contributors to our clients, their Our group-wide remuneration philosophy ourselves morally) bound to make variable communities and the group. seeks to maintain an appropriate balance remuneration awards. Investec has the between the interests of these stakeholders, ability to pay no annual bonuses and make We reward employees generally for their and is closely aligned to our culture and no long-term incentive awards should the contribution through: values which include risk consciousness, performance of the group or individual • An annual gross remuneration package meritocracy, material employee ownership employees require this. (base salary and benefi ts) providing an and an unselfi sh contribution to colleagues, clients and society. We do not pay remuneration through industry competitive package vehicles that facilitate avoidance of • A variable short-term incentive related Remuneration principles applicable laws and regulations. to performance (annual bonus) Remuneration policies, procedures and Furthermore, employees must undertake practices, collectively referred to as the • A long-term incentive plan (share not to use any personal hedging strategies ‘remuneration policy’ are designed, in awards) providing long-term equity or remuneration or liability-related normal market conditions, to: participation contracts of insurance to undermine the risk alignment effects embedded in • Be in line with the business strategy, • Certain of our PRA Code staff their remuneration arrangements. Group objectives, values and long-term receive fi xed monthly cash Code staff compliance maintains arrangements interests of the Investec group allowances and a commensurate designed to ensure that employees comply reduction of variable short-term • Be consistent with, and promote, with this policy. incentive in order to comply with the two sound and effective risk management, No individual is involved in the times cap. and not encourage risk taking that

Remuneration report determination of his/her own remuneration exceeds the level of tolerated risk of We consider the aggregate of the above rewards and specifi c internal controls and the Investec group as the overall remuneration package processes are in place to prevent confl icts designed to attract, retain, incentivise and • Ensure that payment of variable of interest between Investec and its clients drive the behaviour of our employees over remuneration does not limit the Investec from occurring and posing a risk to the the short, medium and longer term in a group’s ability to maintain or strengthen group on prudential grounds. risk-conscious manner. Overall, rewards are its capital base considered as important as our core values of work content (greater responsibility, • Target gross fi xed remuneration (base Remuneration policy for variety of work and high level of challenge) salary and benefi ts including pension) and work affi liation (entrepreneurial feel at median market levels to contain employees to the company and unique culture) in fi xed costs 04 Our policy with respect to the remuneration the attraction, retention and motivation • Ensure that variable remuneration is of employees has remained unchanged of employees. largely economic value added (EVA)- during the 2014 fi nancial year. There will be We have a strong entrepreneurial, merit- based and underpinned by our pre- minor changes made in the 2015 fi nancial and values-based culture, characterised determined risk appetite and capital year to incorporate the impact of CRD IV by passion, energy and stamina. The allocation (as discussed on page 146). ability to live and perpetuate our culture • Facilitate alignment with shareholders All remuneration payable (salary, benefi ts and values in the pursuit of excellence through deferral of a portion of and incentives) is assessed at a group, in a regulated industry and within an short-term incentives into shares and business unit and individual level. This effective risk management environment long-term incentive share awards framework seeks to balance both fi nancial is considered paramount in determining and non-fi nancial measures of performance overall reward levels. • Target total compensation (base salary, to ensure that the appropriate factors are benefi ts and incentives) to the relevant The type of people the organisation considered prior to making awards, and competitive market at upper quartile attracts, and the culture and environment that the appropriate mix of cash and share- levels for superior performance. within which they work, remain crucial based awards are made.

130 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Determination of remuneration – Attitude and contribution to salary levels that will aid Investec in meeting levels sustainability principles and its objectives while remaining true to initiatives. corporate values and incorporate guidance Qualitative and quantitative considerations on increasing levels to take account of the form an integral part of the determination Remuneration levels are targeted to be change in the cost of living over the year of overall levels of remuneration and total commercially competitive, on the following to ensure that salary levels always allow compensation for each individual. bases: employees to afford a reasonable standard Factors considered for overall levels of • The most relevant competitive reference of living and do not encourage a reliance on remuneration at the level of the group points for remuneration levels are based variable remuneration. include: on the scope of responsibility and Advisers are often engaged by either individual contributions made • Financial measures of performance the Human Resources division or the • The committee recognises that we business units to obtain general benchmark – Risk-adjusted EVA model operate an international business information or to benchmark specifi c positions to ensure that gross remuneration – Affordability. and compete with both local and international competitors in each of levels are market-driven and competitive so that levels of remuneration do not inhibit • Non-fi nancial measures of our markets our ability to recruit the people we need to performance: • Appropriate benchmark, industry and develop our business. – Market context comparable organisations’ remuneration practices are reviewed regularly Benefi ts are targeted at competitive levels – Specifi c input from the group risk and are delivered through fl exible and and compliance functions. • For employees generally, combinations tailored packages. Benefi ts include pension of fi rms from the JSE Financial 15 and schemes; life, disability and personal Factors considered to determine total the FTSE 350 General Finance sector accident insurance; medical cover; and compensation for each individual include: have offered the most appropriate other benefi ts, as dictated by competitive benchmarks local market practices. Only salaries, • Financial measures of performance not annual bonuses or PRA Code staff • In order to avoid disproportionate – Achievement of individual targets and allowances, are pensionable. packages across areas of the group objectives and between executives, adjustments – Scope of responsibility and individual may be made at any extremes to ensure Variable short-term contributions. broad internal consistency. Adjustments may also be made to the competitive incentive: annual bonus • Non-fi nancial measures of positioning of pay components for performance individuals, in cases where a higher level All employees are eligible to be considered of investment is needed in order to build for a discretionary annual bonus subject, Remuneration report – Alignment and adherence to our or grow or sustain either a business unit inter alia, to the factors set out above in the culture and values or our capability in a geography. section dealing with the determination of – The level of cooperation and remuneration levels. The structure of short- The following section outlines our collaboration fostered term incentives varies between employees remuneration policy in more detail for of our three operating divisions: Asset – Development of self and others each element of total compensation as it Management, Wealth & Investment and applies to employees. the Specialist Bank. This refl ects differing – Attitude displayed towards risk regulatory requirements on the different consciousness and effective risk legal entities and also differing competitive management Gross remuneration: pressures in each distinct market. – Adherence to internal controls 04 base salary and benefi ts Specialist Banking: variable procedures Salaries and benefi ts are reviewed annually short-term incentive – Compliance with the group’s and refl ect the relative skills and experience Risk-weighted returns form basis for regulatory requirements and relevant of, and contribution made by, the individual. variable remuneration levels policies and procedures, including It is the group’s policy to seek to set base treating customers fairly In our ordinary course of business we face salaries and benefi ts (together known as a number of risks that could affect our – The ability to grow and develop gross remuneration) at median market business operations, as highlighted on markets and client relationships levels when compared like for like with peer page 34. group companies. – Multi-year contribution to Group risk management is independent performance and brand building The Human Resources division from the business units and monitors, provides guidelines to business units manages and reports on the group’s risk to – Long-term sustained performance on recommended salary levels for all ensure it is within the stated risk appetite as employees within the organisation to – Specifi c input from the group risk mandated by the board of directors through facilitate the review. These guidelines and compliance functions include a strategic message on how to set

Investec integrated annual report 2014 131 Remuneration report (continued)

the board risk and capital committee risk appetite and various limits are being discretionary allocation as determined by (BRCC). The group monitors and controls adhered to and that an appropriate interest the chief executive offi cer and managing risk exposure through credit, market, rate and, by implication, risk premium director, and agreed by the remuneration liquidity, operational and legal risk divisions/ is built into every approved transaction. committee. forums/committees. The approval of transactions by these independent central forums thus ensures Our EVA model has been consistently Risk consciousness and management is that every transaction undertaken by the applied for a period of about 15 years and embedded in the organisational culture group results in a contribution to profi t encompasses the following elements: from the initiation of transactional activity that has already been subject to some through to the monitoring of adherence • The profi tability of each operating risk adjustment. to mandates and limits and throughout business unit is determined as if they are everything we do. Our EVA model as described in detail below a stand-alone business. Gross revenue is principally applied to realised profi ts is determined based on the activity of The BRCC (comprising both executive and against pre-determined targets above risk the business, with arm’s length pricing non-executive directors) meets six times and capital weighted returns. In terms of applicable to inter-segment activity. per annum and sets the overall risk appetite the EVA structure, capital is allocated based Profi ts are determined as follows: for the Investec group and determines the on risk and therefore the higher the risk, the categories of risk, the specifi c types of – Realised gross revenue (net margin higher the capital allocation and the higher risks and the extent of such risks which and other income) the hurdle return rate required. This model the group should undertake, as well as ensures that risk and capital management – Less: funding costs the mitigation of risks and overall capital are embedded in key processes at both a management and allocation process. Senior group and transaction level which form the – Less: impairments for bad debts members of the group’s risk management basis of the group's performance-related teams who provide information for the – Add back: debt coupon or variable remuneration model thus balancing meeting packs and present and contribute preference share dividends paid out to the committee’s discussions, attend the interests of all stakeholders. of the business (where applicable) these meetings. Further, both the risk and compliance – Less: direct operating costs The capital committee is a sub-committee functions are also embedded in the (personnel, systems, etc) of the BRCC and provides detailed input operating business units and are subject to into the group’s identifi cation, quantifi cation review by the internal audit and compliance – Less: group allocated costs and and measurement of its capital monitoring teams. The risk and compliance residual charges (certain independent requirements taking into account the capital functions also provide, on an exception only group functions are provided on a requirements of the banking regulators. basis, information relating to the behaviour centralised basis, with an allocation It determines the amount of internal capital of individuals and business areas if there model applied to charge out costs that the group should hold and its minimum has been evidence of non-compliance or incurred to business units. Costs Remuneration report liquidity requirements taking into account behaviour which gives rise to concerns allocated are based on the full all the associated risks plus a buffer for any regarding the riskiness of business operational costs for the particular future or unidentifi ed risks. This measure of undertaken. central service area, inclusive of internal capital forms part of the basis for the variable remuneration cost EVA model: allocation of performance- determining the variable remuneration pools of the central service. Allocation related bonus pool of the various operating business units methodologies generally use cost (as discussed above). Our business strategy and associated risk drivers as the basis of allocation) appetite, together with effective capital The executive risk review forum (ERRF), utilisation, underpin the EVA annual bonus – Less: profi ts earned on retained comprising members of the executive and allocation model. earnings and statutory held capital the heads of the various risk functions, – Add: notional profi t paid by centre on meets weekly. Its responsibilities include Business units share in the annual bonus 04 internal allocated capital approving limits and mandates, ensuring pool to the extent that they have generated a realised return on their allocated risk- these are adhered to and that agreed – Equals: net profi ts recommendations to mitigate risk are adjusted capital base in excess of their implemented. target return on equity. Many of the • Capital allocated is a function of potential future risks that the fi rm may face both regulatory and internal capital The group’s central credit and risk forums are avoided by ensuring that the bonus requirements, the risk assumed within provide transaction approval independent pools are based on actual realised risk- the business and our overall business of the business unit on a deal-by-deal basis adjusted profi ts. strategy and the riskiness of business undertaken is therefore evaluated and approved at The bonus pools for non-operating • The group has always held capital initiation of the business through deal business units (central services and head in excess of minimum regulatory forum, investment committee and ERRF offi ce functions) are generated by a levy requirements, and this principle is and is reviewed and ratifi ed at ERRF on a payable by each operating business on perpetuated in our internal capital regular basis. These central forums provide its operating profi t. This bonus pool may, allocation process. This process a level of risk management by ensuring that in some years, be supplemented by a ensures that risk and capital discipline

132 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

is embedded at the level of deal • The group’s credit and risk forums only paid when it is appropriate to do initiation and incorporates independent provide transaction approval so, considering fi rm-wide performance approval (outside of the business unit) independent of the business unit on a against non-fi nancial risk (both current of transactions by the various risk and deal-by-deal basis adding a level of risk and future) and compliance-based credit committees consciousness to the pre-determined objectives and in order to ensure that (and risk-adjusted) capital allocation the payment of such discretionary A detailed explanation of our capital and required hurdle rates and thus bonuses does not inhibit the group’s management and allocation process is ensure that each transaction generates ability to maintain/raise its capital levels. provided on pages 83 to 93 in volume two. a return that is commensurate with its All users of capital operate within a strict • Internal capital comprises the regulatory associated risk profi le. philosophical framework that requires a capital requirement taking into account balancing of risk and reward and that is In terms of our EVA process, if business designed to encourage behaviour in the a number of specifi ed risks plus a and individual performance goals are capital buffer which caters, inter alia, interests of all stakeholders as opposed exceeded, the variable element of the to just employees for any unspecifi ed or future risks not total remuneration package is likely to specifi cally identifi ed in the capital be substantially higher than the relevant • The EVA pools are calculated centrally planning process. The Investec group target benchmark. This ensures that overall by the group’s fi nance function and then ensures that it actually holds capital remuneration levels have the potential to subject to audit as part of the year-end in excess of this level of internal capital be positioned at the upper quartile level audit process • Internal capital is allocated to each for superior performance, in line with our overarching remuneration policy. • Once the annual audit is complete, business unit via a comprehensive line managers in each business analysis of the risks inherent within that In circumstances where an operating unit will make discretionary bonus business and an assessment of the business unit does not have an EVA recommendations for each team costs of those risks pool (e.g. when it incurs a loss or when member taking into consideration • Hurdle rates or targeted returns are it is a start-up), the chief executive offi cer qualitative and quantitative criteria (as determined for each business unit based and managing director may consider mentioned above) on the weighted average cost of capital a discretionary allocation to allow for a modest bonus for those staff who were • Bonus recommendations are then (plus a buffer for trading businesses subject to an extensive geographic to take into account additional risks expected to contribute to the longer-term interests of that business unit or the group, review involving human resources, local not identifi ed in the capital allocation management and local remuneration process) applied to internal capital despite the lack of EVA profi ts in the short term, e.g. control functions, support staff committees • Targeted returns differ by business unit and key business staff. • Thereafter, these recommendations are refl ecting the competitive economics subject to a global review by executive and shareholder expectation for the It should be noted the salaries and management, before the remuneration Remuneration report specifi c area of the business, and are proposed bonuses for employees responsible for risk, internal audit and committee review and approval set with reference to the degree of risk process. and the competitive benchmarks for compliance are not based on a formulaic each product line approach and are independent of any The group remuneration committee revenues or profi ts generated by the specifi cally reviews and approves the • In essence, varying levels of return are business units where they work. The level of individual remuneration packages of the required for each business unit refl ecting rewards for these employees are assessed executive directors, persons discharging the state of market maturity, country of against the overall fi nancial performance managerial responsibilities, and PRA operation, risk, capital invested (capital of the group; objectives based on their Code staff. The committee also reviews intensive businesses) or expected function; and compliance with the various the salaries and performance bonuses expense base (fee-based businesses) non-fi nancial aspects referred to above. awarded to a number of other senior and 04 • Growth in profi tability over time will Key elements of the bonus allocation higher paid employees across the group. result in an increasing bonus pool, as process are set out below: In addition, the committee specifi cally long as it is not achieved at the expense reviews and approves the salaries and of capital effi ciency • A fi xed pre-determined percentage of performance bonuses awarded to each any return in excess of the EVA hurdle employee within the internal audit, • Target returns must be refl ective of the accrues to the business units’ EVA pool compliance and risk functions, both in inherent risk assumed in the business. the business units and in the central Thus, an increase in absolute profi tability • A portion of the total EVA pool is functions, ensuring that such packages does not automatically result in an allocated towards the bonus pool are competitive and are determined increase in the annual bonus pool. for central service and head offi ce independently of the other business areas. This approach allows us to embed risk employees In making these decisions the committee and capital discipline in our business • These bonus pools are reviewed relies on a combination of external advice processes. These targets are subject to regularly by the appropriate and supporting information prepared annual review management and non-executive internally by the group. committees to ensure that awards are

Investec integrated annual report 2014 133 Remuneration report (continued)

Deferral of annual bonus awards: other to 40% deferral (60% if total variable Annual Discretionary Cash Bonus than UK PRA Code staff within the remuneration exceeds £500 000) Scheme (ADCBS) Specialist Bank after taking into account the value of Awards under the ADCBS are payable All annual bonus awards exceeding a LTIPs granted to each staff member entirely in cash. The purpose of the cash pre-determined hurdle level are subject in the applicable fi nancial year and bonus is to reward behaviour and effort to 60% deferral in respect of that portion which are included in deferred variable against objectives and values, and retain that exceeds the hurdle level. The entire remuneration. The deferred portion of key employees. The cash bonus pool deferred amount is awarded in the form of discretionary awards to PRA Code staff determination is based on the profi tability forfeitable share awards vesting in three will, at the election of the staff member, of IAM only. In principle, there would be no equal tranches at the end of 12 months, be made either entirely in the form of cash bonus payments should IAM be loss 24 months and 36 months. Where shares EVA forfeitable shares, or 50% in EVA making (although this would be reviewed are being awarded to employees as part of forfeitable shares and 50% in cash where it was considered that bonus the deferral of performance bonus awards, • All deferrals in the form of EVA forfeitable payments were necessary in order to retain these are referred to as EVA shares. These shares (being either 50% or 100% of staff and protect the business in the long awards are made in terms of our existing such deferral) vest in equal amounts at term even if the business had been loss long-term incentive plans (refer below). The the end of 12 months, 24 months and making in the short term). entire amount of the annual bonus that is 36 months and are then subject to an not deferred is payable up front in cash. Management information is provided to appropriate period of retention, being the IAM remuneration committee to ensure Deferral of annual bonus awards: six months. that IAM’s fi nancial results are put into the context of the risk appetite of the business UK PRA Code staff within the Investec Asset Management: Specialist Bank and the IAM remuneration committee is able variable short-term incentive • PRA Code staff include senior to risk-adjust the cash bonus pool should they believe this is required, given the risk management, risk takers, staff engaged The Investec Asset Management (IAM) taken and the overall fi nancial results. in central functions and any other remuneration committee is responsible for considering, agreeing and overseeing all employees whose professional activities Deferred Bonus Plan (DBOP) have a material impact on Investec’s risk elements of remuneration and the overall As noted above, participation in the DBOP profi le within Investec plc remuneration philosophy, principles and policy of IAM. The proposals from this is determined on an annual basis at the • Individual awards to PRA Code staff committee are subject to fi nal approval by discretion of IAM based on the roles of are determined based on EVA pools in the DLC remuneration committee. individual employees. The purpose of the the same manner as is applicable to DBOP is both to retain key employees and all staff (as set out above), and subject IAM operates the following annual bonus to provide better alignment of the interests to the group remuneration policy schemes which may result in annual with clients and to manage potential, and governance processes (also set payments to employees: currently unknown future risks. Remuneration report out above) • Annual Discretionary Cash Bonus The conditions for participation in the DBOP • Annual bonus awards to directors of the Scheme (all employees of IAM are are approved by the IAM remuneration UK Specialist Bank (excluding executive currently eligible to be considered for a committee annually, based on the directors who are employees of a cash bonus payment under this scheme) remuneration requirements in the year being separately regulated fi rm) and all annual considered. This will take into consideration • Deferred Bonus Plan (participation in bonus awards where total variable local market remuneration practices and this scheme is determined on an annual relevant and required regulations. remuneration exceeds £500 000 are basis at the discretion of IAM based on subject to 60% deferral the roles of individual employees). The DBOP awards are made in the form of investments into various funds managed • All other annual bonus awards to PRA The percentage of profi t allocated to the by IAM and with specifi c allocations for the Code staff are subject to 40% deferral 04 variable remuneration pool has been agreed portfolio managers into their own funds. • The 40% not deferred in the former (at a fi xed participation rate) and approved The deferral period is just over three years instance or the 60% not deferred in the by both the DLC and IAM remuneration and awards are only paid out under specifi c latter instance will be awarded as to committees. The same fi xed participation listed conditions. The award does not 50% in cash and 50% in EVA forfeitable rate has been applied consistently for accrue to the employee until the end of shares (up-front EVA forfeitable shares) many years. This structure has been a key the deferral period and as such both the contributor to the long-term success of asset and liability remain on the balance • The up-front EVA forfeitable shares IAM and encourages the staff to behave sheet of IAM until that time. Employees will vest immediately but will only be like owners. We believe in aligning the forfeit their allocations if they resign or released after a period of six months, long-term interests of clients, shareholders their employment terminates (other than which we consider to be an appropriate and staff. at the discretion of IAM for redundancy, retention period retirement, death or disability) prior to the Individual annual bonus awards are vesting date. • Discretionary bonuses for PRA Code approved by the IAM remuneration staff who are not exempted by the committee and the DLC remuneration Payments can only be made to participants de minimis concession are subject committee annually. prior to a scheduled vesting date with the

134 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

consent of the IAM executive committee locks in key talent and aligns employees' business and awarded to individuals on a and ultimately by the IAM remuneration interests with the interests of the fi rm as a discretionary basis. committee. whole, our shareholders and our clients. The Additional New Business Incentive IAM’s governance processes, operating Employees’ portion holdings are governed Scheme rewards revenue attributed to within the context of the broader Investec by the terms of a trust deed to which all individuals who acquire new client assets group’s processes, ensure robust oversight portion holders have agreed. In summary, and retain them for three years following of reward and effective management of any various pre-emption provisions apply to the end of the year in which the new potential confl icts of interest whilst refl ecting the transfer of employees’ portions. On business is gained. The replacement the need to link remuneration decisions with leaving, an employee is required to offer Growth Plan (effective 1 September 2013) IAM’s risk appetite. their portions for sale (save in limited refl ects growth in revenue net of market circumstances where part of the portion movement. Awards made through the The head of the IAM risk committee holding may be retained). Good leaver/bad assesses the risk appetite, risk tolerance original and replacement schemes relate to leaver provisions apply to determine the level and risk management for IAM and performance for the year to 28 February, feeds her views into the remuneration price at which the portions must be offered are payable in cash and deferred over the decision-making process, including sending for sale. three-year period. Payments do not attract employer pension contributions. a risk report to the IAM remuneration Investec Wealth & Investment committee for consideration when making For the Incentive and Bonus Schemes, remuneration decisions. other than in South Africa: variable short-term incentive awards relate to performance for the In addition, IAM human resources and fi nancial years ending 31 March. An Investec Wealth & Investment (IW&I) interim payment on account of the annual compliance are responsible for ensuring recognises Investec’s obligation to ensure award is considered at the half-year. Non- that the IAM remuneration committee that all businesses within the group satisfy fi nancial performance is reviewed, and takes into consideration fi nancial and their obligations under the Remuneration where individuals fall below the standards non-fi nancial criteria, risk and compliance Code. IW&I recognises that the policy, expected, awards may be deferred or reports, and any other relevant information procedures and practices it has adopted forfeited, in part or in full. Payments are in making decisions around remuneration. should not confl ict with the group’s made entirely in cash and do not attract The primary determinant of the variable obligations under the Remuneration Code. employer pension contributions. The compensation pool available for distribution The IW&I remuneration committee is award may be paid directly to the individual is IAM’s own annual profi t. There is an responsible for considering, agreeing and (subject to the deduction of income tax and annual budget against which the business overseeing all elements of remuneration national insurance) or, at IW&I’s discretion, is measured. and the overall remuneration philosophy as an additional pension contribution. and policy of IW&I within the context of IW&I executive directors either participate The variable compensation pool is allocated the Investec group’s agreed remuneration to business divisions and then to individuals in the Bonus Scheme or, where the role is philosophy and policy. The proposals from primarily client facing, that director may be Remuneration report based on divisional performance and the this committee are subject to fi nal approval individual’s performance. This ensures that eligible to participate in the Incentive and by the DLC remuneration committee. Growth Schemes. staff are rewarded appropriately for meeting their objectives and keeping within the IW&I operates the following performance- Investec Wealth & Investment values of the business. related discretionary bonus schemes: South Africa: variable short- The oversight of confl icts of interest • Incentive Scheme – for those in client- term incentive and the link between risk and reward is facing roles and administrative staff who As there are no overriding regulatory achieved through a combination of effective support them directly requirements applicable to the business, remuneration components, designed to the policies applicable to the Specialist • Bonus Scheme – for those in non-client- incorporate risk and of the dual operation Bank are applied to this business unit as set facing, central support functions of the DLC remuneration committee and out on pages 131 to 134. 04 IAM remuneration committee in ensuring • Additional New Business Incentive appropriate and, where necessary, Scheme – for staff primarily in client- Other information on deferred independent oversight of both remuneration facing roles who are direct generators awards and clawback policy and outcomes. of income. During the year, this scheme provisions within the group Employee equity ownership was replaced by the Growth Plan. Employees who leave the employment of Investec prior to vesting of deferred In August 2013, 40 employees of IAM Funding is at the discretion of the incentive awards will lose their EVA acquired a 15% stake in the IAM business, remuneration committee. Under the forfeitable shares other than as a result of ultimately through a trust structure in which Incentive Scheme a bonus pool is derived retirement, subject to the group’s normal each employee owns a portion of the from a formula that is directly related to the underlying trust assets. Each employee good leaver provisions and approval profi tability of a team or business unit. The process in exceptional cases. funded their portions through a combination pool is distributed to the members of the of existing deferred compensation (for team or business unit on a discretionary The deferred share awards for PRA Code which vesting was accelerated), personal basis. Funding for the Bonus Scheme staff are subject to malus adjustment of debt and personal cash. This structure is related to the profi tability of overall unpaid EVA. The assessment of whether

Investec integrated annual report 2014 135 Remuneration report (continued)

any malus adjustment should be made Long-term incentive: All proposed long-term incentive awards to an individual’s unvested award will be (LTIPs) are recommended by business undertaken within the following framework: share awards unit management, approved by the staff share executive committee and then the • Where there is reasonable evidence of We have a number of share option and remuneration committee before being employee misbehaviour long-term share incentive plans that are awarded. Awards of Investec plc LTIPs designed to align the interests of employees • Where the fi rm or operating business are made to employees of Investec plc with those of shareholders and long-term unit suffers a material downturn in its and awards of Investec Limited LTIPs for organisational interests, and to build fi nancial performance employees of Investec Limited. At IAM, material share ownership over the long LTIP awards are only generally considered • Where the fi rm or business unit suffers a term through share awards. These share for employees who do not participate in material failure of risk management. option and incentive plans are also used in the DBOP and/or the IAM equity ownership appropriate circumstances as a mechanism scheme. In these cases, management and the for retaining the skills of key talent. remuneration committee will take into LTIP awards for non-PRA Code staff are account the following factors in determining Awards are made in the form of nil cost subject to 75% vesting at the end of four the extent (if any) to which the quantum options other than for countries where the years and the fi nal 25% at the end of the of deferred awards should be subject to taxation of such awards is penal. In these fi fth year, which we believe is appropriate clawback: cases awards are made in the form of for our business requirements. LTIP forfeitable shares, conditional awards or awards to PRA Code staff are subject to • The extent to which the individual had market strike options. control over the outcome 75% vesting at the end of three and a half In principle all employees are eligible years and the fi nal 25% at the end of four • Failure of internal control systems for long-term incentives. Awards are and a half years, and are then subject to a six-month retention period. The awards • The impact of the risk profi le of the considered by the remuneration committee are forfeited on termination, but ‘good relevant member of the group or and made only in the 42-day period leaver’ discretion is applied in exceptional business unit following the release of our interim or fi nal fi nancial results in accordance with circumstances. • Any violation of the group’s culture the Association of British Insurers (ABI) Retention is addressed through the and values guidelines. These awards comprise three long-term nature of awards granted elements, namely: • The long-term impact of the outcome on which provides an element of ‘lock-in’ for the group or relevant business unit • ‘New starter’ awards are made based employees throughout the vesting period on a de facto non-discretionary basis and allows for multi-year contribution to • External factors including market using an allocation table linked to performance and brand building. conditions salary levels Investec's share option and long-term

Remuneration report • Any other relevant factors. • ‘General allocation’ awards are also incentive plans are summarised below and Specifi cally for EVA share awards, where de facto non-discretionary awards of the include our current long-term incentive profi ts used to determine the original same quantum as new starter awards, plans and several plans that are no longer EVA bonus are materially reduced after and are made to employees who have used. Some of these plans still have the bonus determination, the awards will not had any other share award in a outstanding awards. be recalculated for such reduction and three-year period consideration given to clawback (if any) to • ‘Top up’ awards are made at the the extent that the prior period’s EVA pool is discretion of line management primarily reduced and the extent to which it affected to ensure multi-year performance and each employee. 04 long-term value generation.

136 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Summary of Investec’s share option and long-term incentive plans Plan Eligibility Date Option/ Maximum award Performance Vesting Options Total issued implemented shares per individual1 conditions2 period granted at 31 March during the 20144/5/6/7 year3 Long-term incentive plans Investec 1 • New and 16 March Investec plc • Cumulative limit None • Nil cost options: 7 400 128 Number: Limited Share existing 2005 of 2 500 000 75% end of year 40 694 353 Incentive Plan7 full-time across all four and 25% end % of issued – Nil cost options employees option plans of year fi ve and for share capital – EVA share awards • Excluding • Excluding EVA PRA Code staff of company: – Market strike options employees in awards 75% at the end of 6.7% SA, Botswana, • In any fi nancial three and a half Namibia and year: 1 x years and 25% Mauritius remuneration at the end of four • Excluding package and a half years executive plus a six-month directors retention • EVA share awards: up to three years from date of award Number: • Market strike 107 700 106 950 options: 25% end % of issued of year two, three, share capital four and fi ve of company: 0.0% Investec Limited Share • New and 6 March Investec • Cumulative limit None • Nil cost options: 13 549 614 Number: Incentive Plan7 existing 2005 Limited and of 2 500 000 75% end of year 44 475 185 • Nil cost options full-time Investec plc across all option four and 25% end • EVA share awards employees in plans of year fi ve SA, Botswana, • Excluding EVA • EVA share awards: % of issued Namibia and awards up to two years share capital Mauritius • In any fi nancial from date of award of company: • Excluding year: 1 x 5.0%

executive remuneration Remuneration report directors package Share plans not currently in use Investec plc Share • New and 28 August Investec plc • Cumulative limit Growth in Tranches of 25% Last grant Number: Option Plan 2002 existing 2002 of 2 500 000 headline each on the second, made on 275 264 (unapproved plan) full-time across all option EPS ≥UK third, fourth and fi fth 29 May (expired August 2012) employees plans excluding RPI plus 3% anniversaries 2012 % of issued • Excluding EVA awards compounded share capital employees in • In any fi nancial annually over of company: SA, Botswana, year: 1 x the period of 0.8% Namibia and remuneration the grant 04 Mauritius package • UK employees’ grants exceeding £30 000 1 The limits for allocations to employees and executive management during a fi nancial year may be exceeded if the directors determine that exceptional circumstances make it desirable that options should be granted in excess of that limit. 2 The Investec plc Share Option Plan 2002 (unapproved plan) is operated in jurisdictions where the application of the other schemes is less favourable to participants. This scheme provides for performance conditions to be applied to awards, which are determined by the committee at the time the awards are made. 3 This represents the number of awards made to all participants. For further details, see the directors’ report on page 6 in volume three. More details on the directors’ shareholdings are also provided in tables accompanying this report. 4 Dilution limits: Investec is committed to following the ABI guidelines and accordingly, as from the date of the implementation of our DLC structure (29 July 2002), the maximum number of new shares which may be issued by the company under all of the share plans (in respect of grants made after July 2002) may not exceed 10% of the issued share capital of the company over a rolling 10 year period. We have, since our listing date, complied with both the 10% in 10 years guideline for discretionary and non-discretionary awards in aggregate as well as the 5% in 10 years guideline for discretionary awards. The committee regularly monitors the utilisation of dilution limits and available headroom to ensure that these guidelines are complied with. The issued share capital of Investec plc and Investec Limited at 31 March 2014 was 608.8 million shares and 282.9 million shares, respectively. 5 The market price of an Investec plc share at 31 March 2014 was £4.85 (2013: £4.59), ranging from a low of £3.66 to a high of £5.08 during the fi nancial year. 6 The market price of an Investec Limited share at 31 March 2014 was R84.84 (2013: R64.26), ranging from a low of R59.00 to a high of R85.04 during the fi nancial year. 7 The rules of these long-term incentive plans do not allow awards to be made to executive directors. The table above excludes details of the Investec plc executive incentive plan on page 156.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 137 Remuneration report (continued)

Other remuneration achieved over time and be designed in a or if the director is considered to be a ‘good way that does not reward failure. Severance leaver’ (as determined by the remuneration structures payments for PRA Code staff individuals committee but would, for example, include shall be subject to approval by the DLC retirement with a minimum of 10 years’ Guaranteed variable remuneration committee. service, disability or ill health) the director remuneration would be entitled to these awards, either Discretionary extended pension in full immediately or on the scheduled Guaranteed variable remuneration benefi ts policy release date (dependent on circumstances comprises all forms of remuneration whose arising at such time and as agreed by the value can be determined prior to award. All proposed extended pension payments remuneration committee). In the event of This includes, but is not limited to sign-on, made to employees upon reaching a takeover or other major corporate event, buy-out and guarantee awards. Guaranteed retirement should be reviewed by the the remuneration committee has discretion variable awards will not be awarded, paid or remuneration committee for alignment with to determine whether all outstanding provided to any individual within the group appropriate laws, policy and regulation. awards would vest early or whether they unless they are: should continue in the same or revised form following the corporate event. • Exceptional Remuneration policy for Executive directors are permitted to accept • In the context of hiring new staff executive directors outside appointments on external boards • Limited to the fi rst year of service. or committees, provided these are not This section sets out our remuneration deemed to interfere with the business of the The remuneration committee at least policy for executive directors. company. Any fees earned by executives in annually reviews guaranteed variable this regard are forfeited to Investec. remuneration payments and the number Service contracts and terms of guarantees awarded and approves of employment There is no formal requirement for any exceptions. executive directors to hold shares. Our Three out of our four executive directors remuneration philosophy does, however, Retention awards (namely Stephen Koseff, Bernard Kantor include long-term equity participation via and Glynn Burger) have indefi nite contracts share awards (refer to pages 143 and 144). Investec only pays retention awards to of employment, terminable by either party The chief executive, managing director and serving staff in exceptional circumstances. giving six months’ written notice to the group risk and fi nance director are among In all such cases, human resources shall other. The contracts of employment do the founding members of the organisation review proposed payments to ensure not contain provisions for compensation and have built up signifi cant shareholdings that they are in line with this policy and payable on early termination. Hendrik over time. any other relevant regulation. Additionally du Toit has an indefi nite contract of for PRA Code staff, the remuneration employment, terminable by either party Copies of the service contracts and letters committee shall review all proposed giving three months’ written notice to the of appointment are available for inspection

Remuneration report awards. Circumstances where the group other. The contract of employment does at the company’s registered offi ce. will consider paying a retention award not contain provisions for compensation are in the case of a major restructuring payable on early termination. Approach to recruitment of of the company or any subsidiary or one new executive directors of its business units (for instance in the Each executive director is entitled to receive It is intended that the approach to start-up of a new business line, or the annually gross remuneration comprising a the recruitment of new executive closure of a business line), where the salary and other benefi ts and is also eligible directors will be in line with the current retention of individuals is essential to the for an annual bonus, the amount of which remuneration policy for executive completion of the task. A valid business will be determined by the remuneration directors as outlined above and below. case for the retention of the individual committee based on the approved However, the remuneration committee must be presented in order for a retention executive short-term incentive scheme. Furthermore, the executive directors may will consider market factors and other 04 award to be approved and the PRA relevant comparator trends that may apply should be notifi ed prior to the retention elect to sacrifi ce a portion of their annual gross remuneration to receive company at the time which may result in certain award being made to PRA Code staff, and amendments being made. should consider seeking guidance on the benefi ts such as a travel allowance and appropriateness of retention awards for medical aid. The full costs of these benefi ts certain individuals. are deducted from their gross remuneration with the residual then being in effect their Severance awards basic salary. Severance payments by Investec plc Outstanding EVA shares arising from or one of its subsidiary companies for deferred bonuses would lapse if the the early termination of a contract are executive director leaves by reason at executive management’s absolute of resignation or termination for gross discretion and must refl ect performance misconduct. However, in the case of death

138 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

A summary of the remuneration arrangements for executive directors as they apply to the 2014 fi nancial year is shown in the table below1

Element of Maximum value and performance remuneration Purpose and link to strategy Operation targets Changes from prior year

Salary and • To provide an industry • Salaries and benefi ts of • Targeted at median market levels • None benefi ts competitive package so that we executive directors are reviewed when compared to relevant are able to recruit and retain the and set annually by the comparator groups2 (in order to people that we need to develop remuneration committee contain fi xed costs) our business • Salaries and benefi ts are • Annual increases in salaries • Salaries and benefi ts refl ect the benchmarked against relevant and benefi ts are referenced to relative skills and experience of, comparator groups2 the average increase awarded and contribution made by, the • Executive directors participate to other employees, unless the individual in defi ned contribution pension remuneration committee deems • Benefi ts include: pension schemes adjustments to be made relating to market factors schemes; life, disability and • Only salaries, not annual personal accident insurance; bonuses, are pensionable medical cover; and other benefi ts, as dictated by competitive local market practices

Variable short- • Clear link between performance • Not pensionable • Subject to the following fi nancial • The arrangements discussed term incentive and remuneration • Formulaic approach that and non-fi nancial targets: here were approved by (annual bonus) • Embeds alignment with includes a balanced set of • Financial metrics: shareholders at the July 2013 general meeting shareholder returns and rewards fi nancial and non-fi nancial – 85% weighting performance that meets stretch performance measures with • This is the fi rst year of operation – (including return on risk targets, but poor performance achievement levels that of this incentive plan weighted assets, return leads to reduced awards correspond with our short-term on equity, tier 1 capital • Minor changes to be made for objectives • Deferral structure provides adequacy, liquidity coverage the 2015 fi nancial year as a further alignment with • Establishment of a short-term ratio and net stable funding result of CRD IV (refer to pages shareholders incentive pool amounting to ratio) 146 to 148) 1.45% of the group’s adjusted • Non-fi nancial metrics: operating profi 3t – 15% weighting • If target performance conditions achieved, distribution will be as – (including culture follows: 0.5% to CEO; 0.5% to and values; franchise Remuneration report MD; and 0.45% to group risk development; governance and fi nance director4 and regulatory and shareholder relationships • Introduces an element of and employee relationship leverage (both up and down) and development) based on actual performance • The total maximum pool for the • Achievement levels for each CEO, MD and group risk and fi nancial metric which determines fi nance director if all fi nancial threshold, target and stretch and non-fi nancial stretch levels performance are set annually by are achieved would be 180% the remuneration committee of (adjusted operating profi t x 04 • Receive 20% in cash 1.45%) immediately; 20% deferred in • Further information is available shares which vest immediately, on pages 141 to 143 but subject to a six-month retention; the remaining 60% is deferred in shares over three years with a further six-month retention period for each vesting • Remuneration committee still retains discretion so that incentives truly refl ect performance and are not distorted by an unintended formulaic outcome • Malus and clawback of deferred shares are applicable

Investec integrated annual report 2014 139 Remuneration report (continued)

Element of Maximum value and performance remuneration Purpose and link to strategy Operation targets Changes from prior year Long-term • Clear link between performance • Applies to the CEO, MD and • At grant face value: approximately • The arrangements discussed incentive and remuneration group risk and fi nance director5 230% of fi xed gross remuneration here were approved at the awards • Embeds alignment with • Formulaic approach that includes (salary and benefi ts) other than July 2013 general meeting shareholder returns and rewards a balanced set of fi nancial and in the fi rst year of operation, with • This is the fi rst year of operation performance that meets stretch non-fi nancial performance awards to be made annually of this incentive plan targets, but poor performance measures with achievement • Subject to the following fi nancial • In order to comply with CRD IV, leads to reduced awards levels that correspond with our and non-fi nancial targets: this plan will be replaced by long-term strategy Financial metrics: a fi xed allowance payable in • Introduces an element of – 75% weighting shares; effective for the 2015 leverage (both up and down) – (includes growth in tangible fi nancial year (refer to based on actual performance net asset value and return on pages 146 to 148) • Achievement levels for each risk weighted assets) fi nancial metric which determines Non-fi nancial metrics: threshold, target and stretch – 25% weighting performance are set annually by – (includes culture and values; the remuneration committee franchise development; • Long-term incentives vest governance and regulatory 75% after four years and 25% and shareholder relationships after fi ve years each subject to and employee relationship a further six-month retention and development) period, provided performance • If stretch achievement levels conditions are met for both the fi nancial and non- • Malus and clawback of unvested fi nancial metrics are achieved, rewards are applicable the number of shares vesting will • Remuneration committee increase to a maximum of 135% still retains discretion so of the number of shares awarded that incentives truly refl ect at the time of grant performance and are not • Further information is available on distorted by an unintended pages 143 and 144 formulaic outcome

Notes to the table above: 1 Notwithstanding that Hendrik du Toit is currently a director of Investec plc and Investec Limited, he does not perform Investec group-wide executive activities. Accordingly, Hendrik du Toit and any remuneration benefi ts due to him are subject to the remuneration policies, rules and regulations applicable to employees of Investec Asset Management and not the remuneration policies, rules and regulations applicable to other entities within the Investec group. Remuneration report 2 Peer group companies include Aberdeen Asset Management, Barclays Africa Group, Alliance Bernstein, Close Brothers Group, FirstRand, Invesco, Jefferies, Julius Baer, Macquarie Group, Man Group, Nedbank Group, Rathbone Brothers, Schroders, Standard Bank Group and Tullett Prebon. 3 Defi ned as operating profi t before taxation, goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items and after non-controlling interests. 4 Hendrik du Toit is not defi ned as UK PRA Code staff and is entitled to an annual bonus as determined with respect to the performance of Investec Asset Management only as explained in note 1 above. 5 Hendrik du Toit will no longer receive long-term incentive awards as he is a participant in the Investec Asset Management equity ownership scheme as explained on page 135. Performance measures: The short-term and long-term incentives are subject to performance conditions. A detailed explanation of these performance measures is provided on pages 141 to 144. The performance measures have been selected taking into account: – Key stakeholders requirements (including shareholders and regulators) which were assessed through extensive consultations on the matter 04 – The preference of the remuneration committee and the board for a range of fi nancial metrics that ensure an appropriate balance between measures which drive profi tability and prudential measures. In addition, the remuneration committee believes that it is right to include non-fi nancial measures in determining levels of awards as directors should be incentivised to attend to important matters on which the long-term performance of the company depends, but which cannot in any one performance period be directly linked to fi nancial returns. Changes to the remuneration policy from that operating in 2013: These changes are highlighted in the table above and largely relate to changes implemented post-extensive consultation with shareholders, who required greater transparency in our remuneration arrangements (as mentioned previously). Differences between the remuneration policy of the executive directors and the policy for all employees: Our remuneration principles and philosophies as explained on pages 130 and 131 also apply when considering executive directors’ remuneration. The quantum of salary and benefi ts paid to executive directors is benchmarked against appropriate comparator groups (as discussed on page 141), however, the annual increase in such remuneration is referenced to the average increase awarded to employees in South Africa and the UK, respectively. Although this has not been the case of late, the remuneration committee may under certain circumstances make adjustments outside of these parameters, particularly in cases when there have been large adjustments in the comparator group referenced. As is the case with other employees, the short-term incentive is performance based, however, there are a number of specifi c performance criteria that apply in the case of determining the annual bonus for the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director (as set out below). The annual bonus for Hendrik du Toit (head of Investec Asset Management and executive director of the Investec group) is referenced to the performance of Investec Asset Management only as explained in note 1 above. Short-term incentives for executive directors and the employees, defi ned as PRA Code staff, are subject to deferral and malus requirements (and for xecutivee directors who are PRA Code staff clawback also applies). The requirements of CRD IV are only applicable to the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director and to a number of employees in the UK Specialist Bank.

140 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Further details on the executive The short-term incentive allocated to more compatible with international reward directors’ short-term incentive the chief executive and pool was arrived levels than South African reward levels. plan in operation for the year at after extensive benchmarking over The committee believes this is appropriate, a fi ve-year period against short-term given the complexity of Investec and the ended 31 March 2014 incentives of: (i) chief executive offi cers, challenges involved in managing a group The current short-term incentive pool and (ii) groups of executive directors for a operating across three sectors in three available for the chief executive, managing bespoke peer group (and sub-groups of core geographies. The pool is decreased director and group risk and fi nance director South African and non-South African peers) or increased by a performance multiplier amounts to 1.45% of the group’s adjusted comprising: Aberdeen Asset Management, comprising weightings and achievement operating profi t, defi ned as operating Barclays Africa Group, Alliance Bernstein, scores within score ranges for the fi nancial profi t before taxation, goodwill, acquired Close Brothers Group, FirstRand, Invesco, and non-fi nancial performance measures intangibles and non-operating items Jefferies, Julius Baer, Macquarie Group, described in the table below. The total and after non-controlling interests. If the Man Group, Nedbank Group, Rathbone maximum pool, if all fi nancial and non- threshold performance conditions are Brothers, Schroders, Standard Bank Group fi nancial stretch levels are achieved, achieved, distribution of the pool will be as and Tullett Prebon. The levels of chief would be 180% of (adjusted operating follows: 0.5% to the chief executive, 0.5% executive profi t share and the pool are profi t x 1.45%). to the managing director and 0.45% to the risk and fi nance director.

Achievement Performance conditions Weighting Score range levels

Financial metrics 85% 0% – 200% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (200%) Non-fi nancial metrics 15% 0% – 200% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (200%)

Each fi nancial and non-fi nancial metric has set threshold levels below which no short-term incentive will be earned and stretch levels whereby the pool for short-term incentives earned will be increased but to a level capped as a percentage of adjusted operating profi t. The committee believes that these stretch levels are demanding and will result in a variable pool which will refl ect actual performance and align the interests of the executive directors with the interests of shareholders. Achievement levels for the short-term incentive will be reviewed

and set annually by the committee. Remuneration report

Executive short-term incentive – fi nancial metrics and weightings The weightings for each fi nancial metric are as follows:

Financial metric Weighting

Aggregate 85% Return on risk-weighted assets1 35% 60% attributable to Return on equity2 25% } profi tability measures Tier 1 capital adequacy3 12.5% 25% attributable to Liquidity cover ratio4 6.25% 04 } prudential measures Net stable funding ratio4 6.25% 1 Return on risk-weighted assets is defi ned as adjusted earnings/average risk-weighted assets, where adjusted earnings are earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders after taxation, non-controlling interests and preference dividends, but before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items. 2 Return on equity is defi ned as adjusted earnings/average ordinary shareholders’ equity (excluding preference share capital). 3 Tier 1 capital adequacy condition is a blend of the underlying tier 1 capital adequacy ratios for Investec plc and Investec Limited (50% plc: 50% Limited). 4 The liquidity metrics (liquidity cover ratio and net stable funding ratio) are a blend of the underlying liquidity metrics weighted by region (50% South Africa: 40% UK: 10% Australia).

The fi nancial metrics are designed to ensure an appropriate balance between measures which drive profi tability (return on risk-weighted assets and return on equity) which comprise 60% of the total weighting of 85% and prudential measures (tier 1 capital adequacy ratios, liquidity cover ratios and the net stable funding ratio) which comprise 25% of the total weighting of 85%.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 141 Remuneration report (continued)

The committee considers it particularly important that the incentive scheme: (i) balances Stretch achievement levels for return on driving return on equity (25% weighting) with managing capital and liquidity (25% weighting); risk-weighted assets and return on equity and (ii) sets achievement levels which are an objective refl ection of risk appetite given the are considered to be demanding: perceived economic and market conditions. • The group’s adjusted earnings for the Executive short-term incentive – fi nancial metrics: achievement levels for the year year ended 31 March 2014 amounted ended 31 March 2014 to £328 million Achievement levels for each of the fi nancial metrics, as described above, which determine • In order to achieve the stretch threshold, target and stretch performance are set annually by the committee, following a achievement level for the return on careful and detailed review of relevant economic and market conditions. The threshold, risk-weighted assets metric, the group’s target and stretch performance levels for the fi nancial metrics set by the committee for the adjusted earnings for the year ended year ended 31 March 2014 are set out below. Achievement levels are shown on page 153. 31 March 2014 would have needed Weighting Achievement levels to be 42% larger at £466 million ceteris paribus Financial metric 85% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (200%) • In order to achieve the stretch Return on achievement level for the return on risk-weighted assets 35% 0.9% 1.2% 1.6% equity metric, the group’s adjusted Return on equity 25% 9% 12% 15% earnings for the year ended Tier 1 capital adequacy 12.5% 9.5% 10.5% 12% 31 March 2014 would have needed Liquidity cover ratio* 6.25% 115% 132.5% 162.5% to be 53% larger at £502 million Net stable funding ratio* 6.25% 82% 89.5% 99.5% ceteris paribus. * The liquidity metrics (liquidity cover ratio and net stable funding ratio) are a blend of the underlying liquidity metrics weighted by region (50% South Africa: 40% UK: 10% Australia) as set out below:

Measure South Africa UK Australia

Geographical weighting 50% 40% 10% Liquidity cover ratio Threshold 55% 150% 150% Target 65% 175% 175% Stretch 75% 225% 225% Net stable funding ratio Remuneration report Threshold 65% 95% 90% Target 75% 100% 95% Stretch 85% 110% 105%

Executive short-term incentive – non-fi nancial metrics: achievement levels for the year ended 31 March 2014 The committee believes that it is right to incentivise executive directors to attend to important matters on which the long-term performance of the company depends, but which cannot in any one performance period be directly linked to fi nancial returns. The executive irectorsd have a low level of fi xed gross remuneration relative to their peers. Therefore, without a meaningful weighting and target score for non- fi nancial metrics the executives would not be rewarded in any signifi cant way for activities which the committee and the boardregard 04 as essential to the reputation, risk profi le, capability and overall long-term sustainability of the company. The committee considers that both the short- and long-term incentive schemes should properly refl ect the board’s view of the proper balance of responsibilities for the executive directors.

The areas of focus, weightings and objectives for the non-fi nancial metrics will be set by the committee annually and assessedon a four-point scale. For the year ended 31 March 2014, these are as follows:

Performance conditions Weighting Achievement levels

Non-fi nancial metrics 15% 0% 50% 100% 150% 200%

Culture and values 3.75% 01234 Franchise development 3.75% 01234 Governance and regulatory and shareholder relationships 3.75% 01234 Employee relationship and developments 3.75% 01234

142 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

The committee set the following areas • Governance and regulatory and Timing of payments of focus in respect of the non-fi nancial shareholder relationships The executive directors will receive 20% performance conditions for the year ended – Maintaining open and transparent of the short-term incentive immediately 31 March 2014: relations with regulators in cash and 20% of the incentive will be deferred in shares which vest immediately • Culture and values – Regulators should have confi dence that the fi rm is being properly but are subject to a six-month retention – Management visible and proactive in governed and managed period. The remaining 60% will be deferred demonstrating appropriate behaviour in shares with 20% vesting after each of the – Shareholders should have – Performance-driven, transparent and fi rst, second and third year, each subject confi dence that the fi rm is being risk-conscious organisation to a six-month retention period. Malus and properly managed – Delivering appropriate and clawback of deferred shares are applicable. sustainable products with high levels • Employee relationship and development of service and responsiveness Further details on the executive – Succession and the development of directors’ long-term incentive – Acting with integrity, supporting the next generation community, developing people and plan in operation for the year – Diversity and black economic ended 31 March 2014 maintaining good relations with key empowerment initiatives and results stakeholders – Continued development of people – The vesting of awards for the executive – Continual monitoring of the culture of both on the job and extramurally. directors will be conditional on performance the group weighted as to fi nancial and non-fi nancial The committee assesses achievement performance and measured against • Franchise development against objectives for the non-fi nancial prescribed achievement levels. – Quality of brand, development of client metrics on a four-point scale and score base, commitment to the community 0 (0%) and 4 (200%) only in exceptional The number of shares awarded will be and progress in building the fi rm circumstances with the typical score range decreased or increased by a performance multiplier comprising weightings and – Environmental and other being 1 (50%), 2 (100%) or 3 (150%). Further information is provided on page 153. achievement scores within score ranges sustainability issues for the fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics, as follows:

Performance conditions Weighting Score range Achievement levels

Financial metrics 75% 0 – 150% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (150%) Remuneration report Non-fi nancial metrics 25% 0 – 200% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (200%) The number of shares which vest against both the fi nancial and non-fi nancial performance conditions depend on whether threshold (0%), target (100%) or stretch (150%) levels are achieved, with awards vesting on a linear basis between each level.

If the stretch achievement levels for both the fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics are satisfi ed, the number of shares vestingwill be increased to a maximum of 135% of the number of shares awarded at the time of grant.

Executive long-term incentive – fi nancial metrics: achievement levels for the year ended 31 March 2014 The achievement levels for each fi nancial metric which determine threshold, target and stretch performance for the three-year erformancep 04 period applicable to each annual award will be set annually by the committee in advance of the award being made after a careful review of relevant economic and market conditions. The weightings for each of the fi nancial metrics are expected to remain constant going forward.

Threshold, target and stretch achievement levels for the fi nancial metrics confi rmed by the committee for the September 2013 ardaw were as follows:

Performance conditions Weighting Achievement levels

Financial metrics 75% Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Stretch (150%) Growth in tangible net asset value1 40% 15% 30% 45% Return on risk-weighted assets2 35% 0.7% 1.2% 1.6% 1 The growth in tangible net asset value is expressed per share based on neutral currency and after adding back dividends and will be measured over the three fi nancial years preceding the fi rst date of vesting. 2 Return on risk-weighted assets is defi ned as adjusted earnings/average risk-weighted assets, where adjusted earnings are earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders after taxation, non-controlling interests and preference dividends, but before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items, and will be measured over the three fi nancial years preceding the fi rst date of vesting by averaging the actual return on risk-weighted assets achieved for each of those three fi nancial years.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 143 Remuneration report (continued)

The awards will be tested over the three fi nancial years preceding the fi rst date of vesting against the achievement levels set on grant (as set out above for the 2013 award) and the number of shares to be received will be determined by reference to the combined total which has been achieved.

Executive long-term incentive – non-fi nancial metrics: achievement levels for the year ended 31 March 2014 The non-fi nancial metrics and associated objectives for the three-year performance period applicable to each annual award willbe set annually by the committee in advance of the award being made taking into account the group’s strategic and operational objectives. The non-fi nancial metrics in respect of the September 2013 award were as follows:

Performance conditions Weighting Achievement levels

Non-fi nancial metrics 25% 0% 50% 100% 150% 200% Culture and values 4% 0 1 2 3 4 Franchise development 13% 0 1 2 3 4 Governance and regulatory and shareholder relationships 4% 0 1 2 3 4 Employee relationship and development 4% 0 1 2 3 4

The committee assesses achievement Illustrative scenarios both fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics against objectives for the non-fi nancial for executive directors’ related to the holistic performance of metrics on a four-point scale and remuneration the Investec group and shareholder score 0 (0%) and 4 (200%) only in value creation. The maximum pool exceptional circumstances with the typical The charts on page 145 show the potential for each of the chief executive and score range being 1 (50%), 2 (100%) or value of the executive directors’ 2014 managing director if all fi nancial and 3 (150%). remuneration arrangements in three scenarios: ‘Minimum’ (i.e. fi xed pay); non-fi nancial metrics are achieved The committee has set the same areas ‘At target’ (i.e. fi xed pay and the ‘at target’ would be 180% of (adjusted operating of focus in respect of the non-fi nancial variable pay and long-term incentives that profi t times by 0.5%). Financial and performance conditions for awards made may be awarded); and ‘At stretch’ (i.e. fi xed non-fi nancial metrics are set out on during the year ended 31 March 2014 as pay and the ‘stretch’ achievement levels pages 141 to 143. Adjusted operating per the short-term incentive plan. Refer to that may be awarded for variable pay profi t used in the graphs below is pages 142 and 143 for further detail. and long-term incentives). The scenarios based on £440.8 million as reported at do not refl ect share price movement 31 March 2014 To the extent that the performance between award and potential vesting. conditions have been met, the number • Long-term incentive awards moderated The majority of the potential remuneration

Remuneration report of shares awarded that will vest will be using both fi nancial and non-fi nancial of the executive directors is variable adjusted. These shares will vest 75% at the metrics related to the holistic and subject to performance conditions end of four years and 25% at the end of fi ve performance of the Investec group and being met. years, subject in each case to a six-month shareholder value creation. If stretch retention period, except to the extent As explained on pages 139 and 140 the achievement levels for both the fi nancial necessary to discharge tax liabilities arising current remuneration structure for the and non-fi nancial metrics are achieved, on vesting. chief executive and managing director the number of shares vesting will comprises: increase to a maximum of 135% of the Timing of payments number of shares awarded at the time Vesting will be 75% after four years • Fixed gross remuneration (comprising a of grant. The value attributed to the and 25% after fi ve years, each subject base salary and benefi ts) long-term incentive in the graph to a six-month retention period. Malus opposite is based on the number of 04 • A variable short-term annual incentive and clawback of unvested awards based on 0.5% of adjusted operating shares awarded (i.e. 600 000 shares to are applicable. profi t (defi ned as operating profi t before date) multiplied by the share price at the taxation, goodwill, acquired intangibles time of grant (i.e. £4.42). Financial and and non-operating items and after non- non-fi nancial metrics are set out on controlling interests) moderated using pages 143 and 144.

144 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

CEO and MD remuneration arrangements – illustrative scenario The remuneration structure for Hendrik du Toit:

£’000 Notwithstanding that Hendrik du Toit is 9 000 currently a director of Investec plc and 7 997 Investec Limited; he does not perform 8 000 Investec group-wide executive activities. 7 000 Accordingly, Hendrik du Toit and any 45% remuneration benefi ts due to him are 6 000 5 306 subject to the remuneration policies, rules 5 000 and regulations applicable to employees of Investec Asset Management and not 4 000 50% the remuneration policies, rules and 3 000 regulations applicable to other entities 50% 2 000 within the Investec group. In this regard his 42% remuneration structure comprises: Long-term incentive 1 000 450 Bonus 0 8% 5% • Fixed gross remuneration (comprising a Salary and benefits (gross Minimum At target At stretch fixed remuneration) base salary and benefi ts) • A variable short-term annual incentive based on the performance of Investec As explained on pages 139 and 140 the current remuneration structure for the group risk Asset Management only, which is and fi nance director comprises: discretionary, but uncapped

• Fixed gross remuneration (comprising a base salary and benefi ts) • Hendrik du Toit will no longer receive • A variable short-term annual incentive based on 0.45% of adjusted operating profi t long-term incentive awards as he is (defi ned as operating profi t before taxation, goodwill, acquired intangibles and non- a participant in the Investec Asset operating items and after non-controlling interests) moderated using both fi nancial Management equity ownership scheme and non-fi nancial metrics related to the holistic performance of the Investec group and as explained on page 135. shareholder value creation. The maximum pool for each of the chief executive and managing director if all fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics are achieved would be 180% Shareholder views in the of (adjusted operating profi t times by 0.45%). Financial and non-fi nancial metrics are set consideration of executive out on pages 141 to 143. Adjusted operating profi t used in the graph below is based on directors’ remuneration £440.8 million as reported at 31 March 2014 arrangements • Long-term incentive awards moderated using both fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics We recognise that remuneration is an related to the holistic performance of the Investec group and shareholder value creation. Remuneration report area of particular interest to shareholders If stretch achievement levels for both the fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics are achieved, and shareholder representative bodies the number of shares vesting will increase to a maximum of 135% of the number of shares awarded at the time of grant. The value attributed to the long-term incentive in and as such the remuneration committee the graph below is based on the number of shares awarded (i.e. 600 000 shares to date) and group chairmen have consulted on multiplied by the share price at the time of grant (i.e. £4.42). Financial and non-fi nancial these issues each year for the past few metrics are set out on pages 143 and 144. years. As already mentioned, shareholders requested greater transparency in our remuneration arrangements which Group risk and finance director remuneration culminated in the development of a new arrangements – illustrative scenario short- and long-term incentive plan for the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director. These plans 04 £’000 were approved at the July 2013 general 8 000 7 482 meeting. In addition, we have consulted 7 000 with shareholders and shareholder representative bodies regarding the 6 000 impact of CRD IV on our remuneration 48% arrangements. Shareholders are broadly 5 000 4 967 supportive of our proposals to meet these 4 000 regulations. The remuneration committee 53% and the board believe in effective and 3 000 transparent communication with key stakeholders and will continue to engage 2 000 48% on matters that may arise and are of 40% 1 000 Long-term incentive importance and/or concern to stakeholders. 331 Bonus 0 7% 4% Salary and benefits (gross Minimum At target At stretch fixed remuneration)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 145 Remuneration report (continued)

Impact of CRD IV on remuneration arrangements CRD IV is EU regulation that has been effective from 1 January 2014. As mentioned, CRD IV essentially focuses on the application of a cap on variable pay that can be paid to PRA Code staff including executive directors. The remuneration committee is seeking approval for the maximum CRD IV pay ratio of 2:1. The maximum ratio will apply to variable remuneration awarded in respect of the 2015 performance year awards. Investec currently has 39 PRA Code staff which represents a very small proportion of total employees. Approximately half of these employees (excluding non-executive and executive directors) are impacted by the two times cap on variable pay, but where they are we are introducing a fi xed monthly cash Code staff allowance and a commensurate reduction in the levels of variable remuneration. Ourapproach for executive directors is highlighted below. Impact of CRD IV on executive directors’ remuneration arrangements for the fi nancial year ending 2015 Background to our approach to CRD IV In terms of CRD IV variable pay (performance bonus and discretionary LTIPs ) is capped at one times fi xed pay (salary and all enefib ts). This cap can be increased by shareholder resolution (66% approval required) up to two times fi xed pay. Up to 25% of variable pay can be discounted if deferred over at least fi ve years which effectively results in a maximum cap of 2.25 times proposed in the remuneration plan.

Our current incentive arrangements introduced for the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director for the 2014 fi nancial year (as depicted on pages 139 and 140) essentially refl ect a ratio of variable pay to fi xed pay of approximately imes6 t and as a result need to be amended as a result of CRD IV. The new proposals will apply to the 31 March 2015 fi nancial year, subject to hareholders approval at the August 2014 annual general meeting.

The remuneration committee believed that the following principles were key in its restructuring of executive incentive arrangements for CRD IV:

• Variable pay should remain linked to performance and total compensation should remain competitive

• A rebalancing from historically variable pay to fi xed pay under the new regime is required

• Total remuneration should be reduced to refl ect greater certainty resulting from an increase in fi xed pay

• Share exposure over fi ve years should be retained to ensure shareholder alignment.

Proposed amendments to comply with CRD IV The diagrams below illustrate the proposed amendments to the overall remuneration structure for the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director for the 2015 fi nancial year. Hendrik du Toit’s remuneration arrangements are not impactedy b CRD IV as Investec Asset Management is exempt from these requirements. Remuneration report The main changes to our existing remuneration arrangements are summarised as follows:

• To cap the ratio of variable pay to fi xed pay at 2:1

• To introduce a fi xed allowance payable in shares

• To decrease the short-term incentive sharing percentage of the profi t pool

• To discontinue the current long-term incentive plan

• To increase the deferral period of the short-term incentive

04 • To reduce the overall quantum of total remuneration payable to the three executive directors.

146 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Proposed amendments to the executive remuneration structure for the year ending 31 March 2015

Salary and short-term Deferral period Long-term incentive Total remuneration incentive

Cash salary and related Extended from a maximum of Previous 300 000 annual In exchange for increased benefi ts are to be increased three years to a maximum of allowance of long-term fi xed pay by an infl ationary percentage fi ve years incentive plan shares, which is currently leveraged both up Total remuneration for the No change in fi nancial and The incentive pool is split as and down and conditional on CEO and MD is reduced 8% non-fi nancial metrics in follows: performance and service, is at target and 18% at stretch determining the short-term discontinued incentive (as discussed on • 75% short term of which Total remuneration for the pages 141 to 143) 20% is paid in cash and Replaced with a contractual group risk and fi nance the balance in shares annual fi xed allowance of director is reduced 9% at Short-term incentive pool for deferred over three years £1 million payable in shares2 target and 18% at stretch CEO and MD reduced by and subject to a six- 10% from 0.50% to 0.45% month retention period Value of this fi xed allowance of adjusted operating profi 1t is substantially less than and the group risk and • 25% long term payable the value of the long-term fi nance director incentive in shares deferred over incentive plan award it pool reduced from 0.45% to four and fi ve years (75% replaces 0.40% of adjusted operating vesting in year four and profi t1 25% vesting in year fi ve) and subject to a six- In total the incentive pool month retention period. is reduced from 1.45% of

adjusted operating profi 1t to Remuneration report 1.3% of adjusted operating profi 1t

The short-term incentive is still subject to deferral and malus and clawback arrangements

1 Defi ned as operating profi t before taxation, goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items and after non-controllingnterests, i and is then still moderated using performance conditions (both fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics) as described on pages 141o t 143. 04 2 No performance conditions apply and award vests on grant but subject to retention over fi ve years (75% after four years and 25% after fi ve years).

Investec integrated annual report 2014 147 Remuneration report (continued)

Summary of proposed remuneration structure for the executive directors for the 2015 fi nancial year pre- and post-CRD IV taking into account the proposals mentioned above Total Total Reduction remuneration remuneration in total 2015 – CEO and MD pre-CRD IV post-CRD IV remuneration

At ‘target’ performance £3 926 000* £3 608 000^ 8% At ‘stretch’ performance £5 826 000* £4 777 500^ 18%

Total Total Reduction remuneration remuneration in total 2015 – group risk and fi nance director pre-CRD IV post-CRD IV remuneration

At ‘target’ performance £3 538 189* £3 219 189^ 9% At ‘stretch’ performance £5 248 189* £4 287 364^ 18%

* Includes the value of the long-term incentive calculated as 230% of gross remuneration, i.e. new awards would generally be made on this basis. Gross remuneration is based on £470 000 for the CEO and MD and £320 000 for the group risk and fi nance director. The short-term incentive is based on analyst forecasts for 31 March 2015 of 41p, which translates into pre-tax adjusted operating profi t of approximately £475 million, assuming a tax rate of 18% and 870 million shares in issue. Non-fi nancial factor achievement levels are assumed at 100%. ^ Same assumptions as note (*) above except the long-term incentive award is discontinued and replaced with a fi xed allowance (payable in shares) of £1 000 000. In addition, the cap on variable pay is applied.

The graph below illustrates the timing of payments for each component of total executive remuneration taking into account our proposals for compliance with CRD IV.

Fixed allowance − annual award

Award based on incentive pool Cash only Remuneration report portion }

Fixed gross remuneration

Year 0 +0.5 +1.0 +1.5 +2.0 +2.5 +3.0 +3.5 +4.0 +4.5 +5.0 +5.5

Incentive pool summary Fixed allowance awarded in shares summary 04 • 75% is short term • Vests on award

– 20% in cash immediately • Retention period

– 20% deferred in shares vesting immediately, but – 75% after four years subject to a six-month retention period – 25% after five years. – Balance deferred in shares over three years (plus six-month retention)

• 25% is long term, deferred over four and five years (75% vesting in year four and 25% vesting in year five)

• Malus/clawback of unvested awards applicable.

148 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

The remuneration committee is asking for shareholder support, at the August 2014 annual general meeting, in approving:

• The cap of variable pay to fi xed pay of 2:1

• Our remuneration policy, as proposed above, that ensures we comply with current regulations, whereby we are:

– Introducing a fi xed allowance payable in shares

– Decreasing the short-term incentive sharing percentage

– Increasing the deferral period of the short-term incentive

– Reducing the overall quantum of total remuneration payable to the three executive directors.

Remuneration policy for non-executive directors

The board agrees and determines the fees of non-executive directors and the fees are reviewed annually. The board’s policy is that fees should refl ect individual responsibilities and membership of board committees. The increase in non-executive directors’ fees for the forthcoming year refl ects current market conditions (with the focus on controlling fi xed remuneration) and additional time commitment required. Their fee structure covers the dual roles that the directors perform for the UK-listed Investec plc and the South African-listed Investec Limited boards. The fee structure for non-executive directors for the 2014 and 2015 fi nancial years is shown below:

As approved by the board for the Non-executive directors’ remuneration 2014 fi nancial year 2015 fi nancial year Chairman’s total fee £255 000 per year £260 000 per year Basic non-executive director fee £67 000 per year £68 000 per year Senior independent director £5 500 per year £5 500 per year Chairman of the DLC audit committee £57 000 per year £58 000 per year Chairman of the DLC remuneration committee £38 000 per year £42 000 per year Member of the DLC audit committee £16 500 per year £17 000 per year Member of the DLC remuneration committee £15 000 per year £15 500 per year Member of the DLC nominations and directors’ affairs £11 000 per year £11 000 per year committee Member of the DLC social and ethics committee – £11 000 per year

Member of the board risk and capital committee £13 500 per year £13 500 per year Remuneration report Board member in attendance of the board risk and capital £11 000 per year £11 000 per year committee Investec Bank Limited board member in attendance of the R130 000 per year R135 000 per year board risk and capital committee Member of the Investec Bank plc board £12 000 per year £12 500 per year Member of the Investec Bank Limited board R260 000 per year R275 000 per year Member of the Investec Limited audit committee who is not R125 000 per year R130 000 per year a DLC audit committee member Investec Bank Limited board member in attendance at the R70 000 per year R73 500 per year DLC nominations and directors’ affairs committee 04 Per diem fee for additional work committed to the group – £2 000/R30 000

Fees are also payable for any additional time committed to the group including attendance at certain other meetings.

There is no requirement for non-executive directors to hold shares in a group company. The group has left this choice to the discretion of each non-executive director.

The policy as described above will be taken into account in the recruitment of new non-executive directors.

Copies of the service contracts are available for inspection at the company’s registered offi ce.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 149 Remuneration report (continued)

Annual report on Composition and role of The Investec group directors’ remuneration the committee aims to apply Perry Crosthwaite is the chairman of remuneration Compliance and governance the remuneration committee. The other statement members of the committee are Olivia policies to Dickson, Bradley Fried, Sir David Prosser executive directors The remuneration report complies with and Fani Titi. the provisions of Schedule 8 of the and employees Large and Medium-sized Companies Four of the current members of the that are largely and Groups (Accounts and Reports) committee are deemed to be independent (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the UK as discussed on page 87. consistent across Corporate Governance Code 2012, the Members of the committee are also UK Companies Act 2006, the UK Financial the group, but members of the group’s board risk and Conduct Authority listing rules, the PRA capital committee and/or audit committee recognises that Remuneration Code, the South African (as discussed on pages 90 to 94 and certain parts of the King III Code of Corporate Practice and page 97), thus bringing risk and control Conduct, the South African Companies group are governed mechanisms into their deliberations. Act 2008 and the JSE Limited listings by local regulations requirements. The committee’s principal responsibilities that may contain and objectives are to: Scope of our remuneration policy more onerous The Investec group aims to apply • Determine, develop and agree with requirements in remuneration policies to executive directors the board, the framework or broad certain respects and employees that are largely consistent policy for the remuneration of executive across the group, but recognises that directors and executive management certain parts of the group are governed by (comprising individuals discharging local regulations that may contain more managerial responsibilities who are onerous requirements in certain respects. the global heads of our core areas of activity and are members of our global In those cases, the higher requirements operations forum) are applied to that part of the group. This is relevant to Investec plc and its • Commission and consider the results of subsidiary companies that are subject to an annual central and internal review of the PRA Remuneration Code (as a level 2 policy implementation organisation as defi ned therein), and in Remuneration report • Ensure that qualifi ed and experienced particular in relation to PRA Code staff. management and executives are Additionally, where any aspect of our provided with appropriate incentives to remuneration policy contravenes local laws encourage enhanced performance and or regulations, the local laws or regulations are, in a fair and responsible manner, shall prevail. rewarded for their contribution to the The following Investec plc group entities success of the group and alignment are separately regulated by the FCA and with the corporate objectives and as such maintain their own remuneration business strategy policies separate from the Investec group • Review and approve the design of, and 04 policy and in line with such entity’s own risk determine targets and objectives for, profi le and business activities: any performance-related pay schemes • Investec Asset Management Limited operated by the group and approve the aggregate annual payouts under • Investec Wealth & Investment Limited such schemes

• Investec Bank plc • Review and approve, within the terms of the agreed policy, the total individual • Hargreave Hale Limited. remuneration packages of executive Under the PRA Remuneration Code, directors and executive management Investec Bank plc is the only group entity including, where appropriate, bonuses, which is classifi ed as being level 2. It should incentive payments and share be noted that our Asset Management scheme awards and Wealth Management businesses • Review and approve, within the have been classifi ed as level 3 entities terms of the agreed policy, the total under the proportionality rules of the FCA individual remuneration packages of Remuneration Code. members of the internal audit, risk and compliance functions

150 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

• Oversee any major changes in our During the fi nancial year, the committee Furthermore, we have used the services employee benefi t structures continued to use the services of its of Linklaters who have advised this year principal advisers, New Bridge Street, mainly on a number of issues pertaining to • Ensure that the comments, which among other things specifi cally our existing incentive plans. Linklaters is recommendations and rules within reviewed and provided information on one of Investec plc’s legal advisers. the UK and South Africa pertaining to executive remuneration, the introduction remuneration are respected. of CRD IV, industry consultation papers, Certain specialist divisions within the group, regulations and developments with for example, Human Resources and the The committee is authorised by the board respect to remuneration practices and Staff Share Schemes division, provide to seek any information it requires from any our alignment to them. In addition, they supporting information and documentation employee in order to perform its duties. continued to review and provide information relating to matters that are presented to the committee. This includes, for example, The committee’s terms of reference are on appropriate benchmarks, industry and comparative data and motivations for subject to annual review and are available comparable organisations’ remuneration proposed salary, bonus and share awards. on our website. practices. Their recommendations are valued in the ongoing review of our The variable remuneration pools are Meetings remuneration practices. New Bridge Street determined by our fi nance teams taking into is a signatory to the UK Remuneration account risk-adjusted capital requirements The remuneration committee met 11 times Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct and and after eliminating unrealised gains. during the fi nancial year. An attendance does not conduct any material work for the The employees within these specialist schedule is provided on page 94. company other than for the committee and divisions, which provide support to the committee, are not board directors and are The company secretary of Investec plc is part of Aon plc. The committee, on an not appointed by the committee. acts as the secretary. Executive directors annual basis, formally evaluates the advice do not attend meetings of the committee, received from New Bridge Street to ensure unless invited or required to do so by the that it is both objective and independent chairman of the committee. The chairman and considers whether this service should of the committee reports on the activities be retained for the forthcoming year. Total of the committee at each meeting of the fees paid to New Bridge Street for the year full board. amounted to £71 000. Advisors to the committee and The company also retained the services of the company PricewaterhouseCoopers to assist with the development of executive director incentive Where appropriate, the committee arrangements in light of the introduction has access to independent executive of CRD IV, to develop proposals for other remuneration consultants. The selection PRA Code staff in respect of CRD IV

of the advisors is at the discretion of and to understand industry remuneration Remuneration report the committee, and Investec funds any developments. Certain of this information expenses relating to their appointment. was also shared with the committee.

04

Investec integrated annual report 2014 151 Remuneration report (continued)

Executive directors’ single remuneration fi gure (audited) The table below provides a single total remuneration fi gure for each executive director over the fi nancial period. Annual Annual Total other Gross bonus – bonus – Value of Total Retirement taxable remune- cash deferred vested remune- Salary benefi ts benefi ts ration component component LTIPs ration Name £ £ £ £ ££££

Executive directors 2014 S Koseff (chief executive offi cer) – cash component 372 126 54 685 23 189 450 000 394 000 – 844 000 – deferred component 1 576 000 – 1 576 000 2 420 000 B Kantor (managing director) – cash component 419 224 23 943 6 833 450 000 394 000 – 844 000 – deferred component 1 576 000 – 1 576 000 2 420 000 GR Burger (group risk and fi nance director) – cash component 283 416 36 832 10 851 331 099 354 000 – 685 099 – deferred component 1 416 000 – 1 416 000 2 101 099 HJ du Toit – cash component 391 378 50 000 9 563 450 941 4 360 000 798 705 5 609 646 – deferred component ––– 5 609 646 Total in Pounds Sterling 1 466 144 165 460 50 436 1 682 040 5 502 000 4 568 000 798 705 12 550 745 2013 S Koseff (chief executive offi cer) – cash component 360 041 56 468 33 491 450 000 300 000 – 750 000 – deferred component 1 200 000 – 1 200 000 1 950 000 B Kantor (managing director) – cash component 419 196 23 954 6 850 450 000 300 000 – 750 000 – deferred component 1 200 000 – 1 200 000

Remuneration report 1 950 000 GR Burger (group risk and fi nance director) – cash component 307 294 41 547 10 141 358 982 300 000 – 658 982 – deferred component 1 200 000 – 1 200 000 1 858 982 HJ du Toit – cash component 391 378 50 000 9 535 450 913 2 180 000 342 188 2 973 101 – deferred component 2 180 000 – 2 180 000 5 153 101 Total in Pounds Sterling 1 477 909 171 969 60 017 1 709 895 3 080 000 5 780 000 342 188 10 912 083 Notes to the single remuneration table: 04 Salary and benefi ts • Gross remuneration comprises base salary and other benefi ts. • Gross remuneration of S Koseff, B Kantor and HJ du Toit remained the same as the prior year. The gross remuneration of GR Burger is largely determined in Rands and converted into Pounds Sterling. In Rand terms GR Burger’s Rand-based gross remuneration increased by 5.1% from R3 733 333 in March 2013 to R3 923 834 in March 2014 and his Pound-based gross remuneration increased 2.5% from £83 000 to £85 000 in March 2014. Gross remuneration increases for other employees across the group have generally been in the range of 4.0% to 6.0%. • The executive directors receive other benefi ts which may include pension schemes; life, disability and personal accident insurance; and medical cover, on similar terms to other senior executives. • Retirement benefi ts: None of the directors belong to a defi ned benefi t pension scheme and all are members of one of our defid ne contribution pension or provident schemes. The amounts refl ected in the table above represent the contribution to these schemes payable by he company.t Annual bonus • Notwithstanding that HJ du Toit is currently a director of Investec plc and Investec Limited; he does not perform Investec group-wide executive activities. Accordingly, HJ du Toit and any remuneration benefi ts due to him are subject to the remuneration policies, rules and regulations applicable to employees of Investec Asset Management and not the remuneration policies, rules and regulations applicable to other entities within the Investec group. Investec Asset Management reported an increase in adjusted operating profi t before tax and non-controlling interests of 2.4% to £143.8 million. Assets under management amounted to £68.0 billion, with £2.6 billion in net infl ows. HJ du Toit applied the after taxation proceeds of his bonus against the funding of his interest in the Investec Asset Management equity ownership scheme as explained on page 135. • S Koseff, B Kantor and GR Burger are classifi ed as PRA Code staff. • The annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2014 for S Koseff, B Kantor and GR Burger was determined with reference to performance against fi nancial and non-fi nancial metrics as set out below and described in detail on pages 141 to 143.

152 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

• The determination of the bonus for S Koseff and B Kantor is shown below:

Adjusted operating profi t at 31 March 2014 (£’000) 440 787 CEO/MD ‘incentive pool’ at 0.5% (£’000) 2 204 Maximum leverage at 180%, i.e. maximum potential bonus (£’000) 3 967

Financial metrics Achievement levels Actual achieve- Actual Actual ment at allocation weighting 31 March Threshold Target Stretch achieved achieved Weighting 2014 0% 100% 200% £’000 %

Return on risk-weighted assets 35% 1.14% 0.9% 1.2% 1.6% 612 27.7% Return on equity 25% 10.1% 9% 12% 15% 194 8.8% Tier 1 capital adequacy 12.50% 10.7% 9.5% 10.5% 12.0% 312 14.2% LCR 6.25% 255.7% 115% 132.5% 162.5% 275 12.5% NSFR 6.25% 97.5% 82% 89.5% 99.5% 247 11.2% Total 85.0% 1 640 74.4% While the above approach was not applied in the calculation of the bonus in the 2013 fi nancial year, if one had to use the same basis retrospectively, the portion of the 2013 bonus ‘achieved’ for fi nancial metrics would have amounted to £1 248 000 (£403 000 for return on risk-weighted assets; £62 000 for return on equity; £337 000 for tier 1 capital adequacy; £266 000 for the LCR; and £180 000 for the NSFR). The increase in the portion of the bonus for the 2014 fi nancial year attributable to performance against fi nancial metrics is thus largely a result of the improvement in return on risk-weighted assets and return on equity.

Non-fi nancial metrics

Following an assessment of these metrics (as described on pages 143 and 144) the remuneration committee decided to allocate an award of approximately £330 000 for performance against non-fi nancial metrics which equated to an overall weighting achieved of 15%.

• The determination of the bonus for GR Burger is shown below:

Adjusted operating profi t at 31 March 2014 (£’000) 440 787 Group risk and fi nance director ‘incentive pool’ at 0.45% (£’000) 1 984 Maximum leverage at 180%, i.e. maximum potential bonus (£’000) 3 570 Remuneration report Financial metrics Achievement levels Actual achieve- Actual Actual ment at allocation weighting 31 March Threshold Target Stretch achieved achieved Weighting 2014 0% 100% 200% £’000 %

Return on risk-weighted assets 35% 1.14% 0.9% 1.2% 1.6% 550 27.7% Return on equity 25% 10.1% 9% 12% 15% 174 8.8% Tier 1 capital adequacy 12.50% 10.7% 9.5% 10.5% 12.0% 281 14.2% LCR 6.25% 255.7% 115% 132.5% 162.5% 248 12.5% 04 NSFR 6.25% 97.5% 82% 89.5% 99.5% 222 11.2% Total 85.0% 1 475 74.4%

While the above approach was not applied in the calculation of the bonus in the 2013 fi nancial year, if one had to use the same basis retrospectively, the portion of the 2013 bonus ‘achieved’ for fi nancial metrics would have amounted to £1 120 000 (£360 000 for return on risk-weighted assets; £56 000 for return on equity; £304 000 for tier 1 capital adequacy; £240 000 for the LCR; and £160 000 for the NSFR). The increase in the portion of the bonus for the 2014 fi nancial year attributable to performance against fi nancial metrics is thus largely a result of the improvement in return on risk-weighted assets and return on equity.

Non-fi nancial metrics

Following an assessment of these metrics (as described on pages 143 and 144) the remuneration committee decided to allocate an award of approximately £295 000 for performance against non-fi nancial metrics which equated to an overall weighting achieved of 15%.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 153 Remuneration report (continued)

• Further information on the short-term incentives is set out on pages 141 to 143 and as discussed on page 143 a portion of bonuses are paid in cash and a portion is deferred. The portion deferred is deferred in shares. Long-term incentive plan (LTIP) • As shown on page 156, S Koseff, B Kantor and GR Burger were recently awarded with LTIPs. These LTIPs are subject to performance conditions (as explained on pages 143 and 144) and have not as yet vested. • LTIPs for HJ du Toit have vested in 2014 and 2013. The values provided in the tables above represent the number of shares that vested multiplied by the market price of the shares at the date on which they vested. Further information is provided on page 156. Non-executive directors’ single remuneration fi gure (audited) The table below provides a single total remuneration fi gure for each non-executive director over the fi nancial period.

Total Total remuneration remuneration 2014 2013 Name ££

Non-executive directors Sir DJ Prosser (joint chairman) 255 000 250 000 F Titi (joint chairman) 255 000 250 000 SE Abrahams1 76 669 285 563 GFO Alford 145 000 168 408 CA Carolus 72 843 70 431 PKO Crosthwaite 154 049 143 998 OC Dickson 114 402 95 000 B Fried 165 500 148 000 D Friedland2 273 484 8 094 H Fukuda OBE 92 500 79 259 IR Kantor 73 984 76 500 MP Malungani 102 579 102 029 PRS Thomas 193 975 205 276 Total in Pounds Sterling 1 974 985 1 882 558

1 SE Abrahams resigned from the board on 8 August 2013. Remuneration report 2 D Friedland was appointed to the board on 1 March 2013 and became chairman of the audit committee on 8 August 2013.

Payments to past directors and payments for loss of offi ce No such payments have been made.

04

154 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Directors’ shareholdings, options and long-term incentive awards (audited) The company’s register of directors’ interests contains full details of directors’ shareholdings, options and long-term incentive awards. The tables that follow provide information on the directors’ shareholdings, options and long-term incentive awards for the year ended 31 March 2014.

Directors’ shareholdings in Investec plc and Investec Limited shares at 31 March 2014 Benefi cial and % of shares Benefi cial and non-benefi cial % of shares non-benefi cial interest in issue1 interest in issue1 Investec Investec plc1 Investec plc Investec Limited1 Limited 1 April 31 March 31 March 1 April 31 March 31 March Name 2013 2014 2014 2013 2014 2014

Executive directors S Koseff 4 589 355 4 589 355 0.8% 1 809 399 1 809 399 0.6% B Kantor 57 980 57 980 – 4 201 000 4 301 000 1.5% GR Burger 2 402 135 2 402 135 0.4% 737 076 737 076 0.3% HJ du Toit – – – 604 740 604 740 0.2% Total number 7 049 470 7 049 470 1.2% 7 352 215 7 452 215 2.6%

Non-executive directors Sir DJ Prosser (joint chairman) 10 000 10 000 – – – – F Titi (joint chairman) – – – – – – SE Abrahams – – – – – – GFO Alford 10 000 10 000 – – – – CA Carolus – – – – – – PKO Crosthwaite 132 908 132 908 – – – – OC Dickson – – – – – – B Fried – – – 300 000 – – D Friedland – – – – – – H Fukuda OBE 5 000 5 000 – – – – Remuneration report IR Kantor 3 509 545 3 509 545 0.6% 325 325 – MP Malungani – – – – – – PRS Thomas 195 800 – – – – – Total number 3 863 253 3 667 453 0.6% 300 325 325 –

Total number 10 912 723 10 716 923 1.8% 7 652 540 7 452 540 2.6%

1 The number of shares in issue and share prices for Investec plc and Investec Limited over the period is provided on page 157.

There are no requirements for directors to hold shares in the group. 04 Directors’ interest-in preference shares at 31 March 2014 Investec plc Investec Limited Investec Bank Limited 1 April 31 March 1 April 31 March 1 April 31 March Name 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014

Executive director S Koseff 101 198 101 198 3 000 3 000 4 000 4 000

• The market price of an Investec plc preference share at 31 March 2014 was R87.99 (2013: R56.00). • The market price of an Investec Limited preference share at 31 March 2014 was R84.01 (2013: R85.10). • The market price of an Investec Bank Limited preference share at 31 March 2014 was R90.00 (2013: R91.90).

Investec integrated annual report 2014 155 Remuneration report (continued)

Directors’ interests in options at 31 March 2014 Investec plc shares The directors do not have any interest in options over Investec plc shares.

Investec Limited shares The directors do not have any interest in options over Investec Limited shares.

Directors’ interests in long-term incentive plans at 31 March 2014 Number of Options Gross Investec granted/ Market gains plc shares Exercised lapsed Balance at price at made on Date of Exercise at 1 April during during 31 March date of date of Period Name grant price 2013 the year the year 2014 exercise exercise exercisable

Balance on HJ du Toit 25 June 2009 Nil 250 000 (187 500) – 62 500 £4.26 £798 705 25 June 2015 1 July 2010 Nil 750 000 – – 750 000 Balance on 75% is exercisable on 1 July 2014 and 25% on 1 July 2015

The group has made awards in respect of nil cost options in the capital of Investec plc for nil consideration pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The awards are in accordance with the determination of the remuneration committee and with the rules of the LTIP. These awards were made prior to HJ du Toit becoming an executive director. HJ du Toit exercised his options and sold 87 500 Investec plc shares on 8 July 2013, at an average share price of £4.20 per share. HJ du Toit exercised his options and sold 100 000 Investec plc shares on 11 July 2013, at an average share price of £4.31 per share. There were no performance conditions attached to these awards. None of the outstanding awards at 31 March 2014 have vested.

Directors’ interests in the Investec plc Executive Incentive Plan 2013 at 31 March 2014 Conditional awards Balance at Date of Exercise made during 31 March Performance Period Name grant price the year 2014 period exercisable Retention period

S Koseff 16 September Nil 600 000 600 000 1 April 2013 75% is exercisable 16 September 2017 2013 to 31 March on 16 September to 16 March 2018

Remuneration report 2016 2017; and 25% on 16 September 2018 16 September to 16 March 2019 2018, subject to performance criteria being met. B Kantor 16 September Nil 600 000 600 000 1 April 2013 75% is exercisable 16 September 2017 2013 to 31 March on 16 September to 16 March 2018 2016 2017; and 25% on 16 September 2018 16 September to 16 March 2019 04 2018, subject to performance criteria being met. GR Burger 16 September Nil 600 000 600 000 1 April 2013 75% is exercisable 16 September 2017 2013 to 31 March on 16 September to 16 March 2018 2016 2017; and 25% on 16 September 2018 16 September to 16 March 2019 2018, subject to performance criteria being met.

The Executive Incentive Plan and the awards made on 16 September 2013 were approved at the July 2013 general meeting in terms of which 600 000 nil cost options each were awarded to S Koseff, B Kantor and GR Burger.

The performance criteria in respect of these awards are detailed on pages 143 and 144. None of these awards have as yet vested. The face value at grant for these awards, assuming ‘at target’ performance (as described on pages 143 and 144) amounts to £2 652 000 based on an actual share price for Investec plc of £4.42 on 16 September 2013 (date of grant), and 600 000 awards vesting.

156 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Summary: total interest in Investec plc and Investec Limited ordinary shares, options and long-term incentive awards at 31 March 2014

Investec plc Investec plc Benefi cially Executive and non- Long-term Incentive Balance at Balance at benefi cially incentive Plan 31 March 31 March Name held plans 2013 2014 2013

Executive directors S Koseff 4 589 355 – 600 000 5 189 355 5 339 355 B Kantor 57 980 – 600 000 657 980 807 980 GR Burger 2 402 135 – 600 000 3 002 135 3 152 135 HJ du Toit – 812 500 – 812 500 1 000 000 Total number 7 049 470 812 500 1 800 000 9 661 970 10 299 470

Investec Limited Benefi cially and non- Balance at Balance at benefi cially 31 March 31 March Name held 2014 2013

Executive directors S Koseff 1 809 399 1 809 399 1 809 399 B Kantor 4 301 000 4 301 000 4 201 000 GR Burger 737 076 737 076 737 076 HJ du Toit 604 740 604 740 604 740 Total number 7 452 215 7 452 215 7 352 215

The number of shares in issue and share prices for Investec plc and Investec Limited over the period are provided below.

Summary: Investec plc and Investec Limited share statistics

31 March 31 March High over Low over 2014 2013 the year the year Remuneration report

Investec plc share price £4.85 £4.59 £5.08 £3.66 Investec Limited share price R84.84 R64.26 R85.04 R59.00 Number of Investec plc shares in issue (million) 608.8 605.2 – – Number of Investec Limited shares in issue (million) 282.9 279.6 – –

Directors’ remuneration – Performance graph: total shareholder Finance Index conduct similar activities alignment of interests with return to us, although they do not necessarily shareholders (unaudited) We have implemented a DLC structure in have the same geographical profi le. 04 terms of which we have primary listings in Nevertheless, to date this has been the We recognise that remuneration is an area London and Johannesburg. The listing on most appropriate index against which to of particular interest to shareholders and the London Stock Exchange (LSE) took measure our performance on the LSE. that in setting and considering changes to place on 29 July 2002. We have been listed Towards the end of our 2010 fi nancial year, remuneration it is important that we take in South Africa since 1986. Investec plc was included as a new entrant their views into account. Accordingly, a into the FTSE 100 Index. Investec plc series of meetings are held each year with Schedule 8 of the UK Large and Medium- however, exited this index during December our major shareholders and shareholder sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 2011 as it did not qualify for reinclusion representative groups. The remuneration and Report) Regulations 2008 requires based on its market capitalisation at committee chairman attends these this report to include a performance graph that date. We have included the total meetings, accompanied by senior Investec of Investec plc’s total shareholder return shareholder return of that index for employees and some non-executive (TSR) performance against that of a broad illustrative purposes. directors. This engagement is meaningful market index. We found it diffi cult to locate and helpful to the committee in its work and an appropriate group of companies to The graph on the following page shows contributes directly to the decisions made benchmark ourselves against because the cumulative shareholder return for a by the committee. of our specialist activities. A number of holding of our shares (in gold) in Pounds companies within the FTSE 350 General Sterling on the LSE, compared with the

Investec integrated annual report 2014 157 Remuneration report (continued)

average total shareholder return of other underperformed the FTSE 350 General of 6.7% for the FTSE 100 Index and a members of the FTSE 350 General Finance Finance Index over the period. return of 25.7% for the JSE Top 40 Index. Index and the FTSE 100 Index. It shows that, at 31 March 2014, a hypothetical During the period from 1 April 2013 to The market price of our shares on the LSE £100 invested in Investec plc at 31 March 31 March 2014, the return to shareholders was £4.85 at 31 March 2014, ranging from 2009 would have generated a total return of Investec plc (measured in Pounds a low of £3.66 to a high of £5.08 during of £101 compared with a return of £180 if Sterling) and Investec Limited (measured in the fi nancial year. Furthermore, the market invested in the FTSE 350 General Finance Rands) was 9.6% and 36.3%, respectively. price of our shares on the JSE Limited was Index and a return of £101 if invested in the This compares to a 27.4% return for the R84.84 at 31 March 2014, ranging from a FTSE 100 Index. Investec plc has therefore FTSE 350 General Finance Index, a return low of R59.00 to a high of R85.04 during the fi nancial year.

Performance graph and table of CEO remuneration Total shareholder return

Rebased to 100 (value £) 300 280

250 220 201 200 191 185 189 201 169 174 182 150 164 150 162 150 145

100 100 Investec plc (LSE listing) total shareholder return 50 Total shareholder return of the FTSE 350 General Finance index 0 Total shareholder return of 09 10 11 12 13 14 the FTSE 100 index March

Source: Datastream

Remuneration report In addition, the table below provides a fi ve-year summary of the total remuneration of the chief executive over the same period as the graph above. For the purpose of calculating the value of the remuneration of the chief executive, data has been collated on a basis consistent with the ‘single remuneration fi gure’ methodology as set out on page 152.

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

CEO single fi gure of total remuneration (£’000)* 4 910 4 291 450 1 950 2 420 % of maximum of short-term incentive n/a^ n/a^ n/a^ n/a^ 61%

* Historical long-term incentives did not vest as they did not meet performance conditions in the relevant periods. Current long-term incentives are only due to vest in 2017, subject to performance criteria. 04 ^ Historically, annual bonuses were not determined in terms of a formulaic approach where maximum and minimum awards could be derived.

Percentage change in the chief executive’s remuneration The table below shows how the percentage change in the chief executive’s salary and benefi ts and annual bonus between 2013 and2014 compares with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for Investec plc employees and Investec Limited employees.

Salary and Annual benefi ts bonus

CEO (in Pounds Sterling) 0.0% 31.3% Average based on Investec plc employees (in Pounds Sterling) 1.7% 16.4% Average based on Investec Limited employees (in Rands) 9.8% 22.3%

158 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Relative importance of spend on pay Our value-added statement is provided on page 9. In summary, the relative importance of pay and distributions to shareholders is shown below:

31 March 31 March % £’000 2014 2013 change

Group compensation costs 897 743 877 341 2.3% – Fixed 592 192 602 884 (1.8%) – Variable 305 551 274 457 11.3% Dividends to shareholders 183 865 185 321 (0.8%) – Ordinary shares 150 053 147 660 1.6% – Preference shares 33 812 37 661 (10.2%)

Statement of voting at annual general meeting At the last annual general meeting, the voting results on the three remuneration resolutions for the year ended 31 March 2013 were as follows:

Number of Number of votes cast % of votes votes cast % of votes ‘for’ ‘for’ ‘against’ ‘against’ Number of resolution resolution resolution resolution abstentions

To approve directors’ remuneration report 531 301 504 83.3% 106 669 315 16.7% 6 957 342 To approve directors’ remuneration 537 905 353 83.6% 105 894 492 16.4% 770 979 To approve Executive Incentive Plan 381 284 296 72.7% 143 428 321 27.3% 93 755 358

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy for the year ending 31 March 2015 Executive directors Pending approval at the August 2014 annual general meeting, the remuneration policy for the chief executive, managing director and group risk and fi nance director will be implemented as follows:

Base salary and benefi ts • £470 000 for Stephen Koseff • Infl ationary increase • £470 000 for Bernard Kantor Remuneration report • £320 000 (i.e. R4 240 000 Rand portion and £85 500 Pound portion) for Glynn Burger

Fixed allowance £1 000 000 for each of the three executive • Payable in shares directors • Vests on award • Retention period: – 75% after four years – 25% after fi ve years • Introduced to comply with CRD IV

Bonus Incentive pool: • Award subject to performance criteria as set • 0.45% each of adjusted operating profi t for out on pages 141 to 143 04 Stephen Koseff and Bernard Kantor • No change in these criteria • 0.40% of adjusted operating profi t for • Malus and clawback provisions apply (no Glynn Burger change) • Subject to a maximum of 2.25 times cap • Deferral period extended from three years to to fi xed pay for each of the three executive fi ve years directors (per CRD IV)

LTIP Discontinued As per adjustments for CRD IV as described on pages 146 to 148

Non-executive directors

Fees payable to non-executive directors for the 2015 fi nancial year are set out on page 149.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 159 Remuneration report (continued)

Additional remuneration disclosures (unaudited) South African Companies Act 2008 disclosures Subsequent to regulatory developments in South Africa, Investec Limited is required to disclose the remuneration of those individuals that are defi ned by the South African Companies Act, No 71 of 2008, as amended, read together with the Companies Regulations 2011 (together the Act), as prescribed offi cers.

In keeping with the group’s integrated global management structure as well as the three distinct business activities of the group, i.e. Asset Management, Wealth & Investment and Specialist Banking, the prescribed offi cers for Investec Limited, as per the Act are the following global heads of the group’s three distinct business activities:

• Asset Management – Hendrik du Toit

• Wealth & Investment – Steve Elliott

• Specialist Banking – Stephen Koseff – Bernard Kantor – Glynn Burger.

Hendrik du Toit, Stephen Koseff, Bernard Kantor and Glynn Burger are also the four executive directors of Investec Limited and their remuneration is disclosed on page 152.

Steve Elliott is remunerated by Investec plc (a UK domiciled company) and is not required to disclose his remuneration under the South African Companies Act. PRA Remuneration Code disclosures In terms of the PRA’s Chapter on Disclosure Requirements (BIPRU 11.5.18) the bank in the UK is required to make certain quantitative and qualitative remuneration disclosures on an annual basis with respect to PRA Code staff. Code staff are defi ned as those employees (including directors) whose professional activities could have a material impact on the bank’s risk profi le. A total of 39 individuals were PRA Code staff in 2014.

The bank’s qualitative remuneration disclosures are provided on pages 127 to 149.

The information contained in the tables below sets out the bank’s quantitative disclosures in respect of PRA Code staff for the year ended Remuneration report 31 March 2014.

Aggregate remuneration by remuneration type Senior Other £’million management Code staff Total

Fixed remuneration 3.9 6.0 9.9

Variable remuneration* – Cash 2.4 3.6 6.0 04 – Deferred cash 0.1 1.9 2.0 – Deferred shares 3.8 5.6 9.4 – Deferred shares – long-term incentive awards 3.0 8.2 11.2

Other – Options – long-term incentive awards made in current year** 0.7 1.1 1.8 – Options – long-term incentive awards made in prior years** 2.1 1.2 3.3

Total aggregate remuneration and deferred incentives 16.0 27.6 43.6 Ratio between fi xed and variable pay 1:3 1:3 1:3

* Total number of employees receiving variable remuneration was 32. ** Information based on the IFRS 2 accounting charge that has been expensed by the company in its income statement during the fi nancial year.

160 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Code staff received total remuneration in the following bands: Number of Code Staff

£800 000 – £1 200 000 3 >£1 200 001 – £1 600 000 1 >£1 600 001 – £2 000 000 5 >£2 000 001 – £2 400 000 1 >£2 400 001 – £2 800 000 – >£2 800 001 – £3 200 000 1 >£3 200 001 – £3 600 000 – >£3 600 001 – £4 000 000 1 >£4 000 001 – £4 400 000 1 >£4 400 001 – £4 800 000 2 >£4 800 001 – £5 200 000 – >£5 200 001 –

Additional disclosure on deferred remuneration Senior Other £’million management Code staff Total

Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the beginning of the year 18.2 18.3 36.5 Deferred unvested remuneration adjustment – employees no longer Code staff (7.8) (2.5) (10.3) Deferred remuneration awarded in year 6.9 15.7 22.6 Deferred remuneration reduced in year through performance adjustments – – – Deferred remuneration vested in year (2.3) (5.8) (8.1) Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the end of the year 15.0 25.7 40.7

Senior Other £’million management Code staff Total

Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the end of the year

– Equity 10.4 18.6 29.0 Remuneration report – Cash 2.5 4.3 6.8 – Other 2.1 2.8 4.9 15.0 25.7 40.7

Senior Other £’million management Code staff Total

Deferred remuneration vested in year – For awards made in 2013 fi nancial year – – - – For awards made in 2012 fi nancial year (0.9) (1.3) (2.2) – For awards made in 2011 fi nancial year (1.4) (4.5) (5.9) 04 (2.3) (5.8) (8.1)

Other remuneration disclosures Senior Other £’million management Code staff Total

Sign-on payments Made during the year (£’million) – – – Number of benefi ciaries ––– Severance payments Made during the year (£’million) – – – Number of benefi ciaries ––– Guaranteed bonuses Made during the year (£’million) – – – Number of benefi ciaries –––

Investec integrated annual report 2014 161 Remuneration report (continued)

Pillar lll remuneration disclosures The bank in South Africa is required to make certain quantitative and qualitative remuneration disclosures on an annual basis in terms of the South African Reserve Bank’s Basel Pillar III Disclosure requirements.

The bank’s qualitative remuneration disclosures are provided on pages 127 to 149.

The information contained in the tables on the following page sets out the bank’s quantitative disclosures for the year ended 31 March 2014.

Aggregate remuneration by remuneration type Financial and Senior Risk risk control R’million management^ takers^ staff^ Total

Variable remuneration* – Cash 116.3 74.2 51.3 241.8 – Deferred shares 120.4 61.8 3.4 185.6 – Deferred shares – long-term incentive awards 145.4 88.2 51.3 284.9

Other – Options – long-term incentive awards made in current year** 16.2 9.9 5.6 31.7 – Options – long-term incentive awards made in prior years** 55.4 26.2 15.1 96.7

Total aggregate remuneration and deferred incentives 453.7 260.3 126.7 840.7

* Total number of employees receiving variable remuneration was 227. ** Information based on the IFRS 2 accounting charge that has been expensed by the company in its income statement during the fi nancial year.

Additional disclosure on deferred remuneration Financial and Senior Risk risk control R’million management^ takers^ staff^ Total

Remuneration report Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the beginning of the year 280.4 105.1 36.2 421.7 Deferred unvested remuneration adjustment – employees that are no longer employed by the bank or reclassifi ed 6.2 (19.4) (13.3) (26.5) Deferred remuneration awarded in year 265.8 150.0 54.7 470.5 Deferred remuneration reduced in year through performance adjustments – – – – Deferred remuneration vested in year (81.5) (19.2) (1.1) (101.8) Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the end of the year 470.9 216.5 76.5 763.9 Financial and Senior Risk risk control 04 R'million management^ takers^ staff^ Total Deferred unvested remuneration outstanding at the end of the year – Equity 470.9 216.5 76.5 763.9 – Cash –– – – – Other –– – – 470.9 216.5 76.5 763.9 ^ Senior management: all members of our South African general management forum, excluding executive directors. Risk takers: includes anyone (not categorised above) who is deemed to be responsible for a division/function (e.g. lending, balance sheet management, advisory and transactional banking activities) which could be incurring risk on behalf of the bank. Financial and risk control staff: includes everyone in central Group Finance and central Group Risk as well as employees responsible for risk and fi nance functions within the operating business units.

162 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Remuneration report (continued)

Financial and Senior Risk risk control R’million management^ takers^ staff^ Total

Deferred remuneration vested in year – For awards made in 2013 fi nancial year – – – – – For awards made in 2012 fi nancial year 59.3 9.3 0.7 69.3 – For awards made in 2011 fi nancial year 22.2 9.9 0.4 32.5 81.5 19.2 1.1 101.8

Other remuneration disclosures Financial and Senior Risk risk control R’million management^ takers^ staff^ Total

Sign-on payments Made during the year (R’million) – – – – Number of benefi ciaries – – – –

Severance payments Made during the year (R’million) – – – – Number of benefi ciaries – – – –

Guaranteed bonuses Made during the year (R’million) – – – – Number of benefi ciaries – – – –

^ Senior management: all members of our South African general management forum, excluding executive directors. Risk takers: includes anyone (not categorised above) who is deemed to be responsible for a division/function (e.g. lending, balance sheet management, advisory and transactional banking activities) which could be incurring risk on behalf of the bank. Financial and risk control staff: includes everyone in central Group Finance and central Group Risk as well as employees responsible for risk and fi nance functions within the operating business units. Remuneration report

04

Investec integrated annual report 2014 163 Defi nitions

Adjusted shareholders’ equity Market capitalisation Return on average adjusted Refer to calculation on page 49 Total number of shares in issue (including tangible shareholders’ equity Investec plc and Investec Limited) multiplied Refer to calculation on page 49 Cost to income ratio by the closing share price of Investec plc on Operating costs divided by operating the London Stock Exchange Return on risk-weighted income (net of depreciation on leased assets assets). Depreciation on operating leased Net tangible asset value per share Adjusted earnings divided by average risk- assets has been netted off against weighted assets operating income Refer to calculation on page 48 Risk weighted assets Core loans and advances Non-operating items Is calculated as the sum of risk-weighted Net loans and advances to customers plus Refl ects profi ts and/or losses on assets for Investec plc and Investec net own originated securitised assets termination, restructuring or disposal of Limited (converted into Pounds Sterling) group operations and acquisitions made as refl ected on page 93 in volume two Refer to calculation on page 31 in volume two Operating profi t Staff compensation to Dividend cover Operating income less administrative operating income ratio expenses, impairments for bad and Adjusted earnings per ordinary share before All employee related costs expressed as a doubtful debts and depreciation of tangible goodwill and non-operating items divided percentage of operating income fi xed assets. This amount is before by dividends per ordinary share goodwill, acquired intangibles and Third party assets under Earnings attributable to non-operating items administration ordinary shareholders before Operating profi t per employee Includes third party assets under goodwill, acquired intangibles administration managed by the Wealth Refer to calculation on page 52 and non-operating items & Investment, Asset Management and (i.e. adjusted earnings) Recurring income Property businesses Refer to page 51 in volume three Net interest income plus net annuity Total capital resources fees and commissions expressed as a Includes shareholders’ equity, subordinated Adjusted earnings per ordinary percentage of total operating income share before goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling interests acquired intangibles and Return on average adjusted Total equity non-operating items shareholders’ equity Total shareholders’ equity including Remuneration report Refer to page 51 in volume three Refer to calculation on page 49 in non-controlling interests volume one Effective operational tax rate Weighted number of ordinary Tax on profi t on ordinary activities shares in issue (excluding non-operating items) divided by The number of ordinary shares in issue operating profi t at the beginning of the year increased by shares issued during the year, weighted on a time basis for the period during which they have participated in the income of the group less treasury shares. Refer to 04 calculation on page 51 in volume three

164 Investec integrated annual report 2014

Specialist Banking Asset Management Wealth & Investment VOLUME 2 Investec risk and Basel Pillar lll disclosures report Corporate information

Investec plc and Investec Limited

Secretary and registered offi ce Transfer secretaries in Investec plc South Africa David Miller Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd 2 Gresham Street 70 Marshall Street London EC2V 7QP Johannesburg 2001 United Kingdom PO Box 61051 Telephone (44) 20 7597 4000 Marshalltown 2107 Facsimile (44) 20 7597 4491 Telephone (27) 11 370 5000

Investec Limited Directorate Benita Coetsee Executive directors (Up to 30 June 2014) Stephen Koseff (chief executive offi cer) Bernard Kantor (managing director) Niki van Wyk Glynn R Burger (group risk and fi nance (with effect from 1 July 2014) director) 100 Grayston Drive Hendrik J du Toit (chief executive offi cer, Sandown Sandton 2196 Investec Asset Management) PO Box 785700 Sandton 2196 Telephone (27) 11 286 7000 Non-executive directors Facsimile (27) 11 286 7966 Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) Internet address Fani Titi (joint chairman) George FO Alford (senior independent NED) www.investec.com Cheryl A Carolus Perry KO Crosthwaite Registration number Olivia C Dickson Investec plc Bradley Fried Registration number 3633621 David Friedland Haruko Fukuda OBE Investec Limited Ian R Kantor Registration number 1925/002833/06 M Peter Malungani Peter RS Thomas Auditors Samuel E Abrahams retired with effect Ernst & Young LLP 8 August 2013. Ernst & Young Inc. For contact details for Investec Registrars in the UK offi ces internationally refer to pages 135 and 136 in volume three. Computershare Investor Services plc The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZ United Kingdom Telephone (44) 870 707 1077

For queries regarding information in this document Investor Relations Telephone (27) 11 286 7070 (44) 20 7597 5546 e-mail: [email protected] Internet address: www.investec.com/en_za/#home/investor_relations.html About this report The 2014 integrated annual report covers the period 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014 and provides an overview of the Investec group. This report covers all our operations across the various geographies in which we operate and has been structured to provide stakeholders with relevant fi nancial and non-fi nancial information. We value feedback and invite questions and comments on our reporting. To give feedback or request hard copies of our reports, please contact our Investor Relations division. 01 02 03 Investec strategic report Investec risk and Basel Investec fi nancials incorporating governance, Pillar III disclosures report sustainability and the remuneration report

Get the most out of our report

Audited information Reporting standard Defi nitions Denotes information in the risk and Denotes our consideration of a Refers readers to the defi nitions remuneration reports that form part of reporting standard on page 103 the group’s audited annual fi nancial statements

Page references Sustainability Website Refers readers to information elsewhere Refers readers to further information in Indicates that additional information in this report our sustainability report available on our is available on our website: website: www.investec.com www.investec.com

Investec integrated annual report 2014 1 Contents

1 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

Risk management 4 Credit ratings 99 Internal Audit 100 Compliance 101 Defi nitions 103 Risk and Basel Pillar lll disclosures Risk management

Overview of disclosure appetite as mandated by the board of Group Risk directors through the board risk and capital requirements committee. Business units are ultimately Management responsible for risks that arise. objectives are to: Risk disclosures provided in line with the requirements of International Financial We monitor and control risk exposure Reporting Standard 7 Financial Instruments: through Credit, Market, Liquidity, • Be the custodian of our risk Disclosures (IFRS 7) and disclosures on Operational and Legal Risk Reporting management culture capital required by International Accounting teams. This approach is core to assuming • Ensure the business operates Standard 1 Presentation of Financial a tolerable risk and reward profi le, helping within the board stated risk Statements (IAS 1) are included within this us to pursue controlled growth across our appetite section of the integrated annual report business.

• Support the long-term On pages 6 to 99 with further Group Risk Management operates within disclosures provided within the an integrated geographical and divisional sustainability of the group by providing an established, annual fi nancial statements structure, in line with our management independent framework section in volume three. approach, ensuring that the appropriate for identifying, evaluating, processes are used to address all risks All sections, paragraphs, tables and graphs monitoring and mitigating risk across the group. Group Risk Management on which an audit opinion is expressed on has specialist divisions in the UK, South • Set, approve and monitor are marked as audited. Africa and Australia and smaller risk adherence to risk parameters divisions in other regions to promote sound Information provided in this section of the and limits across the risk management practices. integrated annual report is prepared on group and ensure they are an Investec DLC consolidated basis (i.e. implemented and adhered to Group Risk Management divisions with incorporating the results of Investec plc and consistently international responsibility are locally Investec Limited), unless otherwise stated. responsive yet globally aware. This helps • Aggregate and monitor our to ensure that all initiatives and businesses The Risk disclosures comprise Investec exposure across risk classes operate within our defi ned risk parameters Limited and Investec plc’s Pillar III and objectives. Group Risk Management disclosures as required in terms of • Coordinate risk management continually seeks new ways to enhance its activities across the Regulation 43 of the regulations relating to Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures techniques. organisation, covering all legal banks in South Africa and under the Capital entities and jurisdictions Requirements Regulation pertaining to We believe that the risk management banks in the UK. systems and processes we have in place • Give the boards reasonable are adequate to support the group’s The group also publishes Pillar III and other assurance that the risks we strategy (as explained on page 12 in volume risk information for its ‘silo’ entity holding are exposed to are identifi ed one) and allow the group to operate within companies and its signifi cant banking and, to the best extent its risk appetite tolerance as set out on subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis. This possible, managed and page 9. controlled information is contained in the respective annual fi nancial statements for those This volume of our integrated annual report, • Run appropriate risk respective entities. explains in detail our approach to managing committees, as mandated by our business within our risk appetite the board. tolerance, across all main aspects of risk. Statement from the chairman of the A summary of the year in 01 review from a risk perspective board risk and capital The group remained within the majority of committee its risk appetite limits/targets across the various risk disciplines. Our risk appetite Philosophy and approach to framework as set out on page 9 in volume risk management one continues to be assessed in light of prevailing market conditions and group Our comprehensive risk management strategy. process involves identifying, quantifying, managing and mitigating the risks Investec has continued to maintain a sound associated with each of our businesses. balance sheet with low gearing, and a diversifi ed business model. This has been Risk awareness, control and compliance supported by the following key operating are embedded in all our day-to-day fundamentals during the year in review: activities. Group Risk Management monitors, manages and reports on our • Intimate involvement of executive risks to ensure it is within the stated risk management ensuring stringent management of risk, liquidity and capital

4 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

• Strong risk and capital management come from professional mortgages, of our liability base. We continue to culture embedded into our day- commercial rent producing property maintain a low reliance on interbank to-day activities and values. We seek transactions, asset fi nance, fund wholesale funding to fund core lending to achieve an appropriate balance fi nance and power and infrastructure asset growth between risk and reward in our fi nance. These asset classes have business, taking cognisance of all historically reported low default ratios • Continued increase in retail customer stakeholders’ interests and provide good gross asset margins deposits and a sound retail franchise

• Reward programmes that align • Impairments on loans and advances • Healthy capital and leverage ratios; we directors’ and employees’ interests decreased from £251.0 million to have always held capital in excess of with those of stakeholders, ensuring £166.2 million. Impairments in the UK regulatory requirements and we intend that these programmes promote and South Africa were much improved to perpetuate this philosophy. All our effective risk management. Annual whilst Australia reported an increase. banking subsidiaries meet current bonuses are closely linked to business Since 31 March 2013 gross defaults internal targets. Investec Limited and performance, determined largely by have improved from £792.2 million Investec plc should comfortably achieve realised economic value-added profi t to £658.7 million. The percentage of a common equity tier 1 ratio above performance against pre-determined default loans (net of impairments but 10% by March 2016 targets above a risk and capital before taking collateral into account) • Geographical and operational diversity weighted return. This model has been to core loans and advances amounted with a high level of recurring income consistently applied within the group in to 2.30% (2013: 2.73%). The ratio (amounting to 70.7% of total operating excess of 15 years of collateral to default loans (net of income) which continues to support impairments) remains satisfactory at sustainability of operating profi t • Credit and counterparty exposures to 1.27 times (2013: 1.26 times) a select target market; our risk appetite • We continue to spend much time continues to favour lower risk, income- • Limited exposure to structured credit; and effort focusing on operational, based lending, with credit risk taken representing approximately 1.8% of reputational, conduct, recovery over a short to medium term. Exposure total assets and resolution risks. We need to is taken against defi ned target clients • Limited private client and corporate assess the impact of cyber risk in displaying sound fi nancial strength and greater detail, particularly given our integrity, a core competency and an client exposures to peripheral Europe amounting to approximately 0.6% of focus on enhancing and expanding established track record our digitilisation strategies. In the total assets. In addition the group has Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures • The group’s core loan book has grown certain branch related and subsidiary forthcoming year, we will also increase moderately in home currencies. Strong activities in Ireland, with total assets our focus on stress testing and have growth in private client residential representing 2.0% of group assets appointed an external adviser to assist mortgages across the board and in this regard. The key is to understand good momentum in the corporate • A low gearing ratio of 10.3 times potential threats to our sustainability and profi tability and thus a number of sector in South Africa, have been • A low level of net assets and liabilities partially offset by redemptions in the risk scenarios will be developed and exposed to the volatility of IFRS fair assessed. corporate book in the UK and in the value accounting; with level 3 assets lending collateralised by property book amounting to 4.4% of total assets Conclusion in South Africa. The legacy portfolios (notably in the UK) continue to be • Low equity and investment risk The current regulatory and economic managed down and we are starting exposure with total investments environment continues to prove to see some opportunities in exiting comprising 3.6% of total assets. challenging to our business, however, we deals in this book. However, we remain Our investment portfolios in the UK, are comfortable that we have robust risk cautiously optimistic in this regard Hong Kong and South Africa continue management processes and systems in and our view is that the legacy book to perform well place which provide a strong foundation 01 (excluding Kensington, which we are to the board and the business to manage looking to potentially sell) will still take • Modest proprietary market risk within and mitigate risks within our risk appetite three to fi ve years to wind down as our trading portfolio. Value at risk and tolerance framework. explained in detail in volume one on stress testing scenarios remain at Signed on behalf of the board pages 76 and 77. prudent levels

• Our core loan book remains • Potential losses that could arise in our diversifi ed with commercial rent trading book portfolio when stress producing property loans comprising tested under extreme market conditions approximately 18% of the book, other (i.e. per extreme value theory) amount lending collateralised by property 8%, to less than 0.2% of total operating Stephen Koseff HNW and private client lending 40% income and corporate lending 34% (with most • A high level of readily available, high Chief executive offi cer and chairman of the industry concentrations well below quality liquid assets; cash and near board risk and capital committee 5%). We anticipate that future growth cash of £9.1 billion, representing 33.0% in our core loan portfolios will largely 11 June 2014

Investec integrated annual report 2014 5 Risk management (continued)

Geographic summary of Traded market risk The group the year in review from a In London, there has been ongoing growth maintained a strong in client activity across the Interest Rate risk perspective and Foreign Exchange Corporate Sales liquidity position desks. The Structured Equity desk’s retail well in excess of product sales have remained strong and This section should be read in they continue to develop both their product regulatory and conjunction with, and against the range and distribution capacity. Equity internal policy background provided in, the market making has continued to expand overview of the operating its coverage of stocks. requirements environment section on throughout the year pages 28 to 31 in volume one. Balance sheet risk The bank entered the year with a strong Detailed information on key developments surplus liquidity position. This was reduced during the fi nancial year in review is somewhat during the fi rst half of the year, provided in the sections that follow: primarily through reductions in short-term Refer to pages 19 and 21, retail deposits, prior to being built back up page 61 and page 76, with a high to opening levels with strategic longer-term

level geographic summary of the secured funding activity. Funding rates most salient aspects provided continued to be driven down throughout below. the year as market liquidity and improved funding conditions persisted. This cost UK and Other reduction was complemented by strategic Credit risk initiatives including amendment to retail Our focus over the past few years to realign product terms. The overall impact led to and rebalance our portfolios in line with our a reduced funds transfer pricing rate for risk appetite framework is refl ected in the assets. Cash and near cash balances at relative changes in asset classes on our 31 March 2014 amounted to £3.8 billion balance sheet. We have identifi ed legacy (2013: £3.9 billion) with total customer and ongoing portfolios to differentiate deposits remaining fl at year-on-year at Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures current lending practices from pre-fi nancial £9.4 billion. We continue to meet Basel crisis transactions. The overall exposure liquidity requirements. to lending collateralised by property, as a Southern Africa proportion of our net core loan exposures, has reduced from 39% to 35%. Credit risk Core loans and advances grew by 10.6% to Non-property collateralised lending has R157 billion with residential owner-occupied increased in the year to 31 March 2014. and corporate portfolios representing the Core loans and advances increased by majority of the growth for the fi nancial year 7.4% from £6.0 billion at 31 March 2013 in review. to £6.5 billion at 31 March 2014, largely as a result of solid growth in our Default loans (net of impairments) as a residential owner-occupied mortgage percentage of core loans and advances portfolios, and steady growth in our reduced from 1.89% to 1.46% with an Asset Finance business. improvement in both lending collateralised by property and the corporate client portfolio 01 Default loans (net of impairments) have partly as some transactions have been decreased from 4.34% to 3.76% of core settled and some written off. loans and advances. The credit loss ratio is at 0.95% (2013: 1.26%). The credit loss ratio improved to 0.42% from 0.61% as we saw stability in the level of new loans entering into current and default categories.

6 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Our legacy default portfolio which largely Australia relates to lending collateralised by Credit risk property, notably residential developments, Core loans and advances decreased by continues to be managed down. 3.3% from A$3.2 billion at 31 March 2013 Traded market risk to A$3.1 billion at 31 March 2014. Default Market moves in South Africa have been loans (net of impairments) decreased largely driven by events in international from 2.13% to 1.12% of core loans markets. Uncertain markets as well and advances, with the credit loss ratio as the drop in volumes of trade has deteriorating slightly from 0.85% to 1.12% caused traders to reduce risks in their (largely as a result of two larger deals being trading books. In particular Equity Index written off). derivatives trade saw a substantial drop Over the past fi nancial year there have in volumes causing traders to drastically been continued reductions in the levels of cut the amount of risk taken in these Investec Australia’s defaulted loans across instruments. the legacy property book and also in loans Balance sheet risk originated in the Growth and Acquisition Finance business. Investec continued to build its structural liquidity cash resources over the course Traded market risk of the year as part of out drive to improve Australian trading activity remains modest, the Basel III LCR to be implemented from with limited appetite for traded market 1 January 2015. risk exposures. Client activity continues Total customer deposits increased by to increase on the back of improved deal 10.6% from 1 April 2013 to R204.9 billion activity and a broader product offering. at 31 March 2014 (Private Bank deposits Balance sheet risk amounted to R76 billion and other external Investec Australia maintained a strong deposits amount to R129 billion). Cash liquidity position well in excess of regulatory and near cash balances increased by and internal policy requirements throughout 15.8% from 1 April 2013 to R84.5 billion the year, with average cash and near Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures at 31 March 2014. cash balances amounting to A$1 billion. Total customer deposits grew by 11.6% from 1 April 2013 to A$2.7 billion at 31 March 2014, following the launch of various new banking products and services. The strategic changes announced in respect of the operation of Investec Australia have at present had no material impact on Investec Australia’s funding ability or liquidity position relative to target levels.

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 7 Risk management (continued)

Salient features

A summary of key risk indicators is provided in the table below.

UK and Europe Southern Africa Australia Investec group 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013^^ Year to 31 March £ £ R R A$ A$ £ £

Net core loans and advances (million) 6 492 6 045 156 870 141 863 3 114 3 219 17 157 18 415 Gross defaults as a % of gross core loans and advances 6.39% 7.04% 2.24% 2.82% 1.76% 2.91% 3.78% 4.24% Defaults (net of impairments) as a % of net core loans and advances 3.76% 4.34% 1.46% 1.89% 1.12% 2.13% 2.30% 2.73% Net defaults (after collateral and impairments) as a % of net core loans and advances – – – – – – – – Credit loss ratio* 0.95% 1.26% 0.42% 0.61% 1.12% 0.85% 0.68% 0.84% Structured credit as a % of total assets 2.20% 2.44% 1.17% 1.24% 0.31% 0.46% 1.77% 1.72% Banking book investment and equity risk exposures as a % of total assets 2.69% 2.52% 5.02% 4.96% 1.13% 2.56% 3.59% 3.65% Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Traded market risk: one- day value at risk (million) 0.9 0.7 2.8 7.2 – – n/a n/a Cash and near cash (million) 3 791 3 930 84 476 72 974 959 978 9 135 9 828 Customer accounts (deposits) (million) 9 407 9 561 204 903 185 311 2 758 2 472 22 610 24 461 Core loans to equity ratio 3.6x^ 3.7x^ 5.0x 5.8x 5.6x 5.4x 4.3x 4.7x Total gearing ratio** 10.0x^ 10.9x^ 10.5x 12.2x 8.2x 7.8x 10.3x 11.6x Loans and advances to customers to customer deposits 71.0%^ 69.3%^ 72.9% 73.2% 83.7% 104.7% 72.0% 71.5% Capital adequacy ratio 15.3%^ 16.7%^ 14.9% 15.5% 16.1% 15.8% n/a n/a Tier 1 ratio 10.5%^ 11.0%^ 11.0% 10.8% 12.2% 11.8% n/a n/a Common equity/core 01 tier 1 ratio 8.8%^ 8.8%^ 9.4% 8.9% 12.2% 11.8% n/a n/a Leverage ratio 7.4%^ n/a 7.2% n/a 11.2% n/a n/a n/a

* Income statement impairment charge on core loans as a percentage of average advances. ** Total assets excluding assurance assets to total equity. ^ Ratios are refl ected at an Investec plc level (including Australia). • Certain information is denoted as n/a as these statistics are not applicable at a consolidated group level and are best refl ected per banking entity or jurisdiction in line with regulatory and other requirements; or were not previously disclosed. ^^ Restated.

8 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Overall group risk appetite

The group has a number of board-approved risk appetite statements and policy documents covering our risk tolerance and approach to all aspects of risk. In addition, a number of committees and forums identify and manage risk at a group level. The table below provides a high level summary of the group's overall risk tolerance framework.

Risk appetite and tolerance metrics Positioning at 31 March 2014 • We seek to maintain an appropriate balance between revenue earned Capital light activities contributed 52% to total from capital light and capital intensive activities. Ideally the split in revenue operating income and capital intensive activities should be 50:50, dependent on prevailing market conditions contributed 48% • We have a solid recurring income base supported by diversifi ed revenue Recurring income amounted to 70.7% of total streams, and target a recurring income ratio in excess of 65% operating income • We seek to maintain a strict control over fi xed costs and target a group The cost to income ratio amounted to 67.5%. Refer cost to income ratio of below 65% to page 27 in volume one for further information • We aim to build a sustainable business generating a suffi cient return to The return on equity amounted to 10.1% and shareholders over the longer-term, and target a long-term return on equity our return on risk-weighted assets amounted to ratio range of between 12% and 16%, and a return on risk-weighted 1.14%. Refer to pages 48 and 49 in volume one for assets in excess of 1.2% further information • We are a lowly leveraged fi rm and target a leverage ratio in all our banking We achieved this internal target, refer to page 49 in subsidiaries in excess of 6% volume one for further information • We intend to maintain a suffi cient level of capital to satisfy regulatory We meet current capital targets, refer to page 49 in requirements and our internal target ratios. We target a capital adequacy volume one for further information ratio range of between 14% and 17% on a consolidated basis for Investec plc and Investec Limited and we target a minimum tier 1 ratio of 10.5% (11.0% by March 2016) and a common equity tier 1 ratio above 10.0% (by March 2016) • We target a diversifi ed loan portfolio lending to clients we know and We maintained this risk tolerance level in place understand. We limit our exposure to a single/connected individual or throughout the year company to 5% of tier 1 capital (up to 10% if approved by the relevant Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures board committee). We also have a number of risk tolerance limits and targets for specifi c asset classes • There is a preference for primary exposure in the group’s three main Refer to page 22 for further information operating geographies (i.e. South Africa, UK and Australia). The group will accept exposures where we have a branch/banking business. The group will also tolerate exposures to other countries where it has core capabilities • The level of defaults and impairments continues to improve and we target The credit loss charge on core loans amounted to a credit loss charge on core loans of less than 0.5% of average core 0.68% and defaults net of impairments amounted advances (less than 1.25% under a weak economic environment/stressed to 2.3% of total core loans. Refer to page 31 for scenario), and we target defaults net of impairments less than 1.5% of further information total core loans (less than 4% under a weak economic environment/ stressed scenario) • We carry a high level of liquidity in all our banking subsidiaries in order to Total cash and near cash balances amounted to be able to cope with shocks to the system, targeting a minimum cash to £9.1 billion, representing 33.0% of our liability base 01 customer deposit ratio of 20.0% • We have very modest market risk as our trading activities primarily focus We meet these internal limits, refer to page 56 for on supporting client activity. Appetite for proprietary trading is limited and further information we set a tolerance level of a 1 day 95% VaR of less than R15 million for Investec Limited and less than £5 million for Investec plc • We have moderate appetite for investment risk, and set a risk tolerance Our unlisted investment portfolio is £757 million, of less than 30% of tier 1 capital for our unlisted principal investment representing 25.4% of total tier 1 capital. Refer to portfolio page 47 for further information • Our Operational Risk Management team focuses on improving business Refer to pages 78 to 81 for further information performance and compliance with regulatory requirements, through review, challenge and escalation • We have a number of policies and practices in place to mitigate Refer to pages 82 and 83 for further information reputational, legal and conduct risks.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 9 Risk management (continued)

An overview of key risks Risk management In our ordinary course of business we face framework, committees a number of risks that could affect our business operations. and forums

These risks have been A number of committees and forums highlighted on page 34 in identify and manage risk at group level, volume one. as described more fully below. These committees and forums operate together The sections that follow provide information with Group Risk Management and are on a number of these risk areas. mandated by the board. Additional risks and uncertainties not A diagram of our governance presently identifi ed by us or that we and risk framework is provided currently deem immaterial may in the on page 84 in volume one. future also negatively impact our business operations.

The group committees and forums listed below have mandated certain committees and forums within the jurisdictions in which the group operates to support them in their objectives:

Committee Function

Audit committees • See pages 90 and 94 in volume one Members: Non-executive directors • The Internal Audit, Compliance and Operational Risk departments Chairman: David Friedland (non-executive director) report to the audit committees Frequency: • DLC audit committee – four times a year • Investec Limited and group audit committee – four times a year Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures • Investec plc audit committee – four times a year

Board risk and capital committee (BRCC) • See page 97 in volume one Members: Executive and non-executive directors (senior management by invitation) Chairman: Stephen Koseff (CEO) Frequency: Six times a year

DLC capital committee • See page 98 in volume one Members: Executive and non-executive directors and senior management Chairman: Stephen Koseff (CEO) Frequency: At least quarterly

Executive risk review forum (ERRF) • See page 98 in volume one Members: Executive directors and senior management Chairman: Stephen Koseff (CEO) 01 Frequency: Weekly

Global credit committee • Considers and approves the granting of credit to counterparties Members: Executive directors and senior management in excess of the mandates granted to divisional and other credit Non-executive directors have a level of oversight forums on a global basis which is exercised within the applicable committee • Considers the level of acceptable counterparty and geographical Chairman: Glynn Burger (group risk and fi nance director) exposures within the board-approved risk appetite framework Frequency: Twice a week • Reviews and approves changes to credit policies and methodologies.

Group investment committee • Is responsible for reviewing and approving: Members: Executive directors and senior management – acquisitions or disposals of strategic investments in which we Chairman: Stephen Koseff (CEO) act as principal and retain an equity interest (above Frequency: Weekly pre-determined thresholds) – capital expenditure or disposals (above pre-determined thresholds).

10 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Committee Function Group deal forum • Considers, approves and mitigates the risks inherent in any new Members: Executive directors and senior management. Non- product or other non-standard transactions that we are considering executive directors have a level of oversight which is exercised within the applicable committee Chairman: Glynn Burger (group risk and fi nance director) Frequency: Weekly Group market risk forum • Reviews and recommends limit adjustments in all existing products Members: Global heads of risk, market risk and the trading and markets across all desks in the group desks; senior management; members of the • Recommends limits for new products and new markets Market Risk teams and other members of • Recommends methodology as to how risks are measured. Group Risk Management Chairman: Mark Trollip (global head of market risk) Frequency: Weekly Global compliance forum • Review and approval of all group compliance policies across Members: Compliance representatives of the Investec Limited Investec Limited and Investec plc businesses and Investec plc businesses • Establishing and standardising of group standards where applicable Chairman: Bradley Tapnack; Alternate: Kathryn Farndell and • Escalation of policies to ERRF and the board for approval as Richard Brearley required. Frequency: Bi-annually and on ad hoc request Asset and liability committee (ALCO) • Recommends and monitors our funding and liquidity policy and Members: Executive directors, senior management, non-trading interest rate risk policy, which translates into a suite of economist, treasurer, business heads and head of limits that defi ne our risk appetite asset and liability management • Directs the implementation of the methodology, techniques, models Chairmen: Glynn Burger (SA), Ian Wohlman (UK), and risk measures for liquidity and interest rate risk management Peter Binetter (AUS) and Craig McKenzie (MAU) • Reviews the structure of our balance sheet and business strategies, Frequency: Monthly (or ad hoc if required) taking into account market conditions, including stress tests • Maintains liquidity contingency plans • The responsibilities of the liability product and pricing forum Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures (a sub-committee of ALCO) are: – to coordinate and approve pricing of all liabilities issued and other group funding entities so as to achieve the most appropriate funding mix at the best possible cost within the balance sheet targets as set by ALCO; – to review the liquidity, interest rate and concentration characteristics of all new products and approve their issuance; – to monitor existing products, terms and rates; – to reprice or close products where appropriate; and – to evaluate continuously the external rates environment including competitor analysis. Global operational risk committee • Provides support to BRCC and ERRF in the management of Members: Heads of operational risk, heads of risk, specialist operational risk banking, asset management and wealth and • Approval of strategy for the management of operational risk within investment senior management Investec plc and Investec Limited 01 Chairman: Bradley Tapnack (global head of compliance • Recommends and approves the operational risk management and internal audit) framework, policies and appetite. Frequency: At a minimum half-yearly Group legal risk forum • Considers and manages legal risks throughout the group. Members: Executive directors, senior management and divisional legal managers Chairman: David Nurek (global head of legal risk) Frequency: Half-yearly (or ad hoc if required)

In the sections that follow the following abbreviations are used on numerous occasions:

ALCO Asset and liability committee FCA Financial Conduct Authority APRA Australian Prudential Regulation Authority FSB Financial Services Board BoE Bank of England PACC Prudential audit and conduct committee BRCC Board risk and capital committee PRA Prudential Regulation Authority ECB European Central Bank RBA Reserve Bank of Australia ERRF Executive risk review forum SARB South African Reserve Bank

Investec integrated annual report 2014 11 Risk management (continued)

Integrated global risk management structure

Group risk and fi nance director Glynn Burger Head of risk South Africa Kevin Kerr Head of risk UK Ian Wohlman/Ruth Leas Head of risk Australia Peter Binetter

Divisional and geographic roles Global UK and Other South Africa Australia

Credit Risk Ian Wohlman/ Ian Wohlman/ Justin Cowley Peter Binetter/ Kevin Kerr Gary Laughton Simon Schwarz

Market Risk Mark Trollip Nick Sheppard Adrienne Betts Adam Rapeport

Balance Sheet Risk Management Cyril Daleski Wendy Robinson Cyril Daleski Adam Rapeport

Operational Risk Chandre Griesel Brian Johnson Chandre Griesel Shirley Snoyman

Legal Risk David Nurek Richard Brearley David Nurek Marie-lyse Eliatamby

Internal Audit Bradley Tapnack Noel Sumner Stuart Mansfi eld Aik Leow

Compliance Bradley Tapnack Richard Brearley Kathryn Farndell Chris Fintan

Credit and counterparty does not take place as expected, operate under board-approved delegated with one party effecting required limits, policies and procedures. There is risk management settlements as they fall due but a high level of executive involvement and not receiving settlements to which non-executive review and oversight in the Credit and counterparty they are entitled. In terms of our credit decision-making forums. It is our risk description defi nition, settlement debtors policy that all centralised credit committees receivable in the short term (i.e. less have a majority of voting members who Credit and counterparty risk is defi ned

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures than three days) are excluded from are independent of the originating business as the current and prospective risk to credit and counterparty risk due unit. All decisions to enter into a transaction earnings or capital arising from an obligor’s to market guaranteed settlement are based on unanimous consent. (typically a client’s or counterparty’s) failure mechanisms to meet the terms of any obligation to In addition to the group credit committee, – Replacement risk is the risk us or otherwise to perform as agreed. the following processes assist in managing, following default by the original Credit and counterparty risk arises when measuring and monitoring credit and counterparty resulting in the funds are extended, committed, invested, counterparty risk: contract holder having to enter or otherwise exposed through actual or into a replacement contract with implied contractual agreements, whether • Day-to-day arrears management and a second counterparty in order to refl ected on- or off-balance sheet. regular arrears reporting ensure that fi nalise the transaction. individual positions and any potential Credit and counterparty risk arises primarily trends are dealt with in a timely manner Credit and counterparty risk can manifest from three types of transactions: as country risk as a result of the geopolitical • Watchlist committee, which reviews • Lending transactions, giving rise to a and transfer risk associated with exposures the management of distressed loans, direct exposure. The risk is created that arising from transactions with borrowers potential problem loans and exposures 01 an obligor will be unable or unwilling who are resident in a particular foreign in arrears that require additional to repay capital and/or interest on country, or dependent on that country’s attention and supervision advances and loans granted to it. This economy. category includes bank placements, • Corporate watch forum, which reviews Credit and counterparty risk may also arise where we have placed funds with other and manages exposures that may in other ways and it is the role of the various fi nancial institutions potentially become distressed as a independent credit committees, assisted result of changes in the economic • Issuer risk on fi nancial instruments by Credit Risk Management, to identify environment or adverse share price where payments due from the issuer situations falling outside these defi nitions movements, or that are vulnerable to of a fi nancial instrument will not be where credit risk may also be present. volatile exchange rate or interest rate received movements Credit and counterparty • Trading transactions, giving rise to risk governance structure • Arrears, default and recoveries forum settlement and replacement risk which specifi cally reviews and manages To manage, measure and mitigate credit (collectively counterparty risk): distressed loans and potentially and counterparty risk, independent credit distressed loans for private clients. – Settlement risk is the risk that committees exist in each geography where the settlement of a transaction we assume credit risk. These committees

12 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Whilst we do not have a separate country We typically originate loans with the • Environmental considerations risk committee, the local and global intent of holding these assets to (including animal welfare) credit committees will consider, analyse maturity, and thereby developing a ‘hands- and assess the appropriate limits to be on’ and longstanding relationship with • Social considerations recorded when required, to assume our clients. • Economic considerations. exposure to foreign jurisdictions. The local group credit committee has the authority In certain instances we have Refer to our sustainability

elected to sell certain assets to approve country limits within mandate. report on our website. The global credit committee is responsible down and/or securitise them for approving country limits not within the (refer to pages 48 to 51 for Management and measurement mandate of local group credit committees. further information). of credit and counterparty risk Credit and counterparty risk appetite Concentration risk Fundamental principles employed in the management of credit and counterparty Credit risk concentration exists when There is a preference for primary exposure risk are: large exposures exist to a particular in the group’s three main operating counterparty or group of connected geographies (i.e. South Africa, UK and • A clear defi nition of our target market counterparties, or to a particular Australia). The group will accept exposures geography, asset class or industry. • A quantitative and qualitative where we have a branch/banking business. Concentration risk can also exist where assessment of the creditworthiness of The group will also tolerate exposures portfolio loan maturities are clustered to our counterparties to other countries where it has core single periods in time. Loan maturities are capabilities. • Analysis of risks, including monitored on a portfolio and transaction concentration risk (concentration risk Credit and counterparty risk is always basis by Group Risk and the various considerations include asset class, assessed with reference to the aggregate business units. Concentration risk can also industry, counterparty and geographical exposure to a single counterparty or group exist where a number of counterparties are concentration) of related parties to manage concentration engaged in similar activities and have similar risk. economic characteristics that could cause • Prudential limits their ability to meet contractual obligations • Regular monitoring and review of Our assessment of our clients includes to be similarly affected by changes in existing and potential exposures once

consideration of their character and Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures economic, legal, regulatory or other facilities have been approved integrity, core competencies, track record conditions. The board sets a group risk and fi nancial strength. A strong emphasis appetite limit framework which regulates • A high level of executive involvement is placed on income and cash fl ow the maximum exposures we would be in decision-making with non-executive streams generated by the clients, third comfortable to tolerate in order to diversify review and oversight. party income or cash fl ow streams derived and mitigate risk. This limit framework Regular reporting of credit and counterparty from lease or rental agreements in support is monitored on an ongoing basis and risk exposures within our operating units of property related transactions. In this reported to ERRF and BRCC on a regular is made to management, the executives manner, we seek comfort in mitigating our basis. Should there be any breaches to and the board at the BRCC. The board risk by thoroughly assessing the ability limits or where exposures are nearing limits regularly reviews and approves the appetite of our borrowers to meet their payment these exceptions are specifi cally highlighted for credit and counterparty risk, which is obligations. for attention. documented in risk appetite statements Furthermore we have very little and policy documents and implemented by

appetite for unsecured debt and Sustainability considerations Group Credit.

ensure that good quality Overview collateral is provided in support Despite strict adherence to the above of obligations (refer to page 43 Investec has a broad based principles, increased default risk may arise 01 for further information). approach to sustainability, which runs from unforeseen circumstances particularly beyond recognising our own footprint on in times of extreme market volatility and Target clients include high net worth the environment, our many CSI activities weak economic conditions. individuals, certain professionally qualifi ed and our funding and investing activities. individuals, high-income earning individuals, This is not merely for business reasons, The relevant credit committees within corporate institutions, state-owned but based on a broader responsibility to Investec will also consider wrong-way risk enterprises and banks. Corporates must our environment and society. Accordingly, at the time of granting credit for specifi c have scale, experienced management, sustainable risk considerations are products to each counterparty. Specifi c able board members and strong earnings/ considered by the credit committee and wrong-way risk occurs where exposure to cash fl ow. Interbank lending is largely investment committee when making lending a counterparty is positively correlated with reserved for those banks and institutions or investment decisions. In particular the the counterparty’s probability of default in the group’s core geographies of activity following factors are taken into account due to the nature of transactions with the which are systemic and highly rated. Direct when a transaction might be approved counterparty. In other words, the mark- exposures to cyclical industries and start-up or declined based on the outcome of the to-market value of a transaction and the ventures are generally avoided. sustainability considerations: likelihood of the counterparty defaulting increase at the same time.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 13 Risk management (continued)

Investec completes scenario tests on its The group applies the standardised Credit risk arises from the following loan portfolio with regard to the capital held. approach for capital requirements in the activities: These tests stress the existing portfolio to assessment of its credit and counterparty • Personal Banking delivers products allow the bank to identify underlying risks exposures. The group’s banking to enable target clients to create and and manage them accordingly. These subsidiaries conduct their mapping of credit manage their wealth, private client stresses include (but are not limited to) and counterparty exposures in accordance mortgages, transactional banking, high residential and commercial property prices, with the mapping procedures specifi ed by net worth lending, trust and fi duciary, foreign exchange rates, default rates, the Central Bank Registrar, in the respective offshore banking and foreign exchange impairments and capital usage. The credit geographies in which the group operates. risk stress tests also play an integral part in • Residential Mortgages provides the bank’s capital planning process. Credit and counterparty risk – mortgage loan facilities for high-income nature of lending activities professionals and high net worth A large proportion of the portfolio is Credit and counterparty risk is assumed individuals tailored to their individual not rated by external rating agencies. needs as well as vanilla mortgage We mainly place reliance upon internal mainly through lending collateralised by property and lending activities by private products for professional target market consideration of counterparties and clients borrowers, and use ratings prepared and corporate clients, although some credit externally where available as support. and counterparty risk does arise in other • Specialised Lending provides structured businesses. Within the credit approval process internal credit facilities to high net worth and external ratings are included in the Lending collateralised by property individuals and their controlled entities assessment of the client quality. We provide senior debt and other funding • The Professional Finance team Exposures are classifi ed to refl ect the for property transactions. Income producing creates innovative products specifi cally bank's risk appetite and strategy. At a high assets account for the majority of exposure designed to meet the personal level the exposures are classifi ed according to lending collateralised by property. The and professional fi nance needs of to the Basel asset classes which include portfolio is predominantly made up of predominantly medical, dental and sovereign, bank, corporate, retail, equity, commercial property collateral. accounting professionals. This enables securitisation and specialised lending these clients to maximise their personal Client quality and expertise are at the core (which is further categorised into project wealth through cash management and of our credit philosophy. Our exposure to fi nance; commodities fi nance; high volatility investment opportunities. the property market is well diversifi ed with commercial real estate; and income- strong bias towards prime locations for An analysis of the private Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures producing commercial real estate). Internal residential exposure and focus on tenant client loan portfolio and credit rating models are developed to cover quality for commercial assets. Debt service asset quality information all these asset classes. The internal ratings cover ratios are a key consideration in the is provided on pages 38 are incorporated in the risk management lending process supported by reasonable to 41. and decision-making process and are loan to security value ratios. used in credit assessment, monitoring and Corporate Client activities approval as well as pricing. An analysis of the lending We focus on traditional bank lending activities, collateralised by property Fitch, S&P, Moody’s and DBRS have as well as treasury and trading execution portfolio and asset quality been approved as eligible external credit services that are customer fl ow related. information is provided on assessment institutions (ECAIs) for the pages 38 to 41. The treasury function, as part of the purposes of determining external credit daily management of liquidity, places funds ratings with the following elections: Private Client activities with central banks and other commercial • In relation to sovereigns and We target high net worth individuals, banks and fi nancial institutions. These securitisations, Fitch, Moody’s, active wealthy entrepreneurs, high-income market counterparties are highly rated, S&P and DBRS have been selected professionals, newly qualifi ed professionals investment grade entities with credit risk of 01 by Investec as eligible ECAIs with high-income earning potential, self- a systemic nature in Southern Africa, the employed entrepreneurs, owner managers UK, Europe, Australia and the US. • In relation to banks, corporates and in mid-cap companies and sophisticated A rigorous internal assessment process, debt securities, Fitch, Moody’s and investors. supported by rating agency information, is S&P are recognised as eligible ECAIs undertaken to analyse each counterparty Lending products are targeted to meet to which we may be potentially exposed to • If two assessments are available, the the requirements of our clients. Central ascertain their credit worthiness. more conservative will apply to our credit philosophy is the concept of sustainability of income through the Our trading portfolio consists of positions • Where there are three or more credit cycle. As such, the client base has been in interest rates, foreign exchange, ratings with different risk weightings, grouped and defi ned to include high net commodities and equities. We maintain the credit ratings corresponding to the worth clients (who, through diversifi cation a thorough risk process that reviews and two lowest ratings should be referred of income streams, will reduce income monitors all potential credit risks inherent in to and the higher of those two ratings volatility) and individuals with a profession customer trading facilities. These positions should be applied. which has historically supported a high and are marked to market daily with margin calls sustainable income stream irrespective of where necessary to mitigate credit exposure the stage in the economic cycle. in the event of counterparty default.

14 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Within the corporate lending businesses, • Resource Finance: debt arranging and securitisations and secondary market credit risk can arise from asset fi nance, underwriting, together with structured exposures mostly for accrual and to power and infrastructure fi nance, resource hedging solutions within the mining a lesser extent arbitrage purposes, fi nance, corporate loans, growth and and oil and gas sectors. The underlying generating annuity margin income and acquisition fi nance, asset-based lending, commodities are mainly precious and investment income fund fi nance, debt origination, credit base metals, coal as well as oil and • Securitisation: structuring and sale of investments and securitisation activities. gas. The borrower in most cases is fi nancial assets, mostly in the form of There are approved limits specifying the an established mining company or a sale to special purpose entities which maximum exposure to each individual subsidiary thereof. Any debt exposure issue securities to investors. counterparty and industry limits, to minimise is secured by the borrower’s assets and concentration risk. Facilities are secured repaid from mining cash fl ows which An analysis of the corporate on the assets of the underlying entity. are subject to the volatility of the market client loan portfolio and asset

The credit appetite for each counterparty prices for the underlying commodity quality information is provided is based on the fi nancial strength of the as well as the successful extraction of on pages 38 to 41. principal borrower, underlying cash fl ow resources and security. Political risk insurance is taken Corporate Advisory and Investment where deemed appropriate. There is also • Corporate Loans: provides senior Banking Activities strong adherence to prudent country risk loans to mid-cap companies. Credit Counterparty risk in this area is modest. limits to manage concentration risk on an risk is assessed against debt service The business also trades approved shares ongoing basis. coverage from the robustness of the on an approved basis and makes markets cash generation for the business based in shares where we are appointed corporate Assets we are involved in are diverse on historic and forecast information. and centre around our areas of expertise broker under pre-agreed market risk limits. These loans are predominantly in including, resources, aircraft, equipment the UK and we act as transaction Settlement trades are all on a delivery leasing corporate credit, power and leader or arranger. We have a close versus payment basis, through major stock infrastructure fi nance. Any assets originated relationship with management and the exchanges. Credit risk only occurs in the are required to be of very strong credit sponsor, as well as having negotiation event of counterparty failure and would quality that we are comfortable to hold on infl uence over legal documentation and be linked to any fair value losses on the balance sheet to maturity, or purchased at a meaningful voting percentage in the underlying security. suffi ciently low distressed prices that we company are happy to hold these assets on balance Wealth & Investment sheet to maturity because of low imputed • Growth and Acquisition Finance: Investec Wealth & Investment provides Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures loan to value ratios and strong cash fl ows. provides debt funding to proven investment management services to private management teams, running small to A summary of the nature of the lending clients, charities, intermediaries, pension and/or credit risk assumed within some of mid-cap sized companies. Credit risk schemes and trusts. Wealth & Investment the key areas within our corporate lending is assessed against debt service is entirely an agency business that takes business is provided below: coverage from the robustness of the no principal risk. Its core business is cash generation of the business. This discretionary and non-discretionary • Small Ticket Asset Finance: provides will be based on historic and forecast investment management services. lending to corporates to support information asset purchases and other business Settlement risk can arise due to requirements • Asset Based Lending: provides undertaking transactions in an agency working capital and business loans capacity on behalf of clients. However, the • Large Ticket Asset Finance: provides secured on collateral or assets used risk is not considered to be material as the fi nance and structuring expertise in the conduct of the business, most transactions are undertaken with large for aircraft and larger lease assets, the for example, accounts receivable, institutional clients, are monitored daily, and majority of which are senior loans with inventory, plant and machinery. We also trades are usually settled within two days. a combination of corporate and asset- provide advances against cash fl ow 01 backed collateral against the exposure or other assets such as committed Asset Management income or rights Investec Asset Management regularly • Project and Infrastructure Finance transacts with well known rated market (PIF): arranges and provides typically • Fund Finance: provides bespoke counterparties. These are all on an long-term fi nancing for infrastructure credit facilities to segregated funds to exchange traded delivery versus payment assets, such as power, transport, facilitate investment opportunities prior basis and exposure is to a movement in social infrastructure (PIF/private-public to institutional cash calls which the fund the value of the underlying security in the partnerships) and telecommunications has on irrevocable commitments. Fund unlikely event a counterparty fails. Direct against projected future cash fl ows of Finance will also support management cash placements follow our policy, as an individual project (or multiple) as well companies in their coinvestment as the balance sheet of a corporate outlined above, of only being exposed to requirements systemic banks of investment grade • Structured Credit Exposure: in the quality in Southern Africa, the UK, Europe primary markets where we retain and the US. portions of the securities of our own

Investec integrated annual report 2014 15 Risk management (continued)

Asset quality analysis – credit risk classifi cation and provisioning policy It is a policy requirement overseen by Central Credit Management that each operating division makes provision for specifi c impairments and calculates the appropriate level of portfolio impairments. This is in accordance with established group guidelines and in conjunction with the watchlist committee process. In the annual fi nancial statements, credit losses and impairments are reported in accordance withInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Regulatory and economic Arrears, default and recoveries capital classifi cation IFRS impairment treatment classifi cation category Description

Performing assets For assets which form part of a Past due An account is considered to be homogeneous portfolio, a portfolio past due when it is greater than impairment is required which zero and less than or equal to recognises asset impairments 60 days past due the contractual/ that have not been individually credit agreed payment due date. identifi ed. Management however is not concerned and there is confi dence The portfolio impairment takes into in the counterparty’s ability to repay account past events and does not the past due obligations. cover impairments to exposures arising out of uncertain future Special mention The counterparty is placed events. in special mention when that counterparty is considered to be By defi nition, this impairment is experiencing diffi culties that may only calculated for credit exposures threaten the counterparty’s ability which are managed on a portfolio to fulfi l its credit obligation to the basis and only for assets where a group (i.e. watchlist committee loss trigger event has occurred. is concerned) for the following reasons: • Covenant breaches • There is a slowdown in the

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures counterparty’s business activity • An adverse trend in operations that signals a potential weakness in the fi nancial strength of the counterparty • Any restructured credit exposures until appropriate watchlist committee decides otherwise.

Ultimate loss is not expected, but may occur if adverse conditions persist.

Supplementary reporting categories: 01 • Credit exposures overdue 1 – 60 days • Credit exposures overdue 61 – 90 days.

16 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Regulatory and economic Arrears, default and recoveries capital classifi cation IFRS impairment treatment classifi cation category Description

Assets in default Specifi c impairments are evaluated Sub-standard The counterparty is placed in sub- (non-performing assets) on a case-by-case basis where standard when the credit exposure objective evidence of impairment refl ects an underlying, well defi ned has arisen. In determining specifi c weakness that may lead to impairments, the following factors probable loss if not corrected: are considered: • The risk that such credit • Capability of the client to exposure may become an generate suffi cient cash fl ow impaired asset is probable to service debt obligations • The bank is relying, to a large and the ongoing viability of the extent, on available collateral, client’s business or • Likely dividend or amount • The primary sources of recoverable on liquidation or repayment are insuffi cient bankruptcy or business rescue to service the remaining • Nature and extent of claims by contractual principal and other creditors interest amounts, and the • Amount and timing of bank has to rely on secondary expected cash fl ows sources for repayment. These • Realisable value of security secondary sources may held (or other credit mitigants) include collateral, the sale of • Ability of the client to make a fi xed asset, refi nancing and payments in the foreign further capital. currency, for foreign currency denominated accounts. Credit exposures overdue for more than 90 days will at a minimum be included in ‘sub-standard’ (or a lower quality category).

Doubtful The counterparty is placed in Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures doubtful when the credit exposure is considered to be impaired, but not yet considered a fi nal loss due to some pending factors such as a merger, new fi nancing or capital injection which may strengthen the quality of the relevant exposure.

Loss • A counterparty is placed in the loss category when the credit exposure is considered to be uncollectible once all efforts, such as realisation of collateral and institution of legal proceedings, have been exhausted, or 01 • Assets in this category are expected to be written off in the short term since the likelihood of future economic benefi ts resulting from such assets are remote.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 17 Risk management (continued)

Credit risk mitigation relevant credit committee normally requires Investec has a suretyship or guarantee in support of a Credit risk mitigation techniques can be transaction in our private client business. limited appetite defi ned as all methods by which Investec for unsecured seeks to decrease the credit risk associated Our corporate, government and institutional with an exposure. Investec considers credit clients provide a range of collateral including debt, preferring risk mitigation techniques as part of the cash, corporate assets, debtors (accounts to mitigate risk credit assessment of a potential client or receivable), trading stock, debt securities through good business proposal and not as a separate (bonds), listed and unlisted shares. consideration of mitigation of risk. Risk The majority of credit mitigation techniques quality tangible mitigants include any collateral item, netting linked to trading activity is in the form of and margining agreement, covenant or term collateral netting (primarily International Swap Dealers and condition imposed on a transaction Association, Global Master Securities with the aim of reducing the credit risk Lending Agreement and International inherent to that transaction. Securities Master Agreement) and As Investec has a low appetite for margining agreements (primarily through unsecured debt, the credit risk mitigation Credit Support Agreements). Where netting technique most commonly used is the agreements have been signed and the taking of collateral, primarily over tangible enforceability is supported by external legal assets. Collateral is assessed with opinion within the legal jurisdiction of the reference to the sustainability of value and agreement, the exposures for all product the likelihood of realisation. Acceptable categories covered by such agreements should be stated net of any liabilities owing collateral generally exhibits characteristics by Investec to the agreement counterparty that allow for it to be easily identifi ed and for those product categories. appropriately valued. Set-off has been applied between assets An analysis of collateral is subject to credit risk and related liabilities in provided on page 43. the annual fi nancial statements where: Where a transaction is supported by a bond • A legally enforceable right to set-off Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures or charge over property, the primary credit exists risk is still taken on the borrower. When applications for facilities to be secured • There is the ability to settle the asset by property are submitted to the relevant and liability on a net basis, or to committee, the following characteristics realise the asset and settle the liability of the property are considered: type of simultaneously. property; location of property; and the ease In addition to the above accounting set-off with which the property could be re-let criteria, banking regulators impose the and/or re-sold. Where the property is following additional criteria: secured by lease agreements, the credit committee will attempt to lend for a • Debit and credit balances relate to the maximum of the period of the lease. same obligor/counterparty

The bulk of collateral provided by private • Debit and credit balances are clients is commercial and residential real denominated in the same currency and estate. Commercial real estate generally have identical maturities 01 takes the form of good quality property often underpinned by strong third party • Exposures subject to set-off are leases. Residential property is also generally risk-managed on a net basis of a high quality and based in desirable • Market practice considerations. locations. Residential and commercial property valuations will continue to form For this reason there will be instances part of our ongoing focus on collateral where credit and counterparty exposures assessment. It is our policy to obtain are displayed on a net basis in these annual a formal valuation of every commercial fi nancial statements but reported on a property offered as collateral for a lending gross basis to regulators. facility before advancing funds. Residential properties are valued by desktop valuation Investec places minimal reliance on credit and/or approved valuers, where appropriate. derivatives in its credit risk mitigation techniques. Periodically the bank in the Other common forms of collateral in the UK will enter into Credit Default Swaps retail asset class are motor vehicles, (CDS) in order to hedge a specifi c asset cash and share portfolios. In addition, the held or to create a more general or macro

18 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

hedge against a group of exposures in one Please refer to the credit quality business. Default loans (net of impairments) industry or geography. In these instances, step table disclosed on pages 97 have decreased from 4.34% to 3.76% of the bank is deemed to be ‘buying and 98 for a breakdown of core loans and advances. The credit loss protection’ against the assets. Depending regulatory exposure values ratio is at 0.95% (2013: 1.26%). on the perceived risk, or ‘spread’, of the before and after credit risk Private Client (lending collateralised by underlying exposure, the CDS will fl uctuate mitigation has been applied. in value; increasing in value when the asset property) gross default loans (before has become more risky and decreasing Credit and counterparty risk collateral and impairments) increased when risk has reduced. Occasionally, the year in review marginally year-on-year largely due to a bank will enter into trading/investment CDS handful of clients experiencing fi nancial UK and Other positions where we buy protection or sell diffi culty with no other major changes in protection without owning the underlying Our focus over the past few years to general trends refl ected in the private client asset. The total amount of credit derivatives realign and rebalance our portfolios in portfolio. The assets affected by adverse outstanding at 31 March 2014 amounts line with our risk appetite framework is fi nancial conditions are predominantly pre- to £7.5 million, of which £1.9 million is refl ected in the relative changes in asset 2009 transactions. Assets written post-2009 used for credit mitigation purposes and classes on our balance sheet. We have are of a far better quality both in loan to the balance for trading and investment. identifi ed legacy and ongoing portfolios to value terms and underlying cash fl ows. Total protection bought amounts to differentiate current lending practices from Defaults in corporate loans were lower for £13.5 million (£6.6 million relating to credit pre-fi nancial crisis transactions. The overall the year end 2014. Due to an improved derivatives used in credit mitigation) and exposure to property collateralised assets, economic and market outlook, the Private total protection sold amounts to £6 million as a proportion of our total loan exposures Equity, Bond and IPO markets have (£4.7 million relating to credit derivatives has reduced, in line with our risk appetite reopened leading to a greater frequency of used in credit mitigation). statement. In particular, it is pleasing to report that exposure to higher risk property repayments. Activity and corporate leverage, Further information on credit however, still remain below pre-recession collateralised assets in the planning and derivatives is provided on levels. Restructuring of legacy loans is development category has reduced by 41% still ongoing in volatile markets such as page 62. from 2010 to 31 March 2014. directories and retail. Investec’s legacy loan Investec endeavours to implement robust With respect to our lending activity in our book has been managed down through processes to minimise the possibility of structured property fi nance business, we secondary sales and repayments. New legal and/or operational risk through good continued to actively manage this portfolio corporate loans written in recent years are quality tangible collateral. The independent down and replace legacy assets with higher performing well to date. Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures legal risk function in Investec ensures the quality lower loan to value transactions enforceability of credit risk mitigants within supported by good quality clients with There was a signifi cant decrease in the the laws applicable to the jurisdictions in unblemished track records through the Kensington impairment charge. The overall which Investec operates. When assessing fi nancial crisis. Lending supported by Kensington arrears position showed slow the potential concentration risk in its credit proven cash fl ows rather than asset value steady improvement and the legacy book portfolio, cognisance is taken of the types propositions continues to be favoured. Most continued to decrease in size. The Irish of collateral and credit protection that form property collateralised assets are located mortgage book, whilst remaining weak, saw part of the portfolio. in the UK. Our exposure to Irish domiciled signs of stabilisation as house prices have started to recover. For regulatory reporting purposes, property has been under intensive management for the past fi ve years and exposures may be reduced by eligible The group risk division has continued to the non-performing assets have been collateral. Under the standardised approach work closely with the business units to substantially impaired (with a coverage credit risk mitigation can be achieved manage the impact of the increased risks through either funded or unfunded ratio of 47% at 31 March 2014 which we in the market and resultant pressure on credit protection. Where unfunded credit consider to be prudent and adequate). our lending portfolios. The key focus of the protection is relied upon for mitigation Non-property collateralised lending as group risk division has been on proactive 01 purposes, the exposure to the borrower a percentage of gross credit exposures book management (together with the will be substituted with an exposure to has increased from 59.6% in March 2013 business units), repositioning some of our the protection provider, after applying a to 63.5% in March 2014. The economic portfolio’s asset mixes as well as taking ‘haircut’ to the value of the collateral due position in Ireland is improving and Ireland advantage of opportunities that have arisen to currency and/or maturity mismatches successfully exited the 2010 £85 billion as a result of dislocated markets. Ongoing between the original exposure and the bailout plan in February 2014. and increasing regulation remains a key collateral provided. Unfunded credit Further information is provided focus of the group risk division as resources protection includes eligible guarantees and in the economic section on are channelled into ensuring compliance credit derivatives. Where we rely on funded pages 28 to 31 in volume one. with new and changing rules is adopted protection in the form of fi nancial collateral, throughout the group. the value of collateral is adjusted using the Core loans and advances increased by fi nancial collateral comprehensive method. 7.4% from £6.0 billion at 31 March 2013 Southern Africa This method applies supervisory volatility to £6.5 billion at 31 March 2014, largely The fi nancial year in review has seen adjustments to the value of the collateral, as a result of solid growth in our residential a combination of trends and factors and includes the currency and/maturity owner-occupied mortgage portfolios, impacting on the credit quality and haircuts discussed above. and steady growth in our Asset Finance assessment of credit and counterparty risk.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 19 Risk management (continued)

Further information is provided derivative fi nancial instruments through the in the fi nancial review on use of Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA). Credit and pages 22 to 53 in volume one. counterparty Credit risk regulatory exposures Against this backdrop, core loans and considerations advances grew by 10.6% to R157 billion Southern Africa decreased by 6.8% with residential owner-occupied and corporate portfolios representing the majority The regulatory environment in South to £37.6 billion Africa witnessed few changes in 2014 of the growth for the fi nancial year in review. largely as a result with increased clarity being provided to the There has been continuing adherence banking industry by the regulator in the form of the depreciation of third tier legislation. of the Rand and to conservative lending, while still facing greater competitive pressure on margins. Investec Limited’s capital holding in South Australian Dollar Africa continues to comply with Basel III and Default loans (net of impairments) as a the South African Banks Act, including the against Pounds percentage of core loans and advances transitional arrangements in place as the Sterling improved from 1.89% to 1.46% with an full implementation of Basel III is phased in. improvement in both lending collateralised While Basel III has had far-reaching impact by property and the corporate client in terms of liquidity and capital supply, portfolio partly as some transactions have the impact on credit risk capital is limited been settled and some written off. to relatively small, specifi c portfolios of assets, specifi cally over-the-counter (OTC) The credit loss ratio improved to 0.42% derivatives and securitisation exposure. from 0.61% as we saw stability in the level of new loans entering into current and Investec, together with other major banks, default categories. continues to engage with SARB through the Banking Association of South Africa (BASA) Our legacy default portfolio which largely and bilaterally on matters of interpretation, relates to lending collateralised by property particularly in light of the delay in the transactions, in certain areas, notably implementation of Basel III in the US and residential developments, continues to be Europe. We are also actively engaged in managed down. However, this process formulating our recovery and resolution

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures plan in line with requirements being drafted does take time as we continue to focus on under the proposed recovery and resolution maximising recoveries. regime (RRR). The market eagerly awaits Australia the fi rst iteration of the RRR in order to ascertain what potential impacts there Core loans and advances decreased by could be as a result of this new legislation. 3.3% from A$3.2 billion at 31 March 2013 to A$3.1 billion at 31 March 2014. In addition, we continue to actively participate Default loans (net of impairments) in the bi-annual Basel III implementation decreased from 2.13% to 1.12% of core quantitative impact study. This assessment loans and advances, with the credit loss performed by the major banks in the country is then fed back to the Bank for International ratio deteriorating slightly from 0.85% to Settlements (BIS) in order for them to gauge 1.12% (largely as a result of two larger deals the extent and success of the implementation being written off). of the Basel III regulations across the globe.

Over the past fi nancial year there have The regulatory landscape continues to been continued reductions in the levels of evolve. The BIS has issued a number of 01 Investec Australia’s defaulted loans across consultative documents for comment during the legacy property book and also in loans the past year, many revisiting at various originated in the Growth and Acquisition sections of the capital framework in an effort Finance business. to eliminate opportunities for capital arbitrage. Examples include the fundamental review of Our Professional Finance business the trading book, which closely examines the continued to show consistent growth as the market risk framework and capital charge, largest segment of the Investec Australia proposed amendments to the securitisation loan book, and has maintained historically framework and a revised standardised low levels of arrears and defaults. approach to calculating counterparty credit risk. In line with Investec’s prudent risk Investec Australia’s Asset Finance business management and governance frameworks, continued to show strong growth. we will continue to engage with the regulator This granular asset fi nance book is well and industry bodies as we seek to adopt diversifi ed and continues to show relatively market best practice in accordance with low levels of defaults. these and any other regulatory amendments.

Counterparty credit risk has been incorporated into the fair valuation of

20 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

UK and Other which arise from temporary differences, due adjustment (CVA) risk, which applies to all The UK regulatory environment has to the application of the threshold exemption OTC derivative instruments and is used to continued to evolve during the year, approach and due to the expansion of the capture the risk of default or variation in the notably with the adoption of the Capital defi nition of the ‘high risk’ exposure category. credit quality of counterparties. The impact Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) by The increases are partly offset by the ability of the new capital requirements on Investec the European Commission in June 2013. to reduce the capital requirements applied plc and Investec Bank plc, can be found on The CRD IV rules took effect in the UK on to small and medium enterprise (SME) page 84. 1 January 2014 with changes to credit lending and the CRD IV approach to In the UK, we continue to monitor regulatory and counterparty risk capital requirements allocating portfolio impairments to underlying changes proposed by the PRA and the BIS. applying immediately. Increases in credit and exposures, where they meet the defi nition Furthermore, we expect a signifi cant number counterparty risk are primarily attributable of specifi c credit risk adjustments. Although of technical standards to be issued by the to an increase in the risk weight applied not impacting credit and counterparty risk European Banking Authority during 2014. to deferred tax assets that rely on future requirements, CRD IV introduced a new These standards will need to be adopted by profi tability of a bank to be realised and capital requirement for credit valuation the European Commission before they are binding on the UK banks. Credit and counterparty risk information

Pages 6 to 21 describe where and how credit risk is assumed in our operations.

The tables that follow provide an analysis of the credit and counterparty exposures. An analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures Credit and counterparty exposures decreased by 6.8% to £37.5 billion largely as a result of the depreciation of the Rand and Australian Dollar against Pounds Sterling. Cash and near cash balances amount to £9.1 billion and are largely refl ected in the following inel items in the table below: cash and balances at central banks, loans and advances to banks, non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements, and sovereign debt securities.

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures At 31 March £’000 2014 2013** % change Average*

Cash and balances at central banks 2 072 987 1 779 576 16.5% 1 926 282 Loans and advances to banks 3 280 179 3 136 051 4.6% 3 208 115 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 515 189 420 960 22.4% 468 075 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 1 388 980 2 358 672 (41.1%) 1 873 826 Sovereign debt securities 3 215 432 4 077 217 (21.1%) 3 646 325 Bank debt securities 1 568 097 1 879 105 (16.6%) 1 723 601 Other debt securities 594 353 443 753 33.9% 519 053 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 202 278 1 531 187 (21.5%) 1 366 733 Securities arising from trading activities 461 390 552 504 (16.5%) 506 947 Loans and advances to customers (gross) 16 545 335 17 773 761 (6.9%) 17 159 548 01 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised (gross) 876 595 931 406 (5.9%) 904 001 Other loans and advances (gross) 1 745 329 1 729 008 0.9% 1 737 169 Other securitised assets (gross) 197 630 49 988 >100% 123 809 Other assets 171 582 137 647 24.7% 154 615 Property and equipment – 4 726 (>100.0%) 2 363 Total on-balance sheet exposures 33 835 356 36 805 561 (8.1%) 35 320 459 Guarantees^ 664 626 580 971 14.4% 622 798 Contingent liabilities, committed facilities and other 3 041 499 2 904 681 4.7% 2 973 090 Total off-balance sheet exposures 3 706 125 3 485 652 6.3% 3 595 888 Total gross credit and counterparty exposures pre-collateral or other credit enhancements 37 541 481 40 291 213 (6.8%) 38 916 347

* Where the average is based on a straight-line average. ^ Excludes guarantees provided to clients which are backed/secured by cash on deposit with the bank. ** Restated.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 21 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures by geography

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total At 31 March £’000 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013**

Cash and balances at central banks 1 706 372 1 228 289 337 565 406 764 29 050 144 523 2 072 987 1 779 576 Loans and advances to banks 1 213 531 1 232 606 2 003 156 1 818 269 63 492 85 176 3 280 179 3 136 051 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – – 515 189 420 960 – – 515 189 420 960 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 909 437 1 223 251 479 543 1 135 421 – – 1 388 980 2 358 672 Sovereign debt securities 946 004 1 365 464 1 983 017 2 416 839 286 411 294 914 3 215 432 4 077 217 Bank debt securities 234 728 275 173 1 196 915 1 423 904 136 454 180 028 1 568 097 1 879 105 Other debt securities 210 038 162 558 376 150 258 689 8 165 22 506 594 353 443 753 Derivative fi nancial instruments 475 296 618 462 676 752 838 512 50 230 74 213 1 202 278 1 531187 Securities arising from trading activities 419 408 459 732 41 982 84 503 – 8 269 461 390 552 504 Loans and advances to customers (gross) 6 674 401 6 220 626 8 578 023 9 822 215 1 292 911 1 730 920 16 545 335 17 773 761 Own originated loans and advances to customers (gross) – – 428 340 439 653 448 255 491 753 876 595 931 406 Other loans and advances (gross) 1 451 925 1 425 064 293 404 303 944 – – 1 745 329 1 729 008 Other securitised assets (gross) 184 483 49 988 13 147 – – – 197 630 49 988

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Other assets 137 665 78 141 33 917 59 506 – – 171 582 137 647 Property and equipment – 4 726 – – – – – 4 726 Total on-balance sheet credit and counterparty exposures 14 563 288 14 344 080 16 957 100 19 429 179 2 314 968 3 032 302 33 835 356 36 805 561 Guarantees 14 960 22 521 617 704 519 376 31 962 39 075 664 626 580 971 Contingent liabilities, committed facilities and other 661 743 491 112 2 157 160 2 250 810 222 596 162 761 3 041 499 2 904 681 Total off-balance sheet exposures 676 703 513 633 2 774 864 2 770 186 254 558 201 836 3 706 125 3 485 652 Total gross credit and counterparty exposures pre-collateral or other credit enhancements 15 239 991 14 857 713 19 731 964 22 199 365 2 569 526 3 234 138 37 541 481 40 291 213 01 ** Restated. An analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures by geography

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £37 542 million £40 291 million

Southern Africa 52.6% Southern Africa 55.1% UK and Other 40.6% UK and Other 36.9% Australia 6.8% Australia 8.0%

22 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

A further analysis of our on-balance sheet credit and counterparty exposures The table below indicates in which class of asset (on the face of the consolidated balance sheet) our on-balance sheet credit and counterparty exposures are refl ected. Not all assets included in the balance sheet bear credit and counterparty risk.

Assets that Total credit we deem and to have no Note Total counterparty legal credit refer- balance £’000 exposure exposure ence sheet

At 31 March 2014 Cash and balances at central banks 2 072 987 7 203 2 080 190 Loans and advances to banks 3 280 179 – 3 280 179 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 515 189 – 515 189 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 1 388 980 – 1 388 980 Sovereign debt securities 3 215 432 – 3 215 432 Bank debt securities 1 568 097 – 1 568 097 Other debt securities 594 353 11 025 605 378 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 202 278 417 137 1 619 415 Securities arising from trading activities 461 390 408 698 870 088 Investment portfolio – 825 745 1 825 745 Loans and advances to customers 16 545 335 (263 723) 2 16 281 612 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 876 595 (840) 2 875 755 Other loans and advances 1 745 329 (51 760) 3 1 693 569 Other securitised assets 197 630 3 378 896 4 3 576 526 Interest in associated undertakings – 24 316 24 316 Deferred taxation assets – 131 142 131 142 Other assets 171 582 1 303 410 5 1 474 992 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Property and equipment – 108 738 108 738 Investment properties – 509 228 509 228 Goodwill – 433 571 433 571 Intangible assets – 159 169 159 169 Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale – 41 637 41 637 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – 5 862 959 5 862 959 Total on-balance sheet exposures 33 835 356 13 306 551 47 141 907

1. Largely relates to exposures that are classifi ed as equity risk in the banking book. Further information is provided on pages 4 to 47. 2. Largely relates to impairments and the impact of hedge accounting. 3. Whilst the group manages all risks (including credit risk) from a day-to-day operational perspective, certain of these assets are within special purpose vehicles that ring-fence the assets to specifi c credit providers and limit security to the assets in the vehicle. The table above refl ects the net credit exposure in the vehicles that the group has refl ected in the ‘total credit and counterparty exposure’ with the 01 maximum credit exposure referenced to credit providers external to the group in the column headed ‘assets that we deem to have no legal credit exposure’. 4. Largely relates to net investments in Kensington securitised vehicles to which Investec has no direct exposure as discussed on pages 52 to 55. Also includes liquidity facilities provided to third party corporate securitisation vehicles in South Africa. These facilities have remained undrawn and are refl ected as a contingent liability, i.e. off-balance sheet exposure of the bank. 5. Other assets include settlement debtors where we deem to have no credit risk exposure as they are settled on a delivery against payment basis.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 23 Risk management (continued)

Assets that Total credit we deem and to have no Note Total counterparty legal credit refer- balance £’000 exposure exposure ence sheet

At 31 March 2013** Cash and balances at central banks 1 779 576 2 871 1 782 447 Loans and advances to banks 3 136 051 – 3 136 051 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 420 960 – 420 960 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 2 358 672 – 2 358 672 Sovereign debt securities 4 077 217 – 4 077 217 Bank debt securities 1 879 105 – 1 879 105 Other debt securities 443 753 5 463 449 216 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 531 187 451 945 1 983 132 Securities arising from trading activities 552 504 379 099 931 603 Investment portfolio – 928 893 1 928 893 Loans and advances to customers 17 773 761 (289 237) 2 17 484 524 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 931 406 (957) 2 930 449 Other loans and advances 1 729 008 304 965 3 2 033 973 Other securitised assets 49 988 3 953 220 4 4 003 208 Interest in associated undertakings – 27 950 27 950 Deferred taxation assets – 165 457 165 457 Other assets 137 647 1 821 903 5 1 959 550 Property and equipment 4 726^ 129 375 134 101 Investment properties – 451 975 451 975

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Goodwill – 466 906 466 906 Intangible assets – 178 567 178 567 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – 6 226 142 6 226 142 Total on-balance sheet exposures 36 805 561 15 204 537 52 010 098

^ Refl ects future receivables in respect of assets subject to operating lease contracts. ** Restated. 1. Largely relates to exposures that are classifi ed as equity risk in the banking book. Further information is provided on pages 4 to 47. 2. Largely relates to impairments and the impact of hedge accounting. 3. Whilst the group manages all risks (including credit risk) from a day-to-day operational perspective, certain of these assets are within special purpose vehicles that ring-fence the assets to specifi c credit providers and limit security to the assets in the vehicle. The table above refl ects the net credit exposure in the vehicles that the group has refl ected in the ‘total credit and counterparty exposure’ with the maximum credit exposure referenced to credit providers external to the group in the column headed ‘assets that we deem to have no legal credit exposure’. 01 4. Largely relates to net investments in Kensington securitised vehicles to which Investec has no direct exposure as discussed on pages 52 to 55. Also includes liquidity facilities provided to third party corporate securitisation vehicles in South Africa. These facilities have remained undrawn and are refl ected as a contingent liability, i.e. off-balance sheet exposure of the bank. 5. Other assets include settlement debtors where we deem to have no credit risk exposure as they are settled on a delivery against payment basis.

24 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Gross credit and counterparty exposures by residual contractual maturity at 31 March 2014

Six Up Three months One to three to six to one to fi ve Five to £’000 months months year years 10 years >10 years Total

Cash and balances at central banks 2 072 987 –––––2 072 987 Loans and advances to banks 3 179 314 1 000 16 314 83 551 – – 3 280 179 Non-sovereign and non-bank 515 189 ––––– 515 189 cash placements Reverse repurchase agreements and 1 225 993 2 019 24 386 61 760 44 215 30 607 1 388 980 cash collateral on securities borrowed Sovereign debt securities 1 094 394 463 214 542 080 124 213 515 245 476 286 3 215 432 Bank debt securities 79 868 257 225 267 463 696 540 220 471 46 530 1 568 097 Other debt securities 13 – – 35 580 363 775 194 985 594 353 Derivative fi nancial instruments 342 333 71 698 113 353 419 133 133 103 122 658 1 202 278 Securities arising from trading activities 353 699 – 2 666 51 385 32 556 21 084 461 390 Loans and advances to 2 433 185 1 161 804 1 454 404 7 353 228 1 484 428 2 658 286 16 545 335 customers (gross) Own originated loans and advances to 20 175 15 137 36 273 349 747 50 850 404 413 876 595 customers securitised Other loans and advances (gross) 4 233 54 131 268 290 8 919 1 463 702 1 745 329 Other securitised assets (gross) 4 188 –––– 193 442 197 630 Other assets 171 422 160 –––– 171 582 Total on-balance sheet exposures 11 496 993 1 972 311 2 457 070 9 443 427 2 853 562 5 611 993 33 835 356 Guarantees 124 395 41 228 19 041 296 186 41 893 141 883 664 626

Contingent liabilities, committed Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 648 111 64 543 269 892 927 327 98 347 1 033 279 3 041 499 facilities and other Total off-balance sheet exposures 772 506 105 771 288 933 1 223 513 140 240 1 175 162 3 706 125 Total gross credit and counterparty exposures pre-collateral or other credit enhancements 12 269 499 2 078 082 2 746 003 10 666 940 2 993 802 6 787 155 37 541 481

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 25 Risk management (continued)

Detailed analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures by industry at 31 March 2014

Lending collaterised by property Electricity, Public HNW and – largely gas and and non- Finance professional to private water (utility business Business and £’000 individuals clients Agriculture services) services services insurance

Cash and balances at central banks – – – – 2 072 987 – – Loans and advances to banks – – – – – – 3 280 179 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – – – 1 391 969 27 588 113 844 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 27 643 – – 1 129 – – 1 298 322 Sovereign debt securities – – – – 3 215 432 – – Bank debt securities – – – – – – 1 568 097 Other debt securities – – – 17 311 – – 261 713 Derivative fi nancial instruments 9 094 – 528 15 130 4 863 17 574 998 421 Securities arising from trading activities – – – 241 384 436 – 65 898 Loans and advances to customers (gross) 5 957 256 4 561 536 68 191 527 034 238 738 547 296 770 278 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised (gross) 876 562 33 – – – – –

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Other loans and advances (gross) – – – – – – 330 500 Other securitised assets (gross) – – – – 8 958 – 4 189 Other assets 4 – – 37 17 076 18 080 120 494 Total on-balance sheet exposures 6 870 559 4 561 569 68 719 562 273 5 943 459 610 538 8 811 935 Guarantees 148 850 86 814 – 8 996 48 011 2 534 148 074 Contingent liabilities, committed facilities and other 1 650 438 505 192 36 023 230 055 7 174 69 729 68 884 Total off-balance sheet exposures 1 799 288 592 006 36 023 239 051 55 185 72 263 216 958 Total gross credit and counterparty exposures pre- collateral or other credit enhancements 8 669 847 5 153 575 104 742 801 324 5 998 644 682 801 9 028 893 ^ Historically legacy positions (largely in the Kensington portfolio) to non-target market clients. 01

26 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate Leisure, Retailers Manufac- commercial Other Mining entertain- and turing and Construc- real residential and ment Com- wholesalers commerce tion estate mortgages^ resources and tourism Transport munication Total

–––––––––2 072 987 –––––––––3 280 179

95 828 117 513 13 648 – – 30 827 – 102 685 10 896 515 189

– 57 392 ––––– 4 494 – 1 388 980 –––––––––3 215 432 1 568 097 –––– 32 451 126 778 – 88 096 68 004 594 353 38 584 33 691 14 090 35 737 – 9 014 11 584 11 905 2 063 1 202 278

– 8 495 ––––– 2 320 – 461 390

530 053 864 694 218 045 457 258 16 074 468 848 206 394 760 473 353 167 16 545 335

––––––––– 876 595

––––1 414 829 ––––1 745 329 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures –––– 184 483 –––– 197 630 1 572 9 456 – – 137 – – – 4 726 171 582 666 037 1 091 241 245 783 492 995 1 647 974 635 467 217 978 969 973 438 856 33 835 356 79 067 7 833 56 64 456 120 930 11 288 1 138 515 664 626

84 401 85 623 25 018 8 585 5 293 109 498 55 873 86 097 13 616 3 041 499 163 468 93 456 25 074 8 649 5 749 230 428 67 161 87 235 14 131 3 706 125

829 505 1 184 697 270 857 501 644 1 653 723 865 895 285 139 1 057 208 452 987 37 541 481 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 27 Risk management (continued)

Detailed analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures by industry at 31 March 2013

Lending collaterised by property Electricity, Public HNW and – largely gas and and non- Finance professional to private water (utility business Business and £’000 individuals clients Agriculture services) services services insurance

Cash and balances at central banks – – – – 1 779 576 – – Loans and advances to banks – – ––––3 136 051 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – – 7 178 – – 24 141 131 814 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 29 613 – – 8 532 – – 2 275 552 Sovereign debt securities – – – – 4 077 217 – – Bank debt securities – – ––––1 879 105 Other debt securities – – – 10 579 – – 307 335 Derivative fi nancial instruments 9 402 – 107 22 582 4 674 10 500 1 314 171 Securities arising from trading activities – – – 260 480 506 – 50 212 Loans and advances to customers (gross) 5 655 781 5 683 283 84 674 495 769 251 737 819 896 897 390 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised (gross) 931 371 35 – –––– Other loans and advances (gross) – – ––––176 366 Other securitised assets (gross) – – ––––27 544 Other assets 62 – – 24 – – 115 944 Property and equipment – – – 8 32 2 192 809 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Total on-balance sheet exposures 6 626 229 5 683 318 91 959 537 754 6 593 742 856 729 10 312 293 Guarantees 180 356 105 996 – 11 851 42 1 690 4 672 Contingent liabilities, committed facilities and other 1 491 009 517 176 14 320 46 244 5 878 99 721 58 400 Total off-balance sheet exposures 1 671 365 623 172 14 320 58 095 5 920 101 411 63 072 Total gross credit and counterparty exposures pre-collateral or other credit enhancements 8 297 594 6 306 490 106 279 595 849 6 599 662 958 140 10 375 365 ^ Historically legacy positions (largely in the Kensington portfolio) to non-target market clients.

01

28 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Corporate Leisure, Retailers Manufac- commercial Other Mining entertain- and turing and Construc- real residential and ment Com- wholesalers commerce tion estate mortgages^ resources and tourism Transport munication Total

–––––––––1 779 576 –––––––––3 136 051

90 180 94 750 2 380 – – 41 520 – 18 92110 076420 960

– 40 073 –––––4 902–2 358 672 –––––––––4 077 217 –––––––––1 879 105 12 554 – 7 270 47 387 – 42 786 – 15 842 – 443 753 15 396 21 005 24 268 90 357 – 6 826 3 498 8 197 204 1 531 187 6 858 ––––8 500 – 6 168 – 552 504

529 823 973 981 101 724 425 588 – 379 151 228 761 533 667 712 536 17 773 761

–––––––––931 406 ––––1 552 586 – – 56 – 1 729 008 – – – 22 444 –––––49 988 – 187 – 20 558 – 697 – – 175 137 647 528 426 65 248 – 11 1 406 – 4 726 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 655 339 1 130 422 135 707 606 582 1 552 586 479 491 232 260 588 159 722 991 36 805 561 36 241 17 918 79 556 994 – 127 394 13 131 1 130 – 580 971

54 763 77 531 4 971 57 008 – 189 066 25 331 190 307 72 9562 904 681 91 004 95 449 84 527 58 002 1 552 586 316 460 38 462 191 437 72 956 3 485 652

746 343 1 225 871 220 234 664 584 1 552 586 795 951 270 722 779 596 795 947 40 291 213

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 29 Risk management (continued)

Summary analysis of gross credit and balances held with institutions and central Private client counterparty exposures by industry banks, thus the large balance refl ected in the ‘public and non-business services’ and loans account A description of the type of ‘fi nance and insurance’ sectors. These private client lending we for 39.2% of total exposures also include off-balance sheet undertake is provided on items such as guarantees, committed gross core loans page 14, and a more detailed facilities and contingent liabilities, largely analysis of the private client and advances, to our HNW and professional individual loan portfolio is provided on clients. as represented pages 38 to 41. by the industry A description of the type of

corporate client lending we classifi cation ‘HNW The remainder of core loans and advances largely relate to corporate client lending and undertake, is provided on and professional are evenly spread across industry sectors. pages 14 and 15, and a more individuals’ detailed analysis of the corporate Other credit and counterparty exposures client loan portfolio is provided are largely refl ective of cash and near cash on pages 38 to 41.

Gross core loans Other credit and At 31 March and advances counterparty exposures Total £’000 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013

HNW and professional individuals 6 833 818 6 587 152 1 836 029 1 710 442 8 669 847 8 297 594 Lending collateralised by property – largely to private clients 4 561 569 5 683 318 592 006 623 172 5 153 575 6 306 490 Agriculture 68 191 84 674 36 551 21 605 104 742 106 279 Electricity, gas and water (utility services) 527 034 495 769 274 290 100 080 801 324 595 849 Public and non-business services 238 738 251 737 5 759 906 6 347 925 5 998 644 6 599 662

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Business services 547 296 819 896 135 505 138 244 682 801 958 140 Finance and insurance 770 278 897 390 8 258 615 9 477 975 9 028 893 10 375 365 Retailers and wholesalers 530 053 529 823 299 452 216 520 829 505 746 343 Manufacturing and commerce 864 694 973 981 320 003 251 890 1 184 697 1 225 871 Construction 218 045 101 724 52 812 118 510 270 857 220 234 Corporate commercial real estate 457 258 425 588 44 386 238 996 501 644 664 584 Other residential mortgages 16 074 – 1 637 649 1 552 586 1 653 723 1 552 586 Mining and resources 468 848 379 151 397 047 416 800 865 895 795 951 Leisure, entertainment and tourism 206 394 228 761 78 745 41 961 285 139 270 722 Transport 760 473 533 667 296 735 245 929 1 057 208 779 596 Communication 353 167 712 536 99 820 83 411 452 987 795 947 Total 17 421 930 18 705 167 20 119 551 21 586 046 37 541 481 40 291 213 01

30 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of our core loans and advances, asset quality and impairments Core loans and advances comprise:

• Loans and advances to customers as per the balance sheet

• Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised as per the balance sheet.

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Loans and advances to customers as per the balance sheet 16 281 612 17 484 524 Add: own originated loans and advances securitised as per the balance sheet 875 755 930 449 Net core loans and advances to customers 17 157 367 18 414 973

The tables that follow provide information with respect to the asset quality of our core loans and advances to customers.

An overview of developments during the fi nancial year is provided on pages 19 to 21.

31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Gross core loans and advances to customers 17 421 930 18 705 167

Total impairments (264 563) (290 194) Portfolio impairments (26 337) (15 531) Specifi c impairments (238 226) (274 663) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Net core loans and advances to customers 17 157 367 18 414 973

Average gross core loans and advances to customers 18 063 549 18 601 373

Current loans and advances to customers 16 543 731 17 646 205 Past due loans and advances to customers (1 – 60 days) 166 537 177 080 Special mention loans and advances to customers 52 983 89 691 Default loans and advances to customers 658 679 792 191 Gross core loans and advances to customers 17 421 930 18 705 167

Current loans and advances to customers 16 543 731 17 646 205 Default loans that are current and not impaired 52 729 12 398 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are past due but not impaired 273 171 359 034 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are impaired 552 299 687 530 Gross core loans and advances to customers 17 421 930 18 705 167

Total income statement charge for core loans and advances (122 473) (156 727) 01

Gross default loans and advances to customers 658 679 792 191 Specifi c impairments (238 226) (274 663) Portfolio impairments (26 337) (15 531) Defaults net of impairments 394 116 501 997 Collateral and other credit enhancements 499 267 634 309 Net default loans and advances to customers (limited to zero) – –

Ratios Total impairments as a % of gross core loans and advances to customers 1.52% 1.55% Total impairments as a % of gross default loans 40.17% 36.63% Gross defaults as a % of gross core loans and advances to customers 3.78% 4.24% Defaults (net of impairments) as a % of net core loans and advances to customers 2.30% 2.73% Net defaults as a % of gross core loans and advances to customers – – Credit loss ratio (i.e. income statement impairment charge as a % of average gross core loans and advances) 0.68% 0.84%

Investec integrated annual report 2014 31 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of core loans and advances to customers and asset quality by geography

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March £’000 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013

Gross core loans and advances to customers 6 674 401 6 220 626 9 006 363 10 261 868 1 741 166 2 222 673 17 421 930 18 705 167

Total impairments (182 066) (175 563) (71 260) (97 004) (11 237) (17 627) (264 563) (290 194) Portfolio impairments (15 045) (5 000) (9 900) (8 835) (1 392) (1 696) (26 337) (15 531) Specifi c impairments (167 021) (170 563) (61 360) (88 169) (9 845) (15 931) (238 226) (274 663)

Net core loans and advances to customers 6 492 335 6 045 063 8 935 103 10 164 864 1 729 929 2 205 046 17 157 367 18 414 973

% of total 37.8% 32.8% 52.1% 55.2% 10.1% 12.0% 100.0% 100.0% % change since 31 March 2013 7.4% – (12.1%)* – (21.5%)* – (6.8%) –

Average gross core loans and advances to customers 6 447 514 6 080 420 9 634 116 10 429 335 1 981 920 2 091 618 18 063 549 18 601 373

Current loans and advances to customers 6 127 663 5 641 901 8 724 114 9 864 944 1 691 954 2 139 360 16 543 731 17 646 205 Past due loans and advances to customers (1 – 60 days) 106 417 113 724 42 504 45 731 17 616 17 625 166 537 177 080 Special mention loans and advances to customers 14 011 26 972 38 042 61 724 930 995 52 983 89 691 Default loans and advances to Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures customers 426 310 438 029 201 703 289 469 30 666 64 693 658 679 792 191 Gross core loans and advances to customers 6 674 401 6 220 626 9 006 363 10 261 868 1 741 166 2 222 673 17 421 930 18 705 167

Current core loans and advances to customers 6 127 663 5 641 901 8 724 114 9 864 944 1 691 954 2 139 360 16 543 731 17 646 205 Default loans that are current and not impaired 43 508 8 006 9 221 4 392 – – 52 729 12 398 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are past due but not impaired 121 402 146 038 125 955 181 101 25 814 31 895 273 171 359 034 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are impaired 381 828 424 681 147 073 211 431 23 398 51 418 552 299 687 530 Gross core loans and 01 advances to customers 6 674 401 6 220 626 9 006 363 10 261 868 1 741 166 2 222 673 17 421 930 18 705 167 Total income statement charge for core loans and advances (61 113) (76 902) (39 241) (61 976) (22 119) (17 849) (122 473) (156 727)

Gross default loans and advances to customers 426 310 438 029 201 703 289 469 30 666 64 693 658 679 792 191 Specifi c impairments (167 021) (170 563) (61 360) (88 170) (9 845) (15 931) (238 226) (274 663) Portfolio impairments (15 045) (5 000) (9 900) (8 834) (1 392) (1 696) (26 337) (15 531) Defaults net of impairments 244 244 262 466 130 443 192 465 19 429 47 066 394 116 501 997 Collateral and other credit enhancements 262 862 306 490 202 153 277 988 34 252 49 831 499 267 634 309 Net default loans and advances to customers (limited to zero) ––––––––

* Impacted by the depreciation of the Rand and Australian Dollar against Pounds Sterling. Neutral currency book growth for South Africa of 10.6% and the Australian book declined by 3.3%.

32 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group

31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013

Ratios Total impairments as a % of gross core loans and advances to customers 2.73% 2.82% 0.79% 0.95% 0.65% 0.79% 1.52% 1.55% Total impairments as a % of gross default loans 42.71% 40.08% 35.33% 33.51% 36.64% 27.25% 40.17% 36.63% Gross defaults as a % of gross core loans and advances to customers 6.39% 7.04% 2.24% 2.82% 1.76% 2.91% 3.78% 4.24% Defaults (net of impairments) as a % of net core loans and advances to customers 3.76% 4.34% 1.46% 1.89% 1.12% 2.13% 2.30% 2.73% Net defaults as a % of core loans and advances to customers – – – – – – – – Credit loss ratio (i.e. income statement impairment charge as a % of average gross core loans and advances) 0.95% 1.26% 0.42% 0.61% 1.12% 0.85% 0.68% 0.84%

An age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Default loans that are current 461 248 471 582 1 – 60 days 194 023 232 980 61 – 90 days 29 164 50 153 91 – 180 days 34 657 34 868 181 – 365 days 42 344 50 339 >365 days 116 763 219 040 Past due and default core loans and advances to customers (actual capital exposure) 878 199 1 058 962

1 – 60 days 18 388 61 830 61 – 90 days 2 158 5 087 01 91 – 180 days 9 222 6 910 181 – 365 days 34 683 30 215 >365 days 93 917 178 083 Past due and default core loans and advances to customers (actual amount in arrears) 158 368 282 125

Investec integrated annual report 2014 33 Risk management (continued)

A further age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers

Current watchlist 1 – 60 61 – 90 91 – 180 181 – 365 >365 £’000 loans days days days days days Total

At 31 March 2014 Watchlist loans neither past due nor impaired Total capital exposure 52 729 – – – – – 52 729 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are past due but not impaired Total capital exposure – 182 161 24 434 22 205 19 678 24 693 273 171 Amount in arrears – 15 019 1 227 4 342 14 510 17 667 52 765 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are impaired Total capital exposure 408 519 11 862 4 730 12 452 22 666 92 070 552 299 Amount in arrears – 3 369 931 4 880 20 173 76 250 105 603 At 31 March 2013 Watchlist loans neither past due nor impaired Total capital exposure 12 398 – – – – – 12 398 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are past due but Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures not impaired Total capital exposure – 225 029 48 424 26 251 15 987 43 343 359 034 Amount in arrears – 58 419 4 768 5 161 9 184 32 262 109 794 Gross core loans and advances to customers that are impaired Total capital exposure 459 184 7 951 1 729 8 617 34 352 175 697 687 530 Amount in arrears – 3 411 319 1 749 21 031 145 821 172 331

An age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers at 31 March 2014 (based on total capital exposure)

Current watchlist 1 – 60 61 – 90 91 – 180 181 – 365 >365 01 £’000 loans days days days days days Total

Past due (1 – 60 days) – 166 537 –––– 166 537 Special mention – 14 136 23 101 188 12 175 3 383 52 983 Special mention – 14 136 1 307 188* 12 175* 3 383* 31 189 (1 – 90 days) Special mention (61 – 90 days and item – – 21 794 – – – 21 794 well secured) Default 461 248 13 350 6 063 34 469 30 169 113 380 658 679 Sub-standard 200 040 1 635 1 431 22 039 7 503 21 311 253 959 Doubtful 120 898 11 648 4 630 12 362 22 559 90 221 262 318 Loss 140 310 67 2 68 107 1 848 142 402 Total 461 248 194 023 29 164 34 657 42 344 116 763 878 199

* Largely relates to solvent deceased estates and bonds under registration at the deeds offi ce. Due to the lengthy external process with respect to these exposures, which are out of the control of Investec, these exposures have been classifi ed as special mention nda will remain there until settled or their credit quality deteriorates.

34 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

An age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers at 31 March 2014 (based on actual amount in arrears)

Current watchlist 1 – 60 61 – 90 91 – 180 181 – 365 >365 £’000 loans days days days days days Total

Past due (1 – 60 days) – 8 560 –––– 8 560 Special mention 6 439 1 176 28 10 637 601 18 881 Special mention (1 – 90 days) – 6 439 147 28* 10 637* 601* 17 852 Special mention (61 – 90 days and item well secured) – – 1 029 – – – 1 029 Default – 3 389 982 9 194 24 046 93 316 130 927 Sub-standard – 45 58 4 325 3 873 17 067 25 368 Doubtful – 3 277 922 4 801 20 066 74 401 103 467 Loss – 67 2 68 107 1 848 2 092 Total – 18 388 2 158 9 222 34 683 93 917 158 368

An age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers at 31 March 2013 (based on total capital exposure)

Current watchlist 1 – 60 61 – 90 91 – 180 181 – 365 >365 £’000 loans days days days days days Total

Past due (1 – 60 days) – 177 080 ––––177 080 Special mention – 38 47341 644 1 459 5 648 2 467 89 691 Special mention Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures – 38 473 5 699 1 459* 5 648* 2 467* 53 746 (1 – 90 days) Special mention (61 – 90 days and item – – 35 945 – – – 35 945 well secured) Default 471 582 17 427 8 509 33 409 44 691 216 573 792 191 Sub-standard 147 164 9 488 6 781 24 986 10 339 54 251 253 009 Doubtful 159 365 7 730 1 728 8 330 34 326 160 463 371 942 Loss 165 053 209 – 93 26 1 859 167 240 Total 471 582 232 980 50 153 34 868 50 339 219 040 1 058 962

An age analysis of past due and default core loans and advances to customers at 31 March 2013 (based on actual amount in arrears)

Current watchlist 1 – 60 61 – 90 91 – 180 181 – 365 >365 01 £’000 loans days days days days days Total

Past due (1 – 60 days) – 21 627––––21 627 Special mention – 35 131 3 223 73 5 198 473 44 098 Special mention (1 – 90 days) – 35 131 1 360 73* 5 198* 473* 42 235 Special mention (61 – 90 days and item well secured) – – 1 863 – – – 1 863 Default – 5 0721 864 6 837 25 017 177 610 216 400 Sub-standard – 1 657 1 546 5 191 3 986 33 915 46 295 Doubtful – 3 298 318 1 623 21 005 141 836 168 080 Loss – 117 – 23 26 1 859 2 025 Total – 61 8305 087 6 910 30 215 178 083 282 125

* Largely relates to solvent deceased estates and bonds under registration at the deeds offi ce. Due to the lengthy external process with respect to these exposures, which are out of the control of Investec, these exposures have been classifi ed as special mention nda will remain there until settled or their credit quality deteriorates.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 35 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of core loans and advances to customers

Gross core Gross core Total gross Total net loans and loans and core loans core loans advances advances Gross core and and that are that are loans and advances advances neither past past due advances (actual Specifi c Portfolio (actual Actual due nor but not that are capital impair- impair- capital amount in £’000 impaired impaired impaired exposure) ments ments exposure) arrears

At 31 March 2014 Current core loans and advances 16 543 731 – – 16 543 731 – (25 562) 16 518 169 – Past due (1 – 60 days) – 166 537 – 166 537 – (221) 166 316 8 560 Special mention – 52 983 – 52 983 – (544) 52 439 18 881 Special mention (1 – 90 days) – 31 189 – 31 189 – (487) 30 702 17 852 Special mention (61 – 90 days and item well secured) – 21 794 – 21 794 – (57) 21 737 1 029 Default 52 729 53 651 552 299 658 679 (238 226) (10) 420 443 130 927 Sub-standard 52 529 53 651 147 779 253 959 (36 846) (10) 217 103 25 368 Doubtful – – 262 318 262 318 (119 951) – 142 367 103 467 Loss 200 – 142 202 142 402 (81 429) – 60 973 2 092 Total 16 596 460 273 171 552 299 17 421 930 (238 226) (26 337) 17 157 367 158 368

At 31 March 2013

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Current core loans and advances 17 646 205 – – 17 646 205 – (14 620) 17 631 585 – Past due (1 – 60 days) – 177 080 – 177 080 – (181) 176 899 21 629 Special mention – 89 691 – 89 691 – (715) 88 976 44 096 Special mention (1 – 90 days) – 53 746 – 53 746 – (635) 53 111 42 233 Special mention (61 – 90 days and item well secured) – 35 945 – 35 945 – (80) 35 865 1 863 Default 12 398 92 263 687 530 792 191 (274 663)(15) 517 513 216 400 Sub-standard 10 398 92 263 150 348 253 009 (32 542) (10) 220 457 46 295 Doubtful 2 000 – 369 942 371 942 (157 530) (5) 214 407 168 080 Loss – – 167 240 167 240 (84 591) – 82 649 2 025 01 Total 17 658 603 359 034 687 530 18 705 167 (274 663)(15 531) 18 414 973 282 125

36 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of core loans and advances to customers and impairments by counterparty type

Public Private Insurance, and Total Banking fi nancial government core loans professional services sector Trade and and HNW Corporate (excluding (including fi nance advances to £’000 individuals sector sovereign) central banks) and other customers

At 31 March 2014 Current core loans and advances 10 625 842 4 734 226 759 941 238 084 185 638 16 543 731 Past due (1 – 60 days) 142 662 20 412 – – 3 463 166 537 Special mention 52 101 802 – – 80 52 983 Special mention (1 – 90 days) 30 917 272–––31 189 Special mention (61 – 90 days and item well secured) 21 184 530 – – 80 21 794 Default 574 781 66 611 10 594 654 6 039 658 679 Sub-standard 224 309 18 968 10 414 – 268 253 959 Doubtful 209 755 46 018 149 625 5 771 262 318 Loss 140 717 1 625 31 29 – 142 402 Total gross core loans and advances to customers 11 395 386 4 822 051 770 535 238 738 195 220 17 421 930

Total impairments (224 304) (35 168) (207) (337) (4 547) (264 563) Specifi c impairments (201 092) (32 231) (94) (262) (4 547) (238 226) Portfolio impairments (23 212) (2 937) (113) (75) – (26 337) Net core loans and advances to customers 11 171 082 4 786 883 770 328 238 401 190 673 17 157 367 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures At 31 March 2013 Current core loans and advances 10 754 920 5 583 880 877 141 251 223 179 041 17 646 205 Past due (1 – 60 days) 119 379 50 214 – – 7 487 177 080 Special mention 68 067 20 940 – – 684 89 691 Special mention (1 – 90 days) 50 607 3 139 – – – 53 746 Special mention (61 – 90 days and 17 460 17 801 – – 684 35 945 item well secured) Default 616 833 147 388 20 249 514 7 207 792 191 Sub-standard 216 676 36 126 – – 207 253 009 Doubtful 234 908 109 271 20 249 514 7 000 371 942 Loss 165 249 1 991 – – – 167 240 Total gross core loans and advances to customers 11 559 199 5 802 422 897 390 251 737 194 419 18 705 167 01 Total impairments (231 326) (53 309) (375) (327) (4 857) (290 194) Specifi c impairments (222 654) (46 761) (64) (327) (4 857) (274 663) Portfolio impairments (8 672) (6 548) (311) – – (15 531) Net core loans and advances to customers 11 327 873 5 749 113 897 015 251 410 189 562 18 414 973

Investec integrated annual report 2014 37 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of core loans and advances by risk category at 31 March 2014

UK and Other Southern Africa Balance Income Balance Income Gross sheet statement Gross sheet statement core Gross impair- impair- core Gross impair- impair- £’000 loans defaults Collateral ments ments loans defaults Collateral ments ments

Lending collateralised by property 2 438 703 366 798 229 846 (138 354) (39 720) 2 022 944 105 079 97 690 (35 640) (12 161)

Commercial real estate 1 623 173 128 026 76 647 (52 087) (23 907) 1 855 220 42 658 51 175 (9 875) (4 135) Commercial real estate – investment 1 396 537 62 723 47 562 (13 684) (14 549) 1 648 914 29 379 36 219 (6 278) (1 965) Commercial real estate – development 92 787 21 016 11 243 (10 466) (3 182) 105 130 – – – (1 021) Commercial vacant land and planning 133 849 44 287 17 842 (27 937) (6 176) 101 176 13 279 14 956 (3 597) (1 149)

Residential real estate 815 530 238 772 153 199 (86 267) (15 813) 167 724 62 421 46 515 (25 765) (8 026) Residential real estate – investment 327 607 39 344 29 945 (6 765) (3 350) – – – – – Residential real estate – development 382 862 134 762 80 103 (56 463) (8 765) 70 129 18 711 18 455 (2 767) (2 828) Residential vacant land and planning 105 061 64 666 43 151 (23 039) (3 698) 97 595 43 710 28 060 (22 998) (5 198)

High net worth and other

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures private client lending 1 497 909 21 144 17 605 (5 706) (10 238) 4 057 849 57 964 68 875 (13 879) (21 957) Mortgages 1 143 043 4 786 6 115 (900) (678) 2 455 188 35 247 46 649 (5 218) (5 581) High net worth and specialised lending 280 874 15 023 10 921 (4 041) (9 529) 1 602 661 22 717 22 226 (8 661) (16 376) Professional fi nance 73 992 1 335 569 (765) (31) – Corporate and other lending 2 737 789 38 368 15 411 (22 961) (11 155) 2 925 570 38 660 35 588 (11 841) (5 123) Acquisition fi nance 666 069 11 603 4 133 (7 471) (1 865) 694 168 30 014 31 703 (5 452) 515 Asset based lending 165 569 – – – 98 173 738 6 039 3 121 (4 547) (2 193) Fund fi nance 277 771 –––– ––––– Other corporates and fi nancial institutions and governments 327 983 4 241 2 821 (1 421) (1 740) 1 636 858 2 607 764 (1 842) 2 446 Asset fi nance 878 937 9 832 5 455 (4 378) (3 344) 200 466 – (560) 01 Small ticket asset fi nance 665 264 7 849 1 983 (4 378) (4 567) 57 380 –––– Large ticket asset fi nance 213 673 1 983 3 472 – 1 223 143 086 – (560) Project fi nance 410 135 12 692 3 002 (9 691) (4 304) 183 409 – – (5331) Resource fi nance 11 325 –––– 36 931 –––– Portfolio impairments – – – (15 045) – – – – (9 900) – Total 6 674 401 426 310 262 862 (182 066) (61 113) 9 006 363 201 703 202 153 (71 260) (39 241)

38 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Australia Total group Balance Income Balance Income Gross sheet statement Gross sheet statement core Gross impair- impair- core Gross impair- impair- loans defaults Collateral ments ments loans defaults Collateral ments ments

99 922 14 458 10 587 (5 535) (9 153) 4 561 569 486 335 338 123 (179 529) (61 034)

39 545 5 196 3 195 (2 002) (3 395) 3 517 938 175 880 131 017 (63 964) (31 437)

33 188 5 196 3 195 (2 002) (3 395) 3 078 639 97 298 86 976 (21 964) (19 909)

3 285 –––– 201 202 21 016 11 243 (10 466) (4 203)

3 072 –––– 238 097 57 566 32 798 (31 534) (7 325)

60 377 9 262 7 392 (3 533) (5 758) 1 043 631 310 455 207 106 (115 565) (29 597)

330 193 78 (115) (120) 327 937 39 537 30 023 (6 880) (3 470)

46 149 – – – (690) 499 140 153 473 98 558 (59 230) (12 283)

13 898 9 069 7 314 (3 418) (4 948) 216 554 117 445 78 525 (49 455) (13 844)

1 278 060 9 339 19 128 (1 978) (3 692) 6 833 818 88 447 105 608 (21 563) (35 887) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 16 964 ––––3 615 195 40 033 52 764 (6 118) (6 259)

60 591 4 391 15 581 (576) (455) 1 944 126 42 131 48 728 (13 278) (26 360) 1 200 505 4 948 3 547 (1 402) (3 237) 1 274 497 6 283 4 116 (2 167) (3 268)

363 184 6 869 4 537 (2 332) (9 274) 6 026 543 83 897 55 536 (37 134) (25 552) 78 358 6 024 3 800 (2 224) (8 728) 1 438 595 47 641 39 636 (15 147) (10 078) ––––– 339 307 6 039 3 121 (4 547) (2 095) ––––– 277 771 ––––

92 629––––2 057 470 6 848 3 585 (3 263) 706 103 872 845 737 (108) (556) 1 183 275 10 677 6 192 (4 486) (4 460) 01 85 086 845 737 (108) (556) 807 730 8 694 2 720 (4 486) (5123)

18 786 –––– 375 545 1 983 3 472 – 663 28 506 – – – 10 622 050 12 692 3 002 (9 691) (9 625) 59 819 –––– 108 075 –––– – – – (1 392) – – – – (26 337) – 1 741 166 30 666 34 252 (11 237) (22 119) 17 421 930 658 679 499 267 (264 563) (122 473)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 39 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of core loans and advances by risk category at 31 March 2013

UK and Other Southern Africa Balance Balance sheet sheet Gross core Gross impair- Gross core Gross impair- £’000 loans defaults Collateral ments loans defaults Collateral ments

Lending collateralised by property 2 510 740 346 863 229 758 (144 949) 2 949 453 162 938 153 158 (54 784)

Commercial real estate 1 580 412 106 142 68 565 (51 624) 2 725 310 78 410 87 230 (22 213) Commercial real estate – investment 1 360 655 41 903 36 911 (8 761) 2 420 481 66 980 77 354 (16 328) Commercial real estate – development 86 692 14 805 8 276 (8 189) 154 615 971 537 (635) Commercial vacant land and planning 133 065 49 434 23 378 (34 674) 150 214 10 459 9 339 (5 250)

Residential real estate 930 328 240 721 161 193 (93 325) 224 143 84 528 65 928 (32 571) Residential real estate – investment 398 610 35 842 34 489 (8 529) – – – – Residential real estate – development 399 586 134 205 82 452 (57 309) 80 999 7 166 5 722 (2 590) Residential vacant land and planning 132 132 70 674 44 252 (27 487) 143 144 77 362 60 206 (29 981)

High net worth and other

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures private client lending 1 032 619 31 748 44 993 (6 629) 4 148 836 69 264 83 071 (18 938) Mortgages 598 644 1 587 945 (499) 2 693 085 49 326 58 439 (11 916) High net worth and specialised lending 353 909 28 554 43 427 (5 144) 1 455 356 19 938 24 632 (7 022) Professional fi nance 80 066 1 607 621 (986) 395 – – –

Corporate and other lending 2 677 267 59 418 31 738 (23 985) 3 163 578 57 267 41 759 (23 281) Acquisition fi nance 757 001 21 098 9 166 (11 932) 1 087 778 29 228 22 678 (9 761) Asset based lending 169 610 – – – 168 438 7 207 2 590 (4 857) Fund fi nance 293 321 – – – – – – – Other corporates and fi nancial institutions and governments 240 727 6 006 – (1 043) 1 329 096 12 361 7 157 (7 508) 01 Asset fi nance 772 902 21 120 15 809 (5 311) 237 846 – – (439) Small ticket asset fi nance 504 458 7 745 3 093 (4 652) 72 374 – – – Large ticket asset fi nance 268 444 13 375 12 716 (659) 165 472 – – (439) Project fi nance 407 920 11 194 6 764 (5 699) 188 905 8 471 9 334 (717) Resource fi nance 35 786 – – – 151 516 – – – Total 6 220 626 438 029 306 490 (175 563) 10 261 868 289 469 277 988 (97 004)

40 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Australia Total group Balance Balance sheet sheet Gross core Gross impair- Gross core Gross impair- loans defaults Collateral ments loans defaults Collateral ments

223 125 39 692 27 765 (12 851) 5 683 318 549 493 410 681 (212 584)

137 053 17 831 10 264 (8 491) 4 442 775 202 383 166 059 (82 328)

133 049 17 831 10 264 (8 491) 3 914 185 126 714 124 529 (33 580)

212 – – – 241 519 15 776 8 813 (8 824)

3 792 – – – 287 071 59 893 32 717 (39 924)

86 072 21 861 17 501 (4 360) 1 240 543 347 110 244 622 (130 256)

1 888 1 350 1 350 – 400 498 37 192 35 839 (8 529)

49 645 – – – 530 230 141 371 88 174 (59 899)

34 539 20 511 16 151 (4 360) 309 815 168 547 120 609 (61 828)

1 405 697 7 835 6 259 (3 403) 6 587 152 108 847 134 323 (28 970) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 9 262 – – – 3 300 991 50 913 59 384 (12 415)

77 101 3 542 3 022 (651) 1 886 366 52 034 71 081 (12 817) 1 319 334 4 293 3 237 (2 752) 1 399 795 5 900 3 858 (3 738)

593 851 17 166 15 807 (1 373) 6 434 696 133 851 89 304 (48 639) 203 945 17 083 15 710 (1 373) 2 048 724 67 409 47 554 (23 066) – – – – 338 048 7 207 2 590 (4 857) 49 578 – – – 342 899 – – –

150 323 – – – 1 720 146 18 367 7 157 (8 551) 56 221 58 58 – 1 066 969 21 178 15 867 (5 750) 01

34 609 58 58 – 611 441 7 803 3 151 (4 652)

21 612 – – – 455 528 13 375 12 716 (1 098) 85 369 – – – 682 194 19 665 16 098 (6 416) 48 415 25 39 – 235 717 25 39 – 2 222 673 64 693 49 831 (17 627) 18 705 167 792 191 634 309 (290 194)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 41 Risk management (continued)

Asset quality trends

UK and Other (excluding Kensington) South Africa Australia Percentage £’billionPercentage R’billionPercentage A$’billion 6.0 7 6.0 160 12.0 3.5

5.0 6 5.0 10.0 3.0 120 5 2.5 4.0 4.0 8.0 4 2.0 3.0 3.0 80 6.0 3 1.5 2.0 2.0 4.0 2 1.0 40

1.0 1 1.0 2.0 0.5

0 0 0 0 0 0 08 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 1408 09 10 11 12 13 14

Credit loss ratio (LHS) Defaults (net of impairments) as Net core loans (RHS) a % of core advances (LHS)

Additional information

An analysis of gross core loans and advances to customers by country of exposure Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 £17 422 million £18 705 million

Africa (excluding RSA) 1.3% Africa (excluding RSA) 1.0% Asia 1.4% Asia 1.2% Australia 12.3% Australia 13.0% Europe (excluding UK) 6.7% Europe (excluding UK) 7.7% Europe (Non-EU) 2.6% Europe (Non-EU) 2.7% North America 2.4% North America 2.8% Other 0.5% Other 0.6% 01 South Africa 46.7% South Africa 50.0% United Kingdom 26.1% United Kingdom 21.0%

42 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Collateral A summary of total collateral

Collateral held against Other Core credit and loans and counterparty £’000 advances exposures* Total

At 31 March 2014 Eligible fi nancial collateral 1 885 055 1 633 349 3 518 404 Listed shares 1 704 372 867 147 2 571 519 Cash 180 683 379 391 560 074 Debt securities issued by sovereigns – 386 811 386 811

Mortgage bonds 16 805 005 1 009 478 17 814 483 Residential mortgages 8 180 568 1 004 817 9 185 385 Residential development 636 555 184 636 739 Commercial property development 542 438 4 477 546 915 Commercial property investments 7 445 444 – 7 445 444

Other collateral 8 437 858 390 200 8 828 058 Unlisted shares 1 891 585 44 524 1 936 109 Bonds other than mortgage bonds 514 790 304 512 819 302 Debtors, stock and other corporate assets 3 387 248 – 3 387 248 Guarantees 1 184 016 8 958 1 192 974 Other 1 460 219 32 206 1 492 425

Total collateral 27 127 918 3 033 027 30 160 945 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

At 31 March 2013 Eligible fi nancial collateral 2 624 867 1 962 016 4 586 883 Listed shares 2 404 170 801 920 3 206 090 Cash 220 697 826 467 1 047 164 Debt securities issued by sovereigns – 333 629 333 629

Mortgage bonds 17 057 263 1 256 547 18 313 810 Residential mortgages 7 354 156 1 254 825 8 608 981 Residential development 727 057 – 727 057 Commercial property development 935 353 1 722 937 075 Commercial property investments 8 040 697 – 8 040 697

Other collateral 9 623 664 115 057 9 738 721 01 Unlisted shares 1 315 037 – 1 315 037 Bonds other than mortgage bonds 536 544 33 782 570 326 Debtors, stock and other corporate assets 2 794 513 – 2 794 513 Guarantees 1 348 085 51 400 1 399 485 Credit derivatives – 4 050 4 050 Other 3 629 485 25 825 3 655 310

Total collateral 29 305 794 3 333 620 32 639 414

* A large percentage of these exposures (for example bank placements) are to highly rated fi nancial institutions where limited collateral would be required due to the nature of the exposure.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 43 Risk management (continued)

Equity and investment value of the underlying portfolio with the Equity and intention to stimulate corporate activity. risk in the banking book In South Africa, we also continue to investment risk pursue opportunities to help create in the banking Equity and investment risk and grow black-owned and controlled book represents description companies a moderate Equity and investment risk in the banking • Lending transactions: the manner in book arises primarily from the following which we structure certain transactions percentage of our activities conducted within the group: results in equity, warrant and profi t shares being held, predominantly within total assets and • Principal Investments (Private Equity unlisted companies is managed within and Direct Investments): investments appropriate risk are selected based on the track • Property Activities: we source record of management, the development, investment and trading limits attractiveness of the industry and the opportunities to create value and trade ability to build value for the existing for profi t within agreed risk parameters business by implementing an agreed strategy. In addition, as a result of • Central Funding: in South Africa our local market knowledge and Central Funding is the custodian investment banking expertise, we are of certain equity and property well positioned to take direct positions investments, which have largely arisen in listed shares where we believe from corporate acquisitions made, that the market is mispricing the notably in the early 2000s.

Management of equity and investment risk As equity and investment risk arise from a variety of activities conducted by us, the monitoring and measurement thereof varies across transactions and/or type of activity. Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

Nature of equity and investment risk Management of risk

Listed equities Investment committee, market risk management and ERRF

Investment Banking Principal Finance Investment committee, the Investec investments Bank Limited Direct Investments division investment committee and ERRF

Embedded derivatives, profi t shares Credit risk management committees and investments arising from lending and ERRF transactions

Investment and trading properties Investment committee, Investec Property group investment committee in South Africa 01 and ERRF Central Funding investments Investment committee and ERRF

Stress testing scenario analyses are performed regularly and reported to ERRF, BRCC and the board. As a matter of course, concentration risk is avoided and investments are well spread across geographies and industries.

44 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Valuation and accounting methodologies For a description of our valuation principles and methodologies refer to pages 27 and 28 in volume three and pages 60

to 66 in volume three for factors taken into consideration in determining fair value.

We have a low level of assets exposed to the volatility of IFRS fair value accounting with level 3 assets amounting to 4.4% of total assets.

Refer to page 62 in volume three for further information.

The table below provides an analysis of income and revaluations recorded with respect to these investments.

For the year to 31 March 2014 Income (pre-funding costs) Fair value £’000 through Country/category Unrealised Realised Dividends Total equity

Unlisted investments 383 35 657 47 658 83 698 10 996 UK and Other 2 130 30 310 9 114 41 554 10 975 South Africa (1 747) 5 421 38 538 42 212 – Australia – (74) 6 (68) 21

Listed equities 2 724 7 432 1 603 11 759 (498) UK and Other (3 612) 6 504 395 3 287 (1 116) South Africa 4 757 (354) 31 4 434 390

Australia 1 579 1 282 1 177 4 038 228 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

Investments and trading properties^ 11 869 17 428 – 29 297 – UK and Other (1 084) 10 979 – 9 895 – South Africa 16 129 6 928 – 23 057 – Australia (3 176) (479) – (3 655) –

Warrants, profi t shares and other embedded derivatives 50 698 7 340 – 58 038 – UK and Other 51 962 (200) – 51 762 – South Africa (1 264) 7 540 – 6 276 –

Total 65 674 67 857 49 261 182 792 10 498

^ For the purposes of the above analysis, the exposures arising from the consolidation of the Investec Property Fund have been refl ected at the level of our economic ownership, being 44.3%. It is noted that the ultimate impact on the income statement refl ects thegroup’s net attributable earnings from the investment. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 45 Risk management (continued)

For the year to 31 March 2013* Income (pre-funding costs) Fair value £’000 through Country/category Unrealised Realised Dividends Total equity

Unlisted investments 13 603 36 901 13 747 64 251 (695) UK and Europe 5 064 1 113 2 177 8 354 (2 620) Southern Africa 9 043 35 771 11 570 56 384 1 925 Australia (504) 17 – (487) –

Listed equities (36 517) 13 256 1 064 (22 197) (3 534) UK and Europe (6 639) (196) 822 (6 013) (4 774) Southern Africa (27 666) 13 405 2 (14 259) – Australia (2 212) 47 240 (1 925) 1 240

Investment and trading properties^ (10 688) 59 888 – 49 200 – UK and Europe – 202 – 202 – Southern Africa (9 599) 59 438 – 49 839 – Australia (1 089) 248 – (841) –

Warrants, profi t shares and other embedded derivatives 32 968 2 762 – 35 730 – UK and Europe 29 821 – – 29 821 – Southern Africa 3 147 2 762 – 5 909 – Australia – – – – – Total (634) 112 807 14 811 126 984 (4 229)

^ For the purposes of the above analysis, the exposures arising from the consolidation of the Investec Property Fund have been refl ected at the level of our economic ownership, being 50.0%. It is noted that the ultimate impact on the income statement refl ects thegroup’s Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures net attributable earnings from the investment. * Restated.

Unrealised revaluation gains through profi t and loss are included in tier 1 capital. In line with the Capital Requirements Regulation, for the period ended 31 March 2014, Investec plc will not be allowed to recognise equity revaluation gains that are posted directly to equity in regulatory capital. The 2013 comparatives have not been restated, and include revaluation gains of £7 million in tier 2 capital. Investec Limited continues to exclude revaluation gains posted directly to equity from their capital position.

Additional information

An analysis of the principal investment portfolio by industry of exposure

01

31 March 2014 (£1 003 million)

Manufacturing and commerce 37.9% Finance and insurance 15.0% Mining and resources 13.6% Retailers and wholesalers 8.9% Communication 6.7% Real estate 5.5% Agriculture 4.5% Business services 4.1% Other 3.8%

46 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Summary of investments held and stress testing analyses The balance sheet value of investments is indicated in the table below. On-balance On-balance sheet Valuation sheet Valuation value of change value of change £’000 investments stress test investments stress test Country/category 2014 2014* 2013^^ 2013*^^

Unlisted investments** 756 534 113 481 840 628 126 095 UK and Europe 273 937 41 091 297 191 44 579 Southern Africa 477 806 71 672 536 699 80 505 Australia 4 791 719 6 738 1 011

Listed equities** 110 848 27 711 88 265 22 066 UK and Europe 62 212 15 553 48 433 12 108 Southern Africa 46 979 11 744 35 040 8 760 Australia 1 657 414 4 792 1 198

Investment and trading properties^ 477 711 55 181 571 067 82 563 UK and Europe 79 528 3 563 59 438 10 738 Southern Africa 375 652 47 112 440 028 57 505 Australia 22 531 4 506 71 601 14 320

Warrants, profi t shares and other embedded derivatives 135 341 47 369 105 076 36 776 UK and Europe 111 573 39 051 72 187 25 265 Southern Africa 23 768 8 318 32 889 11 511 Total 1 480 434 243 742 1 605 036 267 500 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures ^ For the purposes of the above analysis, the exposures arising from the consolidation of the Investec Property Fund have been refl ected at the level of our economic ownership, being 44.3% in 2014 and 50.01% in 2013. ^^ Restated. ** Includes the investment portfolio and non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale lines as per the balance sheet. * In order to assess our earnings sensitivity to a movement in the valuation of these investments the following stress testing parameters are applied: Stress test values applied Stress testing summary Capital requirements Unlisted investments 15% Based on the information at In terms of Basel III capital requirements for Listed equities 25% 31 March 2014, as refl ected above we Investec Limited unlisted and listed equities Trading properties 20% could have a £244 million reversal in within the banking book are represented Investment properties 10% revenue (which assumes a year in which under the category of ‘equity risk’ and there is a ‘severe stress scenario’). This investment properties, profi t shares and Warrants, profi t shares would not cause the group to report a embedded derivatives are considered and other embedded loss but could have a signifi cantly negative in the calculation of capital required for derivatives 35% impact on earnings for that period. The credit risk. In terms of CRD IV capital 01 probability of all these asset classes in all requirements for Investec plc, unlisted and geographies in which we operate being listed equities within the banking book are negatively impacted at the same time is considered in the calculation of capital very low, although the probability of listed required for credit risk. equities being negatively impacted at the Refer to page 92 for further same time is very high. detail.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 47 Risk management (continued)

Securitisation/structured The bank has a portfolio of South Africa

residential mortgages amounting In South Africa, our securitisation business

credit activities to approximately £303 million, was established over 10 years ago. exposures which could be earmarked for Over this time, we have arranged a number securitisation and are included in of residential and commercial mortgage- Overview the numbers as presented on backed programmes, asset-backed page 50. commercial paper conduits (ABCP), and The group’s defi nition of securitisation/credit third party securitisations. investment activities (as explained below) The bank has no securitisations backed by is wider than the defi nition as applied for revolving exposures. Historically, we have also assisted in regulatory capital purposes, which largely the development of select securitisation focuses on those securitisations in which Fitch Ratings, Moody’s, S&P and DBRS platforms with external third party the group has achieved signifi cant risk have been involved in rating these originating intermediaries. Our exposure to transfer. We, however, believe that the abovementioned transactions. these platforms has reduced and been sold information provided below is meaningful in down over the last few years and at present During the year we undertook two that it groups all these related activities in we have a single limited warehouse funding securitisation transactions. Temese order for a reviewer to obtain a fuller picture line to one platform. Funding 1 Plc, a £270 million securitisation of the activities that we have conducted of fi nance lease receivables closed in in this space. Some of the information Furthermore, we are sponsor to and provide November 2013; 95% of the £228 million provided below overlaps with the group’s a standby liquidity facility to Grayston A note (AAA rated by S&P/Fitch (sf)), the credit and counterparty exposure Conduit 1 (RF) Limited Series 1, Series 2 £16 million B note (AAsf) and £11 million information. and Private Mortgages 1. These facilities, C note (Asf) were sold externally with 5% which totalled R1.3 billion at 31 March 2014 Refer to page 23 for the balance retained. The whole of the BBB Rated (31 March 2013: R1.1 billion), have not been

sheet and credit risk D note (£9 million) and the unrated residual drawn on and are thus refl ected as off-

classifi cation. interest (£6 million) was retained. RMS27 balance sheet contingent exposures in terms is a £398 million securitisation of seasoned of our credit analysis. The group applies the standardised UK non-conforming residential mortgages approach in the assessment of regulatory which closed in October 2013. There were Refer to pages 50 and 51. capital for securitisation exposures within A notes issued of £272 million (AAA by

its banking book and trading book. S&P and Fitch), B notes of £110 million Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures The trading book exposures at (unrated) and C notes £17 million (unrated), These exposures are risk-weighted for 31 March 2014 are not regarded as all of which were retained by Investec Bank regulatory capital purposes. The liquidity material, and therefore no further plc. For regulatory purposes, the group risk associated with these facilities is information is disclosed for these continues to recognise these assets in the included in the stress testing for the group exposures. consolidated regulatory balance sheet. and is managed in accordance with our The group therefore does not apply the overall liquidity position. The information below sets out the securitisation rules to the above originated initiatives we have focused on over the We have also sought out select transactions when calculating risk- opportunities in the credit/debt markets past few years, albeit that some of these weighted assets. business lines have been curtailed given the and traded and purchased in structured current economic climate. We have also purchased rated structured credit. These have largely been rated credit instruments (including resecuritisation instruments within the UK and Europe, UK and Other exposures). These exposures are largely totalling R3.5 billion at 31 March 2014

The bank plays an originator role in the in the UK and amount to £348 million (31 March 2013: R3.3 billion). These securitisation of assets it has originated. at 31 March 2014 (31 March 2013: investments are risk-weighted for regulatory To date these have largely been traditional £422 million). This is intended as a hold to capital purposes. securitisations of residential mortgages. 01 maturity profi le rather than a trading portfolio. In addition, we have own originated, For regulatory purposes, special purpose Therefore, since our commercial intention is securitised assets in our Private Client entities (SPEs) are not consolidated where to hold the assets to maturity, the portfolio business in South Africa. The primary signifi cant risk in the SPEs has been will be valued on an amortised cost basis. motivations for the securitisation of assets transferred to third parties. The positions These investments are risk-weighted for within our Private Client division are to: we continue to hold in the securitisation regulatory capital purposes. will be either risk-weighted and/or • Provide an alternative source of funding deducted from capital. Historically, we We retain residual net exposures amounting • Act as a mechanism to transfer risk to £927 million to the assets originated, also assisted in and, on occasion, acted • Leverage returns through the retention warehoused and securitised by Kensington. as sponsor in the development of select of equity tranches in low default rate securitisation platforms with external third Further information is provided portfolios. party originating intermediaries, providing on pages 52 to 55. limited warehouse funding lines to these intermediaries. This portfolio is risk-weighted for regulatory purposes.

48 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Total assets that have been originated and Australia Risk management securitised by the Private Client division As is the case in the South African All existing or proposed exposures to amount to R7.5 billion at 31 March 2014 Private Client division, assets originated a securitisation or a resecuritisation are (31 March 2013: R6.1 billion) and consist by the professional fi nance business in analysed on a case-by-case basis, with fi nal of residential mortgages (R7.5 billion). Australia have been securitised. These approval typically required from the group’s Within these securitisation vehicles loans amount to A$805 million (31 March 2013: global credit committee. The analysis looks greater than 90 days in arrears amounted to A$715 million). Within these securitisation through to the historical and expected R20.6 million and loans less than 90 days vehicles loans greater than 90 days future performance of the underlying assets, in arrears amounted to R5.7 million. During in arrears amounted to A$0.7 million the position of the relevant tranche in the June 2013, Private Residential Mortgages and loans less than 90 days in arrears capital structure as well as analysis of the (RF) Limited – Series 2 (PRM2) refi nanced amounted to A$1.5 million. cash fl ow waterfall under a variety of stress for approximately R0.83 billion with the full scenarios. External ratings are presented, R3.46 billion having a scheduled maturity During the year the Impala Trust No 1 but only for information purposes, since (Sub series 2013-1), an A$278 million date in June 2014. Private Residential the bank principally relies on its own asset-backed securitisation was launched Mortgages (PRF) Limited – Series 1 (PRM1) internal risk assessment. Overarching these in September 2013. The loans securitised was refi nanced internally for R2.0 billion in transaction level principles is the board- were mainly motor vehicles, equipment February 2014. approved risk appetite policy, which details fi nance leases, commercial hire purchase the group’s appetite for such exposures, During the year we arranged two new agreements, and practice loans offered and each exposure is considered relative Investec Private Client originated residential to medical and accounting professionals. to the group’s overall risk appetite. We can mortgage securitisation transactions, All notes on offer were sold and use explicit credit risk mitigation techniques namely, Fox Street 1 (RF) Limited (FS1 for oversubscribed. where required, however, the group prefers R1.47 billion), and Fox Street 2 (RF) Limited to address and manage these risks by only (FS2 for R1.47 billion). These two RMBS Where applicable these securitisation approving exposures to which the group transactions were structured as amortising structures have been rated by S&P. has explicit appetite through the constant transactions. We wound down series 4 The group has acted as sole originator and consistent application of the risk of our ABCP Grayston Conduit 1 (RF) and sponsor in these securitisation appetite policy. Limited (GC4). transactions, which are considered to be traditional securitisations and in which a In addition, securitisations of The PRM2 securitisation structure is complete transfer of risk has deemed to Investec own originated assets rated by Moody’s. FS1 and FS2 are have occurred for local regulatory capital Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures are assessed in terms of the rated by Fitch. The group has acted purposes. The group has retained an credit risk management investment in all of these transactions. as sole originator and sponsor in these philosophies and principles as For local regulatory capital purposes, securitisation transactions, which are set out on page 48. considered to be traditional securitisations the majority of the positions retained and in which a complete transfer of risk has in the securitisation will be treated as Credit analysis deemed to have occurred for regulatory capital deductions. The group has no In terms of our analysis of our credit and capital purposes. The group has retained resecuritisation exposures in Australia. counterparty risk, exposures arising from an investment in all of these transactions. The bank has also purchased in select securitisation/structured credit activities In terms of current securitisation rules, the rated instruments in Australia residential refl ect only those exposures to which we group cannot act as liquidity provider to mortgage-backed transactions, totalling consider ourselves to be at risk. these transactions, and thus the liquidity A$15 million at 31 March 2014 In addition, assets that have been provider role is fulfi lled by other local banks, (31 March 2013: A$22 million). These securitised by our Private Client division or as is the case with FS1 and FS2, the investments are risk-weighted for regulatory are refl ected as part of our core lending special purpose entity has an internal capital purposes. exposures and not our securitisation/ liquidity reserve that has been funded. Credit structured credit exposures as we believe 01 mitigants have not been used in these Accounting policies this refl ects the true nature and intent of transactions. An exemption notice in terms Refer to page 27 in Volume 3. these exposures and activities. of securitisation rules has been applied for in relation to all the transactions.

For regulatory capital purposes, the majority of these transactions are treated as deductions against capital. The group has no resecuritisation exposures in South Africa.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 49 Risk management (continued)

Exposure Exposure At 31 March 2014 2013 Internal balance sheet and Asset quality Nature of exposure/activity £’million £’million credit risk classifi cation – relevant comments

Structured credit* 656 773 Other debt securities and other Rated 556 675 loans and advances Unrated 100 98 Kensington – mortgage assets: 927 848 Other securitised assets and Refer to pages 52 to 55. (net exposure) other loans and advances. We are required to fully consolidate assets acquired from Kensington. However, only those assets to which we are at risk are refl ected in this analysis with the balance refl ected under ‘no credit exposures’ Loans and advances to 334 452 Other loans and advances customers and third party intermediary originating platforms (mortgage loans) (with the potential to be securitised) Private Client division assets 876 930 Own originated loans and Analysed as part of the group’s which have been securitised advances to customers overall asset quality on core loans securitised and advances as refl ected on page 31. South Africa – liquidity facilities 74 80 Off-balance sheet credit exposure provided to third party corporate as these facilities have remained securitisation vehicles undrawn and refl ect a contingent liability of the bank Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures * Analysed further on page 51.

01

50 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

*Analysis of rated and unrated structured credit

At 31 March 2014 2013 £’million Rated** Unrated Total Rated Unrated Total

US corporate loans 16 – 16 20 2 22 UK and European ABS 3 7 10 3 7 10 UK and European RMBS 419 73 492 522 57 579 UK and European CMBS 7 4 11 21 4 25 UK and European corporate loans 68 16 84 66 28 94 South African RMBS 4 – 4 – – – South African CMBS 9 – 9 – – – Australian RMBS 30 – 30 43 – 43 Total 556 100 656 675 98 773 Investec plc 356 84 440 438 69 507 Investec Limited 200 16 216 237 29 266

**Further analysis of rated structured credit at 31 March 2014

C and £’million AAA AA A BBB BB B below Total

US corporate loans – – – 11 5 – – 16 UK and European ABS – – – 3 – – – 3 UK and European RMBS 92 85 80 107 32 2 21 419 UK and European CMBS – – – 7 – – – 7 UK and European corporate

loans 25 24 14 5 – – – 68 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures South African RMBS – 4 – – – – – 4 South African CMBS – 9 – – – – – 9 Australian RMBS 8 13 – 9 – – – 30 Total at 31 March 2014 125 135 94 142 37 2 21 556 Investec plc 125 79 46 61 22 2 21 356 Investec Limited – 56 48 81 15 – – 200 Total at 31 March 2013 160 120 154 120 67 30 24 675

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 51 Risk management (continued)

Kensington – salient features

Warehouse Securitised % At 31 March 2014 book portfolio Total of total

Assets and business activity statistics Mortgage assets under management (£'million) 1 188 1 811 2 999 IFRS adjustments and cash in securitised vehicles (£'million) (103) 361 258 Mortgage assets under management (£'million) 1 291 1 450 2 741 First charge % of total mortgage assets under management 95.0% 94.1% 94.5% Second charge % of total mortgage assets under management 5.0% 5.9% 5.5% Number of accounts 11 406 17 566 28 972 Average loan balance (fi rst charge) (£) 143 321 101 990 118 102 Largest loan balance (£) 1 165 878 1 116 362 1 165 878 Weighted average loan mature margin (%) 4.2% 5.0% 4.6%

Product mix (pre-IFRS adjustments) (£'million) 1 291 1 450 2 741 100.0% Prime 4 – 4 0.1% Near prime 389 312 701 25.6% Prime buy to let 1 – 1 0.0% Adverse 271 1 055 1 326 48.4% Adverse buy to let and right to buy 48 83 131 4.8% Start – Irish operations 578 – 578 21.1%

Geographic distribution (£'million) 1 291 1 450 2 741 100.0% UK – North 214 470 684 25.0% UK – South West 53 100 153 5.6% UK – South East 157 302 459 16.7% Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Outer London 116 185 301 11.0% Inner London 54 98 152 5.5% Midlands 119 295 414 15.1% Start – Irish operations 578 – 578 21.1%

Spread of value of properties (%) 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% >£500 000 3.2% 0.9% 1.8% >£250 000 <=£500 000 23.6% 9.9% 15.3% >£200 000 <=£250 000 17.5% 11.7% 14.0% >£150 000 <=£200 000 20.3% 20.0% 20.1% >£100 000 <=£150 000 22.6% 30.8% 27.6% >£70 000 <=£100 000 10.8% 20.6% 16.8% >£50 000 <=£70 000 1.6% 5.0% 3.7% 01 <£50 000 0.4% 1.1% 0.7%

Asset quality statistics Weighted average current LTV of portfolio (adjusted for house price*) 104.9% 74.0% 88.5%

* Impairment provision is based on house price index assumptions of: UK: impairment assumes zero house price increase over the next fi ve years and a -20% haircut for forced sale discount when repossessed properties are sold. Ireland: Peak to trough decline of 53%, including calendar year: house price decline assumption of 6% for 2013, and house price decline/growth assumption of -10.3%, 2%, 3%, 3% per annum respectively for the period 2014 – 2017, and an additional forced sale discount of -5%.

52 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Kensington – salient features (continued)

Warehouse Securitised % At 31 March 2014 book portfolio Total of total

LTV spread - % of book 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% <= 65% 14.6% 30.4% 24.1% >65% – <70% 3.7% 8.4% 6.5% >70% – <75% 4.5% 9.4% 7.4% >75% – <80% 5.6% 11.0% 8.9% >80% – <85% 6.1% 11.0% 9.1% >85% – <90% 8.1% 8.3% 8.2% >90% – <95% 7.5% 6.8% 7.1% >95% – <100% 6.1% 5.4% 5.7% > 100% 43.8% 9.3% 23.0%

% of accounts > 90 days in arrears 31.0% 21.2% 25.1% Number of accounts > 90 in arrears 3 539 3 723 7 262

Total capital lent in arrears (£'million) 634 551 1 185 100.0% Arrears 1 – 60 days 58 116 174 14.6% Arrears 61 – 90 days 40 76 116 9.8% Arrears >90 days 499 342 841 71.0% Possession 37 17 54 4.6%

Debt to income ratio of clients (%) 19.5% 18.4% 18.9%

Investec investment/exposure to assets refl ected above (£'million) 1 081 26 1 107 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures On balance sheet provision (£'million) (180) Investec net investment/exposure to assets refl ected above (£'million) 927

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 53 Risk management (continued)

Kensington – salient features

Warehouse Securitised % At 31 March 2013 book portfolio Total of total

Assets and business activity statistics Mortgage assets under management (£’million) 1 306 2 028 3 334 IFRS adjustments and cash in securitised vehicles (£’million) (88) 382 294 Mortgage assets under management (£’million) 1 394 1 646 3 040 First charge % of total mortgage assets under management 94.6% 93.8% 94.2% Second charge % of total mortgage assets under management 5.4% 6.2% 5.8% Number of accounts 12 303 19 491 31 794 Average loan balance (fi rst charge) (£) 144 116 104 685 119 778 Largest loan balance (£) 1 150 440 1 250 370 1 250 370 Weighted average loan mature margin (%) 4.3% 5.0% 4.7%

Product mix (pre-IFRS adjustments) (£’million) 1 394 1 646 3 040 100.0% Prime 4 – 4 0.1% Near prime 434 342 776 25.5% Prime buy to let 1 – 1 0.0% Adverse 313 1 211 1 524 50.2% Adverse buy to let and right to buy 53 93 146 4.8% Start – Irish operations 589 – 589 19.4%

Geographic distribution (£’million) 1 394 1 646 3 040 100.0% UK – North 242 535 777 25.5% UK – South West 60 112 172 5.6% UK – South East 177 339 516 17.0% Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Outer London 131 209 340 11.2% Inner London 63 113 176 5.8% Midlands 132 338 470 15.5% Start – Irish operations 589 – 589 19.4%

Spread of value of properties (%) 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% >£500 000 3.6% 1.0% 2.0% >£250 000 <=£500 000 24.0% 10.0% 15.4% >£200 000 <=£250 000 16.6% 11.6% 13.5% >£150 000 <=£200 000 20.3% 20.0% 20.1% >£100 000 <=£150 000 22.7% 30.8% 27.6% >£70 000 <=£100 000 10.8% 20.5% 16.8% >£50 000 <=£70 000 1.6% 5.1% 3.8% 01 <£50 000 0.4% 1.0% 0.8%

Asset quality statistics Weighted average current LTV of portfolio (adjusted for house price*) 108.9% 77.9% 92.1%

* Impairment provision is based on house price index assumptions of: UK: impairment assumes zero house price increase over the next fi ve years and a -20% haircut for forced sale discount when repossessed properties are sold. Ireland: Peak to trough decline of 53%, including calendar year: house price decline assumption of -4.2% for 2012, and house price decline/growth assumption of -4.9%, 0%, 2%, 3% per annum respectively for the period 2013 – 2016, and an additional forced sale discount of -5%. In addition to the modelled impairment, management have provided a further impairment amount, refl ecting management judgement around uncertainties in the local market and positioning relative to peers.

54 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Kensington – salient features (continued)

Warehouse Securitised % At 31 March 2013 book portfolio Total of total

LTV spread – % of book 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% <= 65% 11.9% 24.6% 19.6% >65% – <70% 3.2% 6.9% 5.4% >70% – <75% 3.7% 8.8% 6.8% >75% – <80% 4.4% 9.5% 7.5% >80% – <85% 5.9% 11.6% 9.4% >85% – <90% 6.6% 11.0% 9.3% >90% – <95% 8.5% 8.3% 8.4% >95% – <100% 8.1% 6.7% 7.1% > 100% 47.7% 12.6% 26.5%

% of accounts > 90 days in arrears 35.8% 25.8% 29.7% Number of accounts > 90 days in arrears 4 406 5 024 9 430

Total capital lent in arrears (£’million) 753 694 1 447 100.0% Arrears 1 – 60 days 71 123 194 13.4% Arrears 61 – 90 days 45 89 134 9.3% Arrears >90 days 595 447 1 042 72.0% Possession 42 35 77 5.3%

Debt to income ratio of clients (%) 19.7% 18.5% 19.1%

Investec investment/exposure to assets refl ected above (£’million) 1 008 22 1 030 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures On-balance sheet provision (£’million) (182) Investec net investment/exposure to assets refl ected above (£’million) 848

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 55 Risk management (continued)

Market risk in the trading annually or in the event of a signifi cant trading portfolios. We consider the impact market event (e.g. 11 September 2001) or for the 10 days after the event, not merely book at the discretion of senior management. the instantaneous shock to the markets. Included in our scenario analysis are for Management and measurement example the following October 1987 Traded market risk of traded market risk (Black Monday), 11 September 2001 and description Market Risk Management teams review the the December Rand crisis in 2001. We Traded market risk is a measure of market risks on our books. Detailed risk also consider the impact of extreme yet potential change in the value of a portfolio reports are produced daily for each trading plausible future economic events on the of instruments as a result of changes in desk. trading portfolio as well as possible worst the fi nancial environment (resulting from case (not necessarily plausible) scenarios. changes in underlying market risk factors These reports are distributed to Scenario analysis is done once a week and such as interest rates, equity markets, bond management and the traders on the is included in the data presented to ERRF. markets, commodity markets, exchange desk. Any unauthorised excesses are All VaR models, while forward-looking, rates and volatilities) between now and recorded and require a satisfactory are based on past events and depend on a future point in time. The Market Risk explanation from the desk for the excess. the quality of available market data. The Management team identifi es, quantifi es The production of risk reports allows for accuracy of the VaR model as a predictor and manages the effects of these potential the monitoring of every instrument traded of potential loss is continuously monitored changes in accordance with Basel and against prescribed limits. New instruments through back testing. This involves policies determined by the board. or products are independently validated before trading can commence. Each traded comparing the hypothetical (clean) trading Within our trading activities, we act as instrument undergoes various stresses revenues arising from the previous day’s principal with clients or the market. Market to assess potential losses. Each trading closing positions with the one-day VaR risk, therefore, exists where we have desk is monitored on an overall basis as calculated for the previous day on these taken on principal positions, resulting an additional control. Trading limits are same positions. If the revenue is negative from proprietary trading, market making, generally tiered with the most liquid and and exceeds the one-day VaR, a ‘back arbitrage, underwriting and investments in least ‘risky’ instruments being assigned the testing breach’ is considered to have the commodity, foreign exchange, equity, largest limits. occurred. capital and money markets. The focus of In South Africa, we have internal model these businesses is primarily on supporting The Market Risk Management teams approval from the SARB and so trading

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures client activity. Our strategic intent is that perform a profi t attribution, where our daily capital is calculated as a function of the proprietary trading should be limited and traded income is attributed to the various 99% 10-day VaR as well as the 99% that trading should be conducted largely to underlying risk factors on a day-to-day 10-day stressed VaR (sVaR). Backtesting facilitate clients in deal execution. basis. An understanding of the sources of profi t and loss is essential to understanding results and a detailed stress-testing pack the risks of the business. are submitted to the regulator on a monthly Traded market risk basis. In the UK, the market risk capital governance structure Measurement techniques used to quantify requirement is measured using an internal market risk arising from our trading activities risk management model, approved by To manage, measure and mitigate market include sensitivity analysis, value at risk the PRA, for netting certain parts of the risk, we have independent Market Risk (VaR), stressed VaR, expected tail loss (ETL) portfolio, whilst the capital requirements Management teams in each geography and extreme value theory (EVT). Stress of the whole portfolio are calculated using where we assume market risk. Local limits testing and scenario analysis are used to standard rules. have been set to keep potential losses simulate extreme conditions to supplement within acceptable risk tolerance levels. these core measures. The graphs that follow show total daily VaR A global market risk forum (mandated by and profi t and loss fi gures for our trading the various boards of directors) manages VaR numbers are monitored daily at the activities over the reporting period. The 01 the market risks in accordance with pre- 95%, 99% and 100% (maximum loss) values shown are for the 99% one-day approved principles and policies. Risk confi dence intervals, with limits set at the VaR, i.e. 99% of the time, the total trading limits are reviewed and set at the global 95% confi dence interval. ETLs are also activities will not be expected to lose more market risk forum and ratifi ed at the ERRF monitored daily at the 95% and 99% levels. than the values depicted below. Based on in accordance with the risk appetite defi ned Scenario analysis considers the impact of these graphs, we can gauge the accuracy by the board. Limits are reviewed at least a signifi cant market event on our current of the VaR fi gures.

56 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

VaR

31 March 2014 31 March 2013

Year end Average High Low Year end Average High Low

UK and Other (using 95% VaR) Equities (£'000) 751 908 1 596 467 663 793 1 557 391 Foreign exchange (£'000) 9 15 73 2 11 25 82 5 Interest rates (£'000) 299 412 602 204 426 386 513 265 Consolidated (£'000)* 852 1 055 1 496 522 720 855 1 548 455

South Africa – Limited (using 95% VaR) Commodities (R'million) 0.5 0.1 0.5 – – 0.1 0.6 – Equities (R'million) 1.7 4.3 8.9 0.5 6.1 3.1 7.5 1.0 Foreign exchange (R'million) 1.9 2.5 7.2 1.1 3.4 2.1 6.0 0.4 Interest rates (R'million) 1.3 2.2 6.0 0.7 1.1 2.4 7.2 0.9 Consolidated (R'million)* 2.8 5.3 9.3 1.7 7.2 4.9 10.9 2.3

Australia (using 95% VaR) Commodities (A$'000) – – – – 0.4 – 2.9 – Foreign exchange (A$'000) 6.8 64.3 279.3 1.2 21.4 34.0 135.5 1.2 Interest rates (A$'000) 46.8 46.6 161.0 13.0 90.4 34.4 130.4 12.0 Consolidated (A$'000)* 45.6 83.5 277.1 16.5 96.9 52.6 149.3 12.2

* The consolidated VaR for each desk and each entity at year end is lower than the sum of the individual VaRs. This arises from the consolidation offset between various asset classes (diversifi cation). Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures UK and Other The average VaR utilisation was higher than in 2013, as a result of a slight increase in trading activity across all trading businesses. Using hypothetical (clean) profi t and loss data for backtesting resulted in one exception over the year at the 99% confi dence level,i.e. where the loss was greater than the 99% one-day VaR. This is less than expected at the 99% level and is largely due to a reduction in market volatility over the past year.

99% one-day VaR backtesting

£ 3 500 000 2 500 000 2 000 000 1 500 000 1 000 000 01 500 000 0 -500 000 -1 000 000 -1 500 000 -2 000 000 -2 500 000 -3 500 000

1 Jul 2013 P/L 1 Apr 2013 6 Jan 2014 3 Jun 2013 2 Feb 2014 8 Aug 2013 9 Sep 2013 4 Nov 2013 6 May 2013 14 Oct 2013 31 Mar 2014 12 Dec 2013 99% one-day VaR

Investec integrated annual report 2014 57 Risk management (continued)

South Africa VaR for 2014 in the South African trading book was lower than for 2013, this was due to reducing the risk profi le in uncertainmarkets. Using hypothetical (clean) profi t and loss data for backtesting resulted in three exceptions (as shown in the graph below), which isin line with the number of exceptions that a 99% VaR implies. The exceptions were due to normal trading losses, the loss in January was due to a surprise rate hike. Using actual profi t and loss resulted in two exceptions which is in line with expectations.

99% one-day VaR backtesting

Rand 10 000 000 8 000 000 6 000 000 4 000 000 2 000 000 0 -2 000 000 -4 000 000 -6 000 000 -8 000 000 -10 000 000 -12 000 000 -14 000 000 -16 000 000 -18 000 000

1 Jul 2013 P/L 1 Apr 2013 6 Jan 2014 3 Jun 2013 2 Feb 2014 8 Aug 2013 9 Sep 2013 4 Nov 2013 6 May 2013 14 Oct 2013 31 Mar 2014 12 Dec 2013 99% one-day VaR Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

Australia Average VaR utilisation for 2014 was higher than levels experienced in 2013 as a result of increased trading activity, but remains modest relative to risk appetite. Using hypothetical (clean) profi t and loss data for backtesting resulted in one exception over the ear,y i.e. where the loss was greater than the 99% one-day VaR. This is less than the expected number of exceptions at the 99% level. The exception was a result of a daily loss in foreign exchange positions, primarily due to a large movement in the AUD/USD exchange rate.

99% one-day VaR backtesting

A$ 300 000

200 000 01 100 000 0

-100 000

-200 000

-300 000

-400 000

-500 000

P/L 1 Jul 2013 1 Apr 2013 1 Oct 2013 1 Jan 2014 1 Jun 2013 1 Feb 2014 1 Aug 2013 1 Sep 2013 1 Dec 2013 1 Nov 2013 1 May 2013 31 Mar 2014 99% one-day VaR

58 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

ETL

UK and South Other Australia Africa 95% 95% 95% (one-day) (one-day) (one-day) £’000 A$’000 R’million

31 March 2014 Commodities – – 0.5 Equities 1 108 – 2.7 Foreign exchange 13 8.4 2.7 Interest rates 481 72.7 1.9 Consolidated* 1 202 72.6 4.0

31 March 2013 Commodities – 1.1 – Equities 877 – 9.3 Foreign exchange 20 29.2 4.6 Interest rates 635 202.3 2.6 Consolidated* 976 207.7 10.5

* The consolidated ETL for each desk and each entity is lower than the sum of the individual ETLs. This arises from the correlation offset between various asset classes.

Stress testing The table below indicates the potential losses that could arise if the portfolio is stress tested under extreme market conditions. The method used is known as extreme value theory (EVT), the reported stress scenario below calculates the 99% EVT which is a 1-in-8 year possible Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures loss event. These numbers do not assume normality but rather rely on fi tting a distribution to the tails of the distribution.

31 March 31 March 2014 2013 Year end Average High Low Year end

UK and Other (using 99% EVT) Equities (£'000) 3 844 2 330 4 390 1 454 1 554 Foreign exchange (£'000) 24 30 140 6 45 Interest rates (£'000) 1 457 1 420 2 126 958 1 820 Consolidated (£'000) 3 439 2 557 4 318 1 668 1 813

South Africa – Limited (using 99% EVT) Commodities (R'million) 1.6 0.6 2.9 – – 01 Equities (R'million) 6.8 20.4 46.0 3.7 41.2 Foreign exchange (R'million) 12.9 10.7 22.6 5.3 13.7 Interest rates (R'million) 6.6 27.7 74.1 5.4 23.9 Consolidated (R'million) 16.0 29.8 65.0 9.0 45.4

Australia (using 99% EVT) Commodities (A$'000) – – – – 4.0 Foreign exchange (A$'000) 12.4 167.9 692.7 3.3 75.0 Interest rates (A$'000) 140.3 171.5 908.1 40.6 455.9 Consolidated (A$'000) 137.7 232.4 682.2 58.3 434.8

Investec integrated annual report 2014 59 Risk management (continued)

Profi t and loss histograms UK and Other The histogram below illustrates the distribution of revenue during the fi nancial year for our trading businesses. The distribution is skewed to the profi t side and the graph shows that positive trading revenue was realised on 146 days out of a total of 254 days in the trading business. The average daily trading revenue generated for the year to 31 March 2014 was £132 949 (2013: £102 733).

Profit and loss

Frequency: Days in a year 50 47

42 40

32 30

24 23 23 20 20

11 10 9 7 3 4 3 2 1 11 1 0 <-1.8 -1.6 -1.4 -1.2 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 >2.0 Profit/loss earned per day (£’million)

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures South Africa The histogram below illustrates the distribution of daily revenue during the fi nancial year for our trading businesses. The distribution is skewed to the profi t side and the graph shows that positive trading revenue was realised on 176 days out of a total of 250 days in the trading business. The average daily trading revenue generated for the year to 31 March 2014 was R1.4 million (2013: R1.3 million).

Profit and loss

Frequency: Days in a year 60 53 50

40 34 34 01 30 27

20 17 14 13 14 11 10 8 5 4 5 4 2 1 2 11 0 <-9.0 -8.0 -7.0 -6.0 -5.0 -4.0 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 >9.0 Profit/loss earned per day (R’million)

60 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Australia The histogram below illustrates the distribution of daily revenue during the fi nancial year for our trading businesses. The graph shows that positive trading revenue was realised on 165 days out of a total of 252 days in the trading business. The average daily trading revenue generated for the year to 31 March 2014 was A$43 715 (2013: profi t of A$17 157).

Profit and loss

Frequency: Days in a year 35

30 29

25 25 23 20 20 18 17 15 15 14

10 10 10 10 9 8 7 7 7 6 5 5 5 4 2 1 0 <-100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 010 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 >100 Profit/loss earned per day (A$’thousand)

Non-statistical limits include product limits, trade saw a substantial drop in volumes

Traded market risk mitigation Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures tenor, notional, liquidity, buckets and causing traders to drastically cut the The market risk management team has option sensitivities (greeks). When setting amount of risk taken in these instruments. a reporting line that is separate from and reviewing these limits, current market the trading function, thereby ensuring conditions are taken into account. Bucket In London, there has been ongoing growth independence. The risk management limits are set on time buckets, generally at in client activity across the Interest Rate software runs independently from source three-month intervals out to two years and Foreign Exchange Corporate Sales trading systems and values all trades and then, on a less granular basis, out to desks. The Structured Equity desk’s retail separately. The values from the two 30 years. product sales have remained strong and systems are reconciled daily. The values they continue to develop both their product from the risk system are also used for profi t It is risk policy that any signifi cant open range and distribution capacity. Equity attribution, another risk management tool. position in a foreign currency is held in the market making has continued to expand its trading book. These positions are managed coverage of stocks. Risk limits are set according to guidelines within approved limits and monitored within set out in our risk appetite policy and are VaR models. Australian trading activity remains modest, calculated on a statistical and non-statistical with limited appetite for traded market basis. Statistical limits include VaR and ETL Traded market risk year in risk exposures. Client activity continues analyses at various confi dence intervals. review to increase on the back of improved deal 01 Historical VaR is used (over 510 days of activity and a broader product offering. unweighted data), where every ‘risk factor’ Market moves in South Africa have been is exposed to daily moves over the past two largely driven by events in international years. With the equity markets for example, markets. Uncertain markets as well as every share and index is considered the drop in volumes of trade has caused independently as opposed to techniques traders to reduce risks in their trading where proxies are used. books. In particular Equity Index derivatives

Investec integrated annual report 2014 61 Risk management (continued)

Revenue arising from customer flow trading activities within our Specialist Banking division

£‘million

120 102.6 100

80 66.0 60

40 25.9 20 10.9 0

UKUK and and Other Other Southern Southern Africa Africa Australia Australia Total 31 March 2013 31 March 2014

Balance sheet risk in currencies, other than the domestic currency, where it is practical and effi cient Market risk – derivatives management to do so and hedge any residual currency We enter into various derivatives contracts, exchange risk arising from deposit and loan both as principal for trading purposes Balance sheet risk description banking activities. and as customer for hedging foreign Balance sheet risk management The group’s liquidity policy requires each exchange, commodity, equity and interest encompasses the independent monitoring geography to be self-funding so that rate exposures. These include fi nancial and prudential management of the fi nancial there is no reliance on inter-group lines Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures futures, options, swaps and forward rate risks relating to our asset and liability either from or to other group entities. agreements. The risks associated with portfolios, comprising market liquidity, Geographic entities have no responsibility derivative instruments are monitored in funding, concentration, non-trading for contributing to group liquidity. the same manner as for the underlying interest rate and foreign exchange risks instruments. Risks are also measured on balance sheet. The ALCOs typically comprise the managing across the product range to take into director, the head of risk, the head of account possible correlations. Balance sheet risk governance corporate and institutional banking activities, structure and risk mitigation economists, divisional heads, the Balance Information showing our Sheet Risk Management team, the treasurer, derivative trading portfolio over Under delegated authority of the board, business heads, and any appropriate the reporting period on the basis the group has established asset and liability management committees (ALCOs) coopted personnel. The ALCOs formally of the notional principal and the meet on a monthly basis to review the fair value of all derivatives can be within each core geography in which it operates, using regional expertise and local exposures that lie within the balance sheet found on pages 60 to 70 in together with market conditions, and decide volume three. market access as appropriate. The ALCOs are mandated to ensure independent on strategies to mitigate any undesirable The notional principal indicates our activity supervision of liquidity risk and non-trading liquidity and interest rate risk. The central 01 in the derivatives market and represents interest rate risk within a board-approved treasury function within each region is the aggregate size of total outstanding risk appetite. mandated to holistically manage the liquidity contracts at year end. The fair value of a mismatch and non-trading interest rate risk derivative fi nancial instrument represents The size, materiality, complexity, maturity arising from our asset and liability portfolios the present value of the positive or negative and depth of the market as well as access on a day-to-day basis. The treasurers are cash fl ows which would have occurred had to stable funds are all inputs considered required to exercise tight control of funding, we closed out the rights and obligations when establishing the liquidity and non- liquidity, concentration and non-trading arising from that instrument in an orderly trading interest rate risk appetite for each interest rate risk within parameters defi ned market transaction at year end. Both these geographic region. Specifi c statutory by the board-approved risk appetite policy. amounts refl ect only derivatives exposure requirements may further dictate special Non-trading interest rate risk and asset and exclude the value of the physical policies to be adopted in a region. funding requirements are transferred from fi nancial instruments used to hedge these the originating business to the treasury Detailed policies cover both domestic and function. positions. foreign currency funds and set out sources and amounts of funds necessary to ensure The central treasury, by core geography, the continuation of our operations without directs pricing for all deposit products undue interruption. We aim to match-fund (including deposit products offered to

62 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

the private clients), establishes and The parameters used in the scenarios are activity, exposures and key measures maintains access to stable wholesale reviewed regularly, taking into account against thresholds and limits and are funds with the appropriate tenor and changes in the business environments and distributed to management, ALCO, the pricing characteristics, and manages liquid input from business units. The objective is central treasury function, ERRF, BRCC securities and collateral, thus providing to analyse the possible impact of economic and the board. for a controlled and fl exible response to event risk on cash fl ows, liquidity, profi tability Statutory reports are submitted to the volatile market conditions. The central and solvency position, so as to maintain relevant regulators in each jurisdiction treasury functions are the sole interface to suffi cient liquidity, in an acute stress, to within which we operate. the wholesale market for both cash and continue to operate for a minimum period as derivative transactions. detailed in the board-approved risk appetite. Non-trading interest We maintain an internal funds transfer The integrated balance sheet risk rate risk description pricing system based on prevailing market management framework is based on similar Non-trading interest rate risk, otherwise rates. Our funds transfer pricing system methodologies to those contemplated known as interest rate risk in the banking charges the businesses the price of under the Basel Committee on Banking book, is the impact on net interest short-term and long-term liquidity taking Supervision’s (BCBS) ‘liquidity risk earnings and sensitivity to economic into account the behavioural duration of measurement standards and monitoring’. value, as a result of unexpected adverse the asset. The costs and risks of liquidity It is compliant with the ‘principles of sound movements in interest rates arising are clearly and transparently attributed liquidity risk management and supervision’ from the execution of our core business to business lines and are understood as well as ‘guidelines for the management strategies and the delivery of products by business line management, thereby of interest rate risk in the banking book’. and services to our customers. ensuring that price of liquidity is integrated The BCBS announced that they propose into business level decision-making and to both strengthen and harmonise Sources of interest rate risk include: drives the appropriate mix of sources and global liquidity standards and plan to • Repricing risk: arises from the timing uses of funds. introduce two new liquidity standards. differences in the fi xed rate maturity and The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and fl oating rate repricing of bank assets, The Balance Sheet Risk Management team, Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) are due liabilities and off-balance sheet derivative based within Group Risk Management, to be implemented by 2015 and 2018, positions. This affects the interest rate independently identifi es, quantifi es and respectively. The BCBS published the margin realised between lending income monitors risks, providing daily independent fi nal calibration of the LCR in January governance and oversight of the treasury and borrowing costs, when applied to 2013 to be phased in from 2015 and a Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures our rate sensitive portfolios activities and the execution of the bank’s second consultation paper, the NSFR was policy, continuously assessing the risks published in January 2014. • Yield curve risk: repricing mismatches whilst taking changes in market conditions also expose the bank to changes in the Each banking entity within the group into account. In carrying out its duties the slope and shape of the yield curve Balance Sheet Risk Management team maintains a contingency funding plan monitors historical liquidity trends, tracks designed to protect depositors, creditors • Basis risk: arises from imperfect prospective on- and off-balance sheet and shareholders and maintain market correlation in the adjustments of the liquidity obligations, identifi es and measures confi dence during adverse liquidity rates earned and paid on different internal and external liquidity warning signals conditions and pave the way for the group instruments with otherwise similar which permit early detection of liquidity to emerge from a potential funding crisis repricing characteristics with the best possible reputation and issues through daily liquidity reporting, and • Embedded option risk: we are not fi nancial condition for continuing operations. further performs scenario analysis which materially exposed to embedded option The liquidity contingency plans outline quantifi es our exposure, thus providing a risk, as contract breakage penalties on extensive early warning indicators, clear comprehensive and consistent governance fi xed-rate advances specifi cally cover lines of communication, and decisive crisis framework. The Balance Sheet Risk this risk, while prepayment optionality is response strategies. Management team proactively identifi es restricted to variable rate contracts and 01 proposed regulatory developments, best There is a regular internal audit of the has no impact on interest rate risk risk practice, and measures adopted balance sheet risk management function, in the broader market, and implements • Endowment risk: refers to the interest the frequency of which is determined by the changes to the bank’s risk management and rate risk exposure arising from the independent audit committees. governance framework where relevant. net differential between interest The group operates an industry-recognised rate insensitive assets, interest rate Scenario modelling and rigorous daily third party risk modeling system in addition insensitive liabilities and capital. liquidity stress tests are designed to to custom-built MIS systems designed to measure and manage the liquidity position The above sources of interest rate risk identify, measure, manage and monitor such that payment obligations can be met affect the interest rate margin realised liquidity risk on both a current and forward- under a wide range of normal, company- between lending income and borrowing looking basis. The system is reconciled to specifi c and market-driven stress scenarios. costs, when applied to our rate sensitive the bank’s general ledger and audited by asset and liability portfolios, which has a These assume the rate and timing of Internal Audit thereby ensuring integrity of direct effect on future net interest income deposit withdrawals and drawdowns the process. on lending facilities are varied, and the and the economic value of equity. ability to access funding and to generate Daily, weekly and monthly reports are funds from asset portfolios is restricted. independently produced highlighting bank

Investec integrated annual report 2014 63 Risk management (continued)

Management and measurement characteristics of all new products The aim is to protect and enhance net of non-trading interest rate risk and approve their issuance, ensuring interest income and economic value in that both standard and non-standard accordance with the board-approved risk Non-trading interest rate risk in the banking deposit products, particularly those appetite and ensure a high degree of net book is an inherent consequence of designed for the Private Banking interest margin stability over an interest rate conducting banking activities, and arises customers, both match market curves cycle. Economic value measures have the from the provision of retail and wholesale and can be hedged if necessary advantage that all future cash fl ows are (non-trading) banking products and services. considered and therefore can highlight risk The group considers the management of • Pricing for all deposit products beyond the earnings horizon. The repricing banking margin of vital importance, and our (including deposit products offered to gap provides a basic representation of core non-trading interest rate risk philosophy the private clients) is set centrally, in so the balance sheet, with the sensitivity is refl ected in day-to-day practices which doing we manage access to funding of earnings to changes to interest rates encompass the following: at cost-effective levels, considering calculated off the repricing gap. This allows also the stressed liquidity value of the for the detection of interest rate risk by • The group complies with the BCBS liabilities concentration of repricing buckets. Net framework for assessing banking book • Balance Sheet Risk Management interest income sensitivity measures the (non-trading) interest rate risk independently measures and analyses change in accruals expected over the specifi ed horizon in response to a shift in the • The management of interest rate risk both traditional interest rate repricing yield curve, whilst economic value sensitivity in the banking book is centralised mismatch and NPV sensitivity to and stress testing to macro-economic within the central treasury function and changes in interest rate risk factors, movement or changes to the yield curve treasury is mandated by the board to detailing the sources of interest rate exposure measures the interest risk implicit change in actively manage the liquidity mismatch net worth as a result of a change in interest and non-trading interest rate risk arising • The bank maintains an internal funds rates on the current values of fi nancial from our asset and liability portfolios transfer pricing system based on assets and liabilities. prevailing market rates which charges • The treasurer is required to exercise Technical interest rate analysis and tight control of funding, liquidity, out the price of long- and short-term funding to consumers of liquidity and economic review of fundamental concentration and non-trading interest developments are used to estimate a set rate risk within parameters defi ned by provides long-term stable funding for our asset creation activity of forward-looking interest rate scenarios the risk appetite policy incorporating movements in the yield curve

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures • The non-trading interest rate risk • Daily management of interest rate risk level and shape, after taking global trends appetite has been set based on the is centralised within Treasury and is into account. subject to independent ALCO review loss under a worst-case 200bp parallel These combinations of measures provide shock as a percentage of capital. This • Treasury is the primary interface to the senior management (and the ALCOs) with level applies to both earnings risk and wholesale market an assessment of the fi nancial impact of economic value risk identifi ed rate changes on potential future • We carry out technical interest • Internal capital is allocated for non- net interest income and sensitivity to rate analysis and economic review trading interest rate risk changes in economic value. of fundamental developments by • The non-trading interest rate risk policy geography and global trends. Our risk appetite policy requires that interest dictates that long-term non-trading rate risk arising from fi xed interest loans risk Non-trading interest rate risk is measured interest rate risk is materially eliminated. is transferred from the originating business and analysed by utilising standard tools of In accordance with the policy the bank to the central treasury function by match- traditional interest rate repricing mismatch swaps its fi xed deposits and loans into funding. In turn, Treasury hedges material and NPV sensitivity to changes in interest variable rate in the wholesale market via fi xed rate assets with a term of more than rate risk factors. We detail the sources of interest rate swaps one year on a deal-by-deal basis with the 01 interest rate exposure, whether repricing use of variable versus fi xed interest rate • Together with the business, the risk, yield curve risk, basis risk or embedded swaps. The market for these vanilla swaps treasurer develops strategies regarding option risk. This is performed for a variety of is deep, with the result that such hedging is changes in the volume, composition, interest rate scenarios, covering: effi cient. Likewise, Treasury also hedges all pricing and interest rate characteristics fi xed rate deposits with a term of more than • Interest rate expectations and perceived of assets and liabilities to mitigate the one year to variable rate. These derivative risks to the central view (house views) interest rate risk and ensure a high hedging trades are executed with the bank’s degree of net interest margin stability • Standard shocks to levels and shapes Interest Rate trading desk. Limits exist to over an interest rate cycle. These are of interest rates and yield curves ensure there is no undesired risk retained presented, debated and challenged in within any business or product area. the liability product and pricing forum • Historically-based yield curve changes. and ALCO Operationally, non-trading interest rate risk This is consistent with the standardised is transferred within pre-defi ned guidelines • It is the responsibility of the liability interest rate measurement recommended by from the originating business to the central product and pricing forum, a sub- the Basel framework for assessing interest treasury function and aggregated or netted committee of ALCO, to review the rate risk in the banking book (non-trading providing central treasury with a holistic view liquidity, interest rate and concentration interest rate risk). of the exposure. Treasury then implements

64 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

appropriate balance sheet strategies to Investec has a relatively small endowment risk framework for interest rate risk on the achieve a cost-effective source of funding due to paying market rates on all deposits, banking book will be revisited. In part this is and mitigates any residual undesirable risk compared to banks with signifi cant low or due to the increase in the quantum of high where possible, by changing the duration non-interest-bearing current and cheque quality liquid assets (HQLA) banks will need of the banking group’s discretionary liquid accounts. Endowment risk due to free to hold in meeting the new liquidity ratios asset portfolio, or through derivative funding, comprising mainly ordinary share and the potential increase in interest rate transactions which transfer the risk into the capital and reserves, is managed passively, risk thereon. trading books within the Corporate and with the focus on measuring and monitoring. Institutional Banking division to be traded The endowment risk is included within our The expectation is that Basel will produce with the external market. The treasury non-trading interest rate risk measures. consultation documents in the next year mandate allows for a tactical response on minimum standards for interest rate to market opportunities which may arise The Basel Financial Market Committee risk measurement in the banking book. during changing interest rate cycles. Any has indicated that after completing and The December 2013 Basel QIS document resultant interest rate position is managed embedding the current reforms (covering has called for information used to measure under the market risk limits. capital, leverage and liquidity), the capital interest rate exposure.

Interest rate sensitivity gap

The tables below show our non-trading interest rate mismatch. These exposures affect the interest rate margin realised between lending income and borrowing costs assuming no management intervention.

UK and Other – interest rate sensitivity at 31 March 2014 > three > six Not months months > one Year > three but < six but but > fi ve Total £’million months months < one year < fi ve years years Non-rate non-trading

Cash and short-term funds – banks 3 294 ––––1473 441 Investment/trading assets 1 235 55 54 325 593 600 2 862 Securitised assets 2 655 141 2–––2 798 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Advances 5 979 552 527 941 164 1 8 164 Other assets 11431–1 843 1 862 Assets 13 174 752 586 1 267 757 2 591 19 127 Deposits – banks (1 484) (73) (22) (13) – (12) (1 604) Deposits – retail (7 714) (702) (571) (418) (2) – (9 407) Negotiable paper (1 072) – (35) (120) (35) – (1 262) Securitised liabilities (2 017) (171) (43) (112) – (32) (2 375) Investment/trading liabilities (464) (26) (25) (35) (38) (92) (680) Subordinated liabilities (65) – – (72) (566) – (703) Non-rate liabilities –––––(1 333) (1 333) Liabilities (12 816) (972) (696) (770) (641) (1 469) (17 364) Intercompany (265) (20) 41 481 (16) (30) 191 Shareholders' funds –––––(1 954) (1 954) 01 Balance sheet 93 (240) (69) 978 100 (862) – Off-balance sheet 755 69 585 (771) (638) – – Repricing gap 848 (171) 516 207 (538) (862) – Cumulative repricing gap 848 677 1 193 1 400 862 –

Investec integrated annual report 2014 65 Risk management (continued)

Southern Africa – interest rate sensitivity at 31 March 2014 > three > six months months > one year Not > three but < six but but Total R’million months months < one year < fi ve years > fi ve years Non-rate non-trading

Cash and short-term funds – banks 33 367 – – 29 – 5 273 38 669 Cash and short-term funds – non- banks 9 016 – – – – 2 9 018 Investment/trading assets and statutory liquids 32 255 10 034 9 427 10 406 9 418 18 986 90 526 Securitised assets 8 956 – – – – 528 9 484 Advances 132 005 1 533 1 499 8 244 4 499 2 126 149 906 Other assets 1 267 – – – – 5 813 7 080 Assets 216 866 11 567 10 926 18 679 13 917 32 728 304 683 Deposits – banks (22 333) (224) (181) (80) – (84) (22 902) Deposits – non-banks (169 752) (12 686) (10 877) (7 415) (1 714) (997) (203 441) Negotiable paper (3 354) (274) (329) (4 599) – – (8 556) Securitised liabilities (4 241) – – – – (839) (5 080) Investment/trading liabilities (11 934) (2 494) – – – (7 039) (21 467) Subordinated liabilities (7 452) – – (325) (2 684) (37) (10 498) Other liabilities (119) – – – – (8 113) (8 232) Liabilities (219 185) (15 678) (11 387) (12 419) (4 398) (17 109) (280 176) Intercompany loans 6 900 369 (422) 2 876 (38) 2 384 12 069 Shareholders' funds (3 264) – – (410) (871) (26 582) (31 127) Balance sheet 1 317 (3 742) (883) 8 726 8 610 (8 579) 5 449 Off-balance sheet 17 617 1 959 (3 815) (12 862) (8 297) (51) (5 449) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Repricing gap 18 934 (1 783) (4 698) (4 136) 313 (8 630) – Cumulative repricing gap 18 934 17 151 12 453 8 317 8 630 –

Australia – interest rate sensitivity at 31 March 2014 > three > six months months > one year Not > three but < six but but Total A$’million months months < one year < fi ve years > fi ve years Non-rate non-trading

Cash and short–term funds – banks 179 – – – – – 179 Investment/trading assets 738 16 11 5 – 108 878 Securitised assets 211 62 116 410 6 – 805 01 Advances 1 515 88 97 536 10 60 2 306 Other assets – – – – – 246 246 Assets 2 643 166 224 951 16 414 4 414 Deposits – non-banks (1 808) (560) (131) (211) (12) (33) (2 755) Negotiable paper (153) (2) (34) – – – (189) Securitised liabilities (808) – – – – – (808) Subordinated loans (130) – – – – (1) (131) Other liabilities – – – – – (143) (143) Liabilities (2 899) (562) (165) (211) (12) (177) (4 026) Intercompany loans 175 – – – – (3) 172 Shareholders’ funds – – – – – (560) (560) Balance sheet (81) (396) 59 740 4 (326) – Off-balance sheet 571 106 (97) (579) 4 (5) – Repricing gap 490 (290) (38) 161 8 (331) – Cumulative repricing gap 490 200 162 323 331 –

66 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Economic value sensitivity at 31 March 2014 For the reasons outlined above, our preference for monitoring and measuring non-trading interest rate risk is economic value sensitivity. The tables below refl ect our economic value sensitivity to a 2% parallel shift in interest rates assuming no management intervention. The numbers represent the change to the value of the interest rate sensitive portfolios should such a hypothetical scenario arise. This sensitivity effect does not have a signifi cant direct impact on our equity.

UK and Other Sensitivity to the following interest rates (expressed in original currencies) million GBP USD EUR ZAR Other (GBP) All (GBP)

200bps down (60.9) 0.3 (6.8) (0.3) 1.0 (65.4) 200bps up 60.9 (0.3) 6.8 0.3 (1.0) 65.4

Southern Africa Sensitivity to the following interest rates (expressed in original currencies) million ZAR GBP USD EUR AUD All (ZAR)

200bps down (252.1) 4.9 1.1 (0.9) (2.1) (188.5) 200bps up 220.0 (4.2) (0.5) 0.7 1.6 167.9

Australia

million AUD Sources of liquidity risk include: liquidity philosophy is refl ected in day-to-day practices which encompass the following • Unforeseen withdrawals of deposits 200bps down 2.13 robust and comprehensive set of policies • Restricted access to new funding with 200bps up (2.13) and procedures for assessing, measuring appropriate maturity and interest rate

and controlling the liquidity risk: Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures characteristics • Our liquidity management processes • Inability to liquidate a marketable asset Liquidity risk encompass principles set out by in a timely manner with minimal risk of the regulatory authorities in each capital loss Liquidity risk description jurisdiction, namely the PRA, SARB, Liquidity risk is the risk that, despite being • Unpredicted customer non-payment of APRA, and the Bank of Mauritius solvent, we have insuffi cient capacity to loan obligations fund increases in assets, or are unable • The group complies with the BCBS • A sudden increased demand for loans to meet our payment obligations as they Principles for Sound Liquidity Risk in the absence of corresponding fall due, without incurring unacceptable Management and Supervision funding infl ows of appropriate maturity. losses. This includes repaying depositors • The group has committed itself or maturing wholesale debt. This risk is Management and measurement of to implementation of the updated inherent in all banking operations and can liquidity risk BCBS guidelines for liquidity be impacted by a range of institution- Maturity transformation performed risk measurement, standards specifi c and market-wide events. by banks is a crucial part of fi nancial and monitoring to be phased in Liquidity risk is further broken down into: intermediation that contributes to effi cient from 2015 01 resource allocation and credit creation. • Funding liquidity: which relates to • The risk appetite is clearly defi ned by the risk that the bank will be unable Cohesive liquidity management is vital the board and each geographic entity to meet current and/or future cash for protecting our depositors, preserving must have its own board-approved fl ow or collateral requirements in the market confi dence, safeguarding our policies with respect to liquidity risk normal course of business, without reputation and ensuring sustainable management adversely affecting its fi nancial position growth with established funding sources. • Each geographic entity must be self- or its reputation Through active liquidity management, we seek to preserve stable, reliable and cost suffi cient from a funding and liquidity • Market liquidity: which relates to the effective sources of funding. Inadequate standpoint so that there is no reliance risk that the bank may be unable to liquidity can bring about the untimely on intergroup lines either from or to trade in specifi c markets or that it may demise of any fi nancial institution. As such, other group entities only be able to do so with diffi culty the group considers ongoing access to • Geographic entities have no due to market disruptions or a lack of appropriate liquidity for all its operations to responsibility for contributing to market liquidity. be of paramount importance, and our core group liquidity

Investec integrated annual report 2014 67 Risk management (continued)

• We maintain a liquidity buffer in the form • Each major banking entity maintains an • Basel standards for liquidity of unencumbered, cash, government internal funds transfer pricing system measurement: or rated securities (typically eligible based on prevailing market rates. – Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) for repurchase with the central bank), The treasury function charges out the – Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) and near cash well in excess of the price of long- and short-term funding statutory requirements as protection to internal consumers of liquidity, • Quantifi cation of a ‘survival horizon’ against unexpected disruptions in which ensures that the costs, benefi ts, under stress conditions. The survival cash fl ows and risks of liquidity are clearly and horizon is the number of business days transparently attributed to business lines it takes before the bank’s cash position • Funding is diversifi ed with respect to and are understood by business line turns negative based on statistical currency, term, product, client type and management. The funds transfer pricing historical analysis, documented counterparty to ensure a satisfactory methodology is designed to signal the experience and prudent judgement overall funding mix right incentive to our lending business • Other key funding and balance sheet • We monitor and evaluate each banking • The group maintains adequate ratios entity’s maturity ladder and funding contingency funding plans designed gap (cash fl ow maturity mismatch) on to protect depositors, creditors and • Monitoring and analysing market trends a ‘liquidation’, ‘going concern’ and shareholders and maintain market and the external environment. ‘stress’ basis confi dence during adverse liquidity This ensures the smooth management conditions. • Daily liquidity stress tests are carried of the day-to-day liquidity position within out to measure and manage the Our liquidity risk management refl ects conservative parameters and further liquidity position such that payment evolving best practice standards in light of validates that we are able to generate obligations can be met under a the challenging environment. Liquidity risk suffi cient liquidity to withstand short-term wide range of normal and unlikely management encompasses the ongoing liquidity stress or market disruptions in the but plausible stressed scenarios, in management of structural, tactical day-to- event of either a fi rm-specifi c or general which the rate and timing of deposit day and contingent stress liquidity. market contingent event. withdrawals and drawdowns on lending facilities are varied, and the ability to Management uses assumptions-based We maintain a funding structure with stable access funding and to generate funds planning and scenario modelling that private client deposits and long-term from asset portfolios is restricted. The considers market conditions, prevailing wholesale funding well in excess of illiquid

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures objective is to have suffi cient liquidity, in interest rates and projected balance sheet assets. We target a diversifi ed funding an acute stress, to continue to operate growth, to estimate future funding and base, avoiding undue concentrations by for a minimum period as detailed in the liquidity needs whilst taking the desired investor type, maturity, market source, board-approved risk appetite nature and profi le of liabilities into account. instrument and currency. This validates our These metrics are used to develop our ability to generate funding from a broad • Our liquidity risk parameters refl ect funding strategy and measure and manage range of sources in a variety of geographic a collection of liquidity stress the execution thereof. The funding plan locations, which enhances fi nancial fl exibility assumptions which are reviewed details the proportion of our external assets and limits dependence on any one source regularly and updated as needed. which are funded by customer liabilities, so as to ensure a satisfactory overall These stress factors go well beyond unsecured wholesale debt, equity and loan funding mix. our experience during the height of the capital, thus maintaining an appropriate mix We acknowledge the importance of our recent fi nancial crisis of structural and term funding, resulting in private client base as the principal source strong balance sheet liquidity ratios. • The Balance Sheet Risk Management of stable and well diversifi ed funding for team independently monitors key daily We measure liquidity risk by quantifying Investec’s risk assets. We continue to funding metrics and liquidity ratios to and calculating various liquidity risk metrics develop products to attract and service 01 assess potential risks to the liquidity and ratios to assess potential risks to the the investment needs of our Private Bank position, which further act as early liquidity position. Metrics and ratios include: client base. Although the contractual warning indicators to potential normal repayments of many Private Bank customer market disruption • Local regulatory requirements accounts are on demand or at short notice, in practice such accounts remain • The group centrally manages access • Contractual run-off based actual cash a stable source of funds. We continued to to funds in both domestic and offshore fl ows with no modelling adjustment successfully raise private client deposits markets through the Corporate and despite competitive pressures with Institutional Banking division • 'Business as usual' normal environment where we apply rollover total deposits increasing by 3.6% on a • The maintenance of sustainable and reinvestment assumptions under currency neutral basis to £13.3 billion prudent liquidity resources takes benign market conditions at 31 March 2014. The growth in retail precedence over profi tability deposits benefi ted from the wider macro- • Stress conditions based on statistical economic trend of expanded money supply, historical analysis, documented customer deleveraging and below trend experience and prudent judgement

68 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

loan growth. We also have a number of approved targets, and apart from acting as Asset encumbrance innovative retail deposit initiatives within a buffer under going concern conditions, An asset is defi ned as encumbered if it our Private Banking division and these also form an integral part of the broader has been pledged as collateral against continued to experience strong infl ows liquidity generation strategy. Investec an existing liability and, as a result, is no during the fi nancial year. On average our remains a net liquidity provider to the longer available to the group to secure fi xed and notice customer deposits have interbank market, placing signifi cantly more funding, satisfy collateral needs or be sold amounted to approximately 70% and funds with other banks than our short-term to reduce the funding requirement. An asset 84% of total deposits since April 2006 interbank borrowings. We do not rely on is therefore categorised as unencumbered if for Investec Limited and Investec plc, interbank deposits to fund term lending. it has not been pledged against an existing respectively, thereby displaying a strong From 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014 liability. Risk Management monitor and ‘stickiness’ and willingness to reinvest by average cash and near cash balances over manage total balance sheet encumbrance our retail customers. the period amounted to £9.2 billion via a board-approved risk appetite (£3.8 billion in UK and Other; R78.0 billion in framework. The group holds a liquidity Entities within the group actively participate South Africa and A$1.0 billion in Australia). buffer in the form of unencumbered, in global fi nancial markets and our readily available, high quality liquid assets, relationship is continuously enhanced The group does not rely on committed typically in the form of government or rated through regular investor presentations funding lines for protection against securities eligible for repurchase with the internationally. Entities are only allowed unforeseen interruptions to cash fl ow. central banks in the respective jurisdictions. to have funding exposure to wholesale We are currently unaware of any markets where they can demonstrate circumstances that could signifi cantly During the year the group in the UK raised that the market is suffi ciently deep and detract from our ability to raise funding external term funding of £242 million from liquid, and then only relative to the size appropriate to our needs. securitisations and raised R2.9 billion and complexity of their business. We have in South Africa. The table on page The liquidity contingency plans outline instituted various offshore syndicated loan 115 in volume three refl ects the assets extensive early warning indicators, clear programmes to broaden and diversify term encumbered and external liabilities lines of communication and decisive funding in supplementary markets and issued under securitisation transactions. crisis response strategies. Early warning currencies, enhancing the proven capacity Securitisation notes are also retained by the indicators span bank-specifi c and systemic to borrow in the money markets. The group group, most of which are held to provide a crises. Rapid response strategies address remains committed to increasing its core pool of collateral eligible to support central action plans, roles and responsibilities, deposits and accessing domestic and bank liquidity facilities. At 31 March 2014, foreign capital markets when appropriate. composition of decision-making bodies in addition to the liquidity buffer, the Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures involved in liquidity crisis management, Decisions on the timing and tenor of group held £557 million of unencumbered internal and external communications accessing these markets are based on securitisation notes in the UK that could be including public relations, sources of relative costs, general market conditions, used to support potential future funding and liquidity, avenues available to access prospective views of balance sheet growth collateral needs. and a targeted liquidity profi le. additional liquidity, as well as supplementary information requirements required to The group uses secured transactions to The group’s ability to access funding manage liquidity during such an event. manage short-term cash and collateral at cost-effective levels is infl uenced by This plan helps to ensure that cash needs. Details of assets pledged through maintaining or improving the entity’s credit fl ow estimates and commitments can repurchase activity and collateral pledges rating. A reduction in these ratings could be met in the event of general market are reported, by line item of the balance have an adverse effect on the group’s disruption or adverse bank-specifi c events, sheet on which they are refl ected on funding costs, and access to wholesale while minimising detrimental long-term page 50 in volume three. Related liabilities term funding. Credit ratings are dependent implications for the business. are also reported. on multiple factors including, business model, strategy, capital adequacy levels, On page 50 in volume three we disclose quality of earnings, risk appetite and further details of assets that have been exposure, and control framework. received as collateral under reserve 01 repurchase agreements and securities As mentioned above, we hold a liquidity borrowing transactions where the assets buffer in the form of unencumbered are allowed to be resold or pledged. readily available, high quality liquid assets, typically in the form of government or rated securities eligible for repurchase with the central bank, and near cash well in excess of the statutory requirements as protection against unexpected disruptions in cash fl ows, this puts us in a favourable position to meet the Basel III liquidity requirements. These portfolios are managed within board-

Investec integrated annual report 2014 69 Risk management (continued)

Total Investec group cash and near cash trend

£’million

12 000

10 000

8 000

6 000

4 000

Near cash (other 2 000 ‘monetisable’ assets)

Near cash (cental bank 0 guaranteed liquidity)

Apr 13 May 13 Jun 13 Jul 13 Aug 13 Sep 13 Oct 13 Nov 13 Dec 13 Jan 14 Feb 14 Mar 14 Cash

Investec plc cash and near cash trend

£’million

5 000

4 500

4 000

3 500

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 3 000

2 500

2 000

1 500

1 000 Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets) 500 Near cash (cental bank 0 guaranteed liquidity)

Apr 13 May 13 Jun 13 Jul 13 Aug 13 Sep 13 Oct 13 Nov 13 Dec 13 Jan 14 Feb 14 Mar 14 Cash

Investec Limited cash and near cash trend

R’million

01 100 000

90 000

80 000

70 000

60 000

50 000

40 000

30 000

20 000 Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets) 10 000 Near cash (cental bank 0 guaranteed liquidity)

Apr 13 May 13 Jun 13 Jul 13 Aug 13 Sep 13 Oct 13 Nov 13 Dec 13 Jan 14 Feb 14 Mar 14 Cash

70 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

An analysis of cash and near cash at 31 March 2014

Total group Investec plc Investec Limited £9 135 million £4 324 million R84 476 million

Cash 28.2% Cash 20.3% Cash 35.3% Near cash (central bank guaranteed liquidity) 58.7% Near cash (central bank guaranteed liquidity) 74.4% Near cash (central bank guaranteed liquidity) 44.6% Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets) 13.1% Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets) 5.3% Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets) 20.1%

Bank and non-bank depositor concentration by type at 31 March 2014 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia £11 438 million R227 805 million A$2 755 million

Private client 58.7% Private client 34.3% Private client 84.7% Corporate 23.5% Fund managers 30.5% Public sector 7.2% Financial institutions/banks 17.8% Corporate 13.2% Financial institutions/banks 3.0% Banks 10.0% Corporate 2.6% Financial institutions 7.0% Other 2.3% Public sector 5.0% Fund managers 0.2%

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 71 Risk management (continued)

Liquidity mismatch With respect to the behavioural liquidity The liquidity The tables that follow show our contractual mismatch: liquidity mismatch across our core position of the • Behavioural liquidity mismatch tends geographies. group remained to display fairly high probability, low sound with total The tables will not agree directly to the severity liquidity position. Many retail balances disclosed in the respective deposits, which are included within cash and near cash balance sheets since the tables incorporate customer accounts, are repayable balances amounting cash fl ows on a contractual, undiscounted on demand or at short notice on a basis based on the earliest date on which contractual basis. In practice, these to £9.1 billion the group can be required to pay. instruments form a stable base for the group’s operations and liquidity The liquidity position of the group needs because of the broad base of remained sound with total cash and near customers. To this end, behavioural cash balances amounting to £9.1 billion. profi ling is applied to liabilities with We continued to enjoy strong infl ows of an indeterminable maturity, as the customer deposits whilst maintaining good contractual repayments of many access to wholesale markets despite the customer accounts are on demand underlying market environment. Our liquidity or at short notice but expected cash and funding profi le refl ects our strategy, fl ows vary signifi cantly from contractual risk appetite and business activities. maturity. An internal analysis model is The tables refl ect that loans and advances used, based on statistical research of to customers are largely fi nanced by stable the historical series of products. This funding sources. is used to identify signifi cant additional sources of structural liquidity in the With respect to the contractual liquidity form of core deposits that exhibit stable mismatch: behaviour. In addition, reinvestment • No assumptions are made except as behaviour, with profi le and attrition mentioned below, and we record all based on history, is applied to term assets and liabilities with the underlying deposits in the normal course of business. Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures contractual maturity as determined by the cash fl ow profi le for each deal

• As an integral part of the broader liquidity generation strategy, we maintain a liquidity buffer in the form of unencumbered cash, government, or rated securities and near cash as a buffer against both expected and unexpected cash fl ows

• The actual contractual profi le of this asset class is of little consequence, as practically Investec would meet any unexpected net cash outfl ows by repo’ing or selling these securities, we 01 have: – set the time horizon to ‘on demand’ to monetise our statutory liquid assets for which liquidity is guaranteed by the central bank – set the time horizon to one month to monetise our cash and near cash portfolio of ‘available- for-sale’ discretionary treasury assets, where there are deep secondary markets for this elective asset class – reported the ‘contractual’ profi le by way of a note to the tables.

72 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

UK and Other Contractual liquidity at 31 March 2014

Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five £’million Demand month months months year years years Total

Cash and short-term funds – banks 2 611 1 057 148 – – – – 3 816 Cash and short-term funds – non-banks – 13 – – – – – 13 Investment/trading assets 122 572 164 100 202 320 1 731 3 211 Securitised assets 395 3 2 7 10 158 2 223 2 798 Advances 14 205 1 081 709 700 2 552 2 903 8 164 Other assets 206 768 110 8 10 87 673 1 862 Assets 3 348 2 618 1 505 824 922 3 117 7 530 19 864 Deposits – banks (694) (448) (113) (8) (61) (588) (119) (2 031) Deposits – retail (2 000)^ (1 152) (1 889) (2 555) (542) (1 106) (163) (9 407) Negotiable paper – – (1) – (58) (590) (613) (1 262) Securitised liabilities – – (2) (23) (42) (127) (2 181) (2 375) Investment/trading liabilities (143) (150) (130) (14) (49) (211) (293) (990) Subordinated liabilities – – (1) – – (105) (597) (703) Other liabilities (178) (702) (84) (33) (190) (76) (70) (1 333) Liabilities (3 015) (2 452) (2 220) (2 633) (942) (2 803) (4 036) (18 101) Intercompany (91) (15) 1 (4) 289 24 (13) 191 Shareholders' funds – – – – – – (1 954) (1 954) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Contractual liquidity gap 242 151 (714) (1 813) 269 338 1 527 – Cumulative liquidity gap 242 393 (321) (2 134) (1 865) (1 527) –

Behavioural liquidity

As discussed on page 72.

Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five £’million Demand month months months year years years Total

Behavioural liquidity gap 1 917 25 321 (109) 269 (3 606) 1 183 – Cumulative 1 917 1 942 2 263 2 154 2 423 (1 183) –

^ The deposits shown in the demand column at 31 March 2014 refl ect cash margin deposits held. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 73 Risk management (continued)

Southern Africa Contractual liquidity at 31 March 2014 Six One Three months One Up to to three to six to one to fi ve > Five R’million Demand one month months months year years years Total

Cash and short-term funds – banks* 32 305 5 791 1 807 – 43 1 150 – 41 096 Cash and short-term funds – non-banks 8 906 86 53––––9 045 Investment/trading assets and statutory liquids** 30 218 17 358 3 207 835 4 729 21 708 32 217 110 272 Securitised assets 1 852 19 63 109 180 849 6 412 9 484 Advances 2 788 5 849 10 576 10 064 15 189 63 840 41 600 149 906 Other assets 2 627 321 123 134 – 2 399 1 750 7 354 Assets 78 696 29 424 15 829 11 142 20 141 89 946 81 979 327 157 Deposits – banks (1 006) (1 636) (2 048) (203) (398) (17 611) – (22 902) Deposits – non-banks (77 691)^ (28 084) (31 016) (20 038) (21 695) (24 381) (1 998) (204 903) Negotiable paper – (33) (57) (460) (658) (7 348) – (8 556) Securitised liabilities (6) (169) (4 288) – – – (617) (5 080) Investment/trading liabilities (134) (14 888) (1 493) (1 320) (7 070) (8 915) (1 372) (35 192) Subordinated liabilities – (34) – – (254) (525) (9 685) (10 498) Other liabilities (1 197) (712) (669) (293) (1 055) (595) (4 378) (8 899) Liabilities (80 034) (45 556) (39 571) (22 314) (31 130) (59 375) (18 050) (296 030) Shareholders’ funds – –––––(31 127) (31 127)

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Contractual liquidity gap (1 338) (16 132) (23 742) (11 172) (10 989) 30 571 32 802 – Cumulative liquidity gap (1 338) (17 470) (41 212) (52 384) (63 373) (32 802) –

Note: Contractual liquidity adjustments

As discussed on page 72.

Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five R’million Demand month months months year years years Total

* Cash and short-term funds – banks 27 008 5 791 1 807 – 43 1 150 5 297 41 096 ** Investment/trading assets 01 and statutory liquids 1 573 12 672 8 690 13 870 13 979 23 456 36 032 110 272

Behavioural liquidity

As discussed on page 72.

Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five R’million Demand month months months year years years Total

Behavioural liquidity gap 45 758 (8 320) 286 4 052 1 636 (85 316) 41 904 – Cumulative 45 758 37 438 37 724 41 776 43 412 (41 904) –

^ Includes call deposits of R76 billion and the balance refl ects term deposits which have fi nally reached/are reaching contractual maturity.

74 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Australia Contractual liquidity at 31 March 2014 Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five A$’million Demand month months months year years years Total

Cash and short-term funds – banks 179 – – – – – – 179 Investment/trading assets* 747 8 26 7 20 37 33 878 Securitised assets 1 26 67 79 150 475 7 805 Advances** 62 59 181 173 326 1 395 110 2 306 Other assets – – – – – – 246 246 Assets 989 93 274 259 496 1 907 396 4 414 Deposits – non banks (360)^ (367) (1 094) (565) (135) (223) (11) (2 755) Negotiable paper – (1) (6) (2) (180) – – (189) Securitised liabilities (1) (26) (67) (79) (276) (357) (2) (808) Investment/trading liabilities – (5) (10) (6) (14) (29) (15) (79) Subordinated liabilities – – – – (20) (111) – (131) Other liabilities – – – – – – (64) (64) Liabilities (361) (399) (1 177) (652) (625) (720) (92) (4 026) Intercompany loans (4) 51 – – 50 75 – 172 Shareholders' funds – – – – – – (560) (560) Contractual liquidity gap 624 (255) (903) (393) (79) 1 262 (256) – Cumulative liquidity gap 624 369 (534) (927) (1 006) 256 – Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Note: contractual liquidity adjustments

As discussed on page 72.

Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five A$’million Demand month months months year years years Total

* Investment/trading assets 50 233 143 33 132 231 56 878 **Advances 105 58 179 167 314 1 373 110 2 306

Behavioural liquidity

As discussed on page 72. 01 Six Up One Three months One to one to three to six to one to fi ve >Five A$’million Demand month months months year years years Total

Behavioural liquidity gap 932 (306) (865) (564) (197) 1 254 (254) – Cumulative 932 626 (239) (803) (1 000) 254 –

^ Includes call deposits of A$342 million and the balance refl ects term deposits which have fi nally reached/are reaching contractual maturity.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 75 Risk management (continued)

Balance sheet risk year in year as part of our drive to improve the The group has review Basel III LCR to be implemented from 1 January 2015. The bank continues to • Investec maintained and improved its committed itself to benefi t from a growing retail franchise with strong liquidity position ahead of implementation of total customer deposits increasing by Basel III and continued to hold high 10.6% from 1 April 2013 to R204.9 billion the BCBS guidelines levels of surplus liquid assets at 31 March 2014 (Private Bank deposits for liquidity risk • We sustained strong term funding in amounted to R76 billion and other external measurement demanding market conditions whilst deposits amount to R129 billion). Cash focusing on lowering the weighted and near cash balances increased by standards and the average cost of funding 15.8% from 1 April 2013 to R84.5 billion enhanced regulatory at 31 March 2014. Our liquidity was • Our liquidity risk management process further boosted by several successful framework to be remains robust and comprehensive. medium-term senior and subordinated established notes issues totalling R9.5 billion and UK and Other the sale of securitisation notes totalling The bank entered the year with a strong R3 billion. Syndicated loan deals raised surplus liquidity position. This was reduced about US$1.25 billion two, three-year and somewhat during the fi rst half of the year, fi ve-year funds. The softening of some primarily through reductions in short-term of the Basel III guidelines on liquidity risk retail deposits, prior to being built back up has placed Investec in a very favourable to opening levels with strategic longer-term position to meet the new criteria with less secured funding activity. of a negative impact on margins.

The bank utilised a range of secured Australia funding options to diversify funding by Investec Australia maintained a strong tapping wholesale demand and to increase liquidity position well in excess of regulatory the maturity profi le of the liability book. and internal policy requirements throughout Transactions included a £270 million UK the year, with average cash and near equipment lease securitisation, a retained cash balances amounting to A$1 billion. £398 million UK residential mortgage Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Total customer deposits grew by 11.6% securitisation and signing up to the BoE’s from 1 April 2013 to A$2.7 billion at Funding for Lending scheme. 31 March 2014, following the launch Funding rates continued to be driven down of various new banking products and throughout the year as market liquidity and services. The strategic changes announced improved funding conditions persisted. in respect of the operation of Investec This cost reduction was complemented by Australia have at present had no material strategic initiatives including amendment impact on Investec Australia’s funding ability to retail product terms. The overall impact or liquidity position relative to target levels. led to a reduced funds transfer pricing rate During the year Australia undertook a for assets. further term securitisation of A$278.2 million Cash and near cash balances at Professional Finance Assets from the 31 March 2014 amounted to £3.8 billion Impala securitisation vehicle. (2013: £3.9 billion) with total customer In addition we bought back $412.6 million deposits remaining fl at year-on-year at of previously issued government 01 £9.4 billion. We continue to meet Basel guaranteed term debt and redeemed liquidity requirements. A$57.3 million of government guaranteed During the year the bank upgraded the term debt at contractual maturity. measurement of non-traded interest rate Regulatory considerations – risk in the banking book, and refi ned and balance sheet risk augmented the risk metrics, allowing The banking industry, continued to a more integrated and holistic risk experience elevated levels of prospective management across the balance sheet. changes to laws and regulations from South Africa national and supranational regulators.

Investec’s balance sheet was positioned Regulators propose to both strengthen for the unexpected 50bps repo rate hike and harmonise global liquidity standards in January 2014 and the net contribution and to ensure a strong fi nancial sector and to income was positive. Investec global economy. We believe that we are continued to build its structural liquidity well positioned for the proposed regulatory cash resources over the course of the reform as we have maintained strong capital, funding and liquidity positions.

76 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

The BCBS published the fi nal calibration minimum requirement of 60% increasing as pension funds, provident funds and of the LCR in January 2013. The main to 100% by January 2018 as stated in the providers of asset management services. changes to the LCR were to introduce regulation document. However, individual The proposed liquidity measures have level 2b qualifying assets and recalibrate member states can require a higher the potential to impact growth and job run-off factors for non-fi nancial commercial standard. We anticipate that the PRA will creation in the economy. In recognition depositors and committed facilities. The LCR set the initial requirement at 80% from thereof, the Finance Minister instituted a ratio will be phased in from 2015 to 2019. January 2015. Structural Funding and Liquidity task team to investigate the constraints in the South The BCBS published the second Investec Bank plc currently comfortably African market and make recommendations consultation document on the NSFR early meets its regulatory liquidity requirements to address these limitations. January 2014 with a number of positive and will progress to implement the changes, and expect to publish the fi nal forthcoming liquidity proposals included BCBS has committed to fi nalise calibration calibration of the NSFR later in 2014. in the CRD IV (Basel III) package. Investec of the NSFR ratio in 2014. Bank plc is currently shadowing and We expect that all the jurisdictions comfortably meeting the draft LCR and Notwithstanding the above constraints, where Investec has a banking licence NSFR liquidity ratios. We will continue to Investec in South Africa is committed to will implement the BCBS guidelines on monitor these rules until fi nal implementation. meet the ratios. liquidity. In most jurisdictions there is still some uncertainty on the items for national South Africa Since 2008, the twin peaks model has gained wider acceptance globally. Whereas discretion and this can have an impact on South Africa is committed to implementing currently the micro-prudential role of the fi nal interpretation of the ratio. the BCBS guidelines for ‘liquidity risk the SARB is limited to banks, the twin measurement standards and monitoring’ The strategic impact of Basel III peaks reform in South Africa will see the published in December 2010 and January internationally is signifi cant, and has consolidation of prudential regulation and 2013, by the due dates of 2015 to 2019. the potential to change the business supervision of banks and insurers within model of non-compliant banks whilst the Investec is involved in the process in the the Prudential Regulator in the SARB. regulatory developments could result in following ways: The regulation and supervision of market additional costs. conduct of the fi nancial sector will be • Collectively via the Banking Association consolidated within the FSB. The group has committed itself to of South Africa (BASA) and their task implementation of the BCBS guidelines for groups The Prudential Regulator’s objective will liquidity risk measurement standards and be to maintain and enhance the safety • Direct bilateral consultation with SARB Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures the enhanced regulatory framework to be and soundness of regulated fi nancial and SARB task teams established. Investec has been proactively institutions. This means being concerned reporting on these ratios internally according • As part of the Quantitative Impact with risks in each individual entity and to the emerging Basel defi nitions since Study by BCBS via SARB ensuring the continued fi nancial health of February 2010. In most jurisdictions Investec • As part of National Treasury Structural regulated institutions. The Market Conduct already exceeds minimum requirements Funding and Liquidity Risk task team. Regulator’s objective will be to protect of these standards. We continue to consumers of fi nancial services and reshape our liquidity and funding profi le South Africa is a region with insuffi cient promote confi dence in the South African where necessary, as we move towards the liquid assets; to address this systemic fi nancial system. This entails ensuring compliance timeline. challenge, the SARB announced the that consumers of fi nancial services are introduction of a committed liquidity treated fairly. Coordination between the two We have been an active participant in facility (CLF) whereby South African banks regulators will be crucial as market conduct regulatory and industry forums to promote can apply to the Reserve Bank for the CLF issues can result in prudential problems. best practice standards on liquidity against eligible collateral for a prescribed management. commitment fee. The CLF will be limited to Australia 40% of Net Outfl ows under the LCR. The Australian Prudential Regulation The BCBS guidelines were followed by an 01 Authority (APRA ) introduced its Basel III observation period during which bi-annual SARB is in the process of fi nalising the Capital reforms effective 1 January 2013, quantitative impact studies are carried out to items for national discretion. With the While a number of the measures involve assess the impact of the new proposals on changes announced by BCBS in January a progressive transition of standards to banks and the broader economy. Investec 2013, Investec South Africa already meets 1 January 2015, APRA remains conservative participated in the QIS study and believes it the requirement for the LCR in 2015. in both its limited usage of the national will be adequately funded and capitalised to discretion provided under the Basel III meet the new requirements. The South African banking industry, however, will fi nd it diffi cult to meet the framework and in terms of the timelines it UK and Other NSFR ratio, as currently defi ned, as a result has adopted for its local implementation. of the shortcomings and constraints in the In June 2013, the European Union During the year APRA fi nalised its reforms South African environment. The banking published legislation to implement within to meet Basel III Liquidity standards, with sector in South Africa is characterised the EU Basel III, the international regulatory the new requirements coming into effect by certain structural features such as framework for banks via CRD IV. This from 1 January 2014. As per the Capital a low discretionary savings rate and a requires the reporting of the LCR and the reforms, APRA remains conservative in its higher degree of contractual savings NSFR from March 2014. The LCR will interpretation and implementation of the be introduced on 1 January 2015 with a that are captured by institutions such

Investec integrated annual report 2014 77 Risk management (continued)

Basel III reforms. However, it is notable that of a bank. Our objective is therefore to policies. All personnel are adequately skilled in response to the limited availability of High manage and mitigate risk exposures and at both a business unit and a group level. Quality Liquid Assets in Australia, APRA will events by adopting sound operational risk allow banks to have access to a secured management practices. Governance committed liquidity facility with the RBA The governance structure adopted to (subject to certain requirements). Operational risk management framework manage operational risk is enforced in terms of a levels of defence model During the year APRA also introduced The bank continues to operate under and supports the principle of combined a cross-industry Prudential Standard the Standardised Approach (TSA) to assurance in the following manner: for Risk Management and enhanced operational risk which forms the basis of the its standard on governance covering operational risk management framework. authorised deposit-taking institutions, life The framework is embedded at all levels of insurers and general insurers. The reforms the organisation and is continually reviewed Board and board committees have the aim of ensuring the consistent to ensure appropriate and effective • Review and approval of the overall risk management strategy, including application of APRA’s risk management management of operational risk. determination of the risk appetite and and governance requirements across its tolerance for the bank regulated industries and refl ecting APRA’s During the year under review, enhancement • Monitor and review the operational risk exposures and metrics. heightened expectations in this area, with of all the components of the operational risk APRA much more focused on the quality of management framework remained an area an institution’s risk governance and its risk of focus. culture. These reforms will come into effect The process of advancing practices and External assurance and from 1 January 2015. understanding regulatory requirements is supervision Investec Australia remains committed and supported by regular interaction with the • External assessment of operational risk regulator and with industry counterparts at environment on track to continue to meet these evolving • Onsite reviews by the SARB, FCA, PRA regulatory requirements. formal industry forums. and other regulators. An independent group operational risk Operational risk management function, mandated by the board risk and capital committee, Internal assurance Operational risk defi nition ensures that operational risk policies and • Independent review of framework and Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Operational risk is the risk of loss arising procedures are developed and applied its effectiveness Reliance from inadequate or failed internal processes, consistently and effectively throughout • Audit fi ndings integrated into operational risk management process. people or systems, or external events. the bank. Business unit management, Operational risk has both fi nancial and non- supported by operational risk managers fi nancial impacts. (ORMs) who operate at a business unit level, are responsible for embedding and We recognise that there is signifi cant implementing operational risk practices and Group operational risk operational risk inherent in the operations management • Challenge and review business unit operational risk practices and data The diagram below depicts how the components of operational risk are integrated. • Maintain operational risk framework and policy • Report to board and board committees on operational risk exposures, events Governance and risk appetite Assurance and emerging issues.

Policies and procedures 01 Business unit management • Identify, own and mitigate operational risk Identification Measurement Reporting • Establish and maintain an appropriate operational risk and control environment • Maintain an embedded operational risk • Risk and control • Scenarios management capability. assessment Monitoring • Capital calculation • Internal risk events

• External risk events

• Key risk indicators

Technology

78 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Risk appetite and tolerance The Operational Risk Tolerance policy Enhancement of defi nes the amount of operational risk all the components exposure, or potential adverse impact of the operational from a risk event, that the bank is willing to accept or retain. The objective of the policy risk management is to encourage action and mitigation of framework remained risk exposures and provides management guidance to respond appropriately. an area of focus Additionally, the policy defi nes capturing and reporting thresholds for risk events and guidance to respond to key risk indicators appropriately. Operational risk practices The following practices are used for the management of operational risk as illustrated in the diagram below:

Risk and Internal risk External Key risk Scenarios Reporting Technology control events risk events indicators and capital and assessment calculation monitoring

Qualitative Incidents Access to data Metrics are Extreme, A reporting An operational assessments resulting from from an external used to monitor yet plausible process is risk system is in that identify key failed systems, data consortium risk exposures scenarios are in place to place to support operational risks processes, against identifi ed evaluated for ensure that risk operational risk Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures and controls people or Events are thresholds fi nancial and exposures are practices and external events analysed to non-fi nancial identifi ed and processes Identifi es inform potential Assists in impacts that key risks ineffective A causal control failures predictive are appropriately controls and analysis is within the bank capability Used to escalated and improves performed measure managed decision-making The output of exposure through an Enables this analysis arising from key Monitoring understanding business to is used as risks, which is compliance with of the identify trends in input into the considered in operational risk operational risk risk events and operational risk determining policies and profi le address control assessment internal practices ensure weaknesses process operational the framework risk capital is embedded requirements in day to day business activities 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 79 Risk management (continued)

Operational risk year under review and looking forward Risk event experience The graphs and fi gures below represent the distribution of the value and number of risk events across the Basel risk event categories for the period April 2013 to March 2014 with comparative values.

Operational risk events by risk category − % of total value of risk events

Percentage 100 91.45 83.15 80

60

40

20 9.58 6.90 7.11 0.31 0.16 1.34 0

Business Clients, Damage Employment Execution, External Internal disruption products and to physical practices and delivery and fraud fraud and system business assets workplace process failures practices safety management 2013 % of total value of risk events 2014 % of total value of risk events

Operational risk events by risk category — % of total number of risk events Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Percentage 60 51.72 50 47.45

41.19 40 36.89

30

20

10.59 10.36 10

0.63 0.82 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.04 0

Business Clients, Damage Employment Execution, External Internal disruption products and to physical practices and delivery and fraud fraud and system business assets workplace process 01 failures practices safety management 2013 % of total number of risk events 2014 % of total number of risk events

Notes to graphs above: • The loss event category business disruption and system failures comprise largely of non-fi nancial risk events

• Clients, products and business practices are driven by a few large losses

• The majority of losses are experienced in the execution, delivery and process management risk event category. The total loss value is predominately driven by a few large losses which are mainly as a result of process failure risk. Trend and causal analysis are performed to improve the control environment

• The external fraud risk event category includes credit card fraud and relates to fi nancial crime risk. In 2014 the number of iskr events in this category has increased however, the value of risk events remains low. Financial crime initiatives will continue to focus on effective mitigation strategies.

80 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Key operational risk considerations The following key risks may result in loss of value should they materialise.

Defi nition of risk Approach to mitigation Priority for 2014 Financial crime

Risk associated with fraud, forgery, • Proactive strategy which includes fraud risk • Financial crime awareness for internal theft and corruption. assessments and external stakeholders, including • Review external and industry events by awareness relating to the Investec engaging with external partners such as Integrity Line. South African Banking Risk Information Centre (SABRIC), SAPS and agency banks • Understanding and proactively managing the emerging threat of cybercrime across the industry. Information security Risks associated with the • Identifi cation of threats and associated risks • Raising awareness with internal confi dentiality, availability or integrity to our information assets including legal and and external stakeholders of the of our information assets, irrespective regulatory requirements threats, controls and policies of location or media. • Development and monitoring of policies, relating to information security and processes and technical controls designed to their responsibility in protecting our mitigate the risks to our information information. • Evaluation of risks introduced by our information supply chain • Maintenance and testing of our security incident and breach response processes. Process failure Risk associated with inadequate • Weaknesses in controls are identifi ed through • Enhancement of processes to identify internal processes, including human the causal analysis process following the risks related to new products and errors and control failures within occurrence of risk events projects.

the business. This includes process • Thematic reviews are performed to monitor the Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures origination, execution and operations. effectiveness of controls across business units • Effective management of change remains a focus area for the year ahead. Regulatory and compliance Risk associated with identifi cation, • Group Compliance and Group Legal Risk • Alignment of regulatory and compliance implementation and monitoring of assist in the management of regulatory and approach to refl ect new regulatory compliance with regulations. compliance risk landscapes (particularly change of • Identifi cation and adherence to legal and regulatory structures in UK and SA) regulatory requirements • Managing business impact and • Review practices and policies as regulatory implementation challenges as a result requirements change. of signifi cant volumes of statutory and regulatory changes and developments • Ensuring existing monitoring remains focused appropriately as areas of conduct and regulatory risk develop. Technology 01 Risk associated with the reliance • Establishment and maintenance of an IT risk • Identifying, monitoring and reducing on technology to support business assessment framework to consistently and risks in our digital channel, following the processes and client services. effectively assess IT exposures across the introduction of mobile applications and This relates to the operations, usage, business our increased online presence. ownership and responsibility of IT • Monitoring risk exposures related to adoption of systems across the business. new technologies • Identifi cation and remediation of vulnerabilities identifi ed in IT systems, applications, and processes • Establishing appropriate IT recovery capabilities to safeguard against business disruptions resulting from systems failures and IT service outages.

Insurance The group maintains adequate insurance to cover key insurable risks. The insurance process and requirements are managed by the group insurance risk manager. Regular interaction between Group Operational Risk Management and Group Insurance Risk Management ensures that there is an exchange of information in order to enhance the mitigation of operational risks.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 81 Risk management (continued)

Business continuity greater than the current value of the asset We have various pool set aside to cover those payments. management policies and Primary sources at risk include: practices to mitigate The group maintains a global business • A mismatch in the duration of the continuity management capability which assets relative to the liabilities reputational incorporates an appropriate level of risk, including resilience into the bank’s operations to • Market-driven asset price volatility strong values minimise the risk of severe operational • Increased life expectancy of individuals disruptions occurring. leading to increased liabilities. that are regularly In the event of a major disruption, an Investec plc monitors the position of the and proactively incident management framework will funds closely and regularly assesses reinforced be used to manage the disruption. potential adverse movements in the Continuity will be achieved through a schemes in close conjunction with external, fl exible and adaptable response, which independent advisers. includes relocating impacted business to Further information is provided the designated recovery site. Dedicated on pages 88 to 91 in resources ensure all governance processes volume three. are in place with business and technology teams responsible for activating and managing the recovery process. Legal risk management The group conducts regular exercises and testing of recovery procedures to ensure that Legal risk is the risk of loss resulting from its recovery capability remains appropriate. any of our rights not being fully enforceable or from our obligations not being properly performed. This includes our rights and obligations under contracts entered into Reputational risk with counterparties. Such risk is especially Reputational risk is damage to our applicable where the counterparty defaults reputation, name or brand. Reputational risk and the relevant documentation may not give Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures arises as a result of other risks manifesting rise to the rights and remedies anticipated when the transaction was entered. and not being mitigated. Our objective is to identify, manage, We have various policies and practices to monitor and mitigate legal risks throughout mitigate reputational risk, including strong the group. We seek to actively mitigate values that are regularly and proactively these risks by identifying them, setting reinforced. We also subscribe to sound minimum standards for their management corporate governance practices, which and allocating clear responsibility for such require that activities, processes and management to legal risk managers, as well decisions are based on carefully considered as ensuring compliance through proactive principles. monitoring. We are aware of the impact of practices The scope of our activities is continuously that may result in a breakdown of trust and reviewed and includes the following areas: confi dence in the organisation. The group’s policies and practices are regularly reinforced • Relationship contracts through transparent communication, • Legislation/governance 01 accurate reporting, continuous group culture and values assessment, internal audit and • Litigation regulatory compliance review, and risk • Corporate events management practices. • Incident or crisis management Pension risk • Ongoing quality control. The legal risk policy is implemented Pension risk arises from obligations arising through: from defi ned benefi t pension schemes, where Investec plc is required to fund any • Identifi cation and ongoing review of areas where legal risk is found to be defi cit in the schemes. present There are two defi ned benefi t schemes • Allocation of responsibility for the within Investec plc and both are closed to development of procedures for new business. Pension risk arises if the management and mitigation of these net present value of future cash outfl ows is risks

82 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

• Installation of appropriate segregation with good outcomes for clients and proper Capital management and of duties, so that legal documentation standards of markets conduct. All fi rms is reviewed and executed with the will be expected to take a holistic approach allocation appropriate level of independence from to assessing their key conduct risks and to the persons involved in proposing or ensure that these are being managed Capital measurement promoting the transaction in accordance with FCA’s strategic Investec Limited (and its subsidiaries) objectives of protecting clients, ensuring • Ongoing examination of the inter- and Investec plc (and its subsidiaries) are markets function effectively and relationship between legal risk and managed independently and have their promoting competition. other areas of risk management, so as respective capital bases ring-fenced, to ensure that there are no ‘gaps’ in the The group’s work on conduct risk, however, the governance of capital risk management process particularly in the UK, includes assessing management is consistent across the two • Establishing minimum standards for key risks across the business, identifying groups. The DLC structure requires the mitigating and controlling each risk. key controls and ensuring that the board is two groups to independently manage each This is the nature and extent of work receiving the right information to enable it group’s balance sheet and hence capital to be undertaken by our internal and to challenge effectively the management of is managed on this basis. This approach external legal resources risks by the business. This work is is overseen by the BRCC (via the Investec set to continue for the coming year and DLC capital committee) which is a board • Establishing procedures to monitor will aim to build on the existing controls sub-committee with ultimate responsibility compliance, taking into account the such as the compliance monitoring, for the capital adequacy of both Investec required minimum standards Treating Customers Fairly (TCF) and Limited and Investec plc. • Establishing legal risk forums (bringing operational risk frameworks. The legal and regulatory treatment of capital together the various legal risk is independent of existing shareholder managers) to ensure we keep abreast South Africa arrangements that are in place to ensure that of developments and changes in the The South African fi nancial sector regulatory shareholders have common economic and nature and extent of our activities, and landscape has been under review for the voting interests as if Investec plc and Investec to benchmark our processes against last few years. A new regulatory structure is Limited were a single unifi ed enterprise. best practice. developing, and existing legislation is also Overall responsibility for this policy rests being amended. The conduct of fi nancial Investec Limited and Investec plc are with the board. The board delegates institutions is currently regulated under various separately regulated entities. Operating responsibility for implementation of the pieces of legislation, and by various regulators. with different regulatory capital regimes, policy to the global head of legal risk. it is diffi cult to directly compare regulatory Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures The global head assigns responsibility for The National Credit Act (NCA) regulates capital adequacy of the two entities. controlling these risks to the managers of the credit industry, ensuring that credit The following provides a brief outline of appropriate departments and focused units providers guard against reckless the regulatory environment relevant to the throughout the group. lending and over-indebting customers. group’s capital management framework. Amendments to the NCA will grant greater A legal risk forum is constituted in each enforcement and rule-making powers to Regulatory capital signifi cant legal entity within the group. the National Credit regulator. The Financial – Investec Limited Each forum meets at least half-yearly and Advisory and Intermediary Services Act Investec Limited is supervised for capital more frequently where business needs (FAIS) regulates advice and intermediary purposes by the SARB, on a consolidated dictate, and is chaired by the global head of services in relation to specifi c fi nancial basis. legal risk or an appointed deputy. products. Risk and controls have been identifi ed across the business, and these On 1 January 2013, the SARB implemented Conduct risk are reviewed and monitored regularly. its local version of the Basel III rules as Annual reports are also submitted to the composed by the Bank for International regulators. FAIS is also being amended to UK and Europe Settlements. Basel III builds upon the include regulation of activities in relation Basel II framework to strengthen minimum 01 As part of the regulatory restructure, the to professional clients. The FSB has also capital (and liquidity) requirements imposed new Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) introduced the Treating Customers Fairly on banks following the global fi nancial in the UK has outlined its approach to (TCF) framework, which considers fairness crisis. The SARB adaptation of the Basel III managing fi rms’ conduct. outcomes for customers throughout the proposals within its local rules brings about By conduct risk we mean the risk that product lifecycle. A gap analysis is under a number of changes for the assessment of detriment is caused to the bank, its way to assess the level of compliance capital adequacy. customers, its counterparties or the market, with TCF, and to guide business on In calculating capital adequacy, the most as a result of inappropriate execution of implementation and management reporting. material effect of the new SARB regulatory business activities. The draft Financial Sector Regulation Bill framework relates to the eligibility of capital The focus on conduct risk is intended to go (Twin Peaks) proposes two new regulatory to support minimum capital requirements. beyond the current compliance monitoring structures, the Prudential Authority and the In particular, the rules impose tighter frameworks in order to move away from Market Conduct Authority, incorporating restrictions on the type of capital that the culture of ‘tick box’ compliance. As a portions of the Reserve Bank and the entire qualifi es as tier 1 capital and increase the result, fi rms are expected to look across FSB structure. Financial institutions will be regulatory minima of capital that must be their business models and strategies and mono or dual regulated, depending on the held. Internal targets remain in excess of assess how to balance the pursuit of profi ts activities they engage in. these increased minimum requirements.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 83 Risk management (continued)

Investec Limited uses the standardised management model, approved by the UK uncertainty. The reporting of the leverage approach to calculate its credit and regulators, for netting certain parts of the ratio in South Africa has been mandatory counterparty credit risk and operational portfolio, whilst the capital requirements since 1 January 2013 as part of an exercise risk capital requirements. The market risk of the whole portfolio are calculated using to monitor South African banks’ readiness capital requirement is measured using an standard rules. to comply with the minimum standard of 4% from 1 January 2018. At present the internal risk management model, approved Various subsidiaries of Investec plc are SARB treatment of off-balance sheet items by the SARB. subject to additional regulation covering is more punitive than that of the most recent various activities or implemented by local Various subsidiaries of Investec Limited are document released by the Basel Committee regulators in other jurisdictions. For capital subject to additional regulation covering in January however, Investec Limited is still management purposes, it is the prevailing various activities or implemented by local well above the minimum levels specifi ed. rules applied to the consolidated Investec regulators in other jurisdictions. For capital plc group that are monitored closely. In the UK, the leverage ratio is a non-risk management purposes, it is the prevailing Nevertheless, where capital is a relevant based measure, with public disclosure rules applied to the consolidated Investec consideration, management within each applicable from 1 January 2015. The Limited group that are monitored most regulated entity pays close attention leverage ratio is subject to a monitoring closely. Nevertheless, where capital is a to prevailing local regulatory rules as period from 1 January 2014 to relevant consideration, management within determined by their respective regulators. 30 June 2016, at which point the European each regulated entity pays close attention Management of each regulated entity, Banking Authority (EBA) will report to to prevailing local regulatory rules as with the support of the group’s capital the European Commission suggesting determined by their respective regulators. management functions, ensures that adequate calibration and appropriate Management of each regulated entity, capital remains prudently above minimum adjustments to the capital and total with the support of the group’s capital requirements at all times. exposure measure. management functions, ensures that capital remains prudently above minimum Capital targets In January the Basel Committee issued its fi nal Basel III leverage ratio framework requirements at all times. Over recent years, capital adequacy and public disclosure requirements which standards for banks have been raised as are applicable from 1 January 2015. Regulatory capital part of attempts to increase the stability The CRD IV rules will require amendment, in – Investec plc and resilience of the global banking sector. order for the UK to comply with the fi nalised Investec Limited and Investec plc have Current regulatory framework Basel III framework. Timeframes for the always held capital in excess of regulatory adoption of the fi nalised requirements in Since 1 April 2013 Investec plc has been requirements and the group continues to authorised by the PRA and is regulated the EU are not yet clear.

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures remain well capitalised. Accordingly, the by the FCA and the PRA. In June 2013, group is targeting a minimum CET1 capital Leverage ratio target the European Commission adopted the ratio of above 10% by March 2016, a tier 1 fi nal Capital Requirements Directive IV capital ratio of above 11% by March 2016 Investec is currently targeting a leverage (CRD IV) package which transposed the and a total capital adequacy ratio target ratio above 6%, but will continue to Basel III rules into EU law. The CRD IV range of 14% to 17%. These targets are reassess this target for appropriateness rules came into effect on 1 January 2014. continuously assessed for appropriateness. pending the outcome of the EBA’s report. The package is split into a regulation and a directive. The regulation is directly binding The DLC capital committee is responsible As with the governance of capital on Investec plc, whilst the directive and for ensuring that the impact of any management, the DLC capital committee various other national discretions had to be regulatory change is analysed, understood is responsible for ensuring that the transposed into UK law to take effect. and prepared for. To allow the committee impact of any regulatory changes on the to carry out this function, the group’s leverage ratio are calculated, analysed and The PRA issued its fi nal rules and Regulatory and Capital Management teams understood at all reporting levels. discretions in December 2013, with the closely monitor regulatory developments decision to introduce the fi nal defi nition of and regularly present to the committee Capital management common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital from on latest developments. As part of any Philosophy and approach 1 January 2014 and did not adopt most assessment the committee is provided 01 of the transitional provisions available in Both the Investec Limited and Investec with analysis showing the group’s capital plc groups operate an approach to CRD IV. Despite the acceleration of the adequacy taking into account the most CET1 defi nition and the restriction on the capital management that utilises both up-to-date interpretation of those changes. regulatory capital, as appropriate to that types of capital that qualify as tier 1 and In addition, regular sessions with the board tier 2 capital having an effect on the capital jurisdiction, and internal capital, which is an are held to ensure that members are kept internal risk-based assessment of capital available to support the increased minimum up to date with the most salient changes capital requirements, we continue to hold requirements. Capital management primarily to ensure the impact on the group and its relates to management of the interaction capital in excess of the new minimum subsidiaries is monitored. requirements. of both, with the emphasis on regulatory Management of leverage capital for managing portfolio level capital Investec plc uses the standardised suffi ciency and on internal capital for approach to calculate its credit and At present Investec Limited calculates ensuring that returns are appropriate counterparty credit risk and operational and reports its leverage ratio based on for the level of risk taken at an individual risk capital requirements. The mark-to- the latest SARB regulations. The leverage transaction or business unit level. market method is used to calculate the ratio is a non-risk based measure intended counterparty credit risk exposure amount. to prevent excessive build up of leverage The determination of target capital is The market risk capital requirement and mitigate the risks associated with driven by our risk profi le, strategy and risk is measured using an internal risk deleveraging during periods of market appetite, taking into account regulatory

84 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

and market factors applicable to the group. ensure that the group is able to retain • Rewarding performance taking into At the most fundamental level, we seek to its going concern basis under relatively account the relative levels of risk balance our capital consumption between severe operating conditions adopted by forming a basis for the prudent capitalisation in the context of determination of economic value added • Inform the setting of minimum the group’s risk profi le and optimisation of at a transactional level, and hence regulatory capital through the shareholder returns. the basis for discretionary variable Supervisory Review and Evaluation remuneration Our internal capital framework is designed Process (SREP). to manage and achieve this balance. • Comparing risk-based performance The DLC capital committee seeks to The internal capital framework is based across business areas. optimise the balance sheet such that capital on the group’s risk identifi cation, review held is in excess of internal capital. Internal and assessment processes and is used to The framework has been approved by capital performs a critical role in: provide a risk-based approach to capital the board and is managed by the DLC allocation, performance and structuring of • Investment decision-making and pricing capital committee, which is responsible for our balance sheet. The objectives of the that is commensurate with the risk oversight of the management of capital on internal capital framework are to quantify being taken a regulatory and an internal basis. the minimum capital required to: • Allocating capital according to the In order to achieve these objectives, the • Maintain suffi cient capital to satisfy the greatest expected marginal risk-based internal capital framework describes the board’s risk appetite across all risks return, and tracking performance on following approach to the integration of risk faced by the group this basis and capital management. • Provide protection to depositors against • Determining transactional risk-based losses arising from risks inherent in the returns on capital business • Provide suffi cient capital surplus to

The (simplifi ed) integration of risk and capital management

Risk modelling Pricing and Risk Risk Internal Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures and performance identifi cation assessment capital quantifi cation measurement

Managed by each Managed by Risk reporting business unit group Capital Capital and ‘business as and group Risk Management Group management usual’ risk departments with oversight by strategy and planning

Ongoing risk management management with oversight by DLC capital ERRF/BRCC committee/BRCC

Stress/ scenario testing 01

Risk assessment and reporting Key identifi ed risks are monitored by Group • Equity and investment risk in the Risk Management and by Internal Audit banking book We review the business continuously to to ensure that each risk is managed to an • Balance sheet liquidity and non-trading maintain a close understanding of our acceptable level. Detailed performance interest rate risk universe of risks, which are analysed and control metrics of these risks are through the risk management governance reported to each ERRF and BRCC meeting, • Operational, conduct and reputational framework under stewardship of BRCC. including, where appropriate, the results risk Key risks are reviewed and debated by of scenario testing. Key risk types that are • Legal risk (considered within operational senior management on a continuous basis. considered fall within the following: Assessment of the materiality of risks is risk for capital purposes). directly linked to the board’s stated risk • Credit and counterparty risk Each of these risk categories may consist appetite and approved risk management of a number of specifi c risks, each of which policies covering all key risks. • Market risk are analysed in detail and managed by ERRF and BRCC.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 85 Risk management (continued)

Risk modelling and Capital planning is performed on the basis Internal capital quantifi cation (internal capital) of both regulatory and internal capital, with regulatory capital being the key driver requirements Internal capital requirements are quantifi ed of decision-making. The goal of capital are quantifi ed by by analysis of the potential impact of key planning is to provide insight into potential risks to a degree consistent with our risk sources of vulnerability of capital adequacy analysis of the appetite. Internal capital requirements are by way of market, economic or internal potential impact supported by the board-approved risk events. As such, we stress the capital assessment process described above. plans based on conditions most likely to of key risks to a Quantifi cation of all risks is based on place us under duress. The conditions degree consistent analysis of internal data, management themselves are agreed by the DLC capital expertise and judgement, and external committee after consultation with relevant with our risk benchmarking. internal and external experts and research. Such plans are used by management appetite The following risks are included within the to formulate balance sheet strategy and internal capital framework and quantifi ed for agree management actions, trigger points capital allocation purposes: and infl uence the determination of our • Credit and counterparty risk, including: risk appetite.

– Underlying counterparty risk The output of capital planning allows – Concentration risk senior management to make decisions – Securitisation risk to ensure that the group continues to hold suffi cient capital to meet its targets • Market risk against regulatory and internal capital targets. On certain occasions, especially • Equity and investment risk held in the under stressed scenarios, management banking book may plan to undertake a number of • Balance sheet risk, including: actions. Assessment of the relative merits of undertaking various actions is then – Liquidity considered using an internal view of – Banking book interest rate risk relative returns across portfolios which are themselves based on internal assessments

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures • Strategic and reputational risks of risk and capital. • Pension risk (UK only) Our capital plans are designed to allow • Operational risk, which is considered as senior management and the board an umbrella term and covers a range to review: of independent risks including, but not • Changes to capital demand caused limited to fraud, litigation, business by implementation of agreed strategic continuity, outsourcing and out of policy objectives, including the creation or trading. The specifi c risks covered are acquisition of new businesses, or as assessed dynamically through constant a result of the manifestation of one assessment of the underlying business or more of the risks to which we are environment. potentially susceptible

Capital planning and • The impact on profi tability of current and future strategies stress/scenario testing • Required changes to the capital A group capital plan is prepared and 01 structure maintained to facilitate discussion of the impact of business strategy and market • The impact of implementing a proposed conditions on capital adequacy. This plan is dividend strategy designed to assess capital adequacy under a range of economic and internal conditions • The impact of alternate market over the medium term (three years), with or operating conditions on any of the impact on earnings, asset growth, risk the above. appetite and liquidity considered. The plan provides the board (via the BRCC) with an At a minimum level, each capital plan input into strategy and the setting of risk assesses the impact on our capital appetite by considering business risks and adequacy over expected case, upturn potential vulnerabilities, capital usage and and downturn scenarios. On the basis funding requirements given constraints of the results of this analysis, the DLC where these exist. capital committee and the BRCC are presented with the potential variability in

86 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

capital adequacy and are responsible, The regulatory consolidation includes all • Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying in consultation with the board, for fi nancial sector subsidiaries, the majority subordinated debt and related eligible consideration of the appropriate response. of which are wholly-owned by the relevant non-controlling interests and other tier 2 parent company. Investments in fi nancial instruments, which no longer qualify Pricing and performance sector associates are equity accounted as tier 2 capital and are subject to measurement in the fi nancial accounting consolidation, grandfathering provisions. whereas their exposures are proportionally The use of internal capital as an allocation Capital disclosures tool means that all transactions are consolidated for regulatory purposes. considered in the context of their contribution Subsidiaries and associates engaged in The composition of our regulatory capital to return on risk-adjusted capital. This non-fi nancial activities are excluded from under a Basel III/CRD IV basis is provided ensures that expected returns are suffi cient the regulatory consolidation. In addition in the table below. The 2013 capital after taking recognition of the inherent risk special purpose entities (SPEs) are not information for Investec plc and Investec generated for a given transaction. This consolidated for regulatory purposes, where Bank plc are based on Basel II capital approach allows us to embed risk and signifi cant credit risk has been transferred requirements applicable in the UK in 2013. capital discipline at the level of deal initiation. to third parties. The positions the fi rm The 2013 capital information for Investec Using expectations of risk-based returns as continues to hold in these securitisation Limited, Investec Bank Limited and the basis for pricing and deal acceptance SPEs will either be risk-weighted and/or Investec Bank (Australia) Limited are already ensures that risk management retains a deducted from CET1 capital. reported on a Basel III basis. key role in ensuring that the portfolio is Investec Bank plc, a regulated subsidiary appropriately managed for that risk. of Investec plc, applies the provisions laid down in article 9 of the Capital In addition to pricing, returns on internal Requirements Regulation (solo- capital are monitored and relative consolidation waiver) and reports to the performance is assessed on this basis. PRA on a solo-consolidation basis. Investec Assessment of performance in this way Bank plc has two solo-consolidation is a fundamental consideration used in subsidiaries namely Investec Finance plc setting strategy and risk appetite as well as and Investec Investments (UK) Limited. rewarding performance. There are no current or foreseen material These processes have been embedded practical or legal impediments to the across the business with the process prompt transfer of capital resources or Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures designed to ensure that risk and repayment of liabilities among the parent capital management form the basis undertaking and its subsidiary undertakings. for key decisions at both a group and a transactional level. Responsibility for Regulatory capital requirements are driven oversight for each of these processes by the regulatory balance sheet and not the ultimately falls to the BRCC. fi nancial accounting balance sheet. For an assessment of return on Regulatory capital equity and our return on internal capital utilised refer to pages 49 and requirements to 51 in volume one. For regulatory capital purposes, our total regulatory capital is divided into three main Accounting and regulatory categories, namely CET1, tier 1 and tier 2 treatment of group subsidiaries capital as follows:

Investec plc and Investec Limited are the • CET 1 capital comprises shareholders’ two listed holding companies in terms of equity and related eligible non- 01 the DLC structure. Investec Bank plc and controlling interests after giving effect Investec Bank Limited are the main banking to deductions for disallowed items subsidiaries of Investec plc and Investec (for example, goodwill and intangible Limited, respectively. Investec Bank assets) and other adjustments; (Australia) Limited is a subsidiary of Investec Bank plc. • Other tier 1 capital includes qualifying capital instruments, which are capable Basis of consolidation of being fully and permanently The regulatory basis of consolidation written down or converted fully into differs from the basis of consolidation CET1 capital at the point of non-viability used for fi nancial reporting purposes. of the fi rm and other additional tier 1 The fi nancial accounting position of the instruments, which no longer qualify as DLC group are reported under International additional tier 1 capital and are subject Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) to grandfathering provisions; and and are described on page 24 of the annual fi nancial statements.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 87 Risk management (continued)

Summary information on the terms and conditions of the main features of all capital instruments is provided on pages 92 to 100 in volume 3.

Capital structure and capital adequacy

Investec Investec plc*^º IBP*^º IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2014 £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

Tier 1 capital Shareholders’ equity 1 840 1 883 539 22 641 24 067 Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet 2 089 1 912 539 26 490 25 601 Perpetual preference share capital and share premium (150) – – (3 183) (1 534) Equity holding in deconsolidated entities – – – (666) – Deconsolidation of special purpose entities (99) (29) – – – Non-controlling interests 4 (3) – 470 – Non-controlling interests per balance sheet 177 (3) – 3 102 – Non-controlling interests excluded for regulatory purposes – – – (2 632) – Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 1 (165) – – – – Surplus non-controlling interest disallowed in CET1 (8) – – – – Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis (32) (11) – 521 522 Defi ned benefi t pension fund adjustment (20) – – Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities (7) (7) – – – Additional value adjustments (12) (11) – – – Cash fl ow hedging reserve 7 7 – 521 522 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Deductions (608) (480) (152) (221) (102) Goodwill and intangible assets net of deferred tax (558) (431) (73) (221) (102) Deferred tax assets that rely on future profi tability excluding those arising from temporary differences (38) (38) – – – Unconsolidated investments – – (18) – – Securitisation positions (4) (3) (42) – – Connected funding of a capital nature (8) (8) – – – Excess of deductions from additional tier 1 – – (19) – – Common equity tier 1 capital 1 204 1 389 387 23 411 24 487 Additional tier 1 capital 234 – – 3 764 1 227 Additional tier 1 instruments 295 – – 4 717 1 534 Phase out of non-qualifying additional tier 1 instruments (61) – – (943) (307) 01 Non-qualifying surplus capital attributable to non-controlling interests – – – (10) – Tier 1 capital 1 438 1 389 387 27 175 25 714

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia. º The capital adequacy disclosures follow Investec's normal basis of presentation so as to show a consistent basis of calculation across the jurisdictions in which the group operates. For Investec plc and IBP this does not include the deduction of foreseeable dividends when calculating common equity tier 1 capital as now required under the Capital Requirements Regulation and European Banking Authority technical standards. The impact of the fi nal proposed ordinary and preference dividends totalling £61 million for Investec plc and £32 million for IBP would be around 50bps and 30bps, respectively.

88 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Capital structure and capital adequacy (continued)

Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2014 £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

Tier 2 capital 662 637 125 9 846 10 670 Collective impairment allowances – – – 172 172 Tier 2 instruments 686 642 27 10 498 10 498 Phase out of non-qualifying tier 2 instruments – (3) 98 – – Non-qualifying surplus capital attributable to non-controlling interests (24) (2) – (824) – Total regulatory capital 2 100 2 026 512 37 021 36 384

Risk-weighted assets 13 711 12 668 3 185 248 040 238 396

Capital ratios Common equity tier 1 ratio 8.8% 11.0% 12.2% 9.4% 10.3% Tier 1 ratio 10.5% 11.0% 12.2% 11.0% 10.8% Total capital ratio 15.3% 16.0% 16.1% 14.9% 15.3%

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively. Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 89 Risk management (continued)

Capital structure and capital adequacy (continued)

Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2013 £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

Tier 1 capital Shareholders’ equity 1 842 1 889 596 19 819 21 975 Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet 2 060 1 884 596 23 002 23 509 Perpetual preference share capital and share premium (150) – – (3 183) (1 534) Deconsolidation of special purpose entities (68) 5 – – – Non-controlling interests (5) (5) – – – Non-controlling interests per balance sheet 165 (5) – 10 – Non-controlling interests excluded for regulatory purposes – – – (10) – Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 1 (169) – – – – Non-controlling interests in deconsolidated subsidiaries (1) – – – – Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis (31) (10) 2 446 446 Unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities 2 2 – – – Defi ned benefi t pension fund adjustment (22) – – Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities (7) (8) 2 – – Additional value adjustments (16) (16) – – – Cash fl ow hedging reserve 12 12 – 446 446 Deductions (600) (476) (193) (235) (90) Goodwill and intangible assets net of deferred tax (598) (472) (105) (235) (90) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Unconsolidated investments – – (23) – – Securitisation positions (2) (2) (55) – – Excess of deductions from additional tier 1 – (2) (10) – – Core tier 1/common equity tier 1 capital 1 206 1 398 405 20 030 22 331

Additional tier 1 capital 299 – – 4 222 1 381 Additional tier 1 instruments 299 – – 4 717 1 534 Phase out of non-qualifying additional tier 1 instruments – – – (472) (153) Non-qualifying surplus capital attributable to non-controlling interests – – – (23) – Deductions (4) – – – – Unconsolidated investments (4) – – – – 01 Tier 1 capital 1 501 1 398 405 24 252 23 712

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively.

90 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Capital structure and capital adequacy (continued)

Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

At 31 March 2013 Tier 2 capital Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions 840 685 135 10 961 11 493 Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities 7 8 – – – Collective impairment allowances 120 20 – 122 122 Tier 2 instruments 713 657 25 12 496 12 496 Phase out of non-qualifying tier 2 instruments – – 110 (1 125) (1 125) Non qualifying surplus capital attributable to non-controlling interests – – – (532) – Deductions (6) (4) – (435) – Unconsolidated investments (4) (2) – – – Investments that are not material holdings or qualifying holdings – – – (435) – Securitisation positions (2) (2) – – – Total tier 2 capital 834 681 135 10 526 11 493

Total capital deductions (57) (54) – – – Investments that are not material holdings or qualifying holdings (51) (48) – – – Connected lending of a capital nature (6) (6) – – – Total regulatory capital 2 278 2 025 540 34 778 35 205

Risk-weighted assets 13 705 12 606 3 421 223 865 217 715 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Capital ratios Core tier 1 ratio/common equity tier 1 ratio 8.8% 11.1% 11.8% 8.9% 10.3% Tier 1 ratio 11.0% 11.1% 11.8% 10.8% 10.9% Total capital ratio 16.7% 16.1% 15.8% 15.5% 16.2%

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively.

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 91 Risk management (continued)

Capital requirements

Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2014 £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

Capital requirements 1 097 1 014 412 24 804 23 840 Credit risk – prescribed standardised exposure classes 830 787 344 18 308 17 611 Corporates 298 294 95 11 082 10 418 Secured on real estate property 161 154 12 1 601 1 601 Short-term claims on institutions and corporates – – 3 2 732 2 722 Retail 102 102 194 544 544 Institutions 41 38 15 1 064 1 064 Other exposure classes 218 189 25 199 176 Securitisation exposures 10 10 – 1 086 1 086 Equity risk – standardised approach 21 21 – 3 325 3 865 Listed equities 5 5 – 217 757 Unlisted equities 16 16 – 3 108 3 108 Counterparty credit risk 22 22 9 648 648 Credit valuation adjustment risk 16 16 – – – Market risk 55 52 7 473 395 Interest rate 21 21 7 117 117 Foreign exchange 8 5 – 98 98 Securities underwriting 1 1 – – – Commodities – – – 5 5 Equities 22 22 – 253 175 Options 3 3 – – – Operational risk – standardised approach 153 116 52 2 050 1 321 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures At 31 March 2013 Capital requirements 1 096 1 007 446 21 268 20 681 Credit risk – prescribed standardised exposure classes 842 795 380 15 360 14 798 Corporates 277 279 142 9 498 9 023 Secured on real estate property 232 224 16 1 513 1 513 Short-term claims on institutions and corporates –** –** 3 2 223 2 155 Retail 102 102 154 326 325 Institutions 33 31 9 1 058 1 058 Other exposure classes 184 145 55 91 73 Securitisation exposures 14 14 1 651 651 Equity risk – standardised approach 29 28 – 2 845 3 472 Listed equities 4 4 – 145 789 Unlisted equities 25 24 – 2 700 2 683 Counterparty credit risk 26 26 9 716 716 01 Market risk 61 61 6 449 426 Interest rate 23 22 6 117 117 Foreign exchange 12 13 – 74 74 Commodities – – – 2 2 Equities 24 24 – 256 233 Options 2 2 – – – Operational risk – standardised approach 138 97 51 1 898 1 269

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively. ** Short-term claims on institutions and corporates reclassifi ed to exposure classes corporates and institutions as we have no short-term credit assessment available for these claims.

92 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Risk-weighted assets

Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2014 £’million £’million A$’million R’million R’million

Risk-weighted assets (banking and trading) 13 711 12 668 3 185 248 040 238 396 Credit risk – prescribed standardised exposure classes 10 374 9 844 2 659 183 080 176 112 Corporates 3 728 3 683 729 110 817 104 181 Secured on real estate property 2 007 1 923 94 16 011 16 011 Short term claims on institutions and corporates – – 25 27 319 27 215 Retail 1 281 1 278 1 496 5 441 5 441 Institutions 506 473 118 10 644 10 644 Other exposure classes 2 729 2 364 194 1 987 1 759 Securitisation exposures 123 123 3 10 861 10 861 Equity risk – standardised approach 267 267 – 33 250 38 653 Listed equities 62 62 – 2 167 7 570 Unlisted equities 205 205 – 31 083 31 083 Counterparty credit risk 271 271 70 6 479 6 479 Credit valuation adjustment risk 194 194 – – – Market risk 689 648 54 4 731 3 947 Interest rate 262 262 52 1 174 1 174 Foreign exchange 98 57 2 978 978 Securities underwriting 13 13 – – – Commodities – – – 50 50 Equities 276 276 – 2 529 1 745 Options 40 40 – – – Operational risk – standardised approach 1 916 1 444 402 20 500 13 205 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures At 31 March 2013 Risk-weighted assets (banking and trading) 13 705 12 606 3 421 223 865 217 715 Credit risk – prescribed standardised exposure classes 10 532 9 952 2 914 161 678 155 781 Corporates 3 466 3 489 1 092 99 975 94 983 Secured on real estate property 2 904 2 799 122 15 925 15 925 Short-term claims on institutions and corporates –** –** 20 23 397 22 685 Retail 1 276 1 276 1 184 3 428 3 426 Institutions 409 393 69 11 141 11 141 Other exposure classes 2 296 1 814 423 959 768 Securitisation exposures 181 181 4 6 853 6 853 Equity risk – standardised approach 352 349 – 29 948 36 548 Listed equities 47 47 – 1 531 8 306 Unlisted equities 305 302 – 28 417 28 242 Counterparty credit risk 328 330 68 7 537 7 537 Market risk 762 767 46 4 728 4 488 01 Interest rate 286 275 43 1 229 1 229 Foreign exchange 150 166 3 783 783 Commodities – – – 20 20 Equities 296 296 – 2 696 2 456 Options 30 30 – – – Operational risk – standardised approach 1 731 1 208 393 19 974 13 361

* Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively. ** Short-term claims on institutions and corporates reclassifi ed to exposure classes corporates and institutions as we have no short-term credit assessment available for these claims.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 93 Risk management (continued)

Investec plc 0.7691, provided the total exposure this movement is driven by currency owed by the enterprise does not movements on foreign denominated Movement in risk-weighted assets exceed €1.5 million. assets, while the remainder is Total risk-weighted assets (RWAs) have associated with book growth within remained relatively fl at over the period, Counterparty credit risk RWAs and the corporate (mainly associated with however, there are movements within the Credit Valuation Risk renewable energy related transactions underlying risk categories. Counterparty credit risk RWAs, reduced by and short-term corporate funding) and £57 million primarily due to a decrease in private client lending businesses. The Credit risk RWAs securities fi nancing transactions. CRD IV impact of Basel III and the associated For Investec plc consolidated reporting, we introduced a new capital requirement for enhancements to the Banks Act by have adopted the standardised approach credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risk, the South African Reserve Bank were for calculating credit risk RWAs. Credit which increases RWAs by £194 million. implemented in 2013 and there has been risk RWAs, which include equity risk, This charge applies to all OTC derivative minimal change in the methodology decreased by £243 million. The decrease instruments and is used to capture the risk governing the calculation of required is attributable to exchange rate differences, of default or variation in the credit qualify capital during the 2014 fi nancial year. primarily refl ecting the depreciation of of counterparties. We have applied the the Australian dollar against the Pounds standardised approach to calculate the Counterparty credit risk RWAs and Sterling and reductions in securitisation CVA capital requirement. Transactions Credit Valuation Risk positions, refl ecting sales, restructuring with non-fi nancial counterparties have Counterparty credit risk RWAs reduced by and amortisation of assets. This decrease been exempted from our CVA charge, R1.85 billion primarily due to lower trading was partly offset by growth in lending and on the basis that those transactions volumes, while CVA over the period grew a net increase in RWAs of £61 million, do not exceed the clearing thresholds by R688 million. CVA risk was implemented arising on the implementation of CRD IV. mandated by EU regulations governing as part of Basel III in South Africa, and The key CRD IV changes impacting our OTC derivatives, central counterparties captures the risk of default or variation in business include: and trade repositories. the credit quality of counterparties. We apply the standardised approach to the • The high risk exposure category was Market risk RWAs calculation of the CVA capital requirement. expanded to include investments in Market risk RWA, calculated using the private equity fi rms and speculative standardised approach, decreased by Equity Risk RWAs immovable property fi nancing. £73 million and is primarily attributable Equity risk grew by approximately R4 billion These transactions attract a risk

Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures to a decrease in capital held for foreign over the period. The risk weight attributable weight of 150% exchange risk. to equity investments is relatively high, with • Deferred tax assets that rely on future listed equities attracting an effective 318% Operational risk RWAs profi tability of the bank to be realised risk weight and unlisted equities 424%. and which arise from temporary Operational risk RWAs are calculated using This results in a proportionally much larger differences are subject to the threshold the standardised approach and increased increase in RWA than the associated on exemption approach. Amounts which by £185 million. The increase is due to balance sheet equity values. individually and in aggregate fall below a higher three-year average operating Market Risk RWAs 10% and 15% of our CET1 capital income. thresholds are now risk-weighted at Market Risk RWA is calculated using the Investec Limited 250%, whilst under Basel II these Value at Risk (VaR) approach and remained assets attracted a risk weight of 100% Movement in risk weighted assets relatively fl at over the period.

• Portfolio impairments meet the Total risk-weighted assets (RWAs) grew by Operational Risk RWAs defi nition of specifi c credit risk 11% over the period, predominantly within Operational Risk is calculated using the adjustments and have been allocated Credit Risk. standardised and is driven by the levels 01 to single exposures within the portfolio of income over a three-year average proportionally to the risk-weighted Credit Risk RWAs period, applying specifi c factors applicable exposure amounts. No portfolio For Investec Limited consolidated to the nature of the business generating impairments have been recognised reporting we have adopted the the income. in tier 2 capital standardised approach for calculating credit risk RWAs. Credit RWA grew • SME lending is subject to a reduced by R21 billion (13.5%) with strong capital requirement due to the growth in corporate and private client application of the reduction factor of lending activity. A large proportion of

94 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Movement in total regulatory capital The table below analyses the movement in common equity tier 1, additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital during the year.

Total regulatory capital fl ow statement Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2014 £'million £'million A$'million R'million R'million

Opening core tier 1/common equity tier 1 capital 1 206 1 398 405 20 030 22 331 New capital issues 16 20 20 275 – Dividends (70) – – (2 002) (183) Profi t after tax 94 53 (72) 4 094 2150 Treasury shares (58) – – (770) – Gain on transfer of non-controlling interests 73 – – 1 449 – Share-based payment adjustments 37 – – 485 – Movement in other comprehensive income (51) (42) 3 428 125 Goodwill and intangible assets (deduction net of related tax liability) 40 41 24 14 (12) Deferred tax that relies on future profi tability (excluding those arising from temporary differences (38) (38) – – – Deconsolidation of special purpose entities (31) (34) – – – Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements (14) (9) 7 (592) 76 Closing common equity tier 1 capital 1 204 1 389 387 23 411 24 487

Opening additional tier 1 capital 295 – – 4 222 1 381 Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements (61) – – (458) (154) Closing additional tier 1 capital 234 – – 3 764 1 223 Closing tier 1 capital 1 438 1 389 387 27 175 25 714 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

Opening tier 2 capital 834 681 135 10 526 11 493 New tier 2 capital issues – – – 1 005 1 005 Amortisation adjustments (27) (15) – – – Redeemed capital – – – (3 003) (3 003) Collective impairment allowances (120) (20) – 50 50 Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements (25) (9) (10) 1 268 1 125 Closing tier 2 capital 662 637 125 9 846 10 670

Opening other deductions from total capital (57) (54) – – – Connected funding of a capital nature 6 6 – – – Investments that are not material holdings or qualifying holdings 51 48 – – – Closing other deductions from total capital – – – – – 01 Closing total regulatory capital 2 100 2 026 512 37 021 36 384 * Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 95 Risk management (continued)

Total regulatory capital fl ow statement (continued) Investec Investec plc*^ IBP*^ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^ At 31 March 2013 £'million £'million A$'million R'million R'million

Restated opening core tier 1/common equity tier 1 capital 1 197 1 319 434 17 809 19 492 New capital issues 22 159 – 159 1 361 Dividends (60) (13) – (1 711) (957) Profi t after tax 55 30 7 3 240 1 878 Treasury shares (32) – – (401) – Acquistion of non-controlling interest (4) (4) – – – Share-based payment adjustments 34 – – 388 – Movement in other comprehensive income (2) 6 – 326 294 Goodwill and intangible assets (deduction net of related tax liability) 7 (93) (4) 31 6 Deconsolidation of special purpose entities (17) (15) – – – Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements 6 9 (32) 189 257 Closing core tier 1/common equity tier 1 capital 1 206 1 398 405 20 030 22 331 Opening additional tier 1 capital 296 – – 4 414 1 534 New additional tier 1 capital issues – – – 303 – Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements (1) – – (495) (153) Closing additional tier 1 capital 295 – – – – Closing tier 1 capital 1 501 1 398 405 24 252 23 712

Opening tier 2 capital 786 627 91 8 667 8 667 New tier 2 capital issues 35 35 50 5 295 5 295 Amortisation adjustments (17) (6) – – – Redeemed capital – – – (1 508) (1 508) Collective impairment allowances 19 13 – (84) (84) Other, including regulatory adjustments and transitional arrangements 11 12 (6) (1 844) (877) Closing tier 2 capital 834 681 135 10 526 11 493 Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Restated opening other deductions from total capital (58) (53) – – – Connected funding of a capital nature 4 4 – – – Investments that are not material holdings or qualifying holdings (3) (5) – – – Closing other deductions from total capital (57) (54) – – – Closing total regulatory capital 2 278 2 025 540 34 778 35 205

A summary of capital adequacy and leverage ratios Investec Investec At 31 March 2014 plc*^˚ IBP*^˚ IBAL*^ Limited*^ IBL*^

Common equity tier 1 (as reported) 8.8% 11.0% 12.2% 9.4% 10.3% Common equity tier 1 (‘fully loaded’)^^ 8.8% 11.0% 12.2% 9.3% 10.2% Tier 1 (as reported) 10.5% 11.0% 12.2% 11.0% 10.8% Total capital adequacy ratio (as reported) 15.3% 16.0% 16.1% 14.9% 15.3% Leverage ratio** – permanent capital 7.7% 7.4% 11.2% 7.4% 7.2% 01 Leverage ratio** – current 7.4% 7.4% 11.2% 7.2% 7.2% Leverage ratio** – ‘fully loaded’^^ 6.2% 7.4% 11.2% 6.2% 6.8% * Where: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. IBAL is Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and IBL is Investec Bank Limited. The information for IBP includes IBAL. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP. The information for Investec Limited includes the information for IBL. ^ The 2013 capital information for Investec plc and IBP was based on Basel II capital requirements. The 2013 capital information for Investec Limited, IBL and IBAL was based on Basel III capital requirements. 2014 capital information is based on Basel III capital requirements, as currently applicable in the UK, South Africa and Australia, respectively. ˚ The capital adequacy disclosures follow Investec's normal basis of presentation so as to show a consistent basis of calculation across the jurisdictions in which the group operates. For Investec plc and IBP this does not include the deduction of foreseeable dividends when calculating common equity tier 1 capital as now required under the Capital Requirements Regulation and European Banking Authority technical standards. The impact of the fi nal proposed ordinary and preference dividends totalling £61 million for Investec plc and £32 million for IBP would be around 50bps and 30bps, respectively. ^^ Based on the group’s understanding of current and draft regulations. ‘Fully loaded’ is based on Basel III capital requirements as fully phased in by 2022. ** The leverage ratios are calculated on an end-quarter basis so as to show a consistent basis of calculation across the jurisdictions in which the group operates.

96 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Analysis of rated counterparties in each standardised credit risk exposure class Investec plc The table below shows the breakdown of rated credit risk exposures by credit quality step.

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 Exposure Exposure after after credit risk credit risk Exposure mitigation Exposure mitigation Credit quality step £’million £’million £’million £’million

Central banks and sovereigns 3 187 2 950 3 068 3 068 1 –––– 2 – – – – 3 – – – – 4 – – – – 5 – – – – 6 – – – – Institutions* 1 281 281 289 289 2 990 903 926 716 3 131 131 67 67 4 35 35 32 32 5 22–– 6 – – – – Corporates 1 55–– 2 15 15 12 12 3 2 1 173 173 4 77–– 5 19 19 15 15 6 ––––Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Securitisation positions 1 171 171 163 163 2 20 20 51 51 3 34 26 25 25 4 5 1 16 16 5 – – 4 4 Re-securitisation positions 1 15 15 36 36 2 9 9 9 9 3 4 4 4 4 4 – – – – 5 – – – – Total rated counterparty exposure 4 932 4 595 4 890 4 680

* The institutions exposure class includes exposures to institutions with an original effective maturity of more than and less than three months. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 97 Risk management (continued)

Analysis of rated counterparties in each standardised credit exposure class Investec Limited The capital requirement disclosed as held against credit risk at 31 March 2014 includes a small amount of capital held for counterparty credit risk, mainly within the group’s trading businesses. On the basis of materiality, no detail has been provided on this risk in the following analysis.

The table below shows the exposure amounts associated with the credit quality steps and the relevant risk weightings.

31 March 2014 31 March 2013 Exposure Exposure after after credit risk credit risk Exposure mitigation Exposure mitigation Credit quality step R’million R’million R’million R’million

Central banks and sovereigns 1 40 716 40 716 39 475 39 475 2 – – – – 3 176 176 42 42 4 – – – – 5 105 105 – – 6 – – – – Institutions original effective maturity of more than three months 1 – – 627 466 2 12 531 11 818 10 180 10 180 3 7 430 7 167 12 665 12 664 4 527 527 – – Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 5 – – – – 6 – – – – Short-term claims on institutions 1 1 480 1 480 1 083 1 083 2 11 753 11 753 9 111 9 111 3 15 210 15 210 6 646 6 646 4 – – – – 5 – – – – 6 – – – – Corporates 1 2 387 2 074 444 367 2 3 652 2 678 1 315 822 3 5 885 4 350 3 050 1 223 01 4 451 418 672 264 5 – – – – 6 – – – – Securitisation positions 1 793 793 788 788 2 5 353 4 540 4 124 4 124 3 2 756 1 437 1 357 1 357 4 267 267 369 369 5 1 668 1 668 62 62 Total rated counterparty exposure 113 140 107 177 92 010 89 043

98 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Risk management (continued)

Credit ratings

In terms of our dual listed companies structure, Investec plc and Investec Limited are treated separately from a credit point of view. As a result, the rating agencies have assigned ratings to the signifi cant banking entities within the group, namely Investec Bank plc, Investec Bank Limited and Investec Bank (Australia) Limited. Certain rating agencies have assigned ratings to the holding companies, namely, Investec plc and Investec Limited. Our ratings at 31 March 2014 are as follows:

Investec Bank Investec Investec (Australia) Bank Limited Bank plc Limited – a subsidiary – a subsidiary – a subsidiary Investec of Investec Investec of Investec of Investec Rating agency Limited Limited plc plc Bank plc Fitch

Long-term ratings Foreign currency BBB- BBB- BBB- BBB- National A+(zaf) Short-term ratings Foreign currency F3 F3 F3 F3 National F1 (zaf) Viability rating bbb- bbb- bbb- Support rating 53 53 Moody’s

Long-term deposit ratings Foreign currency Baa1 Ba1 Baa3 Ba1 National Aa3 (za) Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Short-term deposit ratings Foreign currency Prime-2 Non-prime Prime-3 Non-prime National P1 (za) Bank fi nancial strength rating C- D+ D S&P

Long-term deposit ratings Foreign currency BBB National za.AA Short-term deposit ratings Foreign currency A-2 National za.A-1 Global Credit Ratings 01

Local currency Short-term rating A1+(za) A2 Long-term rating AA-(za) BBB+

Investec integrated annual report 2014 99 Internal audit

Internal Audit activity is governed by an and programme are validated by Internal Audit internal audit charter which is approved by executive management and approved the group audit committees and is reviewed by the responsible audit committee. activity is governed annually. The charter defi nes the purpose, High risk businesses and processes are by an internal audit authority and responsibilities of the function. audited at least every 18 months, with charter which other areas covered at regular intervals As a result of the regulatory responsibilities based on their risk profi le. There is an is approved by arising from the DLC structure, there are ongoing focus on identifying fraud risk as the group audit two group Internal Audit departments well as auditing technology risks given located in London and Johannesburg, Investec’s dependence on IT systems. committees and is responsible for Investec plc and Investec Internal Audit also liaises with the external reviewed annually. Limited respectively. Investec Bank auditors and other assurance providers to (Australia) Limited and Investec Bank plc enhance effi ciencies in terms of combined The charter defi nes (Irish branch) have their own internal audit assurance. The annual plan is reviewed the purpose, functions reporting into Investec plc Internal regularly to ensure it remains relevant and Audit. In combination, the functions cover authority and responsive, given changes in the operating all the geographies in which Investec environment. The audit committee approves responsibilities of operates. These functions use a global any changes to the plan. risk-based methodology and cooperate the function technically and operationally. Signifi cant control weaknesses are reported, in terms of an escalation protocol, The heads of internal audit report at to the local assurance forums, where each audit committee meeting and have remediation procedures and progress a direct reporting line to the chairman are considered and monitored in detail of the audit committee. They operate by management. The audit committee independently of executive management receives a report on signifi cant issues but have regular access to their local chief and actions taken by management to executive offi cer and to BU executives. enhance related controls. An update on The heads of internal audit are responsible the status of previously raised issues is for coordinating internal audit efforts to provided by Internal Audit to each audit ensure coverage is global and departmental committee. If there are concerns in relation Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures skills are leveraged to maximise effi ciency. to overdue issues, these will be escalated For administrative purposes the heads of to the executive risk review forum to internal audit also report to the global head expedite resolution. of corporate governance and compliance. The functions comply with the International Internal Audit proactively reviews its Standards for the Professional Practice practices and resources for adequacy and of Internal Auditing, and are subject to an appropriateness to meet our increasingly independent Quality Assurance Review demanding corporate governance and (QAR) at appropriate intervals. The recent regulatory environment, including the QAR benchmarked the functions against requirements of King III in South Africa. the July 2013 publication by the Chartered The audit teams comprise well-qualifi ed, Institute for Internal Auditors entitled experienced staff to ensure that the function ‘Effective Internal Audit in the Financial has the competence to match Investec’s Services Sector’, the results of which were diverse requirements. Where specifi c communicated to the audit committees in specialist skills or additional resources March 2014 and will be communicated to are required, these are obtained from 01 the respective regulators. third parties. Internal Audit resources are subject to review by the respective Annually, Internal Audit conducts a formal audit committees. risk assessment of the entire business from which a comprehensive risk-based audit plan is derived. The assessment

100 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Compliance

Over the last year, the pace of regulatory anti-money laundering regime, regulators Notwithstanding the heavy regulatory change in the fi nancial sector has shown are holding discussions with the legal focus on outcomes for retail clients, the little signs of abating, and the pressure community on changes required to rules FCA has a markedly differing approach to the industry has faced to implement on identifying benefi cial ownership. This, consumer protection to its predecessor, various regulatory initiatives has continued together with other proposals in relation the FSA. This has become apparent in to be resource intensive. Regulators, to fi nancial crime, will become a focus for FCA’s more pronounced focus on the globally, have continued to endeavour to Investec Limited as a result of embedding wholesale markets and outcomes for promote stability and resilience in fi nancial the 4th Money Laundering Directive. clients irrespective of their categorisation markets, with the focus shifting from as either retail or professional. For example, strategic reforms such as recovery and Investec continues to strive to comply the investigations into the LIBOR and FX resolution plans and structural reform to with the highest professional standards of rates fi xing scandals, with which we are not conduct related issues, with the focus on integrity and behaviour, always keeping the involved, ensures that the FCA will continue consumer protection and transparency interests of our customers and shareholders to look at wholesale markets with the same within markets. at the forefront of the corporate agenda. vigour as it has done at the retail markets, We also seek to bring high standards of for the foreseeable future. In particular, some of the changes have compliance practice to all our jurisdictions come from proposals, which aim to in order to build trust and promote the Banking Standards and reforms promote transparency within the over- quality of service to our colleagues and to approved person’s regime the-counter (OTC) markets. Regulations clients. such as European Market Infrastructure Specifi c focus and attention is being given Regulation (EMIR) in the EU and the Dodd to improving cultural and ethical standards Frank Act in the US have imposed clearing Investec plc – year in within the banking sector. Sir Richard and reporting requirements on both Lambert has been given a mandate to regulated and non-regulated counterparties review create an independent body that will in respect of their derivative trades as well promote high standards of competence as requiring counterparties to agree risk Conduct Risk and behaviour across the UK banking industry. Currently consulting on the mitigation processes and procedures for all As of 1 April 2013 the UK Regulator structure and objectives of this new body, OTC derivative trades. was split into two organisations focusing the regime is certain to complement the primarily on prudential and conduct In addition to a number of international approved person’s regime and the reforms matters. The Prudential Regulation Authority proposals aiming for an internationally currently being proposed jointly by the PRA

(PRA) is now responsible for prudentially Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures accepted single global tax reporting and the FCA on responsibilities of signifi cant supervising large banks and insurance standard and automatic information infl uence functions. fi rms, whilst the Financial Conduct Authority exchange, The Foreign Account Tax (FCA) supervises all fi rms on conduct Compliance Act (FATCA) is also having Structural Banking Reform matters, as well as being prudentially a global impact on fi rms. To combat tax responsible for fi rms not supervised by The Financial Services (Banking Reform) evasion by US tax residents using foreign the PRA. Act 2013 (Banking Reform Act) received accounts, FATCA requires fi rms outside Royal Assent on 18 December 2013. The of the US to pass information about their Since the offi cial split, the conduct regulator Act will ultimately give the UK authorities the US customers to the US tax authorities, (FCA) has been focussing on outlining its powers to implement key recommendations Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Failure to conduct risk agenda and the expectation of the Independent Commission on Banking meet the new reporting obligations under that fi rms should have a conduct risk (ICB) on banking reform, including: FATCA would result in a 30% withholding framework in place. The FCA’s objective of tax on fi nancial institutions. The UK, consumer protection is a continuing theme • Retail ring-fence: this involves the along with a number of other countries, throughout all regulatory initiatives such as; ring-fencing of UK retail banking has entered into an intergovernmental reviews into suitability of advice and fi rms’ activities of a universal bank into a disclosure agreement with the US. confl ict management arrangements, as well legally distinct, operationally separate 01 South Africa has agreed the wording of an as the way fi rms incentivise front line sales and economically independent entity intergovernmental agreement with the IRS staff and protect client assets. within the same group and the parliamentary ratifi cation process is • Higher capital and loss absorbency in progress. This allows South Africa to be The FCA aim is to ensure that clients’ requirements treated as a participating country and thus interests are at the forefront of fi rms’ agendas and that their needs are placed avoid withholding on South Africa fi nancial • Introduction of retail depositor at the heart of the fi rms’ strategy. Firms institutions. Investec is engaged in projects preference in the UK to ensure that operationally we are able to are also expected to behave appropriately identify our US clients, and that we have in the wholesale markets in which they • A bail-in stabilisation option for the processes in place to exchange relevant operate. UK fi rms have been asked to UK Special Resolution Regime information with the IRS. respond to this agenda and Investec has enhanced existing controls and • A new regime for key individuals in the Financial crime continues to be a regulatory governance arrangements in order to better banking sector, replacing the existing focus with regulators globally encouraging demonstrate how seriously we take our approved persons regime fi rms to increase efforts around having commitment to the needs of all our clients • Criminal offence for reckless systems and controls to combat bribery and markets. misconduct for senior bankers and corruption. In order to strengthen the

Investec integrated annual report 2014 101 Compliance (continued)

• Competition-related reforms to the The second phase will entail amending As required by FAIS, the fi t and proper FCA and the PRA existing South African legislation and status of representatives and key individuals creating new legislation, where applicable, of all licensed Investec fi nancial services • A new Payment Systems Regulator to give effect to the new regulatory providers (FSPs) are monitored on an • A special administration regime for structures. The Twin Peaks model will also ongoing basis and the requisite reports are systemically important inter-bank and allow for the Treating Customers Fairly (TCF) made to the FSB. securities settlement systems. programme to be applicable across the fi nancial services sector. The Department of Trade and Industry The Act contains a de minimis exemption (dti) issued regulations at the end from the requirement to ring-fence, which The Financial Markets Act (FMA), which of February 2014 for the removal of is relevant to all but the largest UK deposit replaces the Securities Services Act, adverse credit information, in respect takers. Investec falls within this de minimis was promulgated in 2013. The main of paid up judgments, from the records exemption and is therefore out of scope impact of the FMA is the regulation of of credit bureaus. The regulations also from the ring-fencing requirement. Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, and prohibit credit providers from utilising the introduction of trade repositories. the deleted information for purposes Regulatory landscape in the The regulations, which will give operational of credit assessments/scoring. The coming year effect to the FMA, are being drafted by dti also introduced the National Credit National Treasury. Amendment Bill (NCAB) to Parliament at Going forward, the Regulator has the end of 2013. The NCAB is a result announced an intention to develop its Other signifi cant developments include of the policy review undertaken for the links with the international regulators the Solvency Asset Management in National Credit Regulator (NCR) by the and to work in a more collegiate fashion the insurance industry, amendments to University of Pretoria. Some of the key towards ensuring regulatory standards the Long Term Insurance Act, Basel III amendments proposed in the NCAB are harmonised globally. The fi rst of these and further regulation of hedge funds include the permanent removal of adverse initiatives is focused on harmonised and collective investment schemes. credit information in respect of paid up practices within Europe and the review Investec continues to participate in judgments, greater powers of enforcement of the Markets in Financial Instruments the relevant industry work-streams. and rule-making powers being granted to Directive (MIFID), know as MIFID 2. The Investec further continues to review and the NCR, new and enhanced regulation of market abuse regime is also being reviewed provide feedback to industry bodies and debt counsellors and payment distribution with Market Abuse Regulation (MAR) due regulators regarding proposals for new or agencies. The NCAB is at an advanced to be implemented late 2015 and early enhanced regulation. stage in the Parliamentary process, and Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures 2016. Investec Plc will need to begin Mauritius has brought amendments to the the changes are expected to be effective work on assessing the impact of these this year. new regulations in order to ensure timely main anti-money laundering legislation, implementation. namely to the Financial Intelligence and The FSB is reviewing the defi nition of Anti-Money Laundering Act. The details of ‘intermediary services’ in the Financial On the domestic front, the FCA is taking the amendments are as follows: Advisory and Intermediary Services Act over the consumer credit regime, which • Governance, accounting and (FAIS), and the draft Category V Code means that from 1 April 2014 unregulated relating to professional clients (and which lending will be subject to the FCA reporting requirements to the Financial Intelligence Unit will impact FSPs currently subject to the supervision. Firms, including Investec Plc, merchant banking exemption). will need to apply for authorisation and • Submission by reporting institutions ensure that all regulatory requirements of Suspicious Transactions Reports The Protection of Personal Information under the FCA regime are implemented (STRs) solely to the Financial Act (POPI) was enacted in November in respect of its lending businesses going Intelligence Unit 2013. Section 1, Part A of Chapter 5 forward. and sections 112 and 113 are in effect. • STRs submitted to the Financial The commencement of these sections 01 Intelligence Unit cannot be used as allows for the establishment of an Investec Limited – year evidence in Court information regulator and for the drafting of regulations, which will provide further in review • Financial institutions have 15 days guidance in respect of implementation. to fi le STRs and to submit information Once the regulations have been drafted There have been numerous regulatory requested by the Financial they will be published for comment. developments in the past year, most Intelligence Unit. POPI has a material impact on all aspects notably the publication of the Draft Financial of Investec’s business that concern the Sector Regulation Bill which outlines the Conduct Risk (consumer processing of personal information in proposed Twin Peaks model of regulation protection) respect of Investec’s clients and employees, (Twin Peaks model). The fi rst phase of Consumer protection regulation remains as well as information relating to the the Twin Peaks will create the two new a key focus into 2014 with continued Investec group and subsidiaries. regulatory structures, the Prudential emphasis on aligning existing processes Authority and the Market Conduct Authority. with the TCF Roadmap published by the This will see structural changes within FSB. Some of the key developments in the South African Reserve Bank (SARB) 2013 are highlighted below. and the Financial Services Board (FSB).

102 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Defi nitions

Adjusted shareholders’ equity Market capitalisation Return on average adjusted Refer to calculation on page 49 in volume one Total number of shares in issue (including tangible shareholders’ equity Investec plc and Investec Limited) multiplied Refer to calculation on page 49 in volume one Cost to income ratio by the closing share price of Investec plc on Operating costs divided by operating the London Stock Exchange Return on risk-weighted income (net of depreciation on leased assets assets). Depreciation on operating leased Net tangible asset value per share Adjusted earnings divided by average risk- assets has been netted off against weighted assets operating income Refer to calculation on page 48 in volume one Risk weighted assets Core loans and advances Non-operating items Is calculated as the sum of risk-weighted Net loans and advances to customers plus Refl ects profi ts and/or losses on assets for Investec plc and Investec net own originated securitised assets termination, restructuring or disposal of Limited (converted into Pounds Sterling) as group operations and acquisitions made refl ected on page 93 Refer to calculation on page 31 Operating profi t Dividend cover Staff compensation to Operating income less administrative operating income ratio Adjusted earnings per ordinary share before expenses, impairments for bad and goodwill and non-operating items divided All employee related costs expressed as a doubtful debts and depreciation of tangible by dividends per ordinary share percentage of operating income fi xed assets. This amount is before Earnings attributable to goodwill, acquired intangibles and Third party assets under ordinary shareholders before non-operating items administration goodwill, acquired intangibles Operating profi t per employee Includes third party assets under and non-operating items administration managed by the Wealth Refer to calculation on page 52 in volume one (i.e. adjusted earnings) & Investment, Asset Management and Property businesses Refer to page 51 in volume three Recurring income Net interest income plus net annuity Total capital resources Adjusted earnings per ordinary

fees and commissions expressed as a Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures Includes shareholders’ equity, subordinated share before goodwill, percentage of total operating income liabilities and non-controlling interests acquired intangibles and non-operating items Return on average adjusted Total equity shareholders’ equity Refer to page 51 in volume three Total shareholders’ equity including Refer to calculation on page 49 in volume one non-controlling interests Effective operational tax rate Tax on profi t on ordinary activities Weighted number of ordinary (excluding non-operating items) divided by shares in issue operating profi t The number of ordinary shares in issue at the beginning of the year increased by shares issued during the year, weighted on a time basis for the period during which they have participated in the income of the group less treasury shares. Refer to calculation on page 51 in volume three 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 103 Notes Risk and Basel Pillar III disclosures

01

104 Investec integrated annual report 2014

Specialist Banking Asset Management Wealth & Investment VOLUME 3 Investec financials Corporate information

Investec plc and Investec Limited

Secretary and registered offi ce Transfer secretaries in Investec plc South Africa David Miller Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd 2 Gresham Street 70 Marshall Street London EC2V 7QP Johannesburg 2001 United Kingdom PO Box 61051 Telephone (44) 20 7597 4000 Marshalltown 2107 Facsimile (44) 20 7597 4491 Telephone (27) 11 370 5000

Investec Limited Directorate Benita Coetsee Executive directors (Up to 30 June 2014) Stephen Koseff (chief executive offi cer) Bernard Kantor (managing director) Niki van Wyk Glynn R Burger (group risk and fi nance (with effect from 1 July 2014) director) 100 Grayston Drive Hendrik J du Toit (chief executive offi cer, Sandown Sandton 2196 Investec Asset Management) PO Box 785700 Sandton 2196 Telephone (27) 11 286 7000 Non-executive directors Facsimile (27) 11 286 7966 Sir David J Prosser (joint chairman) Internet address Fani Titi (joint chairman) George FO Alford (senior independent NED) www.investec.com Cheryl A Carolus Perry KO Crosthwaite Registration number Olivia C Dickson Investec plc Bradley Fried Registration number 3633621 David Friedland Haruko Fukuda OBE Investec Limited Ian R Kantor Registration number 1925/002833/06 M Peter Malungani Peter RS Thomas Auditors Samuel E Abrahams retired with effect Ernst & Young LLP 8 August 2013. Ernst & Young Inc. For contact details for Registrars in the UK Investec offi ces internationally refer to pages 135 and 136 in Computershare Investor Services plc volume three. The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZ United Kingdom Telephone (44) 870 707 1077

For queries regarding information in this document Investor Relations Telephone (27) 11 286 7070 (44) 20 7597 5546 e-mail: [email protected] Internet address: www.investec.com/en_za/#home/investor_relations.html About this report

The 2014 integrated annual report covers the period 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014 and provides an overview of the Investec group.

This report covers all our operations across the various geographies in which we operate and has been structured to provide stakeholders with relevant fi nancial and non-fi nancial information.

We value feedback, invite questions and comments on our reporting. To give feedback or request hard copies of our reports, please contact our Investor Relations division.

01 02 03

Investec strategic report Investec risk and Basel Investec fi nancials incorporating governance, Pillar III disclosures report sustainability and the remuneration report Financial statements Get the most out of our report

Cross-referencing tools:

Audited information Reporting standard Defi nitions 01

Denotes information in the risk and Denotes our consideration of a Refers readers to the defi nitions remuneration reports that form part of reporting standard on the inside back cover the group’s audited annual fi nancial statements

Page references Sustainability Website

Refers readers to information elsewhere Refers readers to further information in Indicates that additional information in this report our sustainability report available on our is available on our website: website: www.investec.com www.investec.com

Investec integrated annual report 2014 1 Contents

1 Financial statements

Directors’ responsibility statement 4 Approval of fi nancial statements 4 Declaration by the company secretary 4 Directors’ report 5 Schedule A to the directors’ report 9 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec plc 12 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec Limited 15 Combined consolidated income statement 16 Combined consolidated statement of comprehensive income 17 Combined consolidated balance sheet 18 Combined consolidated cash fl ow statement 19 Combined consolidated statements of changes in equity 20 Accounting policies 24 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements 33 Investec plc parent company accounts – Balance sheet 127 Notes to Investec plc parent company accounts 128 Investec Limited parent company accounts – Income statement 130 Investec Limited parent company accounts – Statement of comprehensive income 130 Investec Limited parent company accounts – Balance sheet 131 Investec Limited parent company accounts – Statement of changes in equity 132 Investec Limited parent company accounts – Cash fl ow statement 133 Notes to Investec Limited parent company accounts 134 Contact details 135 Defi nitions IBC Section one Financial statements Directors’ responsibility statement

The following statement, which should be accounting practices, based on audit that adequate resources exist to support read in conjunction with the auditors’ reports plans that take cognisance of the relative the companies on a going concern basis set out on pages 12 to 15, is made with a degrees of risk of each function or aspect over the next year. These annual fi nancial view to distinguishing for stakeholders the of the business statements have been prepared on that respective responsibilities of the directors basis. and of the external auditors in relation to • The group audit committees, together the combined consolidated annual fi nancial with Internal Audit, plays an integral It is the responsibility of the external auditors statements. role in matters relating to fi nancial and to report on the combined consolidated internal control, accounting policies, annual fi nancial statements. Their reports to The directors are responsible for the reporting and disclosure. the members of the companies are set out preparation, integrity and objectivity of the on pages 12 to 15. As far as the directors are combined consolidated annual fi nancial To the best of our knowledge and belief, aware, there is no relevant audit information of statements that fairly present the state of based on the above, the directors are which the external auditors are unaware. affairs of the group at the end of the fi nancial satisfi ed that no material breakdown in the year and the net income and cash fl ows for operation of the system of internal control the year, and other information contained in and procedures has occurred during the Approval of annual year under review. this report. fi nancial statements To enable the directors to meet these The group consistently adopts appropriate responsibilities: and recognised accounting policies The Directors’ Report and the and these are supported by reasonable annual fi nancial statements of the • The board and management set judgements and estimates on a consistent companies and the group, which standards and management implements basis and provides additional disclosures appear on pages 5 to 11 and systems of internal controls and when compliance with the specifi c pages 16 to 134, were approved accounting and information systems requirements in International Financial by the board of directors on aimed at providing reasonable Reporting Standards (IFRS) are insuffi cient 11 June 2014. assurance that assets are safeguarded to enable users to understand the impact and the risk of fraud, error or loss is of particular transactions, other events and The directors are responsible for the reduced in a cost-effective manner. conditions on the group’s fi nancial position maintenance and integrity of the corporate These controls, contained in established and fi nancial performance. and fi nancial information included on the policies and procedures, include the companies’ website. Legislation in the proper delegation of responsibilities The annual fi nancial statements of the United Kingdom governing the preparation and authorities within a clearly defi ned companies and the group have been and dissemination of the annual fi nancial framework, effective accounting prepared in accordance with the respective statements may differ from legislation in procedures and adequate segregation Companies Acts of the United Kingdom other jurisdictions. of duties and South Africa and comply with IFRS and Signed on behalf of the board Financial statements Article 4 • The group’s internal audit function, which of the IAS regulation and comply with operates unimpeded and independently UK GAAP in respect of Investec plc parent from operational management, and company accounts. has unrestricted access to the group Stephen Koseff Bernard Kantor The directors are of the opinion, based audit committee, appraises and, when Chief executive offi cer Managing director necessary, recommends improvements on their knowledge of the companies, in the system of internal controls and key processes in operation and enquiries, 11 June 2014

01 Declaration by the company secretary

In terms of section 88(2)(e) of the South African Companies Act, No 71 of 2008, as amended (the Act), I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, Investec Limited has lodged with the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission, for the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2014, all such returns and notices as are required in terms of the Act and that all such returns and notices are true, correct and up to date.

Benita Coetsee Company secretary, Investec Limited

11 June 2014

4 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Directors’ report

Extended business • 3 559 572 special convertible a dividend paid by Investec Limited redeemable preference shares on on the SA DAS share, equivalent to review 28 June 2013 of R0.0002 each at par 8.0 pence (2013: 7.0 pence and 1.0 pence per ordinary share paid by We are an international specialist bank • 217 112 Class ILRP1 redeemable, Investec plc) per ordinary share. and asset manager that provides a diverse non-participating preference shares range of fi nancial products and services on 19 September 2013 at R1 000.00 The dividends were paid on to a niche client base in three principal (R0.01 par and premium of R999.99 27 December 2013. markets, the United Kingdom, South per share) The directors have proposed a fi nal Africa and Australia as well as certain other • 28 842 Class ILRP1 redeemable, dividend to shareholders registered on countries. Investec focuses on delivering non-participating preference shares 1 August 2014, of 11.0 pence (2013: distinctive profi table solutions for its clients on 21 October 2013 at R1 002.74 10.0 pence) per ordinary share, which is in three core areas of activity namely, Asset (R0.01 par and premium of subject to the approval of the members Management, Wealth & Investment and R1 002.73 per share) of Investec plc at the annual general Specialist Banking. meeting which is scheduled to take place • 27 236 Class ILRP1 redeemable, The strategic report on pages 18 on 7 August 2014 and, if approved, will be non-participating preference shares to 21 in volume one provides an paid on 15 August 2014, as follows: on 4 December 2013 at R1 008.48 overview of our strategic position, (R0.01 par and premium of • 11.0 pence per ordinary share to non- performance during the fi nancial R1 008.47 per share) South African resident shareholders year and outlook for the business. (2013: 10.0 pence) registered on • 135 129 Class ILRP1 redeemable, It should be read in conjunction with 1 August 2014 non-participating preference shares on the sections on pages 22 to 163 in 17 March 2014 at R1 010.27 (R0.01 par • To South African resident shareholders volume one and pages 1 to 102 in and premium of R1 010.26 per share). registered on 1 August 2014, through a volume two which elaborate on the dividend paid by Investec Limited on the aspects highlighted in this review. Investec Limited did not repurchase any of SA DAS share, of 7.0 pence per ordinary its ordinary shares during the fi nancial year The directors’ report deals with the share and 4.0 pence per ordinary share ended 31 March 2014. requirements of the combined consolidated paid by Investec plc. Investec group, comprising the legal entities At 31 March 2014, Investec Limited Investec Limited Investec plc and Investec Limited. held 19.0 million shares in treasury (2013: 19.7 million). Investec plc held An interim dividend of 131.0 cents per 10.6 million shares in treasury ordinary share (2013: 112.0 cents) was Authorised and (2013: 10.3 million). The maximum number declared to shareholders registered on of shares held in treasury by Investec 13 December 2013 and was paid on

issued share capital Financial statements Limited during the period under review 27 December 2013. was 19.7 million. Investec plc and The directors have proposed a fi nal Investec Limited dividend of 196.0 cents per ordinary share (2013: 144.0 cents) to shareholders Details of the share capital are set out in Financial results registered on 1 August 2014 to be paid note 43 to the annual fi nancial statements. The combined results of Investec plc and on 15 August 2014. The fi nal dividend is Investec plc Investec Limited are set out in the annual subject to the approval of members of During the year, the following shares were fi nancial statements and accompanying Investec Limited at the annual general issued: notes for the year ended 31 March 2014. meeting scheduled for 7 August 2014. The preparation of these combined results • 3 559 572 ordinary shares on was supervised by the group risk and 01 28 June 2013 at 459.00 pence fi nance director, Glynn Burger. Preference dividends per share Investec plc • 3 295 365 special converting shares on 28 June 2013 of £0.0002 each at par. Ordinary dividends Non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares Investec plc did not repurchase any of its Investec plc Preference dividend number 15 ordinary shares during the fi nancial year An interim dividend was declared to for the period 1 April 2013 to ended 31 March 2014. shareholders as follows: 30 September 2013, amounting to Investec Limited 7.52055 pence per share, was declared • 8.0 pence per ordinary share to non- to members holding preference shares During the year, the following shares were South African resident shareholders registered on 6 December 2013 and was issued: (2013: 8.0 pence) registered on paid on 17 December 2013. 13 December 2013 • 3 295 365 ordinary shares on 28 June 2013 at R70.00 (R0.0002 par • To South African resident shareholders and premium of R69.9998 per share) registered on 13 December 2013,

Investec integrated annual report 2014 5 Directors’ report (continued)

Preference dividend number 16 Preference dividend number 2 for the period Share incentives for the period 1 October 2013 1 October 2013 to 31 December 2013, to 31 March 2014, amounting to amounting to 1199.62442 cents per share, Details regarding options granted

7.47945 pence per share, was declared was declared to shareholders holding during the year are set out on to members holding preference shares preference shares on 24 January 2014 and page 48. registered on 13 June 2014 and will be paid was paid on 27 January 2014. on 24 June 2014. Preference dividend number 3 for the Rand denominated non-redeemable, period 1 January 2014 to 31 March 2014, Audit committees non-cumulative, non-participating amounting to 1220.33405 cents per share, The audit committees comprising preference shares was declared to shareholders holding non-executive directors meet regularly Preference dividend number 5 for the preference shares on 25 April 2014 and with senior management, the external period 1 April 2013 to 30 September 2013, was paid on 29 April 2014. auditors, Operational Risk, Internal Audit, amounting to 404.85616 cents per share, Redeemable cumulative preference Compliance and the Finance division, to was declared to members holding Rand denominated non-redeemable, non- shares consider the nature and scope of the audit cumulative, non-participating preference Dividends amounting to R23 731 999.98 reviews and the effectiveness of our risk shares registered on 6 December 2013 and were paid on the redeemable cumulative and control systems. was paid on 17 December 2013. preference shares. Further details on the role and

Preference dividend number 6 responsibility of the audit committee

for the period 1 October 2013 Directors and secretaries are set out on pages 90 to 94 in to 31 March 2014, amounting to volume one. 410.58218 cents per share, was declared Details of directors and secretaries to members holding preference shares of Investec plc and Investec Limited registered on 13 June 2014 and will be paid are refl ected on pages 101 and 102 Auditors on 24 June 2014. in volume one. Ernst & Young LLP have indicated their Preferred securities In accordance with the UK Corporate willingness to continue in offi ce as auditors The seventh annual distribution, fi xed Governance Code, the entire board will of Investec plc and Ernst & Young Inc. and at 7.075%, on the €200 million fi xed/ offer itself for re-election at the 2014 annual KPMG Inc. have indicated their willingness fl oating rate, guaranteed, non-voting, general meeting, other than GFO Alford, to continue in offi ce as joint auditors of non-cumulative perpetual preferred callable OC Dickson and MP Malungani who will not Investec Limited. securities issued by Investec Tier 1 (UK) LP offer themselves for re-election. on 24 June 2005, is due and will be paid on A resolution to re-appoint them as auditors 24 June 2014. SE Abrahams retired from the board on will be proposed at the annual general 8 August 2013. meeting scheduled to take place on Financial statements Investec Limited 7 August 2014. The company secretary of Investec plc Non-redeemable, non-cumulative, is David Miller. non-participating preference shares Contracts Preference dividend number 18 As from 1 July 2014, the company secretary of Investec Limited is for the period 1 April 2013 to Refer to pages 155 to 157 in Niki van Wyk. Benita Coetsee resigned with 30 September 2013, amounting to volume one for details of contracts effect from 30 June 2014. 331.42804 cents per share, was declared with directors. to shareholders holding preference shares registered on 6 December 2013 and was 01 paid on 17 December 2013. Directors and their Subsidiary and Preference dividend number 19 for the interests associated companies period 1 October 2013 to 31 March 2014, Directors’ shareholdings and options amounting to 336.11555 cents per share, Details of principal subsidiary and to acquire shares are set out on was declared to shareholders holding associated companies are refl ected pages 155 to 157 in volume one. preference shares registered on on pages 112 to 118. 13 June 2014 and will be paid on The register of directors’ interests contains 24 June 2014. full details of directors’ shareholdings and options to acquire shares. Major shareholders Class ILRP1 redeemable non-participating preference shares The largest shareholders of

Preference dividend number 1 for the period Corporate governance Investec plc and Investec Limited 19 September 2013 to 30 September 2013, are refl ected on page 104 in amounting to 156.47275 cents per share, The group’s corporate governance volume one.

was declared to shareholders holding board statement and governance preference shares on 25 October 2013 and framework are set out on pages 82 was paid on 28 October 2013. to 85 in volume one.

6 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Directors’ report (continued)

Special resolutions • Annexure A to the MOI was amended Share terms and conditions as so as to include the newly created Annexure B to the MOI, to codify the Investec plc 50 000 000 redeemable, non- interpretation rules between the MOI and participating preference shares Annexure B and to clarify the power of At the annual general meeting held on the directors to amend the provisions of 8 August 2013, special resolutions were • The MOI was amended so as to the MOI as required in terms of section passed in terms of which: incorporate the Programme Preference 36(4) of the Companies Act 2008. Share terms and conditions as • A renewable authority was granted to Annexure B to the MOI, to codify the Investec plc to allot shares wholly for interpretation rules between the MOI and Accounting policies and cash within the terms of the authority in Annexure B and to clarify the power of Article 12.2 and to sell treasury shares the directors to amend the provisions of disclosure wholly for cash, in connection with the MOI as required in terms of section a rights issue and otherwise than in 36(4) of the Companies Act 2008. Accounting policies are set having regard connection with a rights issue, up to an to commercial practice and comply with aggregate nominal amount equal to the At the annual general meeting held on applicable United Kingdom and South section 571 of the Companies Act 2006 8 August 2013, the following special African law and International Financial amount, being £6 052 (six thousand resolutions were passed in terms of Reporting Standards. and fi fty-two Pounds Sterling) which: The parent company accounts of Investec • A renewable authority was granted to • A renewable authority was granted plc continue to be drawn up under UK Investec plc to acquire its own ordinary to Investec Limited and any of its Generally Accepted Accounting Practice shares in accordance with the terms of subsidiaries to acquire its own ordinary (UK GAAP). section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 in terms of the provisions of the South These policies are set out on African Companies Act, No 71 of 2008 • A renewable authority was granted pages 24 to 32. to Investec plc to acquire its own • A renewable authority was granted to preference shares in accordance Investec Limited to provide fi nancial with the terms of section 701 of the assistance in order to comply with Financial instruments Companies Act 2006 the provisions of sections 44 and 45 of the South African Companies Act, Detailed information on the group’s • Investec plc was authorised in No 71 of 2008 risk management process and accordance with the Companies Act policy can be found in the risk 2006 to send, convey or supply all types • A renewable authority was granted to management report on pages 4 to of notices, documents or information Investec Limited to approve directors’ 99 in volume two. to shareholders by electronic means, remuneration in order to comply with the including by making such notices, provisions of sections 65(11)(h), 66(8) Information on the group’s hedge Financial statements documents or information available on and 66(9) of the South African accounting policy and the use of derivatives a website, and the relevant provisions Companies Act, No 71 of 2008 and hedges can be found on page 29 and of the Articles of Association of Investec in notes 24 and 53. plc were amended accordingly. • Clause 2 of the MOI was amended by the insertion of a new unnumbered Investec Limited clause Employees At the general meeting held on • Deletion of clause 3.2 of the MOI 9 July 2013, the following special Our policy is to recruit and promote on resolutions were passed in terms of which: • Articles 34.2, 153.1(g) and 155.2(j) the basis of aptitude and ability, without of the MOI of Investec Limited was discrimination of any kind. Applications • The authorised share capital of Investec amended by the deletion of certain for employment by disabled people are Limited was reduced by the cancellation paragraphs and the replacement thereof always considered bearing in mind the 01 of the authorised, but unissued by new paragraphs qualifi cations and abilities of the applicants. 40 000 000 class ‘A’ variable rate, In the event of employees becoming compulsorily convertible, non-cumulative • The authorised share capital of Investec disabled, every effort is made to ensure preference shares Limited was increased by the creation their continued employment. Our policy of 20 000 000 non-redeemable, non- is to adopt an open management style, • The Memorandum of Incorporation cumulative, non-participating preference thereby encouraging informal consultation (MOI) was amended to remove all shares at all levels about aspects of our operations, references to the class ‘A’ variable rate, and motivating staff involvement in our compulsorily convertible, non-cumulative • Annexure A to the MOI was amended performance by means of employee share preference shares so as to include the new created 20 000 000 non-redeemable, non- schemes. • The authorised share capital of Investec cumulative, non-participating preference We are committed to ensuring the health, Limited was increased by the creation shares safety and welfare of our employees and of 50 000 000 redeemable, non- to providing and maintaining safe working participating preference shares with a • The MOI was amended so as to conditions. We have health and safety par value of R0.01 each incorporate the Programme Preference policies in all regions of operation that cover

Investec integrated annual report 2014 7 Directors’ report (continued)

all legislated requirements and additional Environment, including Post-balance sheet benefi ts are provided for staff where possible. We constantly seek to improve greenhouse gas events both policies and the execution of health and safety standards in all our offi ces. This emissions As announced on the 11 of April 2014, the takes the form of staff education, regular board of directors of Investec have entered We are committed to pursuing sound fi re drills and maintenance of an open door into a defi nitive contract with the Bank of environmental policies in all aspects of policy with regard to dialogue on the issue. Queensland Limited (BOQ) to purchase our business and seek to encourage and Where appropriate the appointment of Investec Bank Australia Limited’s (IBAL) promote good environmental practice individuals responsible for various areas of Professional Finance and Asset Finance and among our employees and within the health and safety is made. Leasing businesses and its deposit book. community in which we operate. The transaction is structured as a sale of Further information is provided on Further information can be found on IBAL. A total team of over 310 people will pages 112 to 115 in volume one. be transferring to BOQ. The consideration pages 109 to 125 in volume one. price has been agreed at an A$210 million premium to tangible net asset value (NAV), Political donations and Going concern for the shares in IBAL. Upon conclusion of expenditure the transaction, IBAL will repatriate its entire Refer to pages 84 and 85 in volume NAV to Investec Holdings Australia Limited.

The consideration price for the sale assets Investec plc did not make any donations one for the directors’ statement in is prior to transaction costs and any costs for political purposes in the UK or the relation to going concern. that may arise following the restructure. rest of the EU, nor did it make any Furthermore, it is a requirement of the political donations to political parties or transaction to transfer all non-sale assets other political organisations, or to any Research and and liabilities and contractual agreements out independent election candidates, or incur development of IBAL prior to conclusion of the sale. The any political expenditure during the year. transaction is subject to regulatory approval. Invested Limited made political donations In the ordinary course of business totalling R2.5 million in 2014 (2013: Rnil). Investec develops new products and services in each of its business divisions. Additional information for shareholders

Schedule A to the Directors’ report is a summary of certain provisions of Investec plc’s current Articles of Association Financial statements and applicable English law concerning companies (the UK Companies Act 2006).

The board considers that this integrated annual report and annual fi nancial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 01 understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy.

On behalf of the boards of Investec plc and Investec Limited

Sir David J Prosser Fani Titi Stephen Koseff Joint chairman Joint chairman Chief executive offi cer

11 June 2014

8 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Schedule A to the directors’ report

Additional information the fi nancial position of Investec plc, in Investec plc with information concerning the opinion of the board, justifi es such interests in those shares required to be for shareholders payment. provided under the Companies Act.

Set out below is a summary of certain The board may withhold payment of all provisions of Investec plc’s current Articles or any part of any dividends or other Deadlines for exercising of Association (the Articles) and applicable monies payable in respect of Investec English law concerning companies (the plc’s shares from a person with a 0.25% voting rights UK Companies Act 2006). This is a or more interest in nominal value of the summary only and the relevant provisions issued shares if such a person has been Votes are exercisable at a general meeting of the Articles or the Companies Act 2006 served with a notice after failure to provide of Investec plc in respect of which the should be consulted if further information is Investec plc with information concerning business being voted upon is being heard. required. interests in those shares required to be Votes may be exercised in person, by provided under the Companies Act 2006. proxy, or in relation to corporate members, by corporate representatives. The Articles Share capital provide a deadline for submission of proxy Voting rights forms of not less than 48 hours before The issued share capital of Investec plc at the time appointed for the holding of the 31 March 2014 consists of 608 756 343 Subject to any special rights or restrictions meeting or adjourned meeting. ordinary shares of £0.0002 each, attaching to any class of shares, at a 15 081 149 non-redeemable, non- general meeting, every member present in cumulative, non-participating preference person has, upon a show of hands, one Variation of rights shares of £0.01 each, 2 275 940 ZAR vote and on a poll every member who is non-redeemable, non-cumulative, present in person or by proxy has one Subject to the Companies Act 2006, the non-participating preference shares vote for each share. In the case of joint Articles specify that rights attached to of R0.001 each, 282 934 529 special holders of a share the vote of the senior any class of shares may be varied with converting shares of £0.0002 each, who tenders a vote whether in person or by the written consent of the holders of not the special voting share of £0.001, the proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of less than three-fourths in nominal value UK DAN share of £0.001 and the UK DAS the votes of the other joint holders and for of the issued shares of that class, or with share of £0.001 (each class as defi ned this purpose seniority shall be determined the sanction of an extraordinary resolution in the Articles). by the order in which the names stand in passed at a separate general meeting of the register of members in respect of the the holders of those shares. At every such share. Under the Companies Act 2006 separate general meeting the quorum Purchase of own shares members are entitled to appoint a proxy, shall be two persons or, if there is only who need not be a member of Investec plc, one holder, that holder at least holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in Subject to the provisions of the to exercise all or any of their rights to Financial statements Articles, the Companies Act 2006, the attend and vote on their behalf at a general nominal value of the issued shares of the uncertifi cated securities regulations 2001 meeting or class meeting. A member may class (calculated excluding any shares held and every other statute for the time appoint more than one proxy in relation to as treasury shares). The rights conferred being in force concerning companies a general meeting or class meeting, upon the holders of any shares shall not, and affecting Investec plc, the approval provided that each proxy is appointed to unless otherwise expressly provided in of shareholders as provided in the exercise the rights attached to a different the rights attaching to those shares, be Investec plc Articles, and without prejudice share or shares held by that member. deemed to be varied by the creation or to any relevant special rights attached A member that is a corporation may issue of further shares ranking pari passu to any class of shares, Investec plc may appoint an individual to act on its behalf with them. purchase, or may enter into a contract at a general meeting or class meeting as Where, under the company’s share under which it will or may purchase, any a corporate representative. The person so incentive plan, participants are the benefi cial 01 of its own shares of any class, including authorised shall be entitled to exercise the owners of the shares, but not the registered without limitation any redeemable shares, same powers on behalf of such corporation owners, the participants are not entitled to in any way and at any price (whether at par as the corporation could exercise if it were exercise any voting rights until the shares or above or below par). an individual member of Investec plc. are released to the participants. Under the company’s employee trust, the trustee does Dividends and Restrictions on voting not vote in respect of unallocated shares. distributions No member shall be entitled to vote either in person or by proxy at any general Transfer of shares Subject to the provisions of the Companies meeting or class meeting in respect of any All transfers of shares may be effected by Act 2006, Investec plc may by ordinary shares held by him if any call or other sum transfer in writing in any usual or common resolution from time to time declare then payable by him in respect of that share form or in any other form acceptable to the dividends not exceeding the amount remains unpaid. In addition, no member directors. The instrument of transfer shall be recommended by the board. The board shall be entitled to vote if he has been signed by or on behalf of the transferor and may pay interim dividends whenever served with a notice after failure to provide (except in the case of fully paid shares) by

Investec integrated annual report 2014 9 Schedule A to the directors’ report (continued)

or on behalf of the transferee. Transfers of • On a return of capital, whether or shares, the UK DAN share and the shares which are in uncertifi cated form are not on a winding up (but not on a UK DAS share, but pari passu with the effected by means of the CREST system. redemption or purchase of any shares plc preference shares, the preference by Investec plc) or otherwise, the plc dividend calculated in accordance with The directors may, in the case of shares in preference shares will rank, pari passu the Articles certifi cated form, in their absolute discretion inter se and with the most senior ranking and without assigning any reason, refuse preference shares of Investec plc in • The holders of the perpetual preference to register any transfer of shares (not issue (if any) from time to time and with shares shall be entitled to receive notice being fully paid shares), provided that such any other shares of Investec plc that are of and be present but not to vote, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of discretion may not be exercised in such a expressed to rank pari passu therewith Investec plc, by virtue of or in respect way as to prevent dealings in the shares of as regards participation in the capital, of the perpetual preference shares, that class from taking place on an open and and otherwise in priority to any other unless either or both of the following proper basis. The directors may also refuse class of shares of Investec plc to register an allotment or transfer of shares circumstances prevail at the date of (whether fully paid or not) in favour of more • Investec plc may, at its option, redeem the meeting: than four persons jointly. If the directors all or any of the plc preference shares for – The preference dividend or any refuse to register an allotment or transfer the time being issued and outstanding part thereof remains in arrears they shall within two months after the date on the fi rst call date or any dividend and unpaid as determined in on which the letter of allotment or transfer payment date thereafter accordance with Article 150.2(e)(ii) was lodged with Investec plc send to the after six months from the due date • Holders of plc preference shares will allottee or transferee a notice of the refusal. thereof; and/or not be entitled to attend and vote The directors may decline to recognise any at general meetings of Investec plc. – A resolution of Investec plc is instrument of transfer unless the instrument Holders will be entitled to attend and proposed which resolution directly of transfer is in respect of only one class of vote at a class meeting of holders of affects the rights attached to the share and, when submitted for registration, plc preference shares. perpetual preference shares or the is accompanied by the relevant share interests of the holders thereof, certifi cates and such other evidence as the or a resolution of Investec plc is directors may reasonably require. Non-redeemable, proposed to wind up or in relation to the winding-up of Investec plc Subject to the Companies Act and non-cumulative, or for the reduction of its capital, regulations and applicable CREST rules, in which event the preference the directors may determine that any class non-participating shareholders shall be entitled to of shares may be held in uncertifi cated preference shares vote only on such resolution. form and that title to such shares may be transferred by means of the CREST system The following are the rights and privileges Financial statements or that shares of any class should cease to which attach to the perpetual preference Rand denominated be so held and transferred. shares: non-redeemable, A number of the company’s employee • Each perpetual preference share share plans include restrictions on transfer will rank as regards dividends and a non-cumulative, non- of shares while the shares are subject to the repayment of capital on the winding- participating perpetual plans, in particular, the share incentive plan. up of Investec plc prior to the ordinary shares, the plc special converting preference shares shares, the UK DAN share, the UK DAS (the ZAR perpetual Plc preference shares share, but pari passu with the plc preference shares. The perpetual preference shares) 01 The following are the rights and privileges preference shares shall confer on the which attach to the plc preference shares: holders, on a per perpetual preference Investec plc has 2 275 940 ZAR shares and equal basis, the right on preference shares in issue. The ZAR • To receive a non-cumulative preferential a return of capital on the winding-up perpetual preference shares are subject to dividend out of the profi ts of Investec plc of Investec plc of an amount equal to substantially similar terms and conditions in priority to the plc ordinary shares but the aggregate of the nominal value as the existing Pounds Sterling perpetual pari passu with the perpetual preference and premiums in respect of perpetual preference shares, as outlined above, shares, on such dates in respect of such preference shares issued, divided by save that they are denominated in periods and on such other terms and the number of perpetual preference South African Rand. conditions as may be determined by the shares in issue directors prior to the allotment thereof • Each perpetual preference share • The plc preference shares will rank as may confer upon the holder thereof regards participation in profi tspari passu the right to receive out of the profi ts inter se and with the most senior ranking of Investec plc which it shall determine preference shares of Investec plc in to distribute, in priority to the ordinary issue (if any) from time to time and with shares, the plc special converting the perpetual preference shares

10 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Schedule A to the directors’ report (continued)

Shares required for the Appointment and Signifi cant agreements: DLC structure replacement of directors change of control

Investec SSC (UK) Limited, a UK trust Directors shall be no less than four and no The Articles of Association of both company, specially formed for the purpose more than 20 in number. A director is not Investec plc and the Memorandum of of the DLC structure, holds the plc special required to hold any shares of Investec plc Incorporation of Investec Limited ensure voting share, the plc special converting by way of qualifi cation. Investec plc may by that a person cannot make an offer for shares, the UK DAN share and the UK DAS special resolution increase or reduce the one company without having made an share. These shares can only be transferred maximum or minimum number of directors. equivalent offer to the shareholders of both to another UK trust company, in limited companies on equivalent terms. circumstances. Powers of directors Pursuant to the terms of the agreements The plc special voting shares are specially establishing the DLC structure, if either created shares so that shareholders of both Subject to the Articles, the Companies Investec plc or Investec Limited serves Investec plc and Investec Limited effectively Act 2006, the CREST regulations and written notice on the other at any time after vote together as a single decision-making every other statute for the time being in either party becomes a subsidiary of the body on matters affecting shareholders of force concerning companies and affecting other party or after both Investec plc and both companies in similar ways, as set out Investec plc, and any directions given by Investec Limited become subsidiaries of a in the Articles. ordinary or special resolution, the business third party the agreements establishing the of Investec plc will be managed by the DLC structure will terminate. Prior to a change of control, approval board who may exercise all the powers of of termination of the sharing agreement All of Investec plc’s share plans contain Investec plc. (which regulates the DLC), liquidation or provisions relating to a change of control. insolvency of Investec plc, the plc special The board may exercise all the powers Outstanding awards and options would converting shares have no voting rights, of Investec plc to borrow money and to normally vest and become exercisable except in relation to a resolution proposing mortgage or charge any of its undertaking, on a change of control and, where the: (i) variation of the rights attaching to the property, assets and uncalled capital and applicable, subject to the satisfaction of any shares or (ii) winding-up, and they have no to issue debentures and other securities, performance conditions at that time. rights to dividends. The special converting whether outright or as collateral security shares are held on trust for the Investec for any debt, liability or obligation of Limited ordinary shareholders. Investec plc Investec plc or of any third party. and Investec Limited have established dividend access trust arrangements as part of the DLC.

Investec plc has issued two dividend Financial statements access shares, the UK DAS share and UK DAN share which enables Investec plc to pay dividends to the shareholders of Investec Limited. This facility may be used by the board to address imbalances in the distributable reserves of Investec plc and Investec Limited and/or to address the effects of South African exchange controls and/or if they otherwise consider it necessary or desirable. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 11 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec plc

Opinion on United Kingdom Accounting Standards materially incorrect based on, or materially (United Kingdom Generally Accepted inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired fi nancial statements Accounting Practice). by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent In our opinion: This report is made solely to the company’s material misstatements or inconsistencies members, as a body, in accordance with we consider the implications for our report. • The combined consolidated fi nancial Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act statements give a true and fair view 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken of the state of the group’s affairs at so that we might state to the company’s Our assessment of risks 31 March 2014 and of its profi t for the members those matters we are required year then ended to state to them in an auditor’s report and of material misstatement for no other purpose. To the fullest extent • The group annual fi nancial statements permitted by law, we do not accept or We identifi ed the following risks that have have been appropriately prepared in assume responsibility to anyone other than had the greatest effect on the overall audit accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the company and the company’s members strategy; on the allocation of resources on the European Union as a body, for our audit work, for this report, the audit; and on directing the efforts of the • The parent company annual fi nancial or for the opinions we have formed. engagement team: statements have been properly prepared • Monitoring of credit quality and the in accordance with United Kingdom appropriateness of the allowance for Generally Accepted Accounting Practice Respective credit losses • The annual fi nancial statements have responsibilities of • Impairment assessments for goodwill been prepared in accordance with the and intangibles requirements of the Companies Act directors and auditor 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. As explained more fully in the Directors’ • Risk of inappropriate revenue Responsibility Statement set out on recognition – valuation of fi nancial page 4, the directors are responsible for the instruments, unlisted investments and What we have audited preparation of the fi nancial statements and embedded derivatives including the for being satisfi ed that they give a true and impact of implementation of IFRS 13 We have audited the fi nancial statements fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and of Investec plc for the year ended • Quality of fi nancial reporting express an opinion on the group annual 31 March 2014, which comprise: – inaccurate or improper accounting fi nancial statements in accordance with and fi nancial reporting of large or applicable law and International Standards • The combined consolidated income complex transactions and the impact of on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those statement implementation of IFRS 10, 11 and 12 standards require us to comply with the Financial statements • The combined consolidated statement Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards • IT security and change controls. of comprehensive income for Auditors. • The combined consolidated Our application of balance sheet Scope of the audit of the • The combined consolidated statement materiality of cash fl ows fi nancial statements We apply the concept of materiality in both • The combined consolidated statement An audit involves obtaining evidence about planning and performing the audit, and in of changes in equity the amounts and disclosures in the fi nancial evaluating the effect of misstatements on statements suffi cient to give reasonable our audit and on the fi nancial statements. 01 • The group accounting policies and assurance that the fi nancial statements are For the purposes of determining whether the related notes set out on free from material misstatement, whether the fi nancial statements are free from pages 24 to 126 caused by fraud or error. This includes an material misstatement, we defi ne materiality assessment of: whether the accounting as the magnitude of misstatement that • The parent company balance sheet policies are appropriate to the Investec plc makes it probable that the economic • The parent company accounting policies combined consolidated and separate decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable and related notes set out on parent company’s circumstances and have person, relying on the fi nancial statements, pages 128 and 129. been consistently applied and adequately would be changed or infl uenced. disclosed; the reasonableness of signifi cant The fi nancial reporting framework that accounting estimates made by the When establishing our overall audit strategy, has been applied in their preparation is directors; and the overall presentation of the we determined a magnitude of uncorrected applicable law and International Financial fi nancial statements. In addition, we read all misstatements that we judged would be Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted the fi nancial and non-fi nancial information material for the fi nancial statements as by the European Union. The fi nancial in the integrated annual report to identify a whole. We determined materiality for reporting framework that has been applied material inconsistencies with the audited the group to be £22.0 million, which is in the preparation of the parent company annual fi nancial statements and to identify approximately 5% of adjusted operating fi nancial statements is applicable law and any information that is apparently profi t before tax. We use adjusted profi t

12 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec plc (continued)

before tax to exclude the effect of non- units within the group and account for assumptions, we back tested the recurring items (i.e. impairment of goodwill, 96% of the group’s total assets and 94% historic performance of the models non-operational costs arising from the of the group’s adjusted operating profi t to ensure all relevant risks and drivers acquisition of a subsidiary and costs arising before goodwill, intangibles and tax. Of were refl ected in the calculations or from integration of acquired subsidiaries) these, 23 were subject to a full scope audit, whether model overlays were required. from our determination. This provided a whilst the remaining one was subject to a In specifi c cases such as the Irish basis for determining the nature, timing specifi c scope audit where the extent of portfolios, where observability of key and extent of risk assessment procedures, audit work was based on our assessment model inputs is poor, we reviewed identifying and assessing the risk of of the risks of material misstatement and management’s benchmarking analysis material misstatement and determining of the materiality of the group’s business of its provisioning levels compared the nature, timings and extent of further operations at that location. They were also to local market participant banks audit procedures. selected to provide an appropriate basis and performed our own independent for undertaking audit work to address the assessments. On the basis of our risk assessments, risks of material misstatement identifi ed together with our assessment of the group’s above. For the remaining 15 out-of-scope Loan exposures in the Private and overall control environment, our judgement components, which account for 4% of the Corporate and Institutional Bank are was that overall performance materiality group’s total assets and 6% of the group’s relatively large and display unique (i.e. our tolerance for misstatement in adjusted operating profi t before goodwill, characteristics. Management assess an individual account or balance) for intangibles and tax, we primarily performed these loans for impairment provisioning the group should be 50% of materiality, analytical procedures to confi rm there were on an individual basis. In these cases namely £11.0 million. Our objective in no signifi cant risks of material misstatement we reviewed an extensive sample adopting this approach was to ensure that in the group annual fi nancial statements. of such exposures to understand total uncorrected and undetected audit latest developments which infl uence differences do not exceed our materiality for The group audit team continued to follow performance and recoverability the fi nancial statements as a whole. a programme of planned visits that has and critically assessed the basis of been designed to ensure that the Senior determining any impairment provisions We agreed with the audit committee that Statutory Auditor visits or participates in held. This is an inherently judgemental we would report to the committee all audit meetings at each of the key locations where process and particularly important differences in excess of £1.1 million, as well the group audit scope was focused at least where management are pursuing as differences below that threshold that, once every year. In addition to the location bespoke workout strategies in the in our view, warranted reporting on visit, the group audit team reviewed key legacy portfolios in Private Bank. We qualitative grounds. working papers supporting conclusions reviewed and challenged assumptions on signifi cant risk areas and participated in around future cash fl ow projections and Certain disclosures required by the fi nancial the component team’s planning including the valuation of collateral held. Where reporting framework have been presented the component team’s discussion of fraud workout strategies require additional in the risk report in volume two of the

and error. funding to execute we obtained Financial statements integrated annual report, rather than in the representations from management as notes to the annual fi nancial statements Our principal responses to the risks to their intent and ability to make such and have been identifi ed as audited. identifi ed above included the following: funds available.

1. The monitoring of credit quality and the 2. The impairment assessments for An overview of the appropriateness of the allowance for goodwill and intangibles: credit losses: scope of our audit We examined management’s We documented and tested the methodology and models for assessing An audit involves obtaining evidence about process and controls for assessing the valuation of signifi cant goodwill the amounts and disclosures in the fi nancial and booking loans and receivables and intangible asset balances. In statements suffi cient to give reasonable impairment provisions, including the particular, we critically assessed the 01 assurance that the fi nancial statements are over-arching governance, review and forecasts of the cash fl ows for the free from material misstatement, whether approval procedures. In particular, we respective cash-generating units and caused by fraud or error. This includes an tested loan exposures on a sample the appropriateness of other key assessment of whether the accounting basis to ensure all loans which had assumptions such as discount rates. policies are appropriate to the group’s suffered an incurred loss event We also performed sensitivity analyses circumstances and have been consistently had been included in the specifi c by stressing key assumptions in the applied and adequately disclosed, the provisioning process. models to assess the level of headroom reasonableness of signifi cant accounting in place based on reasonably expected Certain portfolios in the Private estimates made by the directors and movements in such assumptions. the overall presentation of the fi nancial Banking and Kensington businesses statements. are subject to collective provisioning 3. Risk of inappropriate revenue approaches. In these portfolios, we recognition – valuation of fi nancial Following our assessment of the risk of critically assessed the appropriateness instruments, unlisted investments and material misstatement to the group annual of the methodologies underlying embedded derivatives including the fi nancial statements, our audit scope the provisioning models and the impact of implementation of IFRS 13: focused on selecting 24 components assumptions and data input into such which represent the principal business models. In examining the models and

Investec integrated annual report 2014 13 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec plc (continued)

We tested the design and operating returns from its relationship with the In particular, we are required to effectiveness of controls for the investee and had the ability to affect consider whether we have identifi ed any valuation of fi nancial instruments, those returns through its power over inconsistencies between our knowledge unlisted investments and embedded the investee. acquired during the audit and the directors’ derivatives. We performed a detailed statement that they consider the integrated examination of management’s valuation 5. IT security and change controls: annual report is fair, balanced and methodologies and assessed the understandable and whether the integrated As part of our audit procedures we appropriateness and consistency of annual report appropriately discloses those tested on IT security and change the model inputs and key assumptions. matters that we communicated to the audit controls due to the group’s heavy Where such inputs and assumptions committee which we consider should have reliance on IT systems and embedded were not observable in the market been disclosed. we engaged our valuation experts application controls, and changes to critically assess whether they fell expected during the year, particularly Under the Companies Act 2006 we are within an acceptable range based on from the One Bank initiative and required to report to you if, in our opinion: implementation of new automated relevant knowledge and experience of • Certain disclosures of directors’ tools to support IT access control. the market. remuneration specifi ed by law are not We engaged the IT audit specialists made, or The adoption of IFRS 13 has not on our audit team to perform suffi cient seen a signifi cant change in the way audit procedures to enable us to place • We have not received all the information management fair values fi nancial reliance on the IT applications and and explanations we require for our instruments, but the additional relevant controls identifi ed as having audit. guidance has resulted in changes to a material impact on the fi nancial disclosures regarding the fair value reporting process. Under the Listing Rules we are required to hierarchy. We assessed management’s review: impact analysis of IFRS 13 and reviewed the fi nancial statement Opinion on other matter • The directors’ statement, set out on disclosures as well as performing an page 8, in relation to going concern, and assessment of the classifi cation of prescribed by the • The disclosures made in the Corporate fi nancial instruments between levels 2 Companies Act 2006 Governance report relating to the and 3 as required by the standard. company’s compliance with the 4. The quality of fi nancial reporting In our opinion, the information given in nine provisions of the UK Corporate – inaccurate or improper accounting the Investec strategic report incorporating Governance Code specifi ed for and fi nancial reporting of large or governance, sustainability and the our review. complex transactions and the impact of remuneration report, and the Directors’ implementation of IFRS 10, 11 and 12: report for the fi nancial year for which the Financial statements group annual fi nancial statements are We have examined a number of prepared is consistent with the combined Angus Grant new and legacy large or complex consolidated annual fi nancial statements. Senior Statutory Auditor transactions such as the Investec for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP Asset Management minority sale to Statutory Auditor management during the year and we separately examined management’s Matters on which we London assessment for not classifying the are required to report 11 June 2014 assets and liabilities of Investec Bank (Australia) Limited and Kensington by exception Group plc as held for sale at year end. Notes: 01 We have nothing to report in respect of the In addition to these transactions, we following: 1. The maintenance and integrity of the have examined management’s impact Investec website is the responsibility Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are analysis of IFRS 10, 11 and 12 and of the directors; the work carried required to report to you if, in our opinion, reviewed compliance was met with out by the auditors does not involve information in the integrated annual report is: the principles of these new accounting consideration of these matters and, standards. We performed a thorough • Materially inconsistent with the accordingly, the auditors accept no review of the recognition, measurement information in the audited fi nancial responsibility for any changes that and disclosure requirements of each statements, or may have occurred to the fi nancial standard and considered specifi cally statements since they were initially the completeness of management’s • Apparently materially incorrect based presented on the website. assessment. We performed a detailed on, or materially inconsistent with, our 2. Legislation in the United Kingdom assessment of complex transactions knowledge of the group acquired in the and challenged management’s governing the preparation and course of performing our audit, or judgements where necessary to dissemination of fi nancial statements determine whether the group was • Is otherwise misleading. may differ from legislation in other exposed to, or had rights to, variable jurisdictions.

14 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Independent auditor’s report to members of Investec Limited

We have audited the accompanying group An audit involves performing procedures to Other reports required annual fi nancial statements of Investec obtain audit evidence about the amounts Limited, which comprise the Directors’ and disclosures in the consolidated by the Companies Act report, the combined consolidated balance and separate fi nancial statements. sheet at 31 March 2014, the combined The procedures selected depend on As part of our audit of the consolidated and consolidated income statement, the the auditor’s judgement, including the separate fi nancial statements for the year combined consolidated statement of assessment of the risks of material ended 31 March 2014, we have read the comprehensive income, the combined misstatement of the consolidated and audit committee’s report and the company consolidated statement of changes in separate fi nancial statements, whether secretary’s certifi cate for the purpose equity and combined consolidated cash due to fraud or error. In making those of identifying whether there are material fl ow statement for the year then ended, a risk assessments, the auditor considers inconsistencies between this report and the summary of signifi cant accounting policies internal control relevant to the entity’s audited fi nancial statements. These reports and other explanatory notes as set out on preparation and fair presentation of the are the responsibility of the respective pages 24 to 126 within volume three, the fi nancial statements in order to design preparers. Based on reading these separate Investec Limited parent company audit procedures that are appropriate reports we have not identifi ed material accounts, which comprise the balance in the circumstances, but not for the inconsistencies between these reports and sheet at 31 March 2014, the income purpose of expressing an opinion on the audited fi nancial statements. However, statement and statement of comprehensive the effectiveness of the entity’s internal we have not audited these reports and income, the statement of changes in equity control. An audit also includes evaluating accordingly do not express an opinion and the cash fl ow statement for the year the appropriateness of accounting policies on these reports. then ended, a summary of signifi cant used and the reasonableness of accounting accounting policies and other explanatory estimates made by management, as well notes as set out on pages 130 to 134 as evaluating the overall presentation within volume three, and the information in of the consolidated and separate Ernst & Young Inc. the risk management section within volume fi nancial statements. Registered Auditor two and the Remuneration report within volume one that is marked audited. We believe that the audit evidence we have Per Ernest van Rooyen obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to Chartered Accountant (SA) provide a basis for our audit opinion. Registered Auditor Directors’ responsibility Director for the fi nancial Opinion 102 Rivonia Road Sandton statements In our opinion, these consolidated and Private Bag X14 separate fi nancial statements present Sandton 2146 The company’s directors are responsible

fairly, in all material respects, the Johannesburg Financial statements for the preparation and fair presentation consolidated and separate balance sheets of the consolidated and separate fi nancial of Investec Limited at 31 March 2014, 11 June 2014 statements in accordance with International and its consolidated and separate income Financial Reporting Standards and the statements, consolidated and separate requirements of the Companies Act of statements of comprehensive income, South Africa, and for such internal control consolidated and separate statements of as the directors determine is necessary to changes in equity and consolidated and enable the preparation of consolidated and separate cash fl ow statements for the year separate fi nancial statements that are free then ended in accordance with International from material misstatement, whether due to Financial Reporting Standards and fraud or error. the requirements of the Companies Act 01 of South Africa. Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated and separate fi nancial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and separate fi nancial statements are free from material misstatement.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 15 Combined consolidated income statement

For the year to 31 March £’000 Notes 2014 2013*

Interest income 2 1 905 383 2 132 715 Interest expense 2 (1 253 704) (1 429 108) Net interest income 651 679 703 607

Fee and commission income 3 1 136 902 1 110 398 Fee and commission expense 3 (147 481) (143 578) Investment income 4 166 809 181 992 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow 103 914 70 859 – balance sheet management and other trading activities 10 587 34 038 Other operating income 5 18 554 42 153 Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 1 940 964 1 999 469 Impairment losses on loans and advances 27 (166 152) (251 012) Operating income 1 774 812 1 748 457

Operating costs 6 (1 306 102) (1 303 033) Depreciation on operating leased assets 32 (6 044) (16 072) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 462 666 429 352

Impairment of goodwill 34 (12 797) (15 175) Amortisation of acquired intangibles 35 (13 393) (13 313) Operating cost arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposals of subsidiaries (20 890) (13 119) Operating profi t 415 586 387 745 Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries 36 9 821 – Non-operational costs arising from acquisition of subsidiary – (1 249) Profi t before taxation 425 407 386 496 Taxation on operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 8 (79 150) (79 064) Financial statements Taxation on acquired intangibles and acquisition/disposal/integration of subsidiaries 8 7 289 5 977 Profi t after taxation 353 546 313 409

Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests (11 031) (243) Profi t attributable to other non-controlling interests (10 849) (3 074) Earnings attributable to shareholders 331 666 310 092

Earnings per share (pence) – Basic 9 34.4 31.7 01 – Diluted 9 32.4 29.8

* As restated for restatements detailed in note 59.

16 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Combined consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year to 31 March £’000 Note 2014 2013*

Profi t after taxation 353 546 313 409 Other comprehensive (loss)/income: Items that may be reclassifi ed to the income statement Fair value movements on cash fl ow hedges taken directly to other comprehensive income 8 (3 582) (16 202) Gains on realisation of available-for-sale assets recycled through the income statement 8 (2 972) (1 713) Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets taken directly to other comprehensive income 8 347 4 387 Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations (407 479) (182 532) Items that will not be reclassifi ed to the income statement Re-measurement of net defi ned benefi t pension asset 8 (5 870) (7 078) Total comprehensive (loss)/income (66 010) 110 271

Total comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests (12 724) (15 815) Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to ordinary shareholders (88 554) 86 982 Total comprehensive income attributable to perpetual preferred securities 35 268 39 104 Total comprehensive (loss)/income (66 010) 110 271

* As restated for restatements detailed in note 59. Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 17 Combined consolidated balance sheet

At 31 March £’000 Notes 2014 2013* 2012*

Assets Cash and balances at central banks 18 2 080 190 1 782 447 2 593 851 Loans and advances to banks 19 3 280 179 3 136 051 2 725 471 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 515 189 420 960 642 480 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 20 1 388 980 2 358 672 975 992 Sovereign debt securities 21 3 215 432 4 077 217 4 067 093 Bank debt securities 22 1 568 097 1 879 105 3 081 061 Other debt securities 23 605 378 449 216 377 832 Derivative fi nancial instruments 24 1 619 415 1 983 132 1 913 650 Securities arising from trading activities 25 870 088 931 603 640 146 Investment portfolio 26 825 745 928 893 863 664 Loans and advances to customers 27 16 281 612 17 484 524 17 192 208 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 28 875 755 930 449 1 034 174 Other loans and advances 27 1 693 569 2 033 973 2 789 489 Other securitised assets 28 3 576 526 4 003 208 4 021 378 Interests in associated undertakings 29 24 316 27 950 27 506 Deferred taxation assets 30 131 142 165 457 150 381 Other assets 31 1 474 992 1 959 550 1 798 687 Property and equipment 32 108 738 134 101 175 773 Investment properties 33 509 228 451 975 407 295 Goodwill 34 433 571 466 906 468 320 Intangible assets 35 159 169 178 567 192 099 Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale 13 41 637 – 41 278 948 45 783 956 46 138 550 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers 37 5 862 959 6 226 142 6 265 846 47 141 907 52 010 098 52 404 396

Liabilities Deposits by banks 2 721 170 3 047 636 3 035 323 Derivative fi nancial instruments 24 1 170 232 1 443 325 1 421 130 Other trading liabilities 38 861 412 851 939 612 884 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 20 1 316 087 1 940 158 1 864 137 Financial statements Customer accounts (deposits) 22 609 784 24 460 666 25 275 876 Debt securities in issue 39 1 596 630 1 901 776 2 243 948 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 28 729 534 926 335 1 036 674 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 28 3 041 435 3 303 606 3 314 737 Current taxation liabilities 208 041 210 475 209 609 Deferred taxation liabilities 30 96 362 109 628 102 478 Other liabilities 40 1 576 468 1 895 091 1 570 853 35 927 155 40 090 635 40 687 649 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts 37 5 861 389 6 224 062 6 263 913 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities 37 1 570 2 080 1 933 41 790 114 46 316 777 46 953 495 01 Subordinated liabilities 42 1 338 752 1 751 806 1 492 776 43 128 866 48 068 583 48 446 271 Equity Ordinary share capital 43 224 223 221 Perpetual preference share capital 44 153 153 153 Share premium 45 2 473 131 2 494 618 2 457 019 Treasury shares 46 (85 981) (89 545) (72 820) Other reserves (467 247) (93 537) 82 327 Retained income 1 649 179 1 349 560 1 195 118 Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests 3 569 459 3 661 472 3 662 018 Non-controlling interests 47 443 582 280 043 296 107 – Perpetual preferred securities issued by subsidiaries 252 713 279 041 291 769 – Non-controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries 190 869 1 002 4 338 Total equity 4 013 041 3 941 515 3 958 125

Total liabilities and equity 47 141 907 52 010 098 52 404 396

* As restated for restatements detailed in note 59.

18 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Combined consolidated cash fl ow statement

For the year to 31 March £’000 Notes 2014 2013*

Operating profi t adjusted for non-cash items 49 705 374 772 605 Taxation paid (35 508) (61 469) Increase in operating assets 49 (979 947) (4 263 520) Increase in operating liabilities 49 1 289 032 2 151 009 Net cash infl ow/(outfl ow) from operating activities 978 951 (1 401 375)

Cash fl ow on acquisition of group operations (270) (20 834) Cash fl ow on disposal/(acquisition) of group operations 38 232 (3 594) Cash fl ow on net disposal of associates 6 231 3 323 Cash fl ow on acquisition of property, equipment and intangible assets (42 487) (48 821) Cash fl ow on disposal of property, equipment and intangible assets 22 607 44 193 Net cash infl ow/(outfl ow) from investing activities 24 313 (25 733)

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders (150 053) (147 660) Dividends paid to other equity holders (43 319) (39 334) Proceeds on issue of shares, net of related costs 31 650 34 685 Proceeds on issue of perpetual preference shares – 24 263 Cash fl ow on acquisition of treasury shares, net of related costs (98 688) (58 395) Proceeds on issue of other equity instruments** 35 477 – Proceeds from partial disposal of subsidiaries 36 122 716 – Proceeds from subordinated debt raised 82 930 494 829 Repayment of subordinated debt (215 314) (120 494) Net cash (outfl ow)/infl ow from fi nancing activities (234 601) 187 894

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (281 225) (142 019)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 487 438 (1 381 233) Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 3 561 573 4 942 806 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 4 049 011 3 561 573 Financial statements

Cash and cash equivalents is defi ned as including: Cash and balances at central banks 2 080 190 1 782 447 On demand loans and advances to banks 1 453 632 1 358 166 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 515 189 420 960 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 4 049 011 3 561 573

* As restated for restatements detailed in note 59. ** Includes equity instruments issued by subsidiaries. 01 Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity profi le of less than three months.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 19 Combined consolidated statement of changes in equity

Perpetual Ordinary preference share share Share Treasury £’000 capital capital premium shares

At 1 April 2012 – as previously reported 221 153 2 457 019 (72 820) Restatements on adoption of IFRS 10 –––– Restatements on adoption of IAS 19 –––– At 1 April 2012 – restated 221 153 2 457 019 (72 820)

Movement in reserves 1 April 2012 – 31 March 2013 Profi t after taxation –––– Fair value movements on cash fl ow hedges –––– Gains on realisation of available-for-sale assets recycled through the income statement –––– Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets –––– Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations –––– Re-measurement of net defi ned pension asset –––– Total comprehensive income for the year ––––

Share-based payments adjustments –––– Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders –––– Dividends declared to perpetual preference shareholders –––– Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders included in non-controlling interests –––– Dividends paid to non-controlling interests –––– Issue of ordinary shares 2 – 34 683 – Issue of perpetual preference shares – – 24 263 – Acquisition of non-controlling interests –––– Financial statements Non-controlling interest relating to disposal of subsidiaries –––– Movement of treasury shares – – (21 347) (37 048) Transfer from capital reserve account –––– Transfer to regulatory general risk reserve –––– Transfer from share-based payment reserve to treasury shares – – – 20 323 At 31 March 2013 223 153 2 494 618 (89 545)

01

20 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Share- holders’ equity Other reserves excluding Capital Available- Regulatory Cash fl ow Foreign non- Non- reserve for-sale general risk hedge currency Retained controlling controlling Total account reserve reserve reserve reserves income interests interests equity

11 127 9 113 34 596 (31 632) 59 123 1 249 515 3 716 415 296 107 4 012 522 – – – – – (54 397) (54 397) – (54 397) ––––––– –– 11 127 9 113 34 596 (31 632) 59 123 1 195 118 3 662 018 296 107 3 958 125

– – – – – 310 092 310 092 3 317 313 409 – – – (16 202) – – (16 202) – (16 202)

– (1 713) – – – – (1 713) – (1 713) – 4 387 – – – – 4 387 – 4 387 – (1 033) 849 (550) (163 320) 654 (163 400) (19 132) (182 532) – – – – – (7 078) (7 078) – (7 078) – 1 641 849 (16 752) (163 320) 303 668 126 086 (15 815) 110 271

– – – – – 63 154 63 154 – 63 154 – – – – – (147 660) (147 660) – (147 660) – – – – – (39 104) (39 104) 19 435 (19 669)

– – – – – – – (19 435) (19 435) – – – – – – – (230) (230) – – – – – – 34 685 – 34 685 – – – – – – 24 263 – 24 263 – – – – – (3 575) (3 575) (239) (3 814) – – – – – – – 220 220 Financial statements – – – – – – (58 395) – (58 395) (159) – – – – 159 – – – – – 1 877 – – (1 877) – – – – – – – – (20 323) – – – 10 968 10 754 37 322 (48 384) (104 197) 1 349 560 3 661 472 280 043 3 941 515

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 21 Combined consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)

Perpetual Ordinary preference share share Share Treasury £’000 capital capital premium shares

At 31 March 2013 223 153 2 494 618 (89 545) Movement in reserves 1 April 2013 – 31 March 2014 Profi t after taxation –––– Fair value movements on cash fl ow hedges taken directly to other comprehensive income –––– Gains on realisation of available-for-sale assets recycled through the income statement –––– Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets taken directly to other comprehensive income –––– Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations –––– Pension fund actuarial losses –––– Total comprehensive income for the year ––––

Share-based payments adjustments –––– Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders –––– Dividends declared to perpetual preference shareholders –––– Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders included in non-controlling interests –––– Dividends paid to non-controlling interests –––– Issue of ordinary shares 1 – 31 649 – Issue of equity by subsidiaries –––– Acquisition of non-controlling interests –––– Non-controlling interest relating to partial disposal of subsidiaries –––– Capital conversion of subsidiary –––– Financial statements Movement of treasury shares – – (53 136) (45 552) Transfer to capital reserve account –––– Transfer to regulatory general risk reserve –––– Transfer from share-based payment reserve to treasury shares – – – 49 116 At 31 March 2014 224 153 2 473 131 (85 981)

01

22 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Share- holders’ Other reserves equity excluding Capital Available- Regulatory Cash fl ow Foreign non- Non- reserve for-sale general risk hedge currency Retained controlling controlling Total account reserve reserve reserve reserves income interests interests equity

10 968 10 754 37 322 (48 384) (104 197) 1 349 560 3 661 472 280 043 3 941 515

– – – – – 331 666 331 666 21 880 353 546

– – – (3 582) – – (3 582) – (3 582)

– (2 972) – – – – (2 972) – (2 972)

– 347 – – – – 347 – 347 – (271) (3 254) 2 190 (371 096) (444) (372 875) (34 604) (407 479) – – – – – (5 870) (5 870) – (5 870) – (2 896) (3 254) (1 392) (371 096) 325 352 (53 286) (12 724) (66 010)

– – – – – 66 905 66 905 – 66 905 – – – – – (150 053) (150 053) – (150 053) – – – – – (35 268) (35 268) 18 702 (16 566)

– – – – – – – (18 702) (18 702) – – – – – – – (5 838) (5 838) – – – – – – 31 650 – 31 650 – – – – – – – 35 477 35 477 – – – – – – – (270) (270) – – – – – 146 727 146 727 20 213 166 940 – – – – – – – 126 681 126 681 Financial statements – – – – – – (98 688) – (98 688) 5 – – – – (5) – – – – – 4 923 – – (4 923) – – – – – – – – (49 116) – – – 10 973 7 858 38 991 (49 776) (475 293) 1 649 179 3 569 459 443 582 4 013 041

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 23 Accounting policies

Basis of presentation subsequently. The amendments further The standard defi nes fair value as being require tax associated with items presented a market-based measurement and sets The group annual fi nancial statements are before tax to be shown separately for each out in a single IFRS a framework for the prepared in accordance with International of the two groups of other comprehensive measurement of fair value. Application of Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), income items. the standard has not had a material impact as adopted by the European Union (EU) on the recognition and measurement of which comply with IFRSs as issued by IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: assets and liabilities of the group. the International Accounting Standards Disclosures – Offsetting Board (IASB). At 31 March 2014, IFRS Financial Assets IAS 19 – Employee Benefi ts as endorsed by the EU are identical in all and Financial Liabilities The revisions to the standard have been material respects to current IFRS applicable applied retrospectively. For the group the The revisions to the standard came into to the group. With differences only in the standard has revised the basis on which effect from 1 April 2013 and require effective dates of certain standards, however the return on assets is determined, with a additional disclosures which are provided the group has early adopted these relevant relatively immaterial impact. The impact to in note 57. standards to ensure compliance with both prior reported periods has been disclosed frameworks. IFRS 10 – Consolidated in the restatement note 59 on page 126. The group annual fi nancial statements have Financial Statements been prepared on a historical cost basis, The revised standard on consolidation Basis of consolidation except for investment properties, available- has been applied retrospectively, with the for-sale investments, derivative fi nancial impact to prior reported periods disclosed Investec consists of two separate legal instruments, fi nancial assets and fi nancial in the restatement note on pages 122 to entities, being Investec plc and Investec liabilities held at fair value through profi t 126. The application of the single defi nition Limited that operate under a dual listed or loss or subject to hedge accounting of control contained in the standard has company (DLC) structure. The effect of the and liabilities for pension fund surpluses resulted in the consolidation of certain DLC structure is that Investec plc and its and defi cits that have been measured at special purpose vehicles in which the subsidiaries and Investec Limited and its fair value. group has exposure to variable returns subsidiaries operate together as a single (not necessarily the majority thereof) and has economic entity, with neither assuming a the ability to affect such returns by exercising dominant role and accordingly are reported Presentation of control over the activities of the entity. as a single reporting entity under IFRS.

information IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements All subsidiaries or structured entities are consolidated when the group controls an Disclosure under IFRS 7 – Financial The new accounting standard came into investee. The group controls an investee Instruments: Disclosures and IAS 1 – effect from 1 April 2013 and has not had if it is exposed to, or has rights to variable Presentation of Financial Statements: any impact on the group. Financial statements returns from its involvement with the Capital Disclosures relating to the nature investee and has the ability to affect those and extent of risks have been included IFRS 12 – Disclosure of returns through its power over the investee. in sections marked as audited in the risk Interests in Other Entities The fi nancial results of subsidiaries are management report on pages 83 to 96 The new disclosure standard has been included in the consolidated annual fi nancial in volume two. applied retrospectively and requires statements of the group from the date on disclosure of the signifi cant judgements Certain disclosures required under IAS 24 – which control is obtained until the date the and assumptions made in determining Related Party Disclosures have been group can no longer demonstrate control. the nature of interests in subsidiaries, included in the section marked as audited joint ventures and interest in associated Investec performs a reassessment of in the remuneration report on pages 152 to undertakings and the interest that non- consolidation whenever there is a change in 157 in volume one. 01 controlling interests have in the group’s the substance of the relationship between activities and cash fl ows. The standard Investec and an investee. A change in the further provides disclosure requirements ownership interest of a subsidiary, without Restatements and relating to consolidated and unconsolidated a loss of control, is accounted for as an presentation of structured entities with which the group equity transaction. Investec also holds is associated. The disclosures relating to investments, for example private equity information unconsolidated structured entities are not investments, which give rise to signifi cant, required to include comparative information but not majority, voting rights. Assessing The group has adopted the following new in the fi rst year of application. The impact these voting rights and whether Investec or revised standards from 1 April 2013: of the standard is further disclosed on controls these entities requires judgement IAS 1 – Presentation of pages 113 to 118, with no changes to that affects the date at which subsidiaries measurement or recognition requirements. are consolidated or deconsolidated. Financial Statements (Revised) Entities, other than subsidiary undertakings, The amendments require entities to group IFRS 13 – Fair Value in which the group exercises signifi cant items presented in other comprehensive Measurement infl uence over operating and fi nancial income based on whether they are The new accounting standard has been policies, are treated as interests in potentially reclassifi able to profi t or loss applied prospectively from 1 April 2013.

24 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Accounting policies (continued)

associated undertakings. Interests in Business combinations acquired in a business combination for associated undertakings are accounted impairment annually, irrespective of whether for using the equity method from the date and goodwill an indication of impairment exists and in that signifi cant infl uence commences accordance with IAS 36. until the date that signifi cant infl uence Business combinations are accounted for ceases. In circumstances where interests using the acquisition method. The cost For the purpose of impairment testing, in associated undertakings or joint venture of an acquisition is measured as the goodwill acquired in a business holdings arise in which the group has no aggregate of the consideration transferred combination is, from the acquisition date, strategic intention, these investments are measured at the acquisition date fair value allocated to each of the group’s cash- classifi ed as ‘venture capital’ holdings and and the amount of any prior non-controlling generating units that are expected to are designated as held at fair value through interest in the acquiree. For each business benefi t from the combination. combination, the group measures the non- profi t or loss. Where goodwill forms part of a cash- controlling interest in the acquiree either generating unit and part of the operation For equity accounted associates, the at fair value or at the proportionate share within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill combined consolidated annual fi nancial of the acquiree’s identifi able net assets. associated with the operation disposed of statements include the attributable share Acquisition costs incurred are expensed is included in the carrying amount of the of the results and reserves of associated immediately in the income statement. undertakings. The group’s interests in operation when determining the gain or loss associated undertakings are included in the When the group acquires a business, on disposal of the operation. it assesses the fi nancial assets and liabilities consolidated balance sheet at cost plus Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance assumed for appropriate classifi cation the post-acquisition changes in the group’s is measured based on the relative values of and the designation in accordance with share of the net assets of the associate. the operation disposed of and the portion the contractual terms, economic of the cash-generating units retained. The consolidated balance sheet refl ects circumstances and pertinent conditions as the associated undertakings net of at each acquisition date. This includes the accumulated impairment losses. separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree. Share-based payments All intergroup balances, transactions and unrealised gains and losses within the If the business combination is achieved in to employees group that do not refl ect an impairment to stages, the acquisition date fair value of The group engages in equity-settled share- the asset, are eliminated in full regarding the group’s previously held equity interest based payments in respect of services subsidiaries and to the extent of the interest in the acquiree is re-measured to fair received from employees. in an associate. value at each acquisition date through the income statement. The fair value of the services received in respect of equity-settled share-based Any contingent consideration to be Segmental reporting payments is determined by reference to the transferred by the group will be recognised Financial statements fair value of the shares or share options on at fair value at the acquisition date. An operating segment is a component the date of grant to the employee. The cost Subsequent changes to the fair value of the of the group that engages in business of the share-based payment, together contingent consideration, which is deemed activities from which it may earn revenues with a corresponding increase in equity, is to be an asset or liability, will be recognised and incur expenses, including revenues recognised in the income statement over in accordance with IAS 39 either in the and expenses that relate to transactions the period the service conditions of the income statement or as a change to other with any of the group’s other components, grant are met with the amount changing comprehensive income. If the contingent whose operating results are reviewed according to the number of awards consideration is classifi ed as equity, it will regularly by the board and for which expected to vest. The cumulative expense not be re-measured until it is fi nally settled discrete fi nancial information is available. recognised for equity-settled transactions within equity. The group’s segmental reporting is at each reporting date until the vesting 01 presented in the form of a business Goodwill is initially measured at cost, date refl ects the extent to which the analysis. The business analysis is being the excess of the aggregate of the vesting period has expired and the group’s presented in terms of the group’s three consideration transferred and the amount best estimate of the number of equity principal business divisions namely, Asset recognised for non-controlling interest over instruments that will ultimately vest. the net identifi able assets acquired and Management, Wealth & Investment and Fair value measurements are based on liabilities assumed. If this consideration Specialist Banking. option pricing models, taking into account and amount recognised for non-controlling the risk-free interest rate, volatility of the A geographical analysis is also presented interest is less than the fair values of underlying equity instrument, expected in terms of the main geographies in which the identifi able net assets acquired, dividends and current share prices. the group operates representing the group’s the discount on acquisition is recognised exposure to various economic environments. directly in the income statement as a gain Where the terms of an equity-settled in the year of acquisition. For further detail on the group’s award are modifi ed, the minimum expense recognised in staff costs is the expense segmental reporting basis refer to After initial recognition, goodwill is as if the terms had not been modifi ed. pages 56 to 80 in volume one of the measured at cost less any accumulated An additional expense is recognised for divisional review section of the impairment losses. The group tests goodwill integrated annual report. any modifi cation which increases the total

Investec integrated annual report 2014 25 Accounting policies (continued)

fair value of the share-based payment • Income and expense items are Customer fl ow trading income includes arrangement, or is otherwise benefi cial to translated at exchange rates ruling at income from trading activities arising from the employee as measured at the date of the date of the transaction making and facilitating client activities. modifi cation. • All resulting exchange differences are Trading income arising from balance sheet recognised in other comprehensive management and other trading activities Foreign currency income (foreign currency translation consists of proprietary trading income and reserve), which is recognised in the other gains and losses arising from balance transactions and foreign income statement on disposal of the sheet management. foreign operation operations Trading profi ts includes the unrealised • Cash fl ow items are translated at the profi ts on trading portfolios, which are The presentation currency of the group exchange rates ruling at the date of marked to market daily. Equity investments is Pounds Sterling, being the functional the transaction. received in lieu of corporate fi nance fees are currency of Investec plc. The functional included in investment portfolio and valued currency of Investec Limited is South accordingly. African Rand. Revenue recognition Dividend income is recognised when Foreign operations are subsidiaries, Revenue consists of interest income, fee and the group’s right to receive payment is interests in associated undertakings or commission income, investment income, established. branches of the group, the activities of trading income arising from customer fl ow, which are based in a functional currency Included in other operating income is trading income arising from balance sheet other than that of the reporting entity. incidental rental income, gains on realisation management and other trading activities and The functional currency of group entities is of properties (other than investment other operating income. determined based on the primary economic properties which is included in investment environment in which the entity operates. Revenue is recognised when it can be income), operating lease income, income from interests in associated undertakings, Foreign currency transactions are translated reliably measured and it is probable that income from assurance activities and into the functional currency of the entity the economic benefi ts will fl ow to the entity. revenue from consolidated private equity in which the transaction arises based on Revenue related to provision of services investments. Operating costs associated rates of exchange ruling at the date of the is recognised when the related services with these investments are included in transaction. are performed. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received operating costs in the income statement. At each balance sheet date foreign currency or receivable. items are translated as follows: Interest income is recognised in the Fair value measurement • Foreign currency monetary items (other income statement using the effective than monetary items that form part of Financial statements interest method. Fees charged on lending Fair value is the price that would be the net investment in a foreign operation) transactions are included in the effective received to sell an asset or paid to transfer are translated using closing rates, with yield calculation to the extent that they a liability in an orderly transaction between gains and losses recognised in the form an integral part of the effective interest market participants at the measurement income statement rate yield, but exclude those fees earned date in the principal or, in its absence, for a separately identifi able signifi cant act, the most advantageous market to which • Exchange differences arising on monetary items that form part of the which are recognised upon completion of the group has access at that date. net investment in a foreign operation the act. Fees and commissions charged The fair value of a liability refl ects its are determined using closing rates and in lieu of interest are recognised as income non-performance risk. recognised as a separate component as part of the effective interest rate on the underlying loan. When available, the group measures the of equity (foreign currency translation fair value of an instrument using the quoted reserve) upon consolidation and is 01 The effective interest method is based price in an active market for that instrument. recognised in the income statement on the estimated life of the underlying upon disposal of the net investment instrument and, where this estimate is not A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take • Non-monetary items that are measured readily available, the contractual life. place with suffi cient frequency and volume at historical costs are translated using Fee and commission income includes to provide pricing information on an the exchange rates ruling at the date of fees earned from providing advisory ongoing basis. the transaction. services as well as portfolio management If there is no quoted price in an active On consolidation, the results and fi nancial and includes rental income from market, then the group uses valuation position of foreign operations are translated investment properties. techniques that maximise the use of into the presentation currency of the group, Investment income includes income, relevant observable inputs and minimise the as follows: other than margin from securities held for use of unobservable inputs. The chosen • Assets and liabilities for each balance the purpose of generating interest yield, valuation technique incorporates all of the sheet presented are translated at dividends and capital appreciation. factors that market participants would take the closing rate at the date of the into account in pricing a transaction. balance sheet

26 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Accounting policies (continued)

If an asset or a liability measured at fair inconsistency that would otherwise Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and value has a bid price and an ask price, arise from measuring assets or liabilities receivables are measured at amortised then the group measures assets and long or recognising the gains and losses on cost, using the effective interest method, positions at a bid price and liabilities and them on different bases, or less impairment losses. The effective short positions at an ask price. interest rate represents the rate that exactly • A group of fi nancial assets, fi nancial discounts future projected cash fl ows The group classifi es disclosed fair values liabilities or both is managed and its through the expected life of the fi nancial according to a hierarchy that refl ects the performance is evaluated on a fair value instrument, to the net carrying amount of signifi cance of observable market inputs. basis in accordance with a documented the fi nancial instrument. Included in the A transfer is made between the hierarchy risk management or investment strategy calculation of the effective interest rate is when the inputs have changed or there has and information about the group is any discount or premium on acquisition and been a change in the valuation method. provided internally on that basis to the fees that are an integral part of the effective group’s key management personnel, and interest rate. Financial instruments • A contract contains one or more Losses arising from impairment of such embedded derivatives (which investments are recognised in the income Financial instruments are initially recognised signifi cantly modifi es the cash fl ows that statement line ‘impairment losses on loans at their fair value. For fi nancial assets or would be required by the contract and and advances’. fi nancial liabilities not held at fair value is not clearly prohibited from separation through profi t or loss, transaction costs that from the host contract) and the group Interest on impaired fi nancial assets is are directly attributable to the acquisition has designated the entire hybrid recognised using the rate of interest used or issue of the fi nancial assets or fi nancial contract as a fi nancial instrument at fair to discount the future cash fl ows for the liabilities are included in the initial fair value. value through profi t or loss. purpose of measuring the impairment loss. All other transaction costs are recorded in Held-to-maturity fi nancial Securitisation/credit the income statement immediately. assets investment and trading Regular way purchase and sales Held-to-maturity fi nancial assets are non- activities exposures transactions in respect of fi nancial assets derivative fi nancial instruments with fi xed The group makes use of securitisation that require delivery of a fi nancial instrument or determinable payments and maturity vehicles as a source of fi nance, as a means within the time frame established by market dates which the group has the intention of risk transfer and to leverage returns convention are recorded at trade date. and ability to hold to maturity. Subsequent through the retention of equity tranches Financial assets and liabilities to initial recognition, held-to-maturity in low default rate portfolios. The group held at fair value through assets are measured at amortised cost predominantly focuses on the securitisation using the effective interest method, less profi t or loss of residential and commercial mortgages. impairment losses. The group also trades in structured credit

Financial instruments held at fair value investments. Financial statements Amortised cost is calculated by taking through profi t or loss include all instruments into account any discount or premium on classifi ed as held-for-trading and those Loans and advances that are originated acquisition and fees that are an integral part instruments designated as held at fair value are transferred to structured entities, and of the effective interest rate. The amortisation through profi t or loss. the structured entities issue debt securities is included in interest income in the to external investors to fund the purchase Financial instruments classifi ed as held- income statement. The losses arising of the securitised assets. The group’s for-trading or designated as held at fair from impairment of such investments are exposure to the structured entities are the value through profi t or loss are recorded recognised in the income statement. reserves provided as credit enhancement at fair value on the balance sheet with to the holders of the structured entities debt changes in fair value recognised in the Loans and receivables securities, with the fi rst loss position treated income statement. Financial instruments Loans and receivables are non-derivative as a long-term interest-bearing borrowing 01 are classifi ed as trading when they are held fi nancial assets with fi xed or determinable to the structured entities. with the intention of short-term disposal, payments that are not quoted in an active The structured entities are consolidated held with the intention of generating short- market and exclude the following: term profi ts, or are derivatives which are under IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial not designated as part of effective hedges. • Those that the group intends to trade in, Statements when the group has exposure Financial instruments designated as held which are classifi ed as held-for-trading to or rights to, variable returns from its at fair value through profi t or loss are and those that the group designates as involvement with the investee and have the designated as such on initial recognition at fair value through profi t or loss ability to affect those returns through its of the instrument and remain in this power over the investee. • Those that the group designates as classifi cation until derecognition. available-for-sale Available-for-sale fi nancial Financial assets and liabilities are assets • Those for which the group may not designated as held at fair value through recover substantially all of its initial Available-for-sale fi nancial assets are profi t or loss only if: investment, other than because of credit those which are designated as such or do • It eliminates or signifi cantly reduces deterioration, which is accounted for as not qualify to be classifi ed as designated a measurement or recognition available-for-sale instruments. at fair value through profi t or loss, held-

Investec integrated annual report 2014 27 Accounting policies (continued)

to-maturity, or loans and receivables. All changes in fair value of fi nancial liabilities An allowance for impairment is only They include strategically held equity are recognised in the income statement. reversed when there is objective evidence instruments that are not interests in that the credit quality has improved to the associated undertakings, joint ventures Day-one profi t or loss extent that there is reasonable assurance of or subsidiaries of the group. Further, When the transaction price differs from timely collection of principal and interest in certain loans and receivables that are held the fair value of other observable current terms of the original contractual agreement. at fair value due to being quoted on an market transactions in the same instrument The impairment is calculated as the active market, which are neither actively or based on the valuation technique difference between the carrying value of traded nor held-to-maturity instruments, whose variables include only data from the asset and the expected cash fl ows are classifi ed as available-for-sale observable markets, the difference between (including net expected proceeds on fi nancial assets. the transaction price and fair value is realisation of collateral) discounted at recognised immediately in the income Financial assets classifi ed as available- the original effective rate. Impairments of statement. for-sale are measured at fair value with fi nancial assets held at amortised cost are unrealised gains and losses recognised In cases where fair value is determined recognised in the income statement. directly in other comprehensive income in using data which is not observable, the To cater for any shortfall between regulatory the available-for-sale reserve. When the difference between the transaction price provision requirements (in the respective asset is disposed of, the cumulative gain and model value is only recognised in the jurisdictions) and impairments based on the or loss previously recognised in other income statement when the inputs become principles above, a transfer is made from comprehensive income is recognised in the observable, or when the instrument distributable to non-distributable reserves, income statement. Interest earned whilst is derecognised or over the life of the being the regulatory general risk reserve. holding available-for-sale fi nancial assets transaction. The non-distributable regulatory risk is reported as interest income using the reserve ensures that minimum regulatory effective interest rate. Dividends earned Impairments of fi nancial assets provisioning requirements are maintained. whilst holding available-for-sale fi nancial held at amortised cost assets are recognised in the income Financial assets carried at amortised cost Derecognition of fi nancial statement when the right of payment has are impaired if there is objective evidence assets and liabilities been established. that the group would not receive cash A fi nancial asset, or a portion thereof, is If an available-for-sale instrument is fl ows according to the original contractual derecognised when the group’s rights to determined to be impaired, the respective terms. Financial assets are assessed for cash fl ows have expired or when the group cumulative unrealised losses previously impairment at each balance sheet date has transferred its rights to cash fl ows recognised in other comprehensive income and when an indicator of impairment relating to the fi nancial assets and either: are included in the income statement is identifi ed. (a) the group has transferred substantially in the period in which the impairment all the risk and rewards associated with the The test for impairment is based either

Financial statements is identifi ed. fi nancial assets or (b) the group has neither on specifi c fi nancial assets or collectively transferred nor retained substantially all on a portfolio of similar, homogeneous Impairments on available-for-sale equity the risks and rewards associated with the assets. Over and above individual collective instruments are not reversed once fi nancial assets but has transferred control recognised in the income statement. impairments raised at specifi c portfolio of the asset. levels, the group recognises a collective If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of impairment allowance at a central level A fi nancial liability is derecognised when it a debt instrument classifi ed as available- (within the Specialist Banking business is extinguished, that is when the obligation for-sale increases and the increase can be segment) that takes into account macro- is discharged, cancelled or expired. When objectively related to an event occurring economic factors, mainly driven by data an existing fi nancial liability is replaced or after the impairment loss was recognised related to the prevailing credit markets and modifi ed with substantially different terms, in the income statement, the impairment which indicate incurred but not specifi cally such a replacement or modifi cation is treated 01 loss is reversed, limited to the impairment identifi ed losses across the loan portfolios as a derecognition of the original liability value previously recognised in the income (that is, exposures in all business segments). and the recognition of a new liability. The statement. Assets specifi cally identifi ed as impaired are difference in the respective carrying amounts Financial liabilities excluded from the collective assessment. is recognised in the income statement. Financial liabilities are classifi ed as non- Impairments are credited to an allowance Reclassifi cation of fi nancial trading, held-for-trading or designated as account which is carried against the carrying instruments held at fair value through profi t or loss. value of fi nancial assets. Interest continues The group may reclassify, in certain rare to be accrued on the reduced carrying Non-trading liabilities are recorded at circumstances, non-derivative fi nancial amount based on the original effective amortised cost applying the effective assets out of the held-for-trading category interest rate of the asset. Loans together interest method. and into the available-for-sale, loans with the associated allowance are written off and receivables, or held-to-maturity Held-for-trading liabilities or liabilities when there is no realistic prospect of future categories. It may also reclassify, in certain designated as held at fair value through recovery and all collateral has been realised circumstances, fi nancial instruments out profi t or loss are measured at fair value. or transferred to the group. of the available-for-sale category and into the loans and receivables category.

28 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Accounting policies (continued)

Reclassifi cations are recorded at fair • For cash fl ow hedges, a forecasted are recognised in other comprehensive value at the date of reclassifi cation, which transaction that is the subject of the income while any gains or losses relating becomes the new amortised cost. hedge must be highly probable and to the ineffective portion are recognised in must present an exposure to variations the income statement. On disposal of the Derivative instruments in cash fl ows that could ultimately affect foreign operation, the cumulative value of All derivative instruments of the group are profi t and loss any such gain or loss recorded in other recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. comprehensive income is reclassifi ed to • The effectiveness of the hedge can be Positive and negative fair values are reported the income statement. reliably measured, i.e. the fair value or as assets and liabilities, respectively. cash fl ows of the hedged item that are Hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that the instrument ceases Derivative positions are entered into either attributable to the hedged risk and the to be highly effective as a hedge; when the for trading purposes or as part of the fair value of the hedging instrument can derivative expires, or is sold, terminated or group’s asset and liability management be reliably measured exercised; when the hedged item matures activities to manage exposures to interest • The hedge effectiveness is assessed on or is sold or repaid; when a forecasted rate and foreign currency risks. Both an ongoing basis and determined actually transaction is no longer deemed highly realised and unrealised profi ts and losses to have been highly effective throughout probable or when the designation as a arising on derivatives are recognised in the the fi nancial reporting periods for which he revoked. income statement as part of trading income the hedge was designated. (other than circumstances in which cash Embedded derivatives fl ow hedging is applied as detailed in the For qualifying fair value hedges, the change To the extent that a derivative may be hedge accounting section below). in fair value of the hedging instrument embedded in a hybrid contract and the is recognised in the income statement. Derivative instruments transacted as hybrid contract is not carried at fair value Changes in fair value of the hedged item economic hedges which do not qualify with changes in fair value recorded in the that is attributable to the hedged risk are for hedge accounting and derivatives that income statement, the embedded derivative also recognised in the income statement. are entered into for trading purposes are is separated from the host contract and treated in the same way as instruments that For qualifying cash fl ow hedges in respect of accounted for as a stand-alone derivative are held-for-trading. non-fi nancial assets and liabilities, the change if and only if: in fair value of the hedging instrument, relating Credit derivatives are entered into for • The economic characteristics and risks of to the effective portion is initially recognised trading purposes. Credit derivatives of the the embedded derivative are not closely directly in other comprehensive income in the group are initially recognised at their fair related to the economic characteristics cash fl ow hedge reserve and is included in values, being the transaction price of the and risks of the host contract the initial cost of any asset/liability recognised derivative. Subsequently the derivatives are or in all other cases released to the income • A separate instrument with the same carried at fair value, with movements in fair statement when the hedged fi rm commitment terms as the embedded derivative would value through profi t and loss, based on the

or forecasted transaction affects net profi t. If meet the defi nition of a derivative. Financial statements current market price or re-measured price. the forecast transaction or fi rm commitment Offsetting of fi nancial assets Hedge accounting is no longer expected to occur, the balance included in other comprehensive income and liabilities The group applies either fair value or cash is reclassifi ed to the income statement Financial assets and liabilities are offset fl ow hedge or hedge of net investments in immediately and recognised in trading income when there is both an intention to settle foreign operations accounting when the from balance sheet management and other on a net basis (or simultaneously) and transactions meet the specifi ed hedge trading activities. a currently enforceable legal right to accounting criteria. To qualify for hedge offset exists. accounting treatment, the group ensures For qualifying cash fl ow hedges in that all of the following conditions are met: respect of fi nancial assets and liabilities, Issued debt and equity fi nancial the change in fair value of the hedging • At inception of the hedge, the group instrument, which represents an effective instruments 01 formally documents the relationship hedge, is initially recognised in other Financial instruments issued by the group between the hedging instrument(s) comprehensive income and is released are classifi ed as liabilities if they contain a and hedged item(s) including the risk to the income statement in the same contractual obligation to deliver cash or management objectives and the strategy period during which the relevant fi nancial another fi nancial asset. in undertaking the hedge transaction. asset or liability affects the income Also at the inception of the hedge statement. Any ineffective portion of Financial instruments issued by the group relationship, a formal assessment is the hedge is immediately recognised in are classifi ed as equity where they confer on undertaken to ensure the hedging the income statement. the holder a residual interest in the group, instrument is expected to be highly and the group has no obligation to deliver effective in offsetting the designated risk Qualifying hedges of a net investment in either cash or another fi nancial asset to in the hedged item. A hedge is expected a foreign operation including a hedge of a the holder. The components of compound to be highly effective if the changes in fair monetary item that is accounted for as part issued fi nancial instruments are accounted value or cash fl ows attributable to the of the net investment are accounted for in a for separately with the liability component hedged risk during the period for which way similar to cash fl ow hedges. Changes separated fi rst and any residual amount the hedge is designated are expected to in the fair value of the hedging instrument being allocated to the equity component. offset in a range of 80% to 125% relating to the effective portion of the hedge

Investec integrated annual report 2014 29 Accounting policies (continued)

Equity instruments issued by subsidiaries Financial guarantees Depreciation is provided on the depreciable of Investec plc or Investec Limited are amount of each component on a straight- Financial guarantee contracts issued by recorded as non-controlling interests on line basis over the expected useful life of the group are those contracts that require the balance sheet. the asset. a payment to be made to reimburse the Equity instruments are initially measured net holder for a loss it incurs because the The depreciable amount related to each of directly attributable issue costs. specifi ed debtor fails to make a payment asset is determined as the difference when due, in accordance with the terms between the cost and the residual value of Treasury shares represent issued equity of a debt instrument. Financial guarantees the asset. The residual value is the estimated repurchased by the group which has are initially recognised at fair value, amount, net of disposal costs that the group not been cancelled. Treasury shares are adjusted for the transaction costs that would currently obtain from the disposal deducted from shareholders’ equity and are directly attributable to the issuance of of an asset in similar age and condition as represent the purchase consideration, the guarantee. expected at the end of its useful life. including directly attributable costs. Where treasury shares are subsequently Subsequent to initial recognition the The current and comparative annual sold or reissued, net proceeds received liability under each guarantee is measured depreciation rates for each class of property are included in shareholders’ equity. at the higher of the amount recognised and equipment is as follows: less cumulative amortisation and the best • Computer and related Dividends on ordinary shares are estimate of expenditure required to settle equipment 20% – 33% recognised as a deduction from equity at any fi nancial obligation arising as a result the earlier of payment date or the date that of the guarantee. Subsequent to initial • Motor vehicles 20% – 25% it is approved by Investec plc (in relation measurement all changes in the balance to dividends declared by Investec plc) and sheet carrying value are recognised in the • Furniture and fi ttings 10% – 20% Investec Limited (in relation to dividends income statement. declared by Investec Limited) shareholders. • Freehold buildings 2% Instalment credit, leases and • Leasehold property and improvements* Sale and repurchase rental agreements agreements (including * Leasehold improvements depreciation A fi nance lease is a lease that transfers rates are determined by reference to securities borrowing and substantially all of the risks and rewards the appropriate useful life of its separate lending) incidental to ownership of an asset. components, limited to the period of the An operating lease is a lease other than Where securities are sold subject to lease. Leasehold property depreciation a fi nancial lease. a commitment to repurchase them, rates are determined by reference to the at a fi xed price or a selling price plus a Where classifi ed as a fi nance lease, period of the lease. lender’s return, they remain on balance amounts outstanding on these contracts, No depreciation is provided on freehold sheet. Proceeds received are recorded net of unearned fi nance charges, are

Financial statements land, however, similar to other property- as a liability on balance sheet under included in loans and advances where the ‘repurchase agreements and cash group is the lessor and included in liabilities related assets, it is subject to impairment collateral on securities lent’. Securities where the group is the lessee. Finance testing when an indication of impairment that are purchased under a commitment charges on fi nance leases and instalment exists. to resell the securities at a future date credit transactions are credited or debited Routine maintenance and service costs for are not recognised on the balance sheet. to income in proportion to the capital group assets are expensed as incurred. The consideration paid is recognised balances outstanding at the rate implicit Subsequent expenditure is only capitalised as an asset under ‘reverse repurchase in the agreement. if it is probable that future economic agreements and cash collateral on Where classifi ed as operating leases, benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow securities borrowed’. rentals payable/receivable are charged/ to the group. The difference between the sale and credited in the income statement on a 01 repurchase prices is treated as interest straight-line basis over the lease term. expense and is accrued over the life Contingent rentals are accrued to the Investment property of the agreement using the effective income statement when incurred Properties held by the group which are interest method. held for capital appreciation or rental yield Securities borrowing transactions that are Property and equipment are classifi ed as investment properties. not cash collateralised are not included in Investment properties are carried at fair the balance sheet. Securities lending and Property and equipment are recorded value, with fair value gains and losses borrowing transactions which are cash at cost less accumulated depreciation recognised in the income statement in collateralised are accounted for in the same and impairments. investment income. manner as securities sold or purchased Cost is the cash equivalent paid or the fair Fair value of investment property is subject to repurchase commitments. value of the consideration given to acquire calculated by taking into account the The cash collateral from agency-based scrip an asset and includes other expenditures expected rental stream associated with lending transactions are disclosed on a net that are directly attributable to the the property, and is supported by market basis, in accordance with master netting acquisition of the asset. evidence. agreements and the intention to settle net.

30 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Accounting policies (continued)

Dealing properties Taxation and Insurance liabilities are measured at their actuarial values, and are tested Dealing properties are carried at the lower deferred taxation for adequacy on an annual basis. of cost and net realisable value. Any defi ciency identifi ed is recognised in Current tax payable is provided on the the income statement. amount expected to be payable on taxable profi ts at rates that are enacted or Insurance income is included in other Intangible assets substantively enacted and applicable to the operating income. relevant period. Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairments. Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet method on temporary Employee benefi ts For intangible assets with a fi nite life, differences between the carrying amount of amortisation is provided on the depreciable The group operates various defi ned an asset or liability in the balance sheet and amount of each intangible asset on a contribution schemes and two closed its tax base, except where such temporary straight-line basis over the expected useful defi ned benefi t schemes. differences arise from: life of the asset (currently three to twenty In respect of the defi ned contribution years). The depreciable amount related • The initial recognition of goodwill to each intangible asset is determined as scheme, all employer contributions the difference between the cost and the • The initial recognition of an asset or are charged to income as incurred, in residual value of the asset. The residual liability in a transaction which is not a accordance with the rules of the scheme, value is the estimated amount, net of business combination and at the time and included under staff costs. disposal costs, which the group would of the transaction has no effect on the currently obtain from the disposal of an income statement or taxable profi t The assets of the defi ned benefi t schemes intangible asset in similar age and condition are measured at their market value at • In respect of temporary differences as expected at the end of its useful life. the balance sheet date and the liabilities associated with the investments in of the schemes are measured using the subsidiaries and interests in associated projected unit credit method. The discount Impairment of undertakings, where the timing of the rate used to measure the schemes’ reversal of the temporary differences can liabilities is the current rate of return on an non-fi nancial assets be controlled and it is probable that the AA corporate bond at the balance sheet temporary differences will not reverse in date of equivalent term and currency to the the foreseeable future. At each balance sheet date the group liabilities. The extent to which the schemes’ reviews the carrying value of non-fi nancial Deferred tax assets or liabilities are assets exceed or fall short of the schemes’ assets, other than investment property, for measured using the tax rates that have liabilities is shown as a surplus (to the indication of impairment. The recoverable been enacted or substantively enacted by extent that it is considered recoverable) amount, being the higher of fair value the balance sheet date. or defi cit in the balance sheet.

less cost of disposal and value in use, is Financial statements determined for any assets for which an Deferred tax assets are recognised to the Actuarial gains and losses related to indication of impairment is identifi ed. If the extent that it is probable that future taxable the defi ned benefi t asset or liability are recoverable amount of an asset is less than profi t will be available against which the recognised immediately directly in other its carrying value, the carrying value of the deferred tax asset can be utilised. comprehensive income. asset is reduced to its recoverable value. Items recognised directly in other The group has no liabilities for other post- Impairment losses are recognised as comprehensive income are net of related retirement benefi ts. an expense in the income statement in current and deferred taxation. the period in which they are identifi ed. Reversals of impairment losses are Borrowing costs recognised in income in the period in which Insurance contracts the reversals are identifi ed, to the extent Borrowing costs that are directly 01 that the carrying value of the asset does not Insurance contracts are those contracts attributable to property developments exceed the amount that would have been in which the group assumes signifi cant which take a substantial period of time to calculated without impairment. insurance risk. The deposit components develop for sale are capitalised. of insurance contracts are unbundled and accounted for separately. Insurance Trust and premiums are recognised in the period Provisions, contingent in which the group is entitled to the fi duciary activities premium. Insurance claims are recognised liabilities and The group acts as a trustee or in other in the income statement in the period in contingent assets fi duciary capacities that result in the which a contractual obligation arises for holding, placing or managing of assets for the group to make payment under an Provisions are recognised when the the account of and at the risk of clients. insurance contract. group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, As these are not assets of the group, Reinsurance assets and liabilities and it is probable that an outfl ow of resources they are not recognised on the balance associated premiums/claims are not offset embodying economic benefi ts will be sheet but are included at market value as in the income statement or balance sheet. part of assets under administration.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 31 Accounting policies (continued)

required to settle the obligation and a to the methodology are subject to fi nal resolution with the relevant local reliable estimate can be made of the deliberation, with the section of the tax authorities. The group recognises amount of the obligation. The expense standard on impairment currently liabilities for taxation based on estimates relating to a provision is presented expected to be published in 2014. of levels of taxation expected to be in the income statement net of any payable, taking into consideration expert reimbursement. Contingent assets and The amendments made to IFRS 9 in external advice where appropriate. The contingent liabilities are not recognised on February 2014 provide that the mandatory fi nal resolution may result in different balance sheet. effective date for IFRS 9 is from 2018. amounts of cash fl ows to those However, entities may still choose to apply initially provided and any necessary IFRS 9 immediately. adjustments are taken into consideration Standards and There are additional disclosures and in the period in which they are identifi ed interpretations issued consequential amendments in IFRS 7 • Determination of interest income and resulting from the introduction of the hedge interest expense using the effective but not yet effective accounting chapter in IFRS 9, these will interest method involves judgement in become effective when IFRS 9 is applied. determining the timing and extent of The following signifi cant standards and future cash fl ows interpretations, which have been issued All other standards and interpretations but are not yet effective, are applicable issued but not yet effective are not • In order to meet the objectives of to the group. These standards and expected to have a material impact on IFRS 12, management performs an interpretations have not been applied the group. assessment of the value of each in these annual fi nancial statements. associate in relation to the value of The group intends to comply with these total assets, as well as any qualitative standards from the effective dates. Key management considerations that may exist, in order assumptions to determine materiality to the reporting IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments entity for disclosure purposes. IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments will replace In preparation of the annual fi nancial certain key elements of IAS 39 when fi nally statements the group makes estimations issued. The two key elements that would and applies judgement that could affect the impact the group’s accounting policies reported amount of assets and liabilities include: within the next fi nancial year. Key areas in which judgement is applied include: • Classifi cation and measurement of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities: • Valuation of unlisted investments in the the standard requires that all fi nancial private equity and direct investments assets be classifi ed as either held at fair portfolios. Key valuation inputs are Financial statements value or amortised cost. The amortised based on the most relevant observable cost classifi cation is only permitted market inputs, adjusted where where it is held within a business model necessary for factors that specifi cally where the underlying cash fl ows are apply to the individual investments and held in order to collect contractual cash recognising market volatility fl ows and that the cash fl ows arise solely from payment of principal and Details of unlisted investments

interest. The standard further provides can be found in note 26 with that gains and losses on assets held further analysis contained in the at fair value are measured through the risk management section on income statement unless the entity has pages 45 to 47 in volume two. 01 elected to present gains and losses • The determination of impairments on non-trading equity investments against assets that are carried at (individually elected) directly through amortised cost and impairments relating comprehensive income. With reference to available-for-sale fi nancial assets to fi nancial liabilities held at fair value, involves the assessment of future cash the standard proposes that changes fl ows which is judgemental in nature to fair value attributable to credit risk is taken directly to other comprehensive Refer to pages 31 to 43 income without recycling. These are in volume two in the risk current deliberations which may result in management section for further limited modifi cations to IFRS 9 relating analysis on impairments. to classifi cation and measurement • The group’s income tax charge and • Impairment methodology: the key balance sheet provision are judgemental change is related to a shift from an in nature. This arises from certain incurred loss to an expected loss transactions for which the ultimate tax impairment methodology. Revisions treatment can only be determined by

32 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements

For the year to 31 March Asset Wealth & Specialist Total £’000 Management Investment Banking group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis 2014 Segmental business analysis – income statement Net interest income 3 918 7 857 639 904 651 679 Fee and commission income 504 695 279 613 352 594 1 136 902 Fee and commission expense (95 354) (4 236) (47 891) (147 481) Investment income 28 2 183 164 598 166 809 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow – 1 324 102 590 103 914 – balance sheet management and other trading activities (1 982) 58 12 511 10 587 Other operating income 2 875 1 234 14 445 18 554 Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 414 180 288 033 1 238 751 1 940 964 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – (166 152) (166 152) Operating income 414 180 288 033 1 072 599 1 774 812

Operating costs (270 361) (221 934) (813 807) (1 306 102) Depreciation on operating leased assets – – (6 044) (6 044) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 143 819 66 099 252 748 462 666 Profi t attributable to other non-controlling interests – – (10 849) (10 849) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 143 819 66 099 241 899 451 817 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests (11 031) – – (11 031) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 132 788 66 099 241 899 440 786 Financial statements Selected returns and key statistics ROE (pre-tax)* 96.7% 18.2% 8.7% 12.5% Return on tangible equity (pre-tax)* 305.1% 130.0% 9.1% 15.3% Cost to income ratio 65.3% 77.1% 66.0% 67.5% Staff compensation to operating income 47.7% 56.1% 43.5% 46.3% Operating profi t per employee 105.1 48.7 44.2 55.1 Total assets (£’million) 555 1 919 44 668 47 142

* Refer to calculation on page 51 in volume one. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 33 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March Asset Wealth & Specialist Total £’000 Management Investment Banking group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) 2013 Segmental business analysis – income statement Net interest income 4 501 9 049 690 057 703 607 Fee and commission income 485 783 250 315 374 300 1 110 398 Fee and commission expense (92 667) (12 755) (38 156) (143 578) Investment income 36 555 181 401 181 992 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow – 687 70 172 70 859 – balance sheet management and other trading activities (45) 360 33 723 34 038 Other operating income 9 583 777 31 793 42 153 Total operating income before impairment on losses and advances 407 191 248 988 1 343 290 1 999 469 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – (251 012) (251 012) Operating income 407 191 248 988 1 092 278 1 748 457

Operating costs (266 784) (198 321) (837 928) (1 303 033) Depreciation on operating leased assets – – (16 072) (16 072) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 140 407 50 667 238 278 429 352 Profi ts attributable to other non-controlling interests – – (3 074) (3 074) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 140 407 50 667 235 204 426 278 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests (243) – – (243) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 140 164 50 667 235 204 426 035 Financial statements Selected returns and key statistics ROE (pre-tax)* 95.1% 15.8% 7.9% 11.8% Return on tangible equity (pre-tax)* 336.1% 104.9% 8.4% 14.7% Cost to income ratio 65.5% 79.7% 63.1% 65.7% Staff compensation to operating income 46.1% 55.6% 41.0% 43.9% Operating profi t per employee 115.1 38.2 43.4 53.5 Total assets (£’million) 630 2 587 48 793 52 010

* Refer to calculation on page 51 in volume one. 01

34 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) 2014 Segmental geographic analysis – income statement Net interest income 285 219 294 945 71 515 651 679 Fee and commission income 732 338 370 228 34 336 1 136 902 Fee and commission expense (125 019) (15 377) (7 085) (147 481) Investment income 99 540 67 710 (441) 166 809 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow 66 378 26 870 10 666 103 914 – balance sheet management and other trading activities (6 529) 19 895 (2 779) 10 587 Other operating income 15 745 2 541 268 18 554 Total operating income before impairment on loans and advances 1 067 672 766 812 106 480 1 940 964

Impairment losses on loans and advances (104 792) (39 241) (22 119) (166 152) Operating income 962 880 727 571 84 361 1 774 812

Operating costs (791 304) (416 581) (98 217) (1 306 102) Depreciation on operating leased assets (6 044) – – (6 044) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 165 532 310 990 (13 856) 462 666 Loss/(profi t) attributable to other non-controlling interests 2 720 (13 569) – (10 849) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 168 252 297 421 (13 856) 451 817 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests (5 535) (5 496) – (11 031) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 162 717 291 925 (13 856) 440 786 Financial statements Impairment of goodwill – (1 564) (11 233) (12 797) Amortisation of acquired intangibles (13 393) – – (13 393) Operating costs arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposal of subsidiaries (3 241) (1 971) (15 678) (20 890) Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries 9 653 168 – 9 821 Earnings attributable to shareholders before taxation 155 736 288 558 (40 767) 403 527 Taxation on operating profi t before goodwill (31 164) (48 140) 154 (79 150) Taxation on acquired intangibles and acquisition/disposal/ integration of subsidiaries 7 289 – – 7 289 Earnings attributable to shareholders 131 861 240 418 (40 613) 331 666 01

Selected returns and key statistics ROE (post-tax)* 7.6% 16.5% (3.8%) 10.1% Return on tangible equity (post-tax)* 11.7% 16.7% (4.4%) 12.3% Cost to income ratio 74.5% 54.3% 92.2% 67.5% Staff compensation to operating income 51.5% 36.6% 63.2% 46.3% Operating profi t per employee 48.8 69.4 (29.6) 55.1 Effective operational tax rate 18.8% 15.5% (1.1%) 17.1% Total assets (£’million) 19 618 25 081 2 443 47 142

* Refer to calculation on page 50 in volume one.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 35 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) 2013 Segmental geographic analysis – income statement Net interest income 291 726 342 793 69 088 703 607 Fee and commission income 694 467 356 500 59 431 1 110 398 Fee and commission expense (125 872) (13 180) (4 526) (143 578) Investment income 95 250 86 204 538 181 992 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow 51 158 12 755 6 946 70 859 – balance sheet management and other trading activities 18 579 16 023 (564) 34 038 Other operating income 34 782 5 562 1 809 42 153 Total operating income before impairment on loans and advances 1 060 090 806 657 132 722 1 999 469 Impairment losses on loans and advances (171 187) (61 976) (17 849) (251 012) Operating income 888 903 744 681 114 873 1 748 457

Operating costs (737 134) (454 427) (111 472) (1 303 033) Depreciation on operating leased assets (16 072) – – (16 072) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 135 697 290 254 3 401 429 352 Profi ts attributable to other non-controlling interests (397) (2 677) – (3 074) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 135 300 287 577 3 401 426 278 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests – (243) – (243) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 135 300 287 334 3 401 426 035 Impairment of goodwill (13 402) (1 773) – (15 175) Financial statements Amortisation of acquired intangibles (13 313) – – (13 313) Operating costs arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposal of subsidiaries (13 119) – – (13 119) Non-operational costs arising from acquisition of subsidiary (1 249) – – (1 249) Earnings attributable to shareholders before taxation 94 217 285 561 3 401 383 179 Taxation on operating profi t before goodwill (31 801) (48 693) 1 430 (79 064) Taxation on acquired intangibles and acquisition/disposal/ integration of subsidiaries 5 977 – – 5 977 Earnings attributable to shareholders 68 393 236 868 4 831 310 092 01 Selected returns and key statistics ROE (post-tax)* 6.0% 15.5% 1.2% 9.4% Return on tangible equity (post-tax)* 9.6% 15.6% 1.4% 11.7% Cost to income ratio 70.6% 56.3% 84.0% 65.7% Staff compensation to operating income 47.7% 36.9% 56.5% 43.9% Operating profi t per employee 39.9 69.8 7.5 53.5 Effective operational tax rate 23.4% 16.8% (42.0%) 18.4% Total assets (£’million) 20 473 28 291 3 246 52 010

* Refer to calculation on page 50 in volume one.

36 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) Segmental geographic and business analysis of operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles, non-operating items, taxation and after other non-controlling interests 2014 Asset Management 67 585 76 234 – 143 819 Wealth & Investment 46 065 20 034 – 66 099 Specialist Banking 54 602 201 153 (13 856) 241 899 Total group 168 252 297 421 (13 856) 451 817 Other non-controlling interest – equity 10 849 Operating profi t 462 666

2013 Asset Management 59 341 81 066 – 140 407 Wealth & Investment 33 910 16 757 – 50 667 Specialist Banking 42 049 189 754 3 401 235 204 Total group 135 300 287 577 3 401 426 278 Other non-controlling interest – equity 3 074 Operating profi t 429 352 Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 37 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) 2014 Segmental geographic analysis – balance sheet assets and liabilities Assets Cash and balances at central banks 1 706 423 337 572 36 195 2 080 190 Loans and advances to banks 1 213 531 2 003 156 63 492 3 280 179 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – 515 189 – 515 189 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 909 437 479 543 – 1 388 980 Sovereign debt securities 946 004 1 983 017 286 411 3 215 432 Bank debt securities 234 728 1 196 915 136 454 1 568 097 Other debt securities 221 063 376 150 8 165 605 378 Derivative fi nancial instruments 868 270 700 545 50 600 1 619 415 Securities arising from trading activities 586 706 283 382 – 870 088 Investment portfolio 336 148 483 148 6 449 825 745 Loans and advances to customers 6 492 335 8 506 986 1 282 291 16 281 612 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised – 428 117 447 638 875 755 Other loans and advances 1 413 630 279 939 – 1 693 569 Other securitised assets 2 798 158 778 368 – 3 576 526 Interests in associated undertakings 17 947 2 950 3 419 24 316 Deferred taxation assets 65 971 26 033 39 138 131 142 Other assets 1 140 024 292 204 42 764 1 474 992 Property and equipment 59 377 42 815 6 546 108 738 Investment properties 61 715 447 513 – 509 228 Goodwill 397 756 6 560 29 255 433 571 Intangible assets 149 121 5 821 4 227 159 169

Financial statements Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale – 41 637 – 41 637 19 618 344 19 217 560 2 443 044 41 278 948 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – 5 862 959 – 5 862 959 19 618 344 25 080 519 2 443 044 47 141 907

Liabilities Deposits by banks 1 416 696 1 304 474 – 2 721 170 Derivative fi nancial instruments 598 218 527 362 44 652 1 170 232 Other trading liabilities 391 650 469 762 – 861 412 01 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 614 733 701 354 – 1 316 087 Customer accounts (deposits) 9 406 909 11 670 995 1 531 880 22 609 784 Debt securities in issue 1 003 759 487 254 105 617 1 596 630 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances – 280 450 449 084 729 534 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 2 374 599 666 836 – 3 041 435 Current taxation liabilities 107 142 100 770 129 208 041 Deferred taxation liabilities 68 501 27 861 – 96 362 Other liabilities 1 157 189 384 062 35 217 1 576 468 17 139 396 16 621 180 2 166 579 35 927 155 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts – 5 861 389 – 5 861 389 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities – 1 570 – 1 570 17 139 396 22 484 139 2 166 579 41 790 114 Subordinated liabilities 668 007 597 803 72 942 1 338 752 17 807 403 23 081 942 2 239 521 43 128 866

38 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) 2013 Segmental geographic analysis – balance sheet assets and liabilities Assets Cash and balances at central banks 1 228 390 406 777 147 280 1 782 447 Loans and advances to banks 1 232 606 1 818 269 85 176 3 136 051 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – 420 960 – 420 960 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 1 223 251 1 135 421 – 2 358 672 Sovereign debt securities 1 365 464 2 416 839 294 914 4 077 217 Bank debt securities 275 173 1 423 904 180 028 1 879 105 Other debt securities 168 004 258 706 22 506 449 216 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 037 004 871 460 74 668 1 983 132 Securities arising from trading activities 665 494 257 840 8 269 931 603 Investment portfolio 345 623 571 740 11 530 928 893 Loans and advances to customers 6 045 063 9 725 609 1 713 852 17 484 524 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised – 439 255 491 194 930 449 Other loans and advances 1 730 891 303 082 – 2 033 973 Other securitised assets 3 106 741 896 467 – 4 003 208 Interests in associated undertakings 20 828 3 243 3 879 27 950 Deferred taxation assets 78 490 38 635 48 332 165 457 Other assets 1 257 627 605 406 96 517 1 959 550 Property and equipment 78 182 46 108 9 811 134 101 Investment properties 11 500 440 475 – 451 975 Goodwill 406 389 10 260 50 257 466 906 Intangible assets 164 330 6 436 7 801 178 567

20 441 050 22 096 892 3 246 014 45 783 956 Financial statements Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – 6 226 142 – 6 226 142 20 441 050 28 323 034 3 246 014 52 010 098

Liabilities Deposits by banks 1 767 854 1 279 782 – 3 047 636 Derivative fi nancial instruments 723 236 661 888 58 201 1 443 325 Other trading liabilities 372 762 479 177 – 851 939 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 942 396 997 762 – 1 940 158 Customer accounts (deposits) 9 489 748 13 278 098 1 692 820 24 460 666 01 Debt securities in issue 990 744 440 343 470 689 1 901 776 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 77 448 355 477 903 926 335 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 2 486 076 817 530 – 3 303 606 Current taxation liabilities 87 470 123 005 – 210 475 Deferred taxation liabilities 77 851 31 777 – 109 628 Other liabilities 1 319 114 520 977 55 000 1 895 091 18 257 328 19 078 694 2 754 613 40 090 635 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts – 6 224 062 – 6 224 062 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities – 2 080 – 2 080 18 257 328 25 304 836 2 754 613 46 316 777 Subordinated liabilities 664 624 1 004 562 82 620 1 751 806 18 921 952 26 309 398 2 837 233 48 068 583

Investec integrated annual report 2014 39 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Asset Management For the year to 31 March UK and Southern £’000 Other Africa Total 1. Combined consolidated segmental analysis (continued) Segmental business and geographic analysis – income statement 2014 Net interest income 277 3 641 3 918 Fee and commission income 340 316 164 379 504 695 Fee and commission expense (95 354) – (95 354) Investment income – 28 28 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow ––– – balance sheet management and other trading activities (2 314) 332 (1 982) Other operating income (129) 3 004 2 875 Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 242 796 171 384 414 180 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – – Operating income 242 796 171 384 414 180 Operating costs (175 211) (95 150) (270 361) Depreciation on operating leased assets – – – Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 67 585 76 234 143 819 (Profi t)/loss attributable to other non-controlling interests – – – Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 67 585 76 234 143 819 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests (5 535) (5 496) (11 031) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 62 050 70 738 132 788

Selected returns and key statistics Cost to income ratio 72.2% 55.5% 65.3% Staff compensation to operating income 54.7% 37.8% 47.7%

Financial statements 2013 Net interest income 492 4 009 4 501 Fee and commission income 309 933 175 850 485 783 Fee and commission expense (92 667) – (92 667) Investment income – 36 36 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow ––– – balance sheet management and other trading activities (199) 154 (45) Other operating income 4 476 5 107 9 583 Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 222 035 185 156 407 191 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – – 01 Operating income 222 035 185 156 407 191 Operating costs (162 694) (104 090) (266 784) Depreciation on operating leased assets – – – Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 59 341 81 066 140 407 Profi t attributable to other non-controlling interests – – – Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after other non-controlling interests 59 341 81 066 140 407 Profi t attributable to Asset Management non-controlling interests – (243) (243) Operating profi t before goodwill, acquired intangibles and after non-controlling interests 59 341 80 823 140 164

Selected returns and key statistics Cost to income ratio 73.3% 56.2% 65.5% Staff compensation to operating income 53.7% 37.0% 46.1%

40 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Wealth & Investment Specialist Banking UK and Southern UK and Southern Total Other Africa Total Other Africa Australia Total group

7 987 (130) 7 857 276 955 291 434 71 515 639 904 651 679 219 434 60 179 279 613 172 588 145 670 34 336 352 594 1 136 902 (2 021) (2 215) (4 236) (27 644) (13 162) (7 085) (47 891) (147 481) 1 875 308 2 183 97 665 67 374 (441) 164 598 166 809

389 935 1 324 65 989 25 935 10 666 102 590 103 914 (72) 130 58 (4 143) 19 433 (2 779) 12 511 10 587 1 232 2 1 234 14 642 (465) 268 14 445 18 554 228 824 59 209 288 033 596 052 536 219 106 480 1 238 751 1 940 964 – – – (104 792) (39 241) (22 119) (166 152) (166 152) 228 824 59 209 288 033 491 260 496 978 84 361 1 072 599 1 774 812 (182 759) (39 175) (221 934) (433 334) (282 256) (98 217) (813 807) (1 306 102) – – – (6 044) – – (6 044) (6 044) 46 065 20 034 66 099 51 882 214 722 (13 856) 252 748 462 666 – – – 2 720 (13 569) – (10 849) (10 849)

46 065 20 034 66 099 54 602 201 153 (13 856) 241 899 451 817 – – – – – – – (11 031)

46 065 20 034 66 099 54 602 201 153 (13 856) 241 899 440 786

79.9% 66.2% 77.1% 73.4% 52.6% 92.2% 66.0% 67.5% 58.4% 47.2% 56.1% 47.5% 35.1% 63.2% 43.5% 46.3%

Financial statements 10 293 (1 244) 9 049 280 941 340 028 69 088 690 057 703 607 195 275 55 040 250 315 189 259 125 610 59 431 374 300 1 110 398 (11 772) (983) (12 755) (21 433) (12 197) (4 526) (38 156) (143 578) 555 – 555 94 695 86 168 538 181 401 181 992

361 326 687 50 797 12 429 6 946 70 172 70 859 4 356 360 18 774 15 513 (564) 33 723 34 038 775 2 777 29 531 453 1 809 31 793 42 153 195 491 53 497 248 988 642 564 568 004 132 722 1 343 290 1 999 469 – – – (171 187) (61 976) (17 849) (251 012) (251 012) 195 491 53 497 248 988 471 377 506 028 114 873 1 092 278 1 748 457 01 (161 581) (36 740) (198 321) (412 859) (313 597) (111 472) (837 928) (1 303 033) – – – (16 072) – – (16 072) (16 072) 33 910 16 757 50 667 42 446 192 431 3 401 238 278 429 352 – – – (397) (2 677) – (3 074) (3 074)

33 910 16 757 50 667 42 049 189 754 3 401 235 204 426 278 – – – – – – – (243)

33 910 16 757 50 667 42 049 189 754 3 401 235 204 426 035

82.7% 68.7% 79.7% 65.9% 55.2% 84.0% 63.1% 65.7% 58.2% 45.8% 55.6% 42.4% 36.1% 56.5% 41.0% 43.9%

Investec integrated annual report 2014 41 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

2. Margin analysis

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2014 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value income value income value income value income

Cash, near cash and bank debt and sovereign debt securities 1 5 010 123 44 571 6 515 392 295 811 522 552 17 336 12 048 067 357 718 Core loans and advances 2 6 492 335 382 124 8 935 103 765 050 1 729 929 160 356 17 157 367 1 307 530 Private client 3 777 504 165 077 6 024 500 488 165 1 369 078 102 331 11 171 082 755 573 Corporate, institutional and other clients 2 714 831 217 047 2 910 603 276 885 360 851 58 025 5 986 285 551 957 Other debt securities and other loans and advances 1 634 693 73 497 656 089 31 088 8 165 1 101 2 298 947 105 686 Other interest earning assets 3 2 798 158 124 783 778 368 9 666 – – 3 576 526 134 449 Total interest earning assets 15 935 309 624 975 16 884 952 1 101 615 2 260 646 178 793 35 080 907 1 905 383

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2014 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value expense value expense value expense value expense

Deposits by banks

Financial statements and other debt-related securities 4 3 035 188 64 931 2 493 082 62 435 105 617 11 611 5 633 887 138 977 Customer accounts 9 406 909 160 248 11 670 995 655 969 1 531 880 62 210 22 609 784 878 427 Other interest bearing liabilities 5 2 374 599 50 128 947 286 41 531 449 084 30 638 3 770 969 122 297 Subordinated liabilities 668 007 64 449 597 803 46 735 72 942 2 819 1 338 752 114 003 Total interest bearing liabilities 15 484 703 339 756 15 709 166 806 670 2 159 523 107 278 33 353 392 1 253 704

Net interest income 285 219 294 945 71 515 651 679

01 Notes: 1. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) cash and balances at central banks; loans and advances to banks; non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed; sovereign debt securities; bank debt securities. 2. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) loans and advances to customers; own originated loans and advances to customers securitised. 3. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) other securitised assets. 4. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) deposits by banks; debt securities in issue; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent. 5. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated assets; liabilities arising on securitisation.

42 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

2. Margin analysis (continued)

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2013 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value income value income value income value income

Cash, near cash and bank debt and sovereign debt securities 1 5 324 884 47 511 7 622 170 315 841 707 398 16 076 13 654 452 379 428 Core loans and advances 2 6 045 063 357 343 10 164 864 853 372 2 205 046 180 301 18 414 973 1 391 016 Private client 3 024 629 162 618 6 900 949 557 108 1 402 295 112 566 11 327 873 832 292 Corporate, institutional and other clients 3 020 434 194 725 3 263 915 296 264 802 751 67 735 7 087 100 558 724 Other debt securities and other loans and advances 1 898 895 144 171 561 788 18 425 22 506 18 205 2 483 189 180 801 Other interest earning assets 3 3 106 741 161 727 896 467 19 743 – – 4 003 208 181 470 Total interest earning assets 16 375 583 710 752 19 245 289 1 207 381 2 934 950 214 582 38 555 822 2 132 715

UK and Other Southern Africa Australia Total group For the year to Balance Balance Balance Balance 31 March 2013 sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest sheet Interest £’000 Notes value expense value expense value expense value expense

Deposits by banks and other debt-related Financial statements securities 4 3 700 994 74 013 2 717 887 70 864 470 689 32 436 6 889 570 177 313 Customer accounts 9 489 748 219 180 13 278 098 669 085 1 692 820 79 411 24 460 666 967 676 Other interest bearing liabilities 5 2 486 153 63 119 1 265 885 54 652 477 903 30 486 4 229 941 148 257 Subordinated liabilities 664 624 62 714 1 004 562 69 987 82 620 3 161 1 751 806 135 862 Total interest bearing liabilities 16 341 519 419 026 18 266 432 864 588 2 724 032 145 494 37 331 983 1 429 108

Net interest income 291 726 342 793 69 088 703 607

Notes: 01 1. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) cash and balances at central banks; loans and advances to banks; non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed; sovereign debt securities; bank debt securities. 2. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) loans and advances to customers; own originated loans and advances to customers securitised. 3. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) other securitised assets. 4. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) deposits by banks; debt securities in issue; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent. 5. Comprises (as per the balance sheet) liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated assets; liabilities arising on securitisation.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 43 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

3. Net fee and commission income 2014 Asset management and wealth management businesses net fee and commission income 462 375 222 343 – 684 718 Fund management fees/fees for assets under management 497 863 191 271 – 689 134 Private client transactional fees 61 887 33 287 – 95 174 Fee and commission expense (97 375) (2 215) – (99 590) Specialist Banking net fee and commission income 144 944 132 508 27 251 304 703 Corporate and institutional transactional and advisory services 158 040 118 667 19 013 295 720 Private client transactional fees 14 548 27 003 15 323 56 874 Fee and commission expense (27 644) (13 162) (7 085) (47 891) Net fee and commission income 607 319 354 851 27 251 989 421

Annuity fees (net of fees payable) 443 583 257 662 17 844 719 089 Deal fees 163 736 97 189 9 407 270 332

2013 Asset management and wealth management businesses net fee and commission income 400 769 229 907 – 630 676 Fund management fees/fees for assets under management 451 084 201 182 – 652 266 Private client transactional fees 54 124 29 708 – 83 832 Fee and commission expense (104 439) (983) – (105 422) Specialist Banking net fee and commission income 167 826 113 413 54 905 336 144 Corporate and institutional transactional and advisory services 168 286 92 709 49 850 310 845 Private client transactional fees 20 973 32 901 9 581 63 455 Fee and commission expense (21 433) (12 197) (4 526) (38 156) Net fee and commission income 568 595 343 320 54 905 966 820 Financial statements Annuity fees (net of fees payable) 392 722 254 073 26 138 672 933 Deal fees 175 873 89 247 28 767 293 887

Trust and fi duciary fees amounted to £9.5 million (2013: £13.1 million) and are included in Private client transactional fees.

For the year to 31 March UK and Southern Total £’000 Other Africa Australia group

4. Investment income 01 2014 Realised 52 958 19 534 1 028 73 520 Unrealised 36 339 14 899 (1 348) 49 890 Dividend income 9 702 38 569 1 183 49 454 Funding and other net related income/(costs) 541 (5 292) (1 304) (6 055) 99 540 67 710 (441) 166 809

2013 Realised 58 571 110 824 1 752 171 147 Unrealised 32 235 (18 362) (1 654) 12 219 Dividend income 2 999 11 572 240 14 811 Funding and other net related income/(costs) 1 445 (17 830) 200 (16 185) 95 250 86 204 538 181 992

44 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Investment Debt portfolio securities (listed and (sovereign, For the year to 31 March unlisted bank and Investment Other asset £’000 equities)* other) properties categories Total

4. Investment income (continued) 2014 UK and Other Realised 36 614 11 457 – 4 887 52 958 Unrealised 50 480 (12 837) – (1 304) 36 339 Dividend income 9 509 – – 193 9 702 Funding and other net related income – – – 541 541 96 603 (1 380) – 4 317 99 540

Southern Africa Realised 12 607 – 8 610 (1 683) 19 534 Unrealised 1 746 (2 851) 16 374 (370) 14 899 Dividend income 38 569 – – – 38 569 Funding and other net related (costs)/income (9 830) – (1 534) 6 072 (5 292) 43 092 (2 851) 23 450 4 019 67 710

Australia Realised 1 208 – – (180) 1 028 Unrealised 1 579 – – (2 927) (1 348) Dividend income 1 183 – – – 1 183 Funding and other net related costs – – – (1 304) (1 304) 3 970 – – (4 411) (441)

Total investment income/(costs) 143 665 (4 231) 23 450 3 925 166 809 Financial statements 2013 UK and Other Realised 917 51 301 – 6 353 58 571 Unrealised 28 246 5 618 – (1 629) 32 235 Dividend income 2 999 – – – 2 999 Funding and other net related income – – – 1 445 1 445 32 162 56 919 – 6 169 95 250

Southern Africa Realised 51 938 – 61 548 (2 662) 110 824 01 Unrealised (15 476) 6 791 (9 599) (78) (18 362) Dividend income 11 572 – – – 11 572 Funding and other net related (costs)/income (12 306) – (7 131) 1 607 (17 830) 35 728 6 791 44 818 (1 133) 86 204

Australia Realised 64 1 617 – 71 1 752 Unrealised (2 716) – – 1 062 (1 654) Dividend income 240–––240 Funding and other net related income – – – 200 200 (2 412) 1 617 – 1 333 538

Total investment income 65 478 65 327 44 818 6 369 181 992

* Including embedded derivatives (warrants and profi t shares).

Investec integrated annual report 2014 45 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

5. Other operating income Rental income from properties 857 1 358 Loss on realisation of properties (441) (529) Unrealised gain on other investments 2 975 9 558 Income from operating leases 9 336 26 728 Operating income from associates 5 827 3 476 Assurance income – 1 562 18 554 42 153

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

6. Operating costs Staff costs 897 743 877 341 – Salaries and wages (including directors’ remuneration) 735 144 711 185 – Training and other costs 25 504 17 617 – Share-based payment expense 62 236 63 154 – Social security costs 40 994 52 745 – Pensions and provident fund contributions 33 865 32 640 Premises expenses (excluding depreciation) 70 477 73 643 Equipment expenses (excluding depreciation) 56 386 65 092 Business expenses* 196 867 201 017 Marketing expenses 55 923 55 641 Depreciation, amortisation and impairment on property, equipment and intangibles 28 706 30 299 1 306 102 1 303 033 Depreciation on operating leased assets 6 044 16 072 1 312 146 1 319 105 The following amounts were paid by the group to the auditors in respect of the audit of the annual fi nancial statements and for other services provided to the group:

Financial statements Ernst & Young fees Fees payable to the company’s auditors for the audit of the company’s accounts 752 1 163 Fees payable to the company’s auditors and its associates for other services: Audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 6 614 7 101 Audit-related assurance services 257 1 250 Tax compliance services 753 250 Tax advisory services – 361 Services related to corporate fi nance transactions – – Other assurance services 10 110 8 386 10 235 KPMG fees 01 Fees payable to the company’s auditors for the audit of the company’s accounts 299 41 Fees payable to the company’s auditors and its associates for other services: Audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 1 782 2 305 Audit-related assurance services 153 268 Tax compliance services 843 766 Tax advisory services – 930 Services related to corporate fi nance transactions 45 121 Other assurance services 450 414 3 572 4 845

Total 11 958 15 080

* Business expenses mainly comprise insurance costs, consulting and professional fees, travel expenses and subscriptions.

Details of the directors’ emoluments, pensions and their interests are disclosed in the remuneration report on

pages 152 to 157 in volume one.

46 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

7. Share-based payments The group operates share option and long-term share incentive plans for employees the majority of which are on an equity-settled basis. The purpose of the staff share schemes is to promote an esprit de corps within the organisation, create an awareness of Investec’s performance and provide an incentive to maximise individual and group performance by allowing all staff to share in the risks and rewards of the group.

Further information on the group share options and long-term incentive plans is provided on pages 136 to 137 in

volume one of the remuneration report and on our website.

For the year to 31 March Asset Wealth & Specialist Total £’000 Management Investment Banking group

Share-based payment expense 2014 Equity-settled 10 027 8 554 48 324 66 905 Total income statement charge 10 027 8 554 48 324 66 905*

2013 Equity-settled 6 778 7 575 48 801 63 154 Total income statement charge 6 778 7 575 48 801 63 154

* Of the £66.9 million charge, £62.2 million is included in operating costs and £4.7 million is an accelerated share-based payments charge that is included in the income statement in operating costs arising from integration, restructuring and partial disposal of subsidiaries.

Included in the above income statement charge is as a result of modifi cations to certain options granted. This expense for theyear was £0.3 million (2013: £0.4 million).

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Weighted average fair value of options granted in the year UK schemes 30 054 26 921 South African schemes 45 287 21 820 Financial statements

UK schemes South African schemes 2014 2013 2014 2013 Weighted Weighted Weighted Weighted average average average average Details of options Number exercise Number exercise Number exercise Number exercise outstanding during of share price of share price of share price of share price the year options £ options £ options £ options £

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 50 514 354 0.05 46 076 830 0.06 44 300 546 – 42 423 893 – 01 Granted during the year 9 200 128 0.05 12 112 551 0.03 13 549 614 – 8 609 725 – Exercised during the year^ (12 249 975) 0.01 (5 333 003) 0.01 (11 643 554) – (5 168 582) – Expired during the year – – (2 342 024) 0.42 (1 731 421) – (1 564 490) – Options forfeited during the year (4 587 440) 0.19 – – – – – – Outstanding at the end of the year 42 877 067 0.04 50 514 354 0.05 44 475 185 – 44 300 546 –

Exercisable at the end of the year 561 720 0.11 544 221 – 5 332 – 445 767 –

^ The weighted average share price during the year was £4.35 (2013: £3.99).

Investec integrated annual report 2014 47 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

7. Share-based payments (continued)

UK schemes South African schemes Additional information relating to options 2014 2013 2014 2013

Options with strike prices Exercise price range £3.20 – £5.00 £2.05 – £5.00 n/a n/a Weighted average remaining contractual life 2.79 years 3.06 years n/a n/a

Long-term incentive option with no strike price Exercise price range £nil £nil Rnil Rnil Weighted average remaining contractual life 2.58 years 2.73 years 2.72 years 2.67 years

Weighted average fair value of options and long-term grants at measurement date £3.27 £2.22 R51.73 R34.31

The fair values of options granted were calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. For options granted during the year, the inputs into the model were as follows: – Share price at date of grant £4.26 – £4.59 £3.29 – £4.08 R66.84 – R71.20 R43.85 – R56.66 – Exercise price £nil, £4.26 – £4.59 £nil, £3.29 – £4.08 Rnil Rnil – Expected volatility 30% 30% 30% 30% – Option life 4.5 – 5.25 years 5 – 5.25 years 3 – 6 years 2.5 – 5 years – Expected dividend yields 4.42% – 5.90% 5.94% – 7.67% 3.89% – 5.08% 5.42% – 6.70% – Risk-free rate 0.98% – 1.44% 0.84% – 1.34% 6.04% – 7.08% 5.46% – 6.29%

Expected volatility was determined based on the implied volatility levels quoted by the equity derivatives trading desk. The expected volatility is based on the respective share price movement over the last six months but also includes an element of forward expectation. Financial statements

The expected attrition rates used were determined based on historical group data with an adjustment to actual attrition on fi nal vesting.

01

48 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

8. Taxation Current taxation UK Current tax on income for the year 23 883 31 579 Adjustments in respect of prior years (8 193) (7 427) Corporation tax before double taxation relief 15 690 24 152 Double taxation relief (611) (530) 15 079 23 622

Southern Africa Current tax on income for the year 44 418 54 829 Adjustments in respect of prior years (5 947) (3 075) 38 471 51 754

Europe 2 998 370 Other 981 151 42 450 52 275 Withholding taxation on companies* 56 118 Total current taxation 57 585 76 015

Deferred taxation UK 4 722 1 642 Southern Africa 9 613 (3 179) Europe 96 9 Australia (154) (1 431) Other (1) 31

Total deferred taxation 14 276 (2 928) Financial statements

Total taxation charge for the year 71 861 73 087

Total taxation charge for the year comprises: Taxation on operating profi t before goodwill 79 150 79 064 Taxation on acquired intangibles and acquisition/disposal/integration of subsidiaries (7 289) (5 977) 71 861 73 087

Deferred taxation comprises: Origination and reversal of temporary differences 12 853 (7 201) 01 Changes in tax rates (289) 1 659 Adjustment in respect of prior years 1 712 2 614 14 276 (2 928)

* Secondary taxation on companies is an additional corporate tax on South African entities on declaration of dividends. Secondary taxation on companies has been replaced by dividends tax which came into operation on 1 April 2012.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 49 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

8. Taxation (continued) The rates of corporation tax for the relevant years are: % % UK 23 24 South Africa 28 28 Europe (average) 10 10 Australia 30 30

Profi t before taxation 425 407 386 496

Taxation on profi t before taxation 71 861 73 087

Effective tax rate 16.89% 18.91%

The taxation charge on activities for the year is different from the standard rate as detailed below: Taxation on profi t on ordinary activities before taxation at UK rate of 23% (2013: 24%) 97 844 94 471 Taxation adjustments relating to foreign earnings (31 846) (36 789) Taxation relating to prior years (6 481) (4 813) Share options accounting expense 3 828 5 337 Share options exercised during the year (10 386) (6 059) Unexpired share options future tax deduction 4 904 (390) Non-taxable income (1 831) (10 794) Net other permanent differences 16 217 30 583 Unrealised capital losses 789 1 195 Utilisation of brought forward capital losses – (111) Utilisation of brought forward trading losses (888) (1 202) Change in tax rate (289) 1 659 Total taxation charge as per income statement 71 861 73 087

Financial statements Other comprehensive income taxation effects Fair value movements on cash fl ow hedges taken directly to other comprehensive income (3 582) (16 202) Pre-taxation (8 588) (16 912) Taxation effect 5 006 710

Gains on realisation of available-for-sale assets recycled through the income statement (2 972) (1 713) Pre-taxation (4 083) (2 409) Taxation effect 1 111 696

01 Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets taken directly to other comprehensive income 347 4 387 Pre-taxation 502 6 218 Taxation effect (155) (1 831)

Re-measurement of net defi ned pension asset (5 870) (7 078) Pre-taxation (7 686) (8 953) Taxation effect 1 816 1 875

50 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March 2014 2013

9. Earnings per share £’000 £’000 Earnings Earnings attributable to shareholders 331 666 310 092 Preference dividends paid (35 268) (39 104) Earnings and diluted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders 296 398 270 988

Weighted number of shares in issue Weighted total average number of shares in issue during the year 890 019 394 882 683 311 Weighted average number of treasury shares (27 467 498) (26 726 003) Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year 862 551 896 855 957 308 Weighted average number of shares resulting from future dilutive potential shares 51 847 815 53 589 518 Adjusted weighted number of shares potentially in issue 914 399 711 909 546 826

Earnings per share – pence 34.4 31.7 Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to the ordinary shareholders in Investec plc and Investec Limited by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share – pence 32.4 29.8 Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to the ordinary shareholders of Investec plc and Investec Limited, adjusted for the effects of dilutive ordinary potential shares, by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of the dilutive ordinary potential shares during the year.

Adjusted earnings per share – pence 38.0 36.1 Adjusted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings before deducting goodwill impairment, amortisation of acquired intangibles and non-operating items attributable to the Financial statements ordinary shareholders, after taking into account earnings attributable to perpetual preference shareholders, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

£’000 £’000

Earnings attributable to shareholders 331 666 310 092 Impairment of goodwill 12 797 15 175 Amortisation of acquired intangibles, net of taxation 10 313 9 852 Costs arising from acquisition of subsidiary (including integration costs) and net gain on disposal of subsidiaries, net of taxation 6 860 11 852 Preference dividends paid (35 268) (39 104) 01 Additional (earnings)/losses attributable to other equity holders* (386) 109 Currency hedge attributable to perpetual equity instruments* 1 842 1 334 Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders before goodwill, acquired intangibles and non-operating items 327 824 309 310

* In accordance with IFRS, dividends attributable to equity holders are accounted for when a constructive liability arises, i.e. on declaration by the board of directors and approval by the shareholders where required. Investec is of the view that EPS is best refl ected by adjusting for earnings that are attributed to equity instruments (other than ordinary shares) on an accrual basisand therefore adjusts the paid dividend on such instruments to accrued in arriving at adjusted EPS.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 51 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March 2014 2013

9. Earnings per share (continued) Headline earnings per share – pence 33.9 31.0 Headline earnings per share has been calculated and is disclosed in accordance with the JSE listings requirements, and in terms of circular 2/2013 issued by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

£’000 £’000

Earnings attributable to shareholders 331 666 310 092 Impairment of goodwill 12 797 15 175 Preference dividends paid (35 268) (39 104) Property revaluation, net of taxation** (13 760) (19 223) Gains on available-for-sale instruments recycled through the income statement** (2 972) (1 713) Headline earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders 292 463 265 227

** Taxation on headline earnings adjustments amounted to £4.3 million (2013: £8.2 million) with no impact on earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.

2014 2013 Pence per Total Pence per Total For the year to 31 March share £’000 share £’000

10. Dividends Ordinary dividend Final dividend for prior year 10.0 81 906 9.0 78 496 Interim dividend for current year 8.0 68 147 8.0 69 164 Total dividend attributable to ordinary shareholders recognised in current fi nancial year 18.0 150 053 17.0 147 660

Financial statements The directors have proposed a fi nal dividend in respect of the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2014 of 11 pence per ordinary share (31 March 2013: 10 pence).

This will be paid as follows:

• For Investec Limited shareholders, through a dividend payment by Investec Limited of 196 cents per ordinary share

• For Investec plc non-South African shareholders, through a dividend paid by Investec plc of 11 pence per ordinary share

• For Investec plc South African shareholders, through a dividend payment by Investec plc of 4 pence per ordinary share and through a dividend payment by Investec Limited on the SA DAS share of 7 pence per ordinary share.

The fi nal dividend will be payable on Friday,15 August 2014 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on Friday, 01 1 August 2014.

52 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

2014 2013 Pence per Cents per Total Pence per Cents per Total For the year to 31 March share* share* £’000 share* share* £’000

10. Dividends (continued) Perpetual preference dividend Final dividend for prior year 7.48 402.64 11 942 7.52 315.86 11 844 Interim dividend for current year 7.52 404.86 11 305 7.52 343.15 15 907 Total dividend attributable to perpetual preference shareholders recognised in current fi nancial year 15.00 807.50 23 247 15.04 659.01 27 751

* Perpetual preference share dividends from Investec Limited, Investec Bank Limited and Investec plc.

The directors have declared a fi nal dividend in respect of the fi nancial year ended 31 March 2014 of 7.47945 pence (Investec plc shares traded on the JSE Limited) and 7.47945 pence (Investec plc shares traded on the Channel Island Stock Exchange), 336.11555 cents (Investec Limited) and 360.1451 cents (Investec Bank Limited) per perpetual preference share. The fi nal dividend will be payable to shareholders on the register at the close of business on Friday, 13 June 2014.

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Dividend attributable to perpetual preferred securities 12 021 11 353

The €200 000 000 fi xed/fl oating rate guaranteed, non-voting, non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities paid dividends of 7.075% in both years as set out in note 47.

Total perpetual preference dividend 35 268 39 104

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

11. Miscellaneous income statement items Financial statements Operating lease expenses recognised in operating costs Minimum lease payments 47 176 38 203 47 176 38 203 Operating lease income recognised in income: Minimum lease payments 41 095 52 949 Sub-lease payments 18 314 41 113 53 263 The majority of the operating lease expenses in the group relate to leases on property. 01 Rental income from leasing motor vehicles and properties in included in ‘Other operating income’ and ‘Fee and commission income’ respectively.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 53 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At fair value through profi t or loss For the year to 31 March Designated £’000 Trading at inception

12. Analysis of income and impairments by category of fi nancial instruments 2014 Net interest income 8 416 108 015 Fee and commission income 41 352 1 224 Fee and commission expense (124) (8 066) Investment income 1 613 107 797 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow 101 913 1 496 – balance sheet management and other trading activities 8 603 886 Other operating income – 2 845 Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 161 773 214 197 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – Operating income 161 773 214 197

2013 Net interest income 21 388 165 981 Fee and commission income 50 004 1 095 Fee and commission expense (84) (411) Investment income 487 116 316 Trading income arising from: – customer fl ow 67 287 1 426 – balance sheet management and other trading activities 20 546 (661) Other operating income – 9 594 Financial statements Total operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances 159 628 293 340 Impairment losses on loans and advances – – Operating income 159 628 293 340

01

54 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial liabilities Held-to- Loans and Available- at amortised Non-fi nancial Other fee maturity receivables for-sale cost instruments income Total

44 630 1 461 274 51 936 (1 030 059) (261) 7 728 651 679 – 107 072 134 4 822 30 886 951 412 1 136 902 (68) (8 302) – (3 799) (1 706) (125 416) (147 481) (13) 6 324 13 597 – 37 491 – 166 809

– – – 505 – – 103 914 – (325) 156 1 267 – – 10 587 –––– 15 709 – 18 554 44 549 1 566 043 65 823 (1 027 264) 82 119 833 724 1 940 964 – (166 152) – – – – (166 152) 44 549 1 399 891 65 823 (1 027 264) 82 119 833 724 1 774 812

79 804 1 581 012 92 756 (1 248 364) 1 295 9 735 703 607 – 92 557 1 454 665 22 015 942 608 1 110 398 – (8 201) (433) (7 824) (402) (126 223) (143 578) 576 14 370 7 977 – 42 266 – 181 992

– 2 142 – 4 – – 70 859 (163) 19 486 (926) (3 500) – (744) 34 038 –––– 32 559 – 42 153 80 217 1 701 366 100 828 (1 259 019) 97 733 825 376 1 999 469 Financial statements (5 347) (245 665) – – – – (251 012) 74 870 1 455 701 100 828 (1 259 019) 97 733 825 376 1 748 457

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 55 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At fair value through profi t or loss Total At 31 March Designated Available- instruments £’000 Trading at inception for-sale at fair value

13. Analysis of fi nancial assets and liabilities by category of fi nancial instruments 2014 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 7 143 – – 7 143 Loans and advances to banks 1 112 147 – 112 148 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 1 561 – – 1 561 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 645 449 – – 645 449 Sovereign debt securities – 1 526 633 1 495 333 3 021 966 Bank debt securities 46 530 348 507 292 942 687 979 Other debt securities 40 534 72 247 432 967 545 748 Derivative fi nancial instruments* 1 619 415 – – 1 619 415 Securities arising from trading activities 787 200 82 888 – 870 088 Investment portfolio – 754 654 71 091 825 745 Loans and advances to customers – 788 963 – 788 963 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised – – – – Other loans and advances – – – – Other securitised assets – 1 230 452 – 1 230 452 Interests in associated undertakings – – – – Deferred taxation assets – – – – Other assets 529 34 150 – 34 679 Property and equipment – – – – Investment properties – – – – Goodwill – – – – Intangible assets – – – – Non-current assets classifi ed as held for sale** – – – – 3 148 362 4 950 641 2 292 333 10 391 336 Financial statements Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – – – – 3 148 362 4 950 641 2 292 333 10 391 336

Liabilities Deposits by banks – 60 – 60 Derivative fi nancial instruments* 1 170 232 – – 1 170 232 Other trading liabilities 861 412 – – 861 412 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 525 335 – – 525 335 Customer accounts (deposits) – 1 109 161 – 1 109 161 Debt securities in issue – 501 634 – 501 634 01 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances – – – – Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets – 1 182 147 – 1 182 147 Current taxation liabilities – – – – Deferred taxation liabilities – – – – Other liabilities 29 479 31 662 – 61 141 2 586 458 2 824 664 – 5 411 122 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts at fair value through profi t or loss – – – – Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities – – – – 2 586 458 2 824 664 – 5 411 122 Subordinated liabilities – – – – 2 586 458 2 824 664 – 5 411 122

* Derivative fi nancial instruments have been classifi ed as held-for-trading and include derivatives held as hedges. ** Non-current assets held for sale relates to an acquisition of a 100% interest in an entity, however management have entered into negotiations to dispose of a controlling interest in the entity.

For more information on hedges, please refer to note 53 on pages 108 and 109.

56 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial Total liabilities at instruments Held- Loans and amortised at amortised Insurance- Non-fi nancial to-maturity receivables cost cost related instruments Total

– 2 073 047 – 2 073 047 – – 2 080 190 – 3 168 031 – 3 168 031 – – 3 280 179 – 513 628 – 513 628 – – 515 189

– 743 531 – 743 531 – – 1 388 980 193 466 – – 193 466 – – 3 215 432 678 144 201 974 – 880 118 – – 1 568 097 30 585 29 045 – 59 630 – – 605 378 – – – – – – 1 619 415 – – – – – – 870 088 – – – – – – 825 745 40 234 15 452 415 – 15 492 649 – – 16 281 612 – 875 755 – 875 755 – – 875 755 – 1 693 569 – 1 693 569 – – 1 693 569 – 2 346 074 – 2 346 074 – – 3 576 526 – – – – – 24 316 24 316 – – – – – 131 142 131 142 – 1 149 019 – 1 149 019 – 291 294 1 474 992 – – – – – 108 738 108 738 – – – – – 509 228 509 228 – – – – – 433 571 433 571 – – – – – 159 169 159 169 – – – – 41 637 41 637 942 429 28 246 088 – 29 188 517 – 1 699 095 41 278 948 Financial statements

– – – – 5 862 959 – 5 862 959 942 429 28 246 088 – 29 188 517 5 862 959 1 699 095 47 141 907

– – 2 721 110 2 721 110 – – 2 721 170 – – – – – – 1 170 232 – – – – – – 861 412 – – 790 752 790 752 – – 1 316 087 – – 21 500 623 21 500 623 – – 22 609 784 – – 1 094 996 1 094 996 – – 1 596 630 01 – – 729 534 729 534 – – 729 534 – – 1 859 288 1 859 288 – – 3 041 435 – – – – – 208 041 208 041 – – – – – 96 362 96 362 – – 1 065 962 1 065 962 – 449 365 1 576 468 – – 29 762 265 29 762 265 – 753 768 35 927 155

– – – – 5 861 389 – 5 861 389 – – – – 1 570 – 1 570 – – 29 762 265 29 762 265 5 862 959 753 768 41 790 114 – – 1 338 752 1 338 752 – – 1 338 752 – – 31 101 017 31 101 017 5 862 959 753 768 43 128 866

Investec integrated annual report 2014 57 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At fair value through profi t or loss Total At 31 March Designated Available- instruments £’000 Trading at inception for-sale at fair value

13. Analysis of fi nancial assets and liabilities by category of fi nancial instruments (continued) 2013 Assets Cash and balances at central banks – – – – Loans and advances to banks – 165 460 – 165 460 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements – – – – Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 694 180 – – 694 180 Sovereign debt securities – 1 806 118 2 038 195 3 844 313 Bank debt securities 602 590 6 629 325 800 935 019 Other debt securities 91 703 104 778 183 942 380 423 Derivative fi nancial instruments* 1 983 132 – – 1 983 132 Securities arising from trading activities 931 603 – – 931 603 Investment portfolio – 848 215 80 678 928 893 Loans and advances to customers – 1 147 003 – 1 147 003 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised – – – – Other loans and advances – 4 612 – 4 612 Other securitised assets – 1 459 356 – 1 459 356 Interests in associated undertakings – – – – Deferred taxation assets – – – – Other assets 401 670 78 039 – 479 709 Property and equipment – – – – Investment properties – – – – Goodwill – – – – Intangible assets – – – – Financial statements 4 704 878 5 620 210 2 628 615 12 953 703 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of liabilities to customers – – – – 4 704 878 5 620 210 2 628 615 12 953 703

Liabilities Deposits by banks – 330 – 330 Derivative fi nancial instruments* 1 443 325 – – 1 443 325 Other trading liabilities 851 939 – – 851 939 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 508 326 – – 508 326 01 Customer accounts (deposits) 1 411 447 964 – 449 375 Debt securities in issue – 187 645 – 187 645 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances – – – – Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets – 1 357 233 – 1 357 233 Current taxation liabilities – – – – Deferred taxation liabilities – – – – Other liabilities 454 881 80 049 – 534 930 3 259 882 2 073 221 – 5 333 103 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts at fair value through profi t and loss – – – – Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities – – – – 3 259 882 2 073 221 – 5 333 103 Subordinated liabilities – 140 366 – 140 366 3 259 882 2 213 587 – 5 473 469

* Derivative fi nancial instruments have been classifi ed as held-for-trading and include derivatives held as hedges.

For more information on hedges, please refer to note 53 on pages 108 and 109.

58 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Financial Total liabilities at instruments Held- Loans and amortised at amortised Insurance- Non-fi nancial to-maturity receivables cost cost related instruments Total

– 1 782 447 – 1 782 447 – – 1 782 447 – 2 970 591 – 2 970 591 – – 3 136 051 – 420 960 – 420 960 – – 420 960

– 1 664 492 – 1 664 492 – – 2 358 672 232 904 – – 232 904 – – 4 077 217 744 321 199 765 – 944 086 – – 1 879 105 41 099 27 694 – 68 793 – – 449 216 – – – – – – 1 983 132 – – – – – – 931 603 – – – – – – 928 893 90 054 16 247 467 – 16 337 521 – – 17 484 524 – 930 449 – 930 449 – – 930 449 217 2 029 144 – 2 029 361 – – 2 033 973 – 2 543 852 – 2 543 852 – – 4 003 208 – – – – – 27 950 27 950 – – – – – 165 457 165 457 – 1 012 569 – 1 012 569 – 467 272 1 959 550 – – – – – 134 101 134 101 – – – – – 451 975 451 975 – – – – – 466 906 466 906 – – – – – 178 567 178 567 1 108 595 29 829 430 – 30 938 025 – 1 892 228 45 783 956 Financial statements

– – 6 226 142 – 6 226 142 1 108 595 29 829 430 – 30 938 025 6 226 142 1 892 228 52 010 098

– – 3 047 306 3 047 306 – – 3 047 636 – – – – – – 1 443 325 – – – – – – 851 939 – – 1 431 832 1 431 832 – – 1 940 158 – – 24 011 291 24 011 291 – – 24 460 666 01 – – 1 714 131 1 714 131 – – 1 901 776

– – 926 335 926 335 – – 926 335 – – 1 946 373 1 946 373 – – 3 303 606 – – – – – 210 475 210 475 – – – – – 109 628 109 628 – – 848 259 848 259 – 511 902 1 895 091 – – 33 925 527 33 925 527 – 832 005 40 090 635

– – – – 6 224 062 – 6 224 062 – – – – 2 080 – 2 080 – – 33 925 527 33 925 527 6 226 142 832 005 46 316 777 – – 1 611 440 1 611 440 – – 1 751 806 – – 35 536 967 35 536 967 6 226 142 832 005 48 068 583

Investec integrated annual report 2014 59 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

14. Reclassifi cations of fi nancial instruments During the year ended 31 March 2009 the group reclassifi ed certain fi nancial instruments out of fair value through profi t orss. lo These assets were originally classifi ed as held-for-trading but the group’s intentions in regard to these assets changed and the group reclassifi ed £112.3 million and £7.8 million to the loans and receivables and available-for-sale classifi cations, respectively. The amount reclassifi ed refl ected the fair value of the fi nancial assets at the date of reclassifi cation.

The group did not undertake any further reclassifi cations under the amendment to IAS 39 in the current year and in the prior ear.y

The following table shows carrying values and fair values of the assets reclassifi ed:

2014 2013

At 31 March Carrying Carrying £’000 value Fair value value Fair value

Trading assets reclassifi ed to loans and receivables 31 746 16 441 46 025 26 784 31 746 16 441 46 025 26 784

If the reclassifi cations had not been made, the group’s income before tax in 2014 would have reduced by £3.9 million (2013: a decrease of £8.6 million).

In the current year the reclassifi ed assets have contributed a £268 000 loss through the margin line and a loss of £4.1 million through impairments before taxation. In the prior year, after the reclassifi cation, the assets contributed a £372 000 loss through themargin line and a loss of £4.9 million through impairments before taxation.

15. Fair value hierarchy The table below analyses recurring fair value measurements for fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities. These fair value measurements are categorised into different levels in the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to the valuation technique used. The different levels are identifi ed as follows:

Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Financial statements Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

Assets and liabilities related to the long-term assurance business attributable to policyholders have been excluded from the analysis as the change in fair value of related assets is attributable to policyholders.

Fair value disclosures on investment properties are included in the Investment properties note 33 on page 81.

01

60 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Total Level within the fair value hierarchy At 31 March investments £’000 at fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) 2014 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 7 143 7 143 – – Loans and advances to banks 112 148 110 650 1 498 – Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 1 561 – 1 561 – Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 645 449 – 645 449 – Sovereign debt securities 3 021 966 3 021 966 – – Bank debt securities 687 979 203 016 484 963 – Other debt securities 545 748 302 417 171 222 72 109 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 619 415 163 639 1 347 463 108 313 Securities arising from trading activities 870 088 870 088 – – Investment portfolio 825 745 109 922 107 456 608 367 Loans and advances to customers 788 963 – 745 810 43 153 Other securitised assets 1 230 452 1 – 1 230 451 Other assets 34 679 33 406 426 847 10 391 336 4 822 248 3 505 848 2 063 240

Liabilities Deposits by banks 60 – 60 – Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 170 232 242 043 916 884 11 305 Other trading liabilities 861 412 823 368 38 044 – Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 525 335 – 525 335 – Customer accounts (deposits) 1 109 161 – 1 109 161 –

Debt securities in issue 501 634 – 501 018 616 Financial statements Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances – – – – Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 182 147 – – 1 182 147 Other liabilities 61 141 31 662 29 479 – 5 411 122 1 097 073 3 119 981 1 194 068

Net assets 4 980 214 3 725 175 385 867 869 172

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 61 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Total Valuation technique applied At 31 March instruments £’000 at fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) 2013 Assets Loans and advances to banks 165 460 108 954 56 506 – Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 694 180 – 694 180 – Sovereign debt securities 3 844 313 3 549 398 294 915 – Bank debt securities 935 019 152 401 782 618 – Other debt securities 380 423 260 439 77 738 42 246 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 983 132 254 376 1 660 434 68 322 Securities arising from trading activities 931 603 909 608 21 995 – Investment portfolio 928 893 92 843 634 178 201 872 Loans and advances to customers 1 147 003 – 1 082 723 64 280 Other loans and advances 4 612 – – 4 612 Other securitised assets 1 459 356 – 813 956 645 400 Other assets 479 709 477 789 1 133 787 12 953 703 5 805 808 6 120 376 1 027 519

Liabilities Deposits by banks 330 – 330 – Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 443 325 205 935 1 234 105 3 285 Other trading liabilities 851 939 851 939 – – Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 508 326 – 508 326 – Customer accounts (deposits) 449 375 – 449 375 – Debt securities in issue 187 645 – 187 645 –

Financial statements Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 357 233 42 126 783 001 532 106 Other liabilities 534 930 496 993 35 571 2 366 Subordinated liabilities 140 366 – 140 366 – 5 473 469 1 596 993 3 338 719 537 757

Net assets 7 480 234 4 208 815 2 781 657 489 762

Transfers between level 1 and level 2 There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 for the current year.

01 For the year ended 31 March 2013, in line with market practice, repurchase agreements have been moved from level 1 to level 2. There is no change to the level of observability, however these are based on principal to principal pricing rather than quoted market prices.

62 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Fair value Fair value movements Total movements through level 3 through compre- For the year to 31 March fi nancial income hensive £’000 instruments statement income

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) The following table shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for fair value measurements in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: Balance at 1 April 2012 460 504 447 845 12 659 Transfers due to application of IFRS 10 (29 054) (29 054) – Restated opening balance 431 450 418 791 12 659

Total gains or losses 55 756 58 264 (2 508) In the income statement 57 353 58 264 (911) In the statement of comprehensive income (1 597) – (1 597) Purchases 113 486 62 967 50 519 Sales (59 261) (24 794) (34 467) Issues (677) (677) – Settlements (2 780) (2 780) – Transfers into level 3 131 865 131 289 576 Transfers out of level 3 (185 576) (185 036) (540) Foreign exchange adjustments 5 499 2 814 2 685 Balance at 31 March 2013 489 762 460 838 28 924

Transfers due to application of IFRS 13* 533 098 533 098 – Total gains or losses 66 317 67 634 (1 317) In the income statement 67 533 67 533 – In the statement of comprehensive income (1 216) 101 (1 317) Purchases 124 005 124 005 – Sales (91 555) (88 478) (3 077) Issues (10 343) (10 343) – Settlements (22 380) (22 374) (6) Transfers into level 3 46 227 46 227 – Transfers out of level 3 (87 103) (27 631) (59 472) Transfer into non-current assets held for sale (41 637) (41 637) – Financial statements Foreign exchange adjustments (137 219) (137 250) 31 Balance at 31 March 2014 869 172 904 089 (34 917)

All reclassifi cations into level 3 at 1 April 2013 occurred as a result of inputs to the valuation model being regarded as unobservable as a result of applying the principles in IFRS 13. Observable inputs are defi ned as inputs that are developed using market data, such as publicly available information about actual events or transactions, and that refl ect the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. All other inputs have been considered to be unobservable. The group transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy when the observability of inputs change or if the valuation methods change. The following table quantifi es the gains or (losses) included in the income statement and other comprehensive income recognised on 01 level 3 fi nancial instruments: For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Total gains/(losses) included in the income statement for the year Net interest income/(expense) 14 896 (1 251) Fee and commission (expense)/income (485) 5 196 Investment income 55 712 52 378 Trading income arising from customer fl ow 2 294 1 179 Trading income arising from balance sheet management and other trading activities (5 731) (952) Other operating income 847 803 67 533 57 353 Total gains or (losses) included in other comprehensive income for the year Gains on realisation of available-for-sale assets recycled through the income statement 101 – Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets taken directly to other comprehensive income (1 317) (1 597) (1 216) (1 597) For the year ended 31 March 2014, £53.8 million of the total gains and losses recognised in the group are unrealised and is included in investment income.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 63 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by level 3 instrument type The fair value of fi nancial instruments in level 3 are measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable market data. The following table shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions, determined at a transactional level:

Refl ected in the income statement Balance Signifi cant Range which Favourable Unfavourable sheet value unobservable input unobservable input has changes changes At 31 March 2014 £’000 Valuation method changed been stressed £’000 £’000

Assets Other debt securities 72 109 6 227 (4 770) Discounted cash fl ows Discount rates (5%) – 5% 670 (3 829) Discounted cash fl ows Credit spreads (2%) – 3% 4 693 (310) Other Other (6%) – 5% 864 (631)

Derivative fi nancial instruments 108 313 12 354 (6 430) Discounted cash fl ows Volatilities (2%) – 2% 601 (698) Discounted cash fl ows Credit spreads (6.5bps) – 6.5bps 256 (684) Black-Scholes Volatilities 20%/50% 4 204 (2 307) Various Other^ ^ 3 182 (1 344) Other (11%) – 10% 4 111 (1 397)

Investment portfolio 583 221 105 995 (59 688) Discounted cash fl ows Volatilities (10%) – 10% 4 (4) (10%) – 10% or Price earnings multiple EBITDA 5x EBITDA 606 (9 665) Various Other^ ^ 88 849 (48 503) Other (10%) – 10% 16 536 (1 516)

Loans and advances to customers 43 153 2 439 (5 615) Financial statements Discounted cash fl ows Cash fl ows (9%) – 3% 1 337 (4 076) Other 1 102 (1 539)

Other securitised assets* 1 230 451 38 432 (39 120) Underlying market Other price adjustments (5%)/5% 30 310 (30 310) – 6 months/+ 12 month adjustment to Discounted cash fl ows Credit spreads CDR curve 8 122 (8 810) Other assets 847 Discounted cash fl ows Discount rates (5%) – 5% 30 (28) 01 Liabilities Derivative fi nancial instruments 11 305 Discounted cash fl ows Volatilities (4%) – 4% 648 (438) Debt securities issue 616 Discounted cash fl ows Volatilities (2%) – 4% 15 (8) Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets* 1 182 147 40 225 (39 600) Modelled bond prices Credit spreads (6.5bps) – 6.5bps 6 078 (6 120) Underlying market Other price adjustments (5%)/5% 34 147 (33 480) 206 365 (155 697) * The sensitivity of the fair value of liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets has been considered together with other securitised assets. ^ Other – The valuation sensitivity for the private equity and embedded derivatives (profi t share portfolios) has been assessed yb adjusting various inputs such as expected cash fl ows, discount rates, earnings multiples rather than a single input. It is deemed appropriate to refl ect the outcome on a portfolio basis for the purposes of this analysis as the sensitivity of the investments cannot be determined through the adjustment of a single input.

64 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) Refl ected in other comprehensive income Balance Signifi cant Range which Favourable Unfavourable sheet value unobservable input unobservable input has changes changes At 31 March 2014 £’000 Valuation method changed been stressed £’000 £’000

Assets Investment portfolio 25 146 13 001 (1 007) (10%) – 10% or Price earnings multiple EBITDA 5x EBITDA 12 769 (891) Other (10%) – 10% 232 (116)

In determining the value of level 3 fi nancial instruments, the following are the principal inputs that can require judgement: Credit spreads Credit spreads refl ect the additional yield that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the credit risk of an instrument. The credit spread for an instrument forms part of the yield used in a discounted cash fl ow calculation. In general a signifi cant increase in credit spread in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of a cash instrument. Credit spreads are key inputs in the valuation of interest rate swaps. Discount rates Discount rates are the interest rates used to discount future cash fl ows in a discount cash fl ow valuation method. The discount rate takes into account time value of money and uncertainty of cash fl ows. Volatilities Volatility is a key input in the valuation of derivative products containing optionality. Volatility is a measure of the variability or uncertainty in returns for a given derivative underlying. It represents an estimate of how much a particular underlying instrument, parameter or index will change in value over time. Cash fl ows Cash fl ows relate to the future cash fl ows which can be expected from the instrument and requires judgement. Financial statements EBITDA A company's earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation. This is the main input into a price earnings multiple valuation method.

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 65 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

15. Fair value hierarchy (continued) Level 2 fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities The following table sets out the group’s principal valuation techniques at 31 March 2014 used in determining the fair value of its fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities that are classifi ed within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy:

Valuation basis/techniques Main inputs Assets Loans and advances to banks Discounted cash fl ow model, Discount rates Hermite interpolation Non-sovereign and non-bank cash Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates placements Reverse repurchase agreements and cash Discounted cash fl ow model, Discount rates collateral on securities borrowed Hermite interpolation, Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Volatilities Bank debt securities Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates, swap curves and NCD curves Other debt securities Discounted cash fl ow models Discount rates, swap curves and NCD curves, external prices, broker quotes Derivative fi nancial instruments Discounted cash fl ow model, Hermite Discount rate, risk free rate, volatilities, interpolation, Industry standard derivative forex forward points and spot rates, interest pricing models including Black-Scholes rate swap curves and credit curves Investment portfolio Discounted cash fl ow model, net asset Discount rate and fund unit price value model Quoted price Net assets Loans and advances to customers Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates Other assets Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates Liabilities Deposits by banks Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates Financial statements Derivative fi nancial instruments Discounted cash fl ow model, Hermite Discount rate, risk free rate, volatilities, interpolation, Industry standard derivative forex forward points and spot rates, interest pricing models including Black-Scholes rate swap, credit and curves Other trading liabilities Discounted cash fl ow model Discount rates Repurchase agreements and cash collateral Discounted cash fl ow model, Discount rates on securities lent Hermite interpolation Customer accounts (deposits) Discounted cash fl ow model Risk free rate Debt securities in issue Discounted cash fl ow model Risk free rate 01

66 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Level within the fair value hierarchy At 31 March Carrying £'000 amount Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

16. Fair value of fi nancial instruments at amortised cost 2014 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 2 073 047 2 073 047 ^ ^ ^ Loans and advances to banks 3 168 031 3 161 681 1 336 818 1 824 863 – Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 513 628 513 628 ^ ^ ^ Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 743 531 743 531 ^ ^ ^ Sovereign debt securities 193 466 197 972 197 972 – – Bank debt securities 880 118 912 490 632 527 279 963 – Other debt securities 59 630 67 022 21 382 21 580 24 060 Loans and advances to customers 15 492 649 15 509 586 49 316 955 934 14 504 336 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 875 755 893 352 ^ ^ ^ Other loans and advances 1 693 569 1 529 812 – 478 904 1 050 908 Other securitised assets 2 346 074 2 382 226 452 928 111 816 1 817 482 Other assets 1 149 019 1 139 700 803 521 321 631 14 548 29 188 517 29 124 047

Liabilities Deposits by banks 2 721 110 2 734 972 745 932 1 924 209 64 831 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 790 752 793 772 278 487 515 285 – Customer accounts (deposits) 21 500 623 21 494 701 5 188 137 16 306 564 –

Debt securities in issue 1 094 996 1 073 606 55 338 738 323 279 945 Financial statements Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 729 534 729 533 ^ ^ ^ Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 859 288 1 780 745 – 1 423 185 357 560 Other liabilities 1 065 962 1 052 587 782 597 238 993 30 997 Subordinated liabilities 1 338 752 1 339 355 1 339 355 – – 31 101 017 30 999 271

^Financial instruments for which fair value approximates carrying value For fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities that are liquid or have a short-term maturity (less than three months) it is assumed that the carrying amounts approximate their fair value and have been refl ected in level 1. This assumption also applies to demand deposits, 01 savings accounts without a specifi c maturity and variable rate fi nancial instruments. Financial instruments for which fair value does not approximate carrying value Fixed rate fi nancial instruments The fair value of fi xed rate fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities carried at amortised cost are estimated by comparingrket ma interest rates when they were fi rst recognised with current market rates offered for similar fi nancial instruments. The estimated fair value of fi xed interest-bearing deposits is based on discounted cash fl ows using prevailing money market interest rates for debts with similar credit risk and maturity. For quoted debt issued, the fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those notes issued where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash fl ow model is used based on a current interest yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 67 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March Carrying £'000 amount Fair value

16. Fair value of fi nancial instruments at amortised cost (continued) 2013 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 1 782 447 1 782 447 Loans and advances to banks 2 970 591 2 970 590 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 420 960 420 891 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 1 664 492 1 664 492 Sovereign debt securities 232 904 258 667 Bank debt securities 944 086 994 789 Other debt securities 68 793 71 092 Loans and advances to customers 16 337 521 16 413 795 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 930 449 940 848 Other loans and advances 2 029 361 2 005 455 Other securitised assets 2 543 852 2 502 022 Other assets 1 012 569 1 019 911 30 938 025 31 044 999

Liabilities Deposits by banks 3 047 306 3 042 336 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 1 431 832 1 430 553 Customer accounts (deposits) 24 011 291 24 034 725 Debt securities in issue 1 714 131 1 706 186 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 926 335 926 335 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 946 373 1 630 793 Other liabilities 848 259 500 392

Financial statements Subordinated liabilities 1 611 440 1 688 830 35 536 967 34 960 150

01

68 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

16. Fair value of fi nancial instruments at amortised cost (continued) The following table sets out the group’s principal valuation techniques used in determining the fair value of its fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities:

Bank debt securities Valued using a cash fl ow model of the bonds, discounted by an observable market credit curve.

Other debt securities Priced with reference to similar trades in an observable market as well as calculation of the present value of future cash fl ows, discounted as appropriate.

Loans and advances to customers Calculation of the present value of future cash fl ows, discounted as appropriate.

Own originated loans and advances Calculation of the current cash fl ows of fi xed rate loans at current expected to customers securitised interest rates.

Other loans and advances Calculation of the present value of future cash fl ows, discounted as appropriate.

Other securitised assets Calculated using a model based on future cash fl ows.

Deposits by banks Calculation of fair value using appropriate funding rates. Calculation of the present value of future cash fl ows, discounted as appropriate.

Repurchase agreements and cash Calculation of the present value of future cash fl ows, discounted as appropriate. collateral on securities lent

Customer accounts (deposits) Where the deposits are short term in nature carrying amounts are assumed to approximate fair value. Where deposits are of longer-term maturities they are valued using a cash fl ow model, discounted as appropriate.

Debt securities in issue Where the debt securities are fully collateralised fair value is equal to the carrying value. Other debt securities are valued using a cash fl ow model, discounted as appropriate to the securities for funding and interest rates.

Liabilities arising on securitisation of Valued using a cash fl ow model taking into account any hedging, discounted as other assets appropriate. Financial statements Other liabilities Where the other liabilities are short term in nature carrying amounts are assumed to approximate fair value.

Subordinated liabilities Valued with reference to market prices.

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 69 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Change in fair value Maximum At 31 March Carrying Fair value adjustment attributable to credit risk exposure to £’000 value Year to date Cumulative Year to date Cumulative credit risk

17. Designated at fair value: loans and receivables and fi nancial liabilities Loans and receivables designated at fair value through profi t or loss 2014 Loans and advances to banks 112 147 (5 038) (5 038) – – 112 147 Other debt securities 3 371 3 297 (9 447) 2 727 (2 615) 3 371 Loans and advances to customers 788 963 (45 274) 6 883 – – 788 963 Other securitised assets 1 230 452 45 778 (99 872) 26 674 (123 546) 1 230 452 Other assets 847 59 847 – – 847 2 135 780 (1 178) (106 627) 29 401 (126 161) 2 135 780

2013 Loans and advances to banks 165 460 6 653 7 384 – – 165 460 Bank debt securities 6 629 1 107 1 744 – – 6 629 Other debt securities 21 710 1 205 6 022 1 205 (10 030) 21 710 Loans and advances to customers 1 147 003 15 587 86 974 – – 1 147 003 Other loans and advances 4 612 – – – – 4 612 Other securitised assets 1 418 514 22 095 (258 174) 44 554 (196 386) 645 400 Other assets 1 805 787 787 – – 1 805 2 765 733 47 434 (155 263) 45 759 (206 416) 1 992 619

Remaining contractual Change in fair value amount to Fair value adjustment attributable to credit risk At 31 March Carrying be repaid at £’000 value maturity Year to date Cumulative Year to date Cumulative Financial statements

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profi t or loss 2014 Deposits by banks 60 60 (202) – – – Customer accounts (deposits) 1 109 161 1 116 083 (22 877) (6 922) – – Debt securities in issue 501 673 488 970 27 772 12 703 3 470 5 229 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 190 492 1 312 052 124 694 (121 560) 49 533 (36 889) Other liabilities 31 654 36 647 1 712 (4 993) – – 01 Subordinated liabilities 2 833 040 2 953 812 131 099 (120 772) 53 003 (31 660)

2013 Deposits by banks 330 330 (1) (1) – – Customer accounts (deposits) 447 964 427 892 3 381 20 071 – – Debt securities in issue 187 645 198 645 188 (10 954) – – Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 1 317 269 1 625 330 168 643 (117 444) (106 448) (17 495) Other liabilities 80 049 77 668 4 156 (2 366) – – Subordinated liabilities 140 366 129 175 7 231 11 191 – – 2 173 623 2 459 040 183 598 (99 503) (106 448) (17 495)

Changes in fair value due to credit risk are determined as the change in the fair value of the fi nancial instrument that is not attributable to changes in other market inputs.

70 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

18. Cash and balances at central banks The country risk of cash and balances at central banks lies in the following geographies: South Africa 327 553 403 776 United Kingdom 1 681 929 1 219 563 Europe (excluding UK) 24 490 8 827 Australia 36 195 147 280 Other 10 023 3 001 Total 2 080 190 1 782 447

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

19. Loans and advances to banks The country risk of loans and advances to banks lies in the following geographies: South Africa 870 760 1 241 471 United Kingdom 1 150 387 943 875 Europe (excluding UK) 662 167 584 321 Australia 80 342 94 327 Asia 175 561 47 637 United States of America 287 377 169 122 Other 53 585 55 298 Total 3 280 179 3 136 051

At 31 March

£’000 2014 2013 Financial statements

20. Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed and repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent Assets Reverse repurchase agreements 991 391 1 429 244 Cash collateral on securities borrowed 397 589 929 428 1 388 980 2 358 672 01 As part of the reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements the group has received securities that it is allowed to sell or re-pledge. £1.0 billion (2013: £574 million) has been re-sold or re-pledged to third parties in connection with fi nancing activities or to comply with commitments under short sale transactions.

Liabilities Repurchase agreements 1 206 625 1 839 560 Cash collateral on securities lent 109 462 100 598 1 316 087 1 940 158

The assets transferred and not derecognised in the above repurchase agreements are fair valued at £1.5 billion (2013: £2.46 billion). They are pledged as security for the term of the underlying repurchase agreement.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 71 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

21. Sovereign debt securities Bonds 893 046 1 148 859 Commercial paper – 20 462 Treasury bills 2 273 531 2 735 378 Floating rate notes 48 855 172 518 3 215 432 4 077 217 The country risk of sovereign debt securities lies in the following geographies: South Africa 1 983 017 2 416 840 United Kingdom 826 219 1 131 343 Europe (excluding UK)* 119 785 234 120 Australia 286 411 294 914 Total 3 215 432 4 077 217

* Where Europe (excluding UK) includes securities held largely in Germany and France.

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

22. Bank debt securities Bonds 742 661 878 473 Debentures 59 449 22 148 Floating rate notes 764 059 968 229 Liquid asset bills – 10 255 Other 1 928 – 1 568 097 1 879 105 Financial statements The country risk of bank debt securities lies in the following geographies: South Africa 413 039 665 543 United Kingdom 537 108 475 033 Europe (excluding UK) 191 553 207 829 Australia 102 362 142 620 United States of America 314 015 388 080 Other 10 020 – Total 1 568 097 1 879 105 01

72 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

23. Other debt securities Bonds 391 819 219 818 Floating rate notes 52 252 57 160 Government securities 1 823 – Promissory notes – 771 Asset-based securities 150 144 86 811 Residual notes 9 340 46 136 Other investments – 38 520 605 378 449 216

The country risk of other debt securities lies in the following geographies: South Africa 302 919 150 149 United Kingdom 168 876 139 304 Europe (excluding UK) 53 344 65 859 Australia 34 564 50 296 United States of America 45 675 43 608 Total 605 378 449 216

24. Derivative fi nancial instruments The group enters into various contracts for derivatives both as principal for trading purposes and as customer for hedging foreign exchange and interest rate exposures. These include fi nancial futures, options, swaps and forward rate agreements. The risks associated with derivative instruments are monitored in the same manner as for the underlying instruments. Risks are also measured across the product range in order to take into account possible correlations.

In the tables that follow, notional principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date and do not represent amounts at risk. The fair value of a derivative fi nancial instrument represents the positive or negative cash flws o which would have occurred had the rights and obligations arising from that instrument been closed out by the group in an orderly market

transaction at balance sheet date. Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 73 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

2014 2013 Notional Notional At 31 March principal Positive Negative principal Positive Negative £’000 amounts fair value fair value amounts fair value fair value

24. Derivative fi nancial instruments (continued) Foreign exchange derivatives Forward foreign exchange contracts 8 340 090 54 684 42 691 5 299 453 41 169 49 553 Currency swaps 13 708 398 479 046 641 412 15 988 729 435 079 204 355 OTC options bought and sold 3 763 267 46 543 44 649 2 733 914 23 028 20 985 Other foreign exchange contracts 910 011 2 268 3 887 1 186 678 5 335 8 410 OTC derivatives 26 721 766 582 541 732 639 25 208 774 504 611 283 303

Interest rate derivatives Caps and fl oors 1 119 741 5 770 8 280 1 315 416 7 357 5 027 Swaps 41 657 236 380 023 339 182 47 474 142 709 617 572 563 Forward rate agreements 47 152 374 24 744 24 906 49 602 413 22 314 23 568 OTC options bought and sold 627 1 706 1 533 234 305 1 748 2 036 Other interest rate contracts 27 340 11 857 7 279 726 684 15 913 10 461 OTC derivatives 89 957 318 424 100 381 180 99 352 960 756 949 613 655 Exchange traded futures 28 636 87 66 48 681 – 233 89 985 954 424 187 381 246 99 401 641 756 949 613 888

Equity and stock index derivatives OTC options bought and sold 4 742 951 230 074 115 430 4 303 452 195 739 100 536 Equity swaps and forwards 346 576 5 092 847 452 667 2 432 12 423 OTC derivatives 5 089 527 235 166 116 277 4 756 119 198 171 112 959 Exchange traded futures 2 112 370 38 504 75 909 2 731 330 71 047 4 683

Financial statements Exchange traded options 6 557 965 119 296 158 046 9 492 913 147 437 171 468 Warrants 15 445 1 018 78 312 380 893 34 50 515 13 775 307 393 984 428 544 17 361 255 416 689 339 625

Commodity derivatives OTC options bought and sold 74 435 4 160 2 766 77 173 4 131 19 387 Commodity swaps and forwards 749 686 108 930 112 486 672 564 186 311 183 395 OTC derivatives 824 121 113 090 115 252 749 737 190 442 202 782

01 Credit derivatives 778 067 15 577 8 033 264 849 9 365 3 727 Embedded derivatives* 135 341 – 105 076 –

Cash collateral (45 305) (495 482)

Derivatives per balance sheet 1 619 415 1 170 232 1 983 132 1 443 325

* Mainly includes profi t shares received as part of lending transactions.

Cash collateral has been shown separately in the 2014 numbers, the amount of cash netted off for 2013 is £41.1 million against the positive fair value and £492.9 million against the negative fair value.

74 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

25. Securities arising from trading activities Listed equities 389 941 317 751 Bonds 107 110 123 620 Floating rate notes 11 207 12 275 Government securities 361 830 355 481 Treasury bills – 104 568 Other investments – 17 908 870 088 931 603

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

26. Investment portfolio Listed equities 110 848 88 265 Unlisted equities* 714 897 840 628 825 745 928 893

* Unlisted equities includes loan instruments that are convertible into equity.

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

27. Loans and advances to customers and other loans and advances Gross loans and advances to customers 16 545 335 17 773 761 Financial statements Impairments of loans and advances to customers (263 723) (289 237) Net loans and advances to customers 16 281 612 17 484 524

Gross other loans and advances to customers 1 899 098 2 218 144 Impairments of other loans and advances to customers (205 529) (184 171) Net other loans and advances to customers 1 693 569 2 033 973

For further analysis on loans and advances refer to pages 31 to 43 in volume two in the risk management section. Specifi c and portfolio impairments 01 Reconciliation of movements in specifi c and portfolio impairments: Loans and advances to customers Specifi c impairment Balance at the beginning of the year 274 239 249 838 Charge to the income statement 120 377 191 528 Reversals and recoveries recognised in the income statement (11 719) (34 703) Utilised (131 012) (118 545) Transfers (1 816) – Exchange adjustment (12 049) (13 879) Balance at the end of the year 238 020 274 239

Investec integrated annual report 2014 75 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

27. Loans and advances to customers and other loans and advances (continued) Portfolio impairment Balance at the beginning of the year 14 998 19 622 Charge/(release) to the income statement 12 574 (3 706) Transfers (96) – Exchange adjustment (1 773) (918) Balance at the end of the year 25 703 14 998

Other loans and advances Specifi c impairment Balance at the beginning of the year 77 307 67 306 Charge to the income statement 28 917 38 570 Utilised (19 676) (23 689) Transfers 1 816 – Exchange adjustment 111 (4 880) Balance at the end of the year 88 475 77 307

Portfolio impairment Balance at the beginning of the year 106 864 95 413 Charge to the income statement 10 165 11 456 Transfers 96 (918) Exchange adjustment (71) 913 Balance at the end of the year 117 054 106 864

Total specifi c impairments 326 495 351 546

Financial statements Total portfolio impairments 142 757 121 862 Total impairments 469 252 473 408

Interest income recognised on loans that have been impaired 19 125 37 465

Reconciliation of income statement charge: Loans and advances to customers 121 232 153 119 Specifi c impairment charged to the income statement 108 658 156 825 Portfolio impairment charged/(released) to the income statement 12 574 (3 706)

01 Securitised assets (refer to note 28) 5 838 47 867 Specifi c impairment charged to the income statement 20 343 30 986 Portfolio impairment (released)/charged to the income statement (14 505) 16 881

Other loans and advances 39 082 50 026 Specifi c impairment charged to the income statement 28 917 38 570 Portfolio impairment charged to the income statement 10 165 11 456

Total income statement charge 166 152 251 012

76 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

28. Securitised assets and liabilities arising on securitisation Gross own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 876 595 931 406 Impairments of own originated loans and advances to customers securitised (840) (957) Net own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 875 755 930 449

Other securitised assets are made up of the following categories of assets: Cash and cash equivalents 248 793 131 264 Loans and advances to customers 1 540 884 1 827 673 Kensington securitised assets net of impairments 1 786 849 2 001 712 Other debt securities – 42 559 Total other securitised assets 3 576 526 4 003 208

The associated liabilities are recorded on balance sheet in the following line items: Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 729 534 926 335 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 3 041 435 3 303 606

Specifi c and portfolio impairments Reconciliation of movements in group specifi c and portfolio impairments Specifi c impairment Balance at the beginning of the year (2 137) (2 119) Charge to the income statement 20 343 30 986 Utilised (20 199) (31 562) Recoveries 75 284 Exchange adjustment (1 348) 274 Balance at the end of the year (3 266) (2 137) Financial statements

Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 390 424 Kensington loans and advances securitised and other securitised assets (3 656) (2 561)

Portfolio impairment Balance at the beginning of the year 45 125 27 418 (Charge)/release to the income statement (14 505) 16 881 Transfer from other loans and advances – 918 Disposals – (116) Exchange adjustment 32 24 01 Balance at the end of the year 30 652 45 125

Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 450 533 Kensington loans and advances securitised and other securitised assets 30 202 44 592

Total portfolio and specifi c impairments on balance sheet 27 386 42 988

Investec integrated annual report 2014 77 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

29. Interests in associated undertakings Interests in associated undertakings consist of: Net asset value 17 250 20 909 Goodwill 7 066 7 041 Investment in associated undertakings 24 316 27 950

Associated undertakings comprise unlisted investments.

Analysis of the movement in our share of net assets: At the beginning of the year 20 909 20 451 Exchange adjustments (1 637) 864 Disposals (6 527) (3 323) Acquisitions 296 – Operating income from associates (included in other operating income) 5 827 3 476 Dividends received (1 618) (559) At the end of the year 17 250 20 909

Analysis of the movement in goodwill: At the beginning of the year 7 041 7 055 Exchange adjustments 25 (14) At the end of the year 7 066 7 041

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Financial statements 30. Deferred taxation Deferred taxation assets 131 142 165 457 Deferred taxation liabilities (96 362) (109 628) Net deferred taxation assets 34 780 55 829

The net deferred taxation assets arise from: Deferred capital allowances 26 362 23 708 Income and expenditure accruals 34 283 53 779 Asset in respect of unexpired options 21 833 31 873 01 Unrealised fair value adjustments on fi nancial instruments (27 435) (30 123) Losses carried forward 43 299 53 137 Liability in respect of pensions surplus (5 112) (5 440) Asset in respect of pension contributions 569 – Deferred taxation on acquired intangibles (28 844) (35 251) Revaluation of property (18 739) (21 996) Debt buyback (15 839) (19 210) Finance lease accounting 2 848 2 466 Other temporary differences 1 555 2 886 Net deferred taxation assets 34 780 55 829

78 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

30. Deferred taxation (continued) Reconciliation of net deferred taxation assets/(liabilities): At the beginning of the year 55 829 47 903 (Charge)/credit to the income statement – current year taxation (14 276) 2 928 Charge directly in other comprehensive income 1 888 (196) Acquisitions – 502 Other (247) 1 665 Exchange adjustments (8 414) 3 027 At year end 34 780 55 829 Deferred taxation assets are recognised to the extent it is likely that profi ts will be available in future periods. The assessment of the likelihood of future profi ts is based on past performance and current projections. Deferred taxation assets are not recognised in respect of capital losses and excess management expenses as crystallisation of capital gains and the eligibility of potential losses is uncertain.

There are trading losses carried forward of £131.5 million, capital losses carried forward of £26.2 million and management expenses of £12.5 million on which deferred tax assets have not been recognised due to uncertainty regarding future profi ts against which these losses can be utilised.

The Finance Act 2013 in the UK reduced the main rate of corporate taxation to 21% with effect from 1 April 2014 and to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. The effect of these reductions is refl ected in the above calculation as the rate was substantively enacted before 31 March 2014.

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

31. Other assets Settlement debtors 917 756 1 213 465 Dealing properties 135 818 254 571 Accruals 88 192 69 831 Prepayments 38 535 29 771 Pension assets (refer to note 41) 25 560 28 083 Trading initial margin 19 274 77 656

Other 249 857 286 173 Financial statements 1 474 992 1 959 550

Leasehold Furniture At 31 March Freehold improve- and Operating £’000 properties ments vehicles Equipment leases* Total

32. Property and equipment 2014 Cost 01 At the beginning of the year 37 176 61 509 31 158 83 639 63 247 276 729 Exchange adjustments 4 457 (12 680) (1 365) (8 392) (1) (17 981) Disposal of subsidiary undertakings – (1 824) (1 951) (1 722) – (5 497) Additions 7 342 8 454 1 129 14 518 3 428 34 871 Disposals (26) (1 455) (3 388) (10 294) (33 843) (49 006) At the end of the year 48 949 54 004 25 583 77 749 32 831 239 116

Accumulated depreciation At the beginning of the year (1 780) (25 482) (22 861) (59 712) (32 793) (142 628) Exchange adjustments 521 802 669 5 015 – 7 007 Disposals – 1 029 3 231 6 907 16 279 27 446 Disposal of subsidiary undertakings – 1 379 939 1 443 – 3 761 Depreciation charge for the year (660) (5 444) (2 511) (11 305) (6 044) (25 964) At the end of the year (1 919) (27 716) (20 533) (57 652) (22 558) (130 378) Net carrying value 47 030 26 288 5 050 20 097 10 273 108 738 * These are assets held by the group, in circumstances where the group is the lessor.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 79 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Leasehold Furniture At 31 March Freehold improve- and Operating £’000 properties ments vehicles Equipment leases* Total

32. Property and equipment (continued) 2013 Cost At the beginning of the year 20 833 57 501 26 520 77 952 104 675 287 481 IFRS 10 adjustments – 4 088 – – – 4 088 Revised beginning of the year 20 833 61 589 26 520 77 952 104 675 291 569 Exchange adjustments 4 585 (6 146) 3 324 4 578 – 6 341 Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings – – 423 742 – 1 165 Additions 12 692 8 386 2 196 11 556 9 338 44 168 Disposals (934) (2 320) (1 305) (11 189) (50 766) (66 514) At the end of the year 37 176 61 509 31 158 83 639 63 247 276 729

Accumulated depreciation At the beginning of the year (1 037) (20 920) (15 891) (45 233) (32 715) (115 796) Exchange adjustments (134) (428) (5 014) (6 534) – (12 110) Disposals 99 921 1 074 3 861 15 994 21 949 Depreciation charge for the year (708) (5 055) (3 030) (11 806) (16 072) (36 671) At the end of the year (1 780) (25 482) (22 861) (59 712) (32 793) (142 628)

Net carrying value 35 396 36 027 8 297 23 927 30 454 134 101

* These are assets held by the group, in circumstances where the group is the lessor.

On 3 December 2010 the group acquired a portfolio of operating leased assets comprising motor vehicles. The operating lease income from this portfolio has been included in other operating income (note 5) and the depreciation of these operating leased assets has been shown separately on the face of the income statement. Financial statements

01

80 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

33. Investment properties At the beginning of the year 451 975 407 295 Additions 148 428 157 646 Disposals (16 807) (51 871) Fair value movement 16 374 (9 599) Exchange adjustment (90 742) (51 496) At the end of the year 509 228 451 975

All investment properties are classifi ed as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value hierarchy – Investment property

For all investment property that is measured at fair value, the current use of the property is considered the highest and best use. Properties are valued under the income capitalisation method and discounted cash fl ow method (DCF).

Under the income capitalisation method a property's fair value is estimated based on the normalised net operating income generated by the property, which is divided by the capitalisation rate.

Under the DCF method a property’s fair value is estimated using explicit assumptions about the benefi ts and liabilities of ownership over the asset’s life including an exit or terminal value. This involves the projection of a series of cash fl ows and, to this, an appropriate, market-derived discount rate is applied to establish the present value of the income stream. Valuation techniques used to derive level 3 fair values For all classes of investment property the signifi cant unobservable inputs listed below are used in the income capitalisation ethodm to determine the fair value measurement at the end of the reporting period.

Signifi cant unobservable inputs Relationship between unobservable inputs and fair value measurement

Expected Rental Value (ERV) Increases/(decreases) in ERV would increase/(decrease) estimated fair value. Equivalent yield Increases/(decreases) in the equivalent yield would result in decreases/(increases) in the estimated fair value.

Long-term vacancy rate Increases/(decreases) in the long-term vacancy rate would result in decreases/ Financial statements (increases) in the estimated fair value.

Given the high tenancy rates of property portfolio, the long-term vacancy rate may not always be applicable. The table above includes the following descriptions and defi nitions relating to key unobservable inputs made in determining fair value:

Signifi cant unobservable inputs Relationship between unobservable inputs and fair value measurement

Expected Rental Value (ERV) The rent at which space could be let in the market conditions prevailing at the date of valuation. Equivalent yield The equivalent yield is defi ned as the internal rate of return of the cash fl ow from the property, assuming a rise to ERV at the next review, but with no further rental 01 growth. Long-term vacancy rate The ERV of the expected long-term average structural vacant space divided by ERV of the whole property. Long-term vacancy rate can also be determined based on the percentage of estimated vacant space divided by the total lettable area. Further analysis of investment properties is in the risk management section on pages 45 to 47 in volume two.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 81 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

34. Goodwill Cost At the beginning of the year 621 062 658 781 Acquisition of subsidiaries – 12 159 Disposal of subsidiaries (8 148) – Written off (17 327) (32 649) Exchange adjustments (39 173) (17 229) At the end of the year 556 414 621 062

Accumulated impairments At the beginning of the year (154 156) (190 461) Income statement amount (12 797) (15 175) Written off 17 327 32 649 Exchange adjustments 26 783 18 831 At the end of the year (122 843) (154 156)

Net carrying value 433 571 466 906

Analysis of goodwill by line of business and geography: UK and Other Asset Management 88 045 88 045 Wealth & Investment 242 951 243 102 Specialist Banking 66 760 75 242 397 756 406 389 South Africa Asset Management 4 346 7 450 Wealth & Investment 1 963 2 494 Financial statements Specialist Banking 251 316 6 560 10 260 Australia Specialist Banking 29 255 50 257 Total group 433 571 466 906

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if evidence exists that goodwill might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value to its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of goodwill is determined based on expected cash fl ows within the cash-generating units of the group to which the goodwill is allocated. Key assumptions within the calculation include discount rates, growth rates in revenue and related 01 expenditure and loan impairment rates.

Discount rates are based on pre-tax rates that refl ect current market conditions, adjusted for the specifi c risks associated thwi the cash-generating unit. Growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts. Cash fl ow forecasts are based on the most recent fi nancial budgets for the next fi nancial year and are extrapolated for a period of three to fi ve years, adjusted for ectedexp future events.

82 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

34. Goodwill (continued) UK, Europe and Australia The three most signifi cant cash-generating units giving rise to goodwill are Investec Asset Management, Kensington and Investec Wealth & Investment (IWI) which now includes the business of Williams de Broë (acquired in 2012 as part of the Evolution Group) which was merged with IWI in August 2012.

For IWI goodwill of £236.3 million has been supported by a test for impairment on the basis of the cash fl ow projections for the next three years discounted at 10.3% (2013: 10.4%) which incorporate an expected revenue growth rate of 2.0% (March 2013: 2.0%).

Sensitivity analysis has been carried out and it has been concluded that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would cause an impairment to be recognised.

For Investec Asset Management, the fair valuation calculation based on the value placed on the business in the sale completed in July 2013 of 15% of the company to management comfortably supports the value of the goodwill of £88 million.

As announced on 6 February 2014, Investec is in the process of exploring a sale of Kensington. The sale process is ongoing and there are no indications from this process that there is any impairment of the goodwill of £39.7 million.

As announced on 11 April 2014, Investec is selling Investec Bank (Australia) Limited’s (IBAL) Professional Finance (Experian), Asset Finance and deposit-taking businesses. The price agreed is a premium of A$210 million (approximately £116 million) to net assets. A signifi cant proportion of the goodwill Investec is carrying in relation to IBAL relates to the Professional Finance and Asset Finance businesses and is supported by the sale premium.

The balance of goodwill in Australia mainly relates to the Investment Banking business and following an assessment at year end a partial impairment of A$20 million (£11.2 million) has been taken in respect of this. South Africa The majority of the goodwill attributed to the South African operations relate to Investec Asset Management, particularly to the businesses from the Fedsure acquisition, which have been identifi ed as a separate cash-generating unit. The goodwill relating ot Fedsure has been tested for impairment, taking into account profi tability, being the current year profi ts and the budgeted profi ts and funds under management. The discount rate applied of 14.47% is determined using the South African risk-free rate adjusted for the risk related to the cash-generating unit. Movement in goodwill 2014 Financial statements Goodwill cost and impairment reduced following the disposal of certain subsidiaries in 2014 (as detailed in note 36).

2013 Goodwill arising from acquisitions relates to the following acquisitions in 2013 (as detailed in the note 36):

• Neontar Limited – £6.4 million

• Investec Asset Finance & Leasing (Pty) Ltd – £2.6 million

• The Evolution Group – £3.2 million. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 83 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Internally At 31 March Acquired generated Intellectual Management Client £’000 software software property contracts relationships Total

35. Intangible assets 2014 Cost At the beginning of the year 74 174 4 530 3 526 883 185 253 268 366 Exchange adjustments (8 039) (1 554) (565) 33 (143) (10 268) Additions 5 639 1 250 727 – – 7 616 Disposals (1 872) – (1 654) – – (3 526) At the end of the year 69 902 4 226 2 034 916 185 110 262 188

Accumulated amortisation and impairments At the beginning of the year (57 429) (3 477) (328) (79) (28 486) (89 799) Exchange adjustments 7 495 578 84 (3) 180 8 334 Disposals 626 – – – – 626 Amortisation (7 916) (737) (134) (134) (13 259) (22 180) At the end of the year (57 224) (3 636) (378) (216) (41 565) (103 019)

Net carrying value 12 678 590 1 656 700 143 545 159 169

2013 Cost At the beginning of the year 78 844 4 678 3 469 – 181 827 268 818 Exchange adjustments (2 886) (482) 107 61 234 (2 966) Acquisition of a subsidiary undertaking – – – 822 3 192 4 014 Additions 4 413 334 205 – – 4 952 Disposals (6 197) – (255) – – (6 452)

Financial statements At the end of the year 74 174 4 530 3 526 883 185 253 268 366

Accumulated amortisation and impairments At the beginning of the year (56 197) (4 678) (391) – (15 453) (76 719) Exchange adjustments 1 181 1 902 63 – 280 3 426 Disposals 6 507 – – – – 6 507 Amortisation (8 920) (701) – (79) (13 313) (23 013) At the end of the year (57 429) (3 477) (328) (79) (28 486) (89 799)

01 Net carrying value 16 745 1 053 3 198 804 156 767 178 567

Client relationships all relate to the acquisitions of Rensburg Sheppards plc in June 2010, EVG in December 2011, Investec Capital Asia Limited in April 2011 and NCB Group in June 2012.

84 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

36. Acquisitions and disposals

2014 Acquisitions There were no signifi cant acquisitions of subsidiaries during the year ended 31 March 2014.

Disposals The net gain on the sale of subsidiaries of £9.8 million in the income statement arises from the sale of Lease Direct Finance Limited and the sale of Investec Trust (Switzerland) SA, Investec Trust (Jersey) Limited and Investec Trust Mauritius Limited.

The net cash infl ow on these items amounted to £38.2 million.

On 31 July 2013, Investec completed the sale of 15% of its Asset Management business, owned by Investec plc and Investec Limited, for a consideration of £180 million in cash to the senior management of the business who have also been granted options to acquire, over a period of seven years beginning on 1 April 2013, a further 5% interest. As part of this transaction Investec plc has realised a gain of £61.6 million on the disposal of a non-controlling interest in its subsidiary, Investec Asset Management Limited, which is refl ected in equity together with an increase in non-controlling interests of £11.0 million. Investec Limited has realised a gain of £82.2 million on the disposal of a non-controlling interest in its subsidiary, Investec Asset Management Holdings (Pty) Ltd, which is refl ected in equity together with an increase in non-controlling interests of £12.1 million.

The group has funded £44.2 million of this acquisition, resulting in net proceeds of £122.7 million.

2013 Acquisitions On 11 June 2012 Investec plc acquired the entire issued share capital of Neontar Limited (parent of the NCB Group (NCB)). The assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition, goodwill arising and total consideration paid are shown below:

Book value of assets and liabilities Fair value of assets and liabilities £’000 NCB Other Total NCB Other Total

Loans and advances to banks 10 277 – 10 277 10 277 – 10 277 Trading securities 789 – 789 789 – 789 Investment securities 6 548 – 6 548 6 548 – 6 548 Deferred taxation assets 69 – 69 679 – 679 Other assets 51 393 – 51 393 50 513 1 009 51 522 Property and equipment 1 165 – 1 165 1 165 – 1 165 Financial statements Intangible assets – – – 4 014 – 4 014 Goodwill* – – – 6 350 5 809 12 159 70 241 – 70 241 80 335 6 818 87 153 Current taxation liabilities 74 – 74 74 – 74 Deferred taxation liabilities – – – 502 – 502 Other trading liabilities 278 – 278 278 – 278 Other liabilities 45 366 – 45 366 50 981 4 207 55 188 45 718 – 45 718 51 835 4 207 56 042 Net assets/fair value of net assets acquired 24 523 – 24 523 28 500 2 611 31 111 01

Fair value of cash consideration 28 500 2 611 31 111

Loans and advances to banks at acquisition 10 277 Fair value of cash consideration (31 111) Net cash outfl ow (20 834)

* The goodwill arising from the acquisition of NCB consists largely of the benefi ts expected to arise from the enhancement of the group’s wealth and investment offering through the combination of NCB’s wealth and investment business with the group’s existing business. For the post-acquisition period 12 June 2012 to 31 March 2013, the operating income of NCB totalled £12.705 million and losses before taxation were £2.609 million. The operating income before impairment losses on loans and advances of Investec would have been £2 008.9 million and operating profi t would have been £394.2 million if the acquisition of NCB had been on 1 April 2012 as opposed to 11 June 2012.

Disposals There were no signifi cant disposals of subsidiaries during the year ended 31 March 2013.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 85 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

37. Long-term assurance business attributable to policyholders Liabilities to customers under investment contracts Investec Employee Benefi ts Limited (IEB) 37 513 46 926 Investec Assurance Limited 5 823 876 6 177 136 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities – IEB 1 570 2 080 5 862 959 6 226 142

Investec Employee Benefi ts Limited The assets of the long-term assurance fund attributable to policyholders are detailed below: Investments 39 083 49 006 39 083 49 006

Investments above comprise: Interest-bearing securities 16 129 19 490 Stocks, shares and unit trusts 14 638 18 410 Deposits 8 316 11 106 39 083 49 006

Investec Assurance Limited The assets of the long-term assurance fund attributable to policyholders are detailed below: Investments 5 794 780 6 126 100 Debtors and prepayments 3 665 1 492 Other assets 25 431 49 544 5 823 876 6 177 136

The linked assets are classed as level 1 fi nancial instruments with the linked liabilities also classed as level 1. Financial statements

Assets of long-term assurance fund attributable to policyholders Investments shown above comprise: Interest-bearing securities 1 565 280 1 627 551 Stocks, shares and unit trusts 3 507 183 3 687 579 Deposits 722 317 810 970 5 794 780 6 126 100

The business of Investec Assurance Limited is that of linked business with retirement funds. 01 The retirement funds hold units in a pooled portfolio of assets via a linked policy issued by the company. The assets are benefi cially held by Investec Assurance Limited. Due to the nature of a linked policy, Investec Assurance Limited’s liability to the policyholders is equal to the market value of the assets underlying the policies.

86 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

38. Other trading liabilities Deposits 38 044 – Short positions – Equities 503 295 517 991 – Gilts 320 073 333 948 861 412 851 939

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

39. Debt securities in issue Bonds and medium-term notes repayable: Less than three months 9 210 34 526 Three months to one year 136 499 107 785 One to fi ve years 112 186 22 506 Greater than fi ve years 34 427 5 638 292 322 170 455 Other unlisted debt securities in issue repayable: Less than three months 16 911 191 577 Three months to one year 106 025 197 361 One to fi ve years 630 977 1 027 780 Greater than fi ve years 550 395 314 603 1 304 308 1 731 321

1 596 630 1 901 776 Financial statements

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

40. Other liabilities Settlement liabilities 815 727 1 065 791 Other creditors and accruals 536 943 553 337 Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 223 798 275 963 1 576 468 1 895 091 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 87 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

41. Pension commitments Income statement charge Defi ned benefi t obligations net income included in net interest income (1 329) (1 207) Defi ned benefi t net costs included in administration costs 482 344 Cost of defi ned contribution schemes included in staff costs 33 865 32 640 Net income statement charge in respect of pensions 33 018 31 777

The group operates pension schemes throughout its areas of operation. The majority of the schemes are defi ned contribution schemes with the exception of two schemes in the UK, being the Guinness Mahon Pension Fund scheme (GM scheme) and the Investec Asset Management Pension scheme (IAM scheme). Both schemes are fi nal salary pension plans with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The plans are is subject to UK regulations, which require the trustees to agree a funding strategy and contribution schedule for the plan. The role of the trustees is to ensure that the schemes are administered in accordance with the scheme rules and relevant legislation, and to safeguard the assets in the best interests of all members and benefi ciaries.

The trustees are solely responsible for setting investment policy and for agreeing funding requirements with the employer through the triennial valuation process. The schemes are closed to new members and the accrual of service ceased on 31 March 2002. The schemes have been valued at 31 March 2014 by qualifi ed independent actuaries in accordance with IAS 19. There were no unpaid contributions in relation to the defi ned contribution schemes outstanding at the year end.

The major assumptions used were: Discount rate 4.40% 4.40% Rate of increase in salaries 3.40% 3.40% Rate of increase in pensions in payment 1.80% – 3.40% 1.80% – 3.30% Infl ation (RPI) 3.40% 3.30% Financial statements Infl ation (CPI) 2.40% 2.40%

Demographic assumptions One of the most signifi cant demographic assumptions underlying the valuation is mortality. The specifi c mortality rates used are based on the PCMA00 and PCFA00 base tables with allowance for future improvements in line with the medium cohort projection subject to a 1% underpin. The life expectancies underlying the valuation are as follows: Years Years

Male aged 65 87.7 87.6 01 Female aged 65 89.7 89.6 Male aged 45 89.6 89.5 Female aged 45 91.1 91.0 Sensitivity analysis of assumptions The sensitivities are only presented for the GM scheme as the equivalent increases or decreases in assumptions for the IAM scheme do not have a material impact.

If the discount rate is 0.25% higher the defi ned benefi t obligations would decrease by £4.9 million, or increase by £5.2 million if the discount rate was 0.25% lower.

If the expected increase in salaries increased by 0.25% the defi ned benefi t obligations would increase by £0.3 million, or decrease by £0.3 million if the increase in salaries decreased by 0.25%.

If the rate of increase in pensions on payment increased by 0.25% the defi ned benefi t obligations would increase by £1.8 million, or decrease by £1.7 million if the rate of increase decreased by 0.25%.

88 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

41. Pension commitments (continued)

If the deferred revaluation assumption was 0.25% higher the scheme liabilities would increase by £1.0 million, or decrease by £1.0 million if the deferred revaluation assumption decreased by 0.25%.

If the expected mortality assumptions increased by one year for both men and women, the defi ned benefi t obligations would increase by £3.7 million, or decrease by £2.9 million if the life expectancy were to decrease by one year.

The sensitivity analysis has been performed on the basis that the relevant assumption would occur in isolation, holding other assumptions constant.

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the defi ned benefi t obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be correlated.

In presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation has been calculated using the same methodology that applied in calculating the defi ned benefi t obligation liability recognised in the balance sheet. Risk exposures A description of the risks which the pension schemes expose Investec can be found in the Risk Management report on page 82 in volume two.

The group ultimately underwrites the risks relating to the defi ned benefi t plans. If the contributions currently agreed are insuffi cient to pay the benefi ts due, the group will need to make further contributions to the plans.

The plan assets held in the schemes were:

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

GM scheme Equities – 18 522 Gilts 132 799 116 517 Cash 2 634 2 464 Total market value of assets 135 433 137 503

IAM scheme Financial statements Equities – 13 872 Gilts – 2 619 Managed funds 22 280 – Cash 34 5 453 Total market value of assets 22 314 21 944

There are no assets which are unquoted.

None of the group's own assets or properties occupied or used by the group held within the assets of the scheme. The investment strategy in place for the GM scheme is to switch to gilts over the period to 31 March 2021. At 31 March 2014, 01 the allocation of the GM scheme's invested assets was 100% to gilts and cash. This is ahead of the investment strategy. The higher allocation is due to additional switches from equities to gilts during the fi rst and third quarter of 2013 under the agreed outperformance trigger mechanism. The investment strategy is set out in the GM scheme's Statement of Investment Principles, which the Trustees update as its policy evolves.

The Trustee's current investment strategy is to strike a balance between maximising the returns on the scheme's assets and minimising the risks associate with lower than expected returns.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 89 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

2014 2013 At 31 March £'000 GM IAM Total GM IAM Total 41. Pension commitments (continued) Recognised in the balance sheet Fair value of fund assets (restated) 135 433 22 314 157 747 137 503 21 944 159 447 Present value of obligations (116 083) (16 104) (132 187) (115 643) (15 721) (131 364) Net asset (recognised in other assets) 19 350 6 210 25 560 21 860 6 223 28 083

Recognised in the income statement Net interest income 1 057 272 1 329 1 291 18 1 309 Past service costs (310) (172) (482) (344) (110) (454) Net amount recognised in the income statement 747 100 847 947 (92) 855

Recognised in the statement of comprehensive income Return on plan assets (excluding amounts in net interest income) 7 858 197 8 055 (6 894) (838) (7 732) Actuarial gain arising from changes in fi nancial assumptions – – – 6 741 986 7 727 Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from experience adjustments (285) (84) (369) 8 541 417 8 958 Re-measurement of defi ned benefi t asset 7 573 113 7 686 8 388 565 8953 Deferred tax (1 501) (315) (1 816) (1 658) (217) (1 875) Re-measurement of net defi ned benefi t asset 6 072 (202) 5 870 6 730 348 7 078

At 31 March

Financial statements £’000 GM IAM Total

Changes in the net asset recognised in the balance sheet Opening balance sheet asset at 1 April 2012 25 622 3 25 625 Income/(expenses) charged to the income statement 947 (91) 856 Amount recognised in other comprehensive income (8 388) (565) (8 953) Contributions paid 3 679 6 876 10 555 Opening balance sheet asset at 1 April 2013 21 860 6 223 28 083 Expenses charged to the income statement 747 100 847 Amount recognised in other comprehensive income (7 573) (113) (7 686) 01 Contributions paid 4 316 – 4 316 Closing balance sheet asset at 31 March 2014 19 350 6 210 25 560

90 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £'000 GM IAM Total

41. Pension commitments (continued) Changes in the present value of defi ned benefi t obligations Opening defi ned benefi t obligation at 1 April 2012 100 743 14 324 115 067 Interest expense 4 617 658 5 275 Re-measurement gains and losses: – Actuarial gain arising from changes in fi nancial assumptions 6 741 986 7 727 – Actuarial gain arising from experience adjustments 8 541 417 8 958 Total service cost – 110 110 Benefi ts and expenses paid (4 999) (774) (5 773) Opening defi ned benefi t obligation at 1 April 2013 115 643 15 721 131 364 Interest expense 4 994 685 5 679 Re-measurement gains and losses: – Actuarial loss arising from experience adjustments (285) (84) (369) Past service cost – 172 172 Benefi ts and expenses paid (4 269) (390) (4 659) Closing defi ned benefi t obligation at 31 March 2014 116 083 16 104 132 187

Changes in the fair value of plan assets Opening fair value of plan assets at 1 April 2012 126 365 14 327 140 692 Interest income (restated) 5 908 676 6 584 Re-measurement gain/(loss): – Return on plan assets (excluding amounts in net interest income) 6 894 838 7 732 Contributions by the employer 3 679 6 876 10 555 Benefi ts and expenses paid (5 343) (773) (6 116) Opening fair value of plan assets at 1 April 2013 137 503 21 944 159 447 Interest income 6 051 957 7 008

Re-measurement (loss)/gain: Financial statements – Return on plan assets (excluding amounts in net interest income) (7 858) (197) (8 055) Contributions by the employer 4 316 – 4 316 Benefi ts and expenses paid (4 579) (390) (4 969) Closing fair value of plan assets at 31 March 2014 135 433 22 314 157 747

The triennial funding valuation of the schemes was carried out at 31 March 2012. Contributions requirements, including any deficit recovery plans, were agreed between the group and the Trustees in March 2013 to address the scheme defi cit.

Under the agreed contribution plan defi cit contributions of £6 million were paid into the IAM scheme in March 2013, such that het scheme is now fully funded. 01 Under the agreed contribution plan defi cit contributions of £4.3 million were paid into the GM scheme in the year to 31 March 2014 and the group expects to make £4.3 million of contributions to the defi ned benefi t scheme in the 2014 fi nancial year.

The weighted average duration of the GM scheme's liabilities at 31 March 2014 is 17 years (31 March 2013: 18 years). This includes average duration of active members of 23 years, average duration of deferred pensioners of 22 years and average duration of pensioners in payment of 10 years.

The weighted average duration of the IAM scheme's liabilities at 31 March 2014 is 18 years (31 March 2013: 19 years). This includes average duration of deferred pensioners of 20 years and average duration of pensioners in payment of 11 years.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 91 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

42. Subordinated liabilities Issued by Investec Finance plc Guaranteed subordinated step-up notes 33 979 33 979 Guaranteed undated subordinated callable step-up notes 18 750 18 990

Issued by Investec Bank plc Subordinated fi xed rate medium-term notes 577 941 577 470

Issued by Investec Australia Limited Subordinated fl oating rate medium-term notes 38 950 14 480

Issued by Kensington Group plc Callable subordinated notes 71 174 71 173

Issued by Investec Bank Limited IV04 10.75% subordinated unsecured callable bonds – 147 745 IV07 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds – 67 425 IV08 13.735% subordinated unsecured callable upper tier 2 bonds 11 392 14 331 IV09 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable upper tier 2 bonds 11 392 14 331 IV012 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 14 240 17 913 IV013 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 2 848 3 583 IV014 10.545% subordinated unsecured callable bonds 7 120 8 957 IV015 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 76 894 96 732 IV016 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 18 512 23 287 IV017 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 110 264 129 867 IV019 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 4 536 5 324

Financial statements IV019A indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 16 787 19 536 IV022 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 56 788 71 438 IV023 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 48 984 61 622 IV024 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 6 038 7 597 IV025 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 56 959 71 653 IV026 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 42 719 53 740 IV030 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 18 263 21 440 IV030A indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 19 606 23 001 IV031 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 28 479 35 826 01 IV032 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds 46 137 –

Issued by Investec Property Fund Limited Variable rate unsecured subordinated debentures – 140 366 1 338 752 1 751 806

92 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

42. Subordinated liabilities (continued) All subordinated debt issued by Investec Limited and its subsidiaries is denominated in South African Rand.

Remaining maturity: In one year or less, or on demand 14 240 215 170 In more than one year, but not more than two years 115 121 – In more than two years, but not more than fi ve years 405 153 415 268 In more than fi ve years 804 238 1 121 368 1 338 752 1 751 806

The only event of default in relation to the subordinated debt is the non-payment of principal or interest. The only remedy available to the holders of the subordinated debt in the event of default is to petition for the winding up of the issuing entity. In a winding up no amount will be paid in respect of the subordinated debt until all other creditors have been paid in full. Guaranteed subordinated step-up notes At 31 March 2014 Investec Finance plc had in issue £33 793 000 of guaranteed subordinated step-up notes due in 2016. Interest is paid annually. The notes are guaranteed by Investec Bank plc and are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The step-up notes may be redeemed by the issuer, at par, at any time after 1 March 2011, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority. On 1 March 2011 the interest rate was reset to 6.482%, the aggregate of 3.5% and the gross redemption yield of the relevant benchmark gilt. Guaranteed undated subordinated callable step-up notes At 31 March 2014 Investec Finance plc had in issue £17 861 000 of 6.25% guaranteed undated subordinated step-up notes callable in 2017 at a discount. Interest is paid semi-annually. The notes are guaranteed by Investec Bank plc and are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The step-up notes may be redeemed by the issuer, at par, at any time after 23 January 2017, subject to the prior consent of the Financial Services Authority. On 23 January 2017 the interest rate will be reset to become three-month Libor plus 2.11% payable quarterly in arrears. Medium-term notes Subordinated fi xed rate medium-term notes (denominated in Pounds Sterling) Financial statements On 17 February 2011 Investec Bank plc issued £500 000 000 of 9.625% subordinated notes due 2022 at a discount (2022 notes). Interest is paid annually. The notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be redeemed at par on 17 February 2022. On 29 June 2011 Investec Bank plc issued a further £75 000 000 of 9.625% subordinated 2022 notes at a premium (these were consolidated and form a single series, and are fungible, with the £500 000 000 2022 notes issued on 17 February 2011).

Subordinated fl oating rate medium-term notes (denominated in Australian Dollars) A$16 150 000 of fl oating rate medium-term notes (MTN) issued on 12 February 2010 at Australian three-month bank bills swap rate (BBSW) plus 5%. The maturity date is 12 February 2020. Interest is payable quarterly up to and excluding the early redemption date 12 February 2015. After this date, if the issuers call is not exercised, the interest will be the aggregate of three-month BBSW plus 7.5% payable quarterly in arrears. 01 During the prior year, on 20 December 2012, a further A$50 000 000 of fl oating rate MTN were issued at 30-day Australian Bank Bills Swap Rate (BBSW) plus 5.50% margin. The maturity date is 20 December 2022. Interest is payable monthly up to and including the maturity date. Early redemption, at the option of the Issuer, is on each interest payment date from and including 20 December 2017 until, and including, the maturity date. Callable subordinated notes Kensington Group plc has in issue £69 767 000 callable subordinated notes due 2015. As from the reset date of 21 December 2010, interest is payable at the rate of 7.285%, annually in arrears. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem all, but not only some of the notes at any time at par plus accrued interest, in the event of certain tax changes. The notes mature on 21 December 2015. IV04 10.75% subordinated unsecured callable bonds Rnil (2013: R2 062 million) Investec Bank Limited IV04 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds due in 2018. Interest is paid six monthly in arrears on 30 September and 31 March at a rate of 10.75% per annum until 31 March 2013. The settlement date is 31 March 2018, but the company has the option to call the bonds from 31 March 2013. If not called, the bonds will switch to fl oating rate bonds of three-month Jibar plus 2.00% from 31 March 2013. The bonds were called and settled on 2 April 2013.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 93 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

42. Subordinated liabilities (continued) IV07 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds Rnil (2013: R941 million) Investec Bank Limited IV07 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds due in 2018. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September, 31 December at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 1.40% until 31 March 2013. From and including 31 March 2013 up to and excluding 31 March 2018 interest is paid at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 2.00%. The maturity date is 31 March 2018, but the company has the option to call the bonds from 31 March 2013. The bonds were called and settled on 2 April 2013. IV08 13.735% subordinated unsecured callable upper tier 2 bonds R200 million Investec Bank Limited IV08 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds without a maturity date. Interest is paid six monthly in arrears on 31 October and 30 April at a rate of 13.735% per annum until 30 April 2018. The company has the option to call the bonds from 30 April 2013 or on any interest payment date falling after 30 April 2018. If not called by 30 April 2018, the bonds will pay interest of 5.625% above Jibar payable quarterly in arrears until called. IV09 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable upper tier 2 bonds R200 million Investec Bank Limited IV09 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds without a maturity date. Interest is paid quarterly in arrears on 31 July, 31 October, 31 January and 30 April at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 3.75% until 30 April 2018. The company has the option to call the bonds from 30 April 2013 or on any interest payment date falling after 30 April 2018. If not called by 30 April 2018, the bonds will pay interest of 5.625% above Jibar payable quarterly in arrears until called. IV012 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R250 million Investec Bank Limited IV012 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in November 2019. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on 26 November, 26 February, 26 May and 26 August at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 3.25% until 26 November 2014. From and including 26 November 2014 up to and excluding 26 November 2019 interest is paid at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 4.50%. The maturity date is 26 November 2019, but the company has the option to call the bonds from 26 November 2014. IV013 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R50 million Investec Bank Limited IV013 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in June 2020. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on 22 March, 22 June, 22 September and 22 December at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 2.75% until 22 June 2015. From and including 22 June 2015 up to and excluding 22 June 2020 interest is paid at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 5.50%. The maturity date is 22 June 2020, but the company has the option to call the bonds from 22 June

Financial statements 2015. IV014 10.545% subordinated unsecured callable bonds R125 million Investec Bank Limited IV014 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in June 2020. Interest is payable six monthly in arrears on 22 June and 22 December at a fi xed rate of 10.545% until 22 June 2015. From and including 22 June 2015 up to and excluding 22 June 2020 interest is paid quarterly in arrears on 22 June, 22 September, 22 December and 22 March at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 5.50%. The maturity date is 22 June 2020, but the company has the option to call the bonds from 22 June 2015. IV015 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R1 350 million Investec Bank Limited IV015 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in September 2022. 01 Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on 20 December, 20 March, 20 June and 20 September at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 2.65% basis points until 20 September 2017. From and including 20 September 2017 up to and excluding 20 September 2022 interest is paid at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 4.00%. The maturity date is 20 September 2022, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation or from 20 September 2017. IV016 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R325 million Investec Bank Limited IV016 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in December 2021. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on 6 December, 6 March, 6 June and 6 September at a rate equal to three-month Jibar plus 2.75% up to and excluding 6 December 2021. The maturity date is 6 December 2021, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory disqualifi cation or from 6 December 2016. IV017 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R1 936 million (2013: R1 813 million) Investec Bank Limited IV017 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in January 2022. Interest on these infl ation-linked bonds is payable semi-annually on 31 January and 31 July at a rate of 2.75%. The IV017 is a replica of the R212 South African government bond. The maturity date is 31 January 2022, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation or from 31 January 2017.

94 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

42. Subordinated liabilities (continued) IV019 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R79 million (2013: R74 million) Investec Bank Limited IV019 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in March 2028. Interest on these infl ation-linked bonds is payable semi-annually on 31 March and 30 September at a rate of 2.60%. The IV019 is a replica of the R210 South African government bond. The maturity date is 31 March 2028, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 3 April 2023. IV019A indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R295 million (2013: R273 million) Investec Bank Limited IV019A locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in March 2028. Interest on these infl ation-linked bonds is payable semi-annually on 31 March and 30 September at a rate of 2.60%. The IV019A is a replica of the R210 South African government bond. The maturity date is 31 March 2028, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 3 April 2023. IV022 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R997 million Investec Bank Limited IV022 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in April 2022. Interest is payable quarterly on 2 January, 2 April, 2 July and 2 October at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.50% up to and excluding 2 April 2022. The maturity date is 2 April 2022, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 2 April 2017. IV023 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R860 million Investec Bank Limited IV023 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in July 2022. Interest is payable quarterly on 11 January, 11 April, 11 July and 11 October at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.50% up to and excluding 11 July 2022. The maturity date is 11 July 2022, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 11 July 2017. IV024 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R106 million Investec Bank Limited IV024 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in July 2022. Interest is payable quarterly on 27 January, 27 April, 27 July and 27 October at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.70% up to and excluding 27 July 2022. The maturity date is 27 July 2022, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 27 July 2017. IV025 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R1 000 million Investec Bank Limited IV025 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in September 2024.

Interest is payable quarterly on 12 December, 12 March, 12 June and 12 September at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus Financial statements 2.50% up to and excluding 12 September 2024. The maturity date is 12 September 2024, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 12 September 2019. IV026 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R750 million Investec Bank Limited IV026 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in September 2024. Interest is payable quarterly on 27 December, 27 March, 27 June and 27 September at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.45% up to and excluding 27 September 2024. The maturity date is 27 September 2024, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 27 September 2019. IV030 indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R321 million (2013: R299 million) Investec Bank Limited IV030 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in 01 January 2025. Interest on these infl ation-linked bonds is payable semi-annually on 31 January and 31 July at a rate of 2.00%. heT IV030 is a replica of the I2025 South African government bond. The maturity date is 31 January 2025, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 31 January 2020. IV030A indexed rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R344 million (2013: R321 million) Investec Bank Limited IV030A locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in January 2025. Interest on these infl ation-linked bonds is payable semi-annually on 31 January and 31 July at a rate of 2.00%. The IV030A is a replica of the I2025 South African government bond. The maturity date is 31 January 2025, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 31 January 2020. IV031 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R500 million Investec Bank Limited IV031 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in March 2025. Interest is payable quarterly on 11 December, 11 March, 11 June and 11 September at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.95% up to and excluding 11 March 2025. The maturity date is 11 March 2025, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 11 March 2020.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 95 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

42. Subordinated liabilities (continued) IV032 variable rate subordinated unsecured callable bonds R810 million (2013: Rnil million) Investec Bank Limited IV032 locally registered subordinated unsecured callable bonds are due in August 2023. Interest is payable quarterly on 14 November, 14 February, 14 May, 14 August at a rate equal to the three-month Jibar plus 2.95%. The maturity date is 14 August 2023, but the company has the option to call the bonds upon regulatory capital disqualifi cation from 14 August 2018. Investec Property Fund Limited Debentures Rnil (2013: R1 959 million) Investec Property Fund Limited locally registered subordinated unsecured debentures are due at the 25th anniversary of the date of each allotment and issue of the debentures. Interest payable on the debenture in each linked unit will be at least 999 times the dividend payable on each share. The debentures are redeemable at the instance of the debenture holders (by way of a special resolution) at the 25th anniversary of the date of each allotment and issue of the debentures.

On 16 August 2013, shareholders approved the conversion of Investec Property Fund Limited’s linked-unit structure to that of an all- equity capital structure.

At 31 March 2014 2013

43. Ordinary share capital Investec plc Issued, allotted and fully paid

Number of ordinary shares Number Number At the beginning of the year 605 196 771 598 339 612 Issued during the year 3 559 572 6 857 159 At the end of the year 608 756 343 605 196 771

Nominal value of ordinary shares £’000 £’000 At the beginning of the year 121 120 Issued during the year 1 1 Financial statements At the end of the year 122 121

Number of special converting shares Number Number At the beginning of the year 279 639 164 276 020 221 Issued during the year 3 295 365 3 618 943 At the end of the year 282 934 529 279 639 164

Nominal value of special converting shares £’000 £’000 At the beginning of the year 56 55 01 Issued during the year – 1 At the end of the year 56 56

Number of UK DAN shares Number Number

At the beginning and end of the year 11

Nominal value of UK DAN share £’000 £’000

At the beginning and end of the year **

Number of UK DAS shares Number Number

At the beginning and end of the year 11

* Less than £1 000.

96 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March 2014 2013

43. Ordinary share capital (continued) Nominal value of UK DAS share £’000 £’000

At the beginning and end of the year **

Number of special voting shares Number Number

At the beginning and end of the year 11

Nominal value of special voting share £’000 £’000

At the beginning and end of the year **

Investec Limited Authorised The authorised share capital of Investec Limited is R1 960 002 (2013: R1 268 002), comprising 450 000 000 (2013: 450 000 000) ordinary shares of R0.0002 each, 48 500 000 (2013: nil) redeemable, non-participating preference shares with a par value of R0.01 each, 1 500 000 (2013: nil) Class ILRP1 redeemable, non-participating preference shares of R0.01 each, 20 000 000 (2013: nil) non-redeemable, non-participating preference shares of R0.01 each, 50 000 (2013: 50 000) variable rate cumulative redeemable preference shares of R0.60 each, 100 000 000 (2013: 100 000 000) non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of R0.01 each, 1 (2013: 1) Dividend Access (South African Resident) redeemable preference share of R1, 1 (2013: 1) Dividend Access (Non-South African Resident) redeemable preference share of R1, 700 000 000 (2013: 700 000 000) special convertible redeemable preference shares of R0.0002 each (special converting shares).

Issued, allotted and fully paid Number of ordinary shares Number Number

At the beginning of the year 279 639 164 276 020 221 Issued during the year 3 295 365 3 618 943 At the end of the year 282 934 529 279 639 164

Financial statements Nominal value of ordinary shares £’000 £'000

At the beginning of the year 46 46 Issued during the year ** At the end of the year 46 46

Number of special converting shares Number Number

At the beginning of the year 605 196 771 598 339 612 Issued during the year 3 559 572 6 857 159 At the end of the year 608 756 343 605 196 771 01

Nominal value of special converting shares £’000 £'000

At the beginning of the year 55 Issued during the year ** At the end of the year 55

Number of SA DAN shares Number Number

At the beginning and end of the year 11

Nominal value of SA DAN share £’000 £'000

At the beginning and end of the year **

* Less than £1 000.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 97 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March 2014 2013

43. Ordinary share capital (continued) Number of SA DAS shares Number Number

At the beginning and end of the year 11

Nominal value of SA DAS share £’000 £'000

At the beginning and end of the year **

Nominal value of issued, allotted and fully paid called up share capital of Investec plc and Investec Limited: Total called up share capital 229 228 Less: held by Investec Limited (2) (2) Less: held by Investec plc (3) (3) Total called up share capital 224 223

* Less than £1 000.

The Investec Limited shares were issued in South African Rand. The amounts recorded above were calculated by reference to historic Pounds Sterling/Rand exchange rates.

In terms of the DLC structure, shareholders have common economic and voting rights as if Investec Limited and Investec plc were a single company. These include equivalent dividends on a per share basis, joint electorate and class right variations. The UK DAS share, UK DAN share, SA DAS share, the SA DAN share and the special converting shares have been issued to achieve this.

The unissued shares are under the control of the directors until the next annual general meeting. Staff share scheme The group operates a share option and a share purchase scheme for employees. The number of ordinary shares conditionally allocated to employees is disclosed in note 7.

Movements in the number of share options issued to (each option is in respect of one share) employees are as follows: Financial statements

Number Number For the year to 31 March 2014 2013

Opening balance 94 814 900 88 500 723 Issued during the year 22 749 742 20 722 276 Exercised (23 893 529) (10 501 585) Lapsed (6 318 861) (3 906 514) Closing balance 87 352 252 94 814 900

01 The purpose of the staff share scheme is to promote an esprit de corps within the organisation, create an awareness of Investec’s performance and provide an incentive to maximise individual and group performance by allowing all staff to share in the risks and rewards of the group.

The group makes awards available to staff members via the underlying share trusts. The particular instrument used varies from time to time depending on taxation legislation and factors affecting the group structure. Nevertheless, whatever the instrument chosen, its underlying value depends solely on the performance of the group’s share price.

At present, the practice of the group is to give all permanent staff members a share allocation based on their annual package after completing six months of employment. In line with the objective of providing a long-term incentive for staff, these share awards vest over periods varying from four to fi ve years.

After the initial allocation referred to above, additional allocations are made to staff members at the discretion of group management and depending on the individual performance and contribution made by the respective staff members.

The extent of the directors’ and staff interests in the incentive schemes is detailed on page 156 and 160 to 163 in volume one.

98 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £'000 2014 2013

44. Perpetual preference shares of holding company Perpetual preference share capital 153 153 Perpetual preference share premium (refer to note 45) 377 506 377 506 377 659 377 659

Issued by Investec Limited 32 214 499 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of one cent each, issued at various premiums. – Preference share capital 2 2 – Preference share premium 228 057 228 057

Preference shareholders will be entitled to receive dividends if declared, at a rate limited to 77.77% of prime on R100, being the deemed value of the issue price of the preference share held. Preference shareholders receive dividends in priority to any payment of dividends to the holder of any other class of shares in the capital of the company not ranking prior or pari passu with the preference shares.

An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec Limited unless the preference dividend has been declared. If declared, preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days prior to the date on which Investec Limited pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September, respectively.

Issued by Investec plc 9 381 149 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of £0.01 each, issued at a premium of £8.86 per share. – Preference share capital 94 94 – Preference share premium 79 490 79 490 Financial statements 5 700 000 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of £0.01 each, issued at a premium of £8.86 per share. – Preference share capital 57 57 – Preference share premium 49 917 49 917

Preference shareholders will receive an annual dividend if declared based on the coupon rate (being equivalent to the base rate plus 1%) multiplied by the deemed value on a daily basis and payable in two semi-annual instalments.

An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec plc unless the preference dividend has 01 been declared.

If declared, preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days prior to the date on which Investec plc pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September, respectively.

* Less than £1 000.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 99 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £'000 2014 2013

44. Perpetual preference shares of holding company (continued) Issued by Investec plc – Rand denominated 1 859 900 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating perpetual preference shares of ZAR0.001 each, issued at a premium of ZAR99.999 per share on 29 June 2011. – Preference share capital * * – Preference share premium 16 601 16 601

416 040 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating perpetual preference shares of ZAR0.001 each, issued at a premium of ZAR99.999 per share on 11 August 2011. – Preference share capital * * – Preference share premium 3 441 3 441

Rand denominated preference shareholders will receive a dividend if declared based on the coupon rate (being equivalent to South African prime rate multiplied by 95%) multiplied by the deemed value on a daily basis and payable in two semi-annual instalments.

An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec plc unless the Rand preference dividend has been declared.

If declared, Rand preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days prior to the date on which Investec plc pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September, respectively. 377 659 377 659

At 31 March

Financial statements £’000 2014 2013

45. Share premium Share premium account – Investec plc 1 354 581 1 259 941 Share premium account – Investec Limited 741 044 857 171 Perpetual preference share premium 377 506 377 506 2 473 131 2 494 618

01

100 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March 2014 2013

46. Treasury shares £’000 £’000

Treasury shares held by subsidiaries of Investec Limited and Investec plc 85 981 89 545

Number Number

Investec plc ordinary shares held by subsidiaries 10 617 633 10 355 654 Investec Limited ordinary shares held by subsidiaries 19 043 838 19 715 016 Investec plc and Investec Limited shares held by subsidiaries 29 661 471 30 070 670

Reconciliation of treasury shares: Number Number

At the beginning of the year 30 070 670 23 760 264 Purchase of own shares by subsidiary companies 18 181 675 16 894 569 Shares disposed of by subsidiaries (18 590 874) (10 584 163) At the end of the year 29 661 471 30 070 670

Market value of treasury shares: £’000 £’000

Investec plc 51 474 47 532 Investec Limited 92 325 90 492 143 799 138 024 Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 101 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

47. Non-controlling interests Perpetual preferred securities issued by subsidiaries 252 713 279 041 Non-controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries 190 869 1 002 443 582 280 043 Perpetual preferred securities issued by subsidiaries

Issued by Investec plc subsidiaries 165 319 169 106 €200 000 000 fi xed/fl oating rate guaranteed non-voting non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities (preferred securities) were issued by Investec Tier 1 (UK) LP (a limited partnership organised under the laws of England and Wales) on 24 June 2005. The preferred securities which are guaranteed by Investec plc are callable at the option of the issuer subject to the approval of the UK Regulator on the tenth anniversary of the issue and if not called are subject to a step-up in coupon of one and a half times the initial credit spread above the three-month Eurozone interbank offered rate. Until the tenth anniversary of the issue the dividend on the preferred securities will be at 7.075%.

The issuer has the option not to pay a distribution when it falls due but this would then prevent the payment of ordinary dividends by the company.

Under the terms of the issue there are provisions for the preferred securities to be substituted for preference shares issued by the company if Investec plc’s capital ratios fall below the minimum level permitted by the regulator.

Issued by an Investec Limited subsidiary 87 394 109 935 15 447 630 non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of one cent each issued at various premiums.

Preference shareholders will be entitled to receive dividends if declared, at a rate of 83.33% of prime on R100, being the deemed value of the issue price of the preference share of the preference share held. Preference shareholders receive dividends in priority to any payment of dividends to the holder of any other class of shares in the capital of the company not ranking prior or pari passu with the preference shares.

Financial statements An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec Bank Limited unless the preference dividend has been declared.

If declared, preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days prior to the date on which Investec Bank Limited pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September, respectively. 252 713 279 041

01

102 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

47. Non-controlling interests The following table summarises the information relating to the group’s subsidiary that has material non-controlling interests:

Investec Asset Management Investec Asset Investec Holdings Management Property Group* Group** Fund Limited* 2014 2014 2014

Non-controlling interests (NCI) (%) 15.0% 15.0% 55.7%

Summarised fi nancial information £’000 £’000 £’000 Total assets 6 053 512 335 020 368 678 Total liabilities (5 965 786) (237 589) (77 470)

Revenue 171 384 242 796 31 274 Profi t 76 234 67 585 29 280

Carrying amount of NCI 13 161 14 614 163 055 Profi t allocated to NCI 5 496 5 535 15 676

* Investec Asset Management Holdings (Pty) Limited is a subsidiary of Investec Limited. ** Investec Asset Management Limited is an indirect subsidiary of Investec plc.

2014 2013 Total future Total future At 31 March minimum Present minimum Present £’000 payments value payments value

48. Finance lease disclosures Finance lease receivables included in loans and advances to customers Financial statements Lease receivables due in: Less than one year 271 818 214 855 231 886 183 706 One to fi ve years 557 727 471 552 496 679 412 574 Later than fi ve years 20 055 15 159 10 407 7 756 849 600 701 566 738 972 604 036

Unearned fi nance income 148 034 134 936

At 31 March 2014, unguaranteed residual values accruing to the benefi t of Investec were £29.4 million (2013: £32.7 million). Finance leases in the group mainly relate to leases on property, equipment and motor vehicles. 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 103 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

49. Notes to the cash fl ow statement Profi t before taxation adjusted for non-cash items is derived as follows: Profi t before taxation 425 407 386 496 Adjustment for non-cash items included in net income before taxation: Impairment of goodwill 12 797 15 175 Amortisation of intangible assets 13 393 13 313 Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries (9 821) – Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment and intangibles 34 750 46 372 Impairment of loans and advances 166 152 251 012 Operating income from associates (5 827) (3 476) Dividends received from associates 1 618 559 Share-based payment charges 66 905 63 154 Profi t before taxation adjusted for non-cash items 705 374 772 605

Increase in operating assets Loans and advances to banks (395 083) (913 855) Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 774 522 (1 465 460) Sovereign debt securities 302 132 (295 844) Bank debt securities (16 079) 977 732 Other debt securities (252 405) (93 129) Derivative fi nancial instruments 168 202 (184 595) Securities arising from trading activities 30 756 (323 981) Investment portfolio (24 155) (125 947) Loans and advances to customers (943 883) (904 126) Securitised assets 206 123 72 998 Other assets 321 228 (168 318)

Financial statements Investment properties (156 259) (95 849) Assurance assets (995 046) (743 146) (979 947) (4 263 520) Increase in operating liabilities Deposits by banks (37 848) 155 719 Derivative fi nancial instruments (124 619) 104 662 Other trading liabilities 115 657 286 761 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent (431 611) 174 346 Customer accounts 1 304 265 771 394 01 Debt securities in issue (125 906) (322 127) Securitised liabilities (212 955) (81 954) Other liabilities (192 997) 319 062 Assurance liabilities 995 046 743 146 1 289 032 2 151 009

104 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

50. Commitments Undrawn facilities 3 016 254 2 884 441 Other commitments 25 245 18 789 3 041 499 2 903 230

The group has entered into forward foreign exchange contracts and loan commitments in the normal course of its banking business for which the fair value is recorded on balance sheet.

Operating lease commitments Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases: Less than one year 51 375 51 046 One to fi ve years 170 652 201 868 Later than fi ve years 134 751 214 609 356 778 467 523

Operating lease receivables Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases: Less than one year 3 847 10 467 One to fi ve years 2 838 3 654 Later than fi ve years 320 12 7 005 14 133

Investec leases assets to third parties under operating and fi nance lease arrangements including transport assets, machinery and property. The terms of the leases range between three and fi ve years with no annual escalation clauses. The majority of the leases have renewal options.

Carrying amount At 31 March of pledged asset Related liability Financial statements £’000 2014 2013 2014 2013

Pledged assets Loans and advances to banks 224 254 338 556 247 937 339 429 Sovereign debt securities 537 376 376 601 771 101 231 803 Bank debt securities 654 973 116 560 297 376 71 744 Other debt securities 87 818 – 41 863 – Securities arising from trading activities 553 287 604 517 463 817 610 459 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 129 574 652 628 129 574 545 427 01 2 187 282 2 088 862 1 951 668 1 798 862

The assets pledged by the group are strictly for the purpose of providing collateral for the counterparty. To the extent that the counterparty is permitted to sell and/or repledge the assets, they are classifi ed on the balance sheet as reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 105 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

At 31 March £’000 2014 2013

51. Contingent liabilities Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security: – Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit 908 581 874 238 908 581 874 238

The amounts shown above are intended only to provide an indication of the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date.

Guarantees are issued by Investec plc and Investec Limited on behalf of third parties and other group companies. The guarantees are issued as part of the banking business. Financial Services Compensation Scheme The UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS), the UK's statutory fund of last resort, provides compensation to customers of UK authorised fi nancial institutions in the event that an institution which is a participating member of the FSCSis unable, or is likely to be unable, to pay claims against it.

The FSCS raises annual levies from participating members to meet its management expenses and compensation costs. Individual participating members make payments based on their level of participation (in the case of deposits, the proportion that their protected deposits represent of total protected deposits) at 31 December of the year preceding the scheme year.

Following the default of a number of deposit takers in 2008, the FSCS has borrowed from HM Treasury to fund the compensation costs for customers of those fi rms. Although the majority of this loan is expected to be repaid from funds the FSCS receives romf asset sales, surplus cash fl ow or other recoveries in relation to the assets of the fi rms that defaulted, any shortfall will be funded by deposit-taking participants of the FSCS.

Investec Bank plc is a participating member of the FSCS and the bank has accrued £5.0 million for its share of levies that will be raised by the FSCS. The accrual is based on estimates for the interest the FSCS will pay on the loan and estimates of the level of the bank’s market participation in the relevant periods. Interest will continue to accrue to the FSCS on the HM Treasury loan and will form part of future FSCS levies.

At the date of these fi nancial statements, it is not possible to estimate whether there will ultimately be additional levies on the industry, the level of Investec’s market participation or other factors that may affect the amounts or timing of amounts that may ultimately become payable, nor the effect that such levies may have upon operating results in any particular fi nancial period.

Financial statements Legal proceedings Investec operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to litigation risks. As a result, Investec is involved in disputes and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. Investec does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of the proceedings to which Investec is party to have a signifi cant adverse effect on the fi nancial position of the group. These claims, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Specifi cally, a claim has been made in the Royal Court of Guernsey against, Investec Trust (Guernsey) Limited, a subsidiary of Investec plc, for breach of equitable duty of skill and care with a related claim for liability for the debts of a client trust. The outcome of these claims cannot reasonably be estimated at this time but Investec does not expect the ultimate resolution of the proceedings to have a material adverse effect on the fi nancial position of the group. 01

106 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

52. Related party transactions Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving directors and others: Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving directors with directors and connected persons and companies controlled by them, and with offi cers of the company, were as follows:

Directors, key management and connected persons and companies controlled by them Loans At the beginning of year 43 463 34 092 Increase in loans 5 666 20 497 Repayment of loans (11 026) (11 126) Exchange adjustment (4 631) – At the end of year 33 472 43 463

Guarantees At the beginning of the year 4 757 367 Additional guarantees granted 4 409 5 552 Guarantees cancelled (4 591) (1 162) Exchange adjustment (166) – At the end of the year 4 409 4 757

Deposits At the beginning of the year (53 544) (46 657) Increase in deposits (20 463) (33 041) Decrease in deposits 26 089 26 154 Exchange adjustment 20 250 At the end of the year (27 668) (53 544)

The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or where applicable, with other employees.

The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. None of these loans have been impaired. Financial statements

For the year to 31 March £’000 2014 2013

Transactions with other related parties Loan from Investec Bank (Mauritius) Limited to Forty Two Point Two 42 737 –

The loan arises from Investec’s portion of funding in relation to the 15% acquisition of Investec Asset Management by senior management of the business

Various members of key management personnel are members of the boards of directors of other 01 companies. At 31 March 20014, Investec Bank Limited group had the following loans outstanding from these related parties – 251

Amounts due from associates 2 948 12 768

Fees and commission income from associates 135 169

The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 107 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

53. Hedges

The group uses derivatives for the management of fi nancial risks relating to its asset and liability portfolios, mainly associated with non-trading interest rate risks and exposures to foreign currency risk. Most non-trading interest rate risk is transferred from the originating business to the Central Treasury in the Specialist Bank. Once aggregated and netted Central Treasury, as the sole interface to the wholesale market for cash and derivative transactions, actively manages the liquidity mismatch and non-trading interest rate risk from our asset and liability portfolios. In this regard, central treasury is required to exercise tight control of funding, liquidity, concentration and non-trading interest rate risk within defi ned parameters.

The accounting treatment of accounting hedges is dependent on the classifi cation between fair value hedges and cash fl ow hedges and in particular accounting hedges require the identifi cation of a direct relationship between a hedged item and hedging instrument. This relationship is established in limited circumstances based on the manner in which the group manages its risk exposure. Below is a description of each category of accounting hedges achieved by the group. Fair value hedges Fair value hedges are entered into mainly to hedge the exposure of changes in fair value of fi xed rate fi nancial instruments attributable to interest rates. Cumulative Current year Cumulative Current year gains or gains or gains or gains or At Description of fi nancial Fair value (losses) on (losses) on (losses) on (losses) on 31 March instrument designated as of hedging hedging hedging hedged hedged £’000 hedging instrument instrument instrument instrument item item

2014 Assets Interest rate swap (4 057) (4 057) 37 098 15 462 (36 143) Cross-currency swap (165) (165) 306 165 (306) Liabilities Interest rate swap (28 562) (12 391) (6 157) (5 534) 14 774 Cross-currency swap (124) (124) 336 124 (336) (32 908) (16 737) 31 583 10 217 (22 011)

2013 Assets Interest rate swap (41 909) (42 344) (19 068) 35 744 12 072 Cross-currency swap (582) (582) 29 582 (29)

Financial statements Liabilities Interest rate swap (33 404) 11 881 (16 884) (12 059) 17 087 Cross-currency swap (3 081) (3 081) 179 3 101 7 (78 976) (34 126) (35 744) 27 368 29 137

01

108 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

53. Hedges (continued) Cash fl ow hedges The group is exposed to variability in cash fl ows on future liabilities arising from changes in base interest rates. The aggregate expected cash fl ows are hedged based on cash fl ow forecasts with reference to terms and conditions present in the affected contractual arrangements. Changes in fair value are initially recognised in other comprehensive income and transferred to the income statement when the cash fl ow occurs. The nominal expected future cash fl ows that are subject to cash fl ow hedges are:

Period cash fl ows are expected to Fair value occur and At 31 March Description of fi nancial instrument of hedging affect income £’000 designated as hedging instrument instrument statement

2014 Assets Interest rate swap 516 Three months to fi ve years Cross currency swap 275 141 Three months to fi ve years Liabilities Interest rate swap (6 084) One to fi ve years 269 573 2013 Assets Interest rate swap 963 Three months to fi ve years Cross currency swap 455 One to fi ve years Liabilities Interest rate swap (24 446) Three months to fi ve years (23 028)

There was no ineffective portion recognised in the income statement.

Release to the income statement for cash fl ow hedges is included in net interest income. Hedges of net investments in foreign operations The group has entered into foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exposure of the Investec plc group balance sheet to its net investment, in Australian Dollars, in the Australian operations of the group. Shareholder information

Hedging At 31 March instrument £’000 fair value

2014 (1 081) 2013 323

There was no ineffective portion recognised in the income statement in the current year amounts to £nil (2013: £nil).

For the year ended 31 March 2014, Investec Bank Limited has entered into foreign exchange contracts to hedge its balance sheet exposure to its net investment, in US Dollars, in Investec Bank Mauritius. 01 Hedging At 31 March instrument R’mn fair value

2014 (1 897)

There was no ineffective portion recognised in the income statement in the current and prior year.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 109 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

54. Liquidity analysis of fi nancial liabilities based on undiscounted cash fl ows

At 31 March Up to £’000 Demand one month

2014 Liabilities Deposits by banks 432 019 413 896 Derivative fi nancial instruments 728 205 3 148 Derivative fi nancial instruments – held for trading 726 567 – Derivative fi nancial instruments – held for hedging risk 1 638 3 148 Other trading liabilities 861 412 – Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 619 690 200 194 Customer accounts (deposits) 6 624 635 2 970 493 Debt securities in issue 3 947 18 445 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 301 15 499 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets – 25 277 Other liabilities 313 349 811 933 Subordinated liabilities – 3 436 Total on balance sheet liabilities 9 583 558 4 462 321 Contingent liabilities 450 724 33 688 Commitments 443 740 48 265 Total liabilities 10 478 022 4 544 274

2013 Liabilities Deposits by banks 402 827 454 771 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 005 566 19 713 Financial statements Derivative fi nancial instruments – held for trading 764 983 – Derivative fi nancial instruments – held for hedging risk 240 583 19 713 Other trading liabilities 851 939 – Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 450 906 661 739 Customer accounts (deposits) 6 734 744 2 691 599 Debt securities in issue 5 59 122 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 376 17 386 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets – 11 211 Other liabilities 409 786 869 644 01 Subordinated liabilities 891 215 421 Total on balance sheet liabilities 9 857 040 5 000 606 Contingent liabilities 255 089 4 262 Commitments 268 354 18 114 Total liabilities 10 380 483 5 022 982

The balances in the above table will not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash fl ow on an undiscounted basis relating to both principal and those associated with all future coupon payments (exceptfor trading liabilities and trading derivatives). Furthermore loan commitments are generally not recognised on the balance sheet. Trading liabilities and trading derivatives have been included in the 'Demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity because trading liabilities are typically held for short periods of time. For an unaudited analysis based on discounted cash fl ows please refer to pages 73 to 75 in volume two.

110 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Three One month months Six months One year Greater to three to six to one to fi ve than fi ve months months year years years Total

235 068 96 195 147 066 1 321 793 185 714 2 831 751 147 275 6 727 42 625 194 881 77 894 1 200 755 – – – – – 726 567 147 275 6 727 42 625 194 881 77 894 474 188 – – – – – 861 412 – – 147 947 292 177 56 538 1 316 546 4 449 274 3 989 910 2 056 912 2 460 766 207 016 22 759 006 173 114 143 918 328 518 685 588 557 237 1 910 767 (14 607) 47 388 165 880 901 842 3 352 1 119 655 101 129 94 165 178 694 1 008 438 2 082 725 3 490 428 178 122 99 749 64 804 113 525 51 219 1 632 701 8 559 10 532 96 575 799 861 1 218 395 2 137 358 5 277 934 4 488 584 3 229 021 7 778 871 4 440 090 39 260 379 59 509 16 923 56 473 147 513 143 751 908 581 326 901 49 196 236 381 1 005 589 931 427 3 041 499 5 664 344 4 554 703 3 521 875 8 931 973 5 515 268 43 210 459

99 466 793 687 206 201 1 038 873 186 992 3 182 817 53 259 39 930 61 510 293 427 119 319 1 592 724 Financial statements – – – – – 764 983 53 259 39 930 61 510 293 427 119 319 827 741 – – – – – 851 939 1 034 1 850 1 466 778 616 80 277 1 975 888 5 171 969 4 286 253 2 652 714 2 839 586 156 008 24 532 873 208 706 154 151 316 394 1 002 251 483 222 2 223 851 146 991 56 442 160 463 614 989 13 197 1 009 844 126 710 85 024 155 896 1 135 896 1 794 077 3 308 814 209 619 48 311 119 265 182 615 56 817 1 896 057 8 041 12 750 87 341 896 087 1 336 582 2 557 113 01 6 025 795 5 478 398 3 761 250 8 782 340 4 226 491 43 131 920 140 230 11 224 28 702 374 776 219 963 1 034 246 205 358 110 395 409 299 697 279 1 180 974 2 889 773 6 371 383 5 600 017 4 199 251 9 854 395 5 627 428 47 055 939

Investec integrated annual report 2014 111 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

55. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec plc

Interest Country of At 31 March Principal activity incorporation 2014 2013

Direct subsidiaries of Investec plc Investec 1 Limited Investment holding England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Holding Company Limited Investment holding England and Wales 100.0% 100.0%

Indirect subsidiaries of Investec plc Investec Asset Finance plc Leasing company England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Asset Finance & Leasing Pty Ltd Leasing company Australia 100.0% 100.0% (formerly Alliance Equipment Finance Pty Ltd) Investec Asset Management Limited Asset management England and Wales 85.0% 100.0% Investec Bank plc Banking institution England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Bank (Australia) Limited Banking institution Australia 100.0% 100.0% Investec Bank (Channel Islands) Limited Banking institution Guernsey 100.0% 100.0% Investec Bank (Switzerland) AG Banking institution Switzerland 100.0% 100.0% Investec Capital Asia Limited Investment banking Hong Kong 100.0% 100.0% Investec Capital & Investments (Ireland) Limited Financial services Ireland 100.0% 100.0% (formerly NCB Stockbrokers Limited) Investec Professional Finance (Pty) Ltd Financial services Australia 100.0% 100.0% (formerly Investec Experien (Pty) Limited) Investec Finance plc Debt issuer England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Group (UK) plc Holding company England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Group Investments (UK) Limited Investment holding England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Investec Investments (UK) Limited Investment holding England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% (formerly Guinness Mahon & Co Limited) Investec Ireland Limited Financial services Ireland 100.0% 100.0% Investec Securities (US) LLC Financial services USA 100.0% 100.0%

Financial statements Investec Trust Holdings AG Investment holding Switzerland 100.0% 100.0% Investec Wealth & Investment Limited Stockbroking and England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% portfolio management Kensington Group plc Financial services England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Neontar Limited Holding company Ireland 100.0% 100.0% Reichmans Geneva SA Trade fi nance Switzerland 100.0% 100.0% Rensburg Sheppards plc Holding company England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% St James's Park Mortgage Funding Limited Financial services England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% Start Funding No 1 Limited Financial services Ireland 100.0% 100.0% 01 Start Funding No 2 Limited Financial services Ireland 100.0% 100.0% Williams de Broë Limited Stockbroking and England and Wales 100.0% 100.0% portfolio management

All of the above subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts. There have been no changes to the subsidiaries listed above as a result of the adoption of IFRS 10 as control over these entities continues to be demonstrated through the ownership of the majority of voting equity shares.

112 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

55. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec plc (continued)

The company has taken advantage of the exemption under section 410(2) of the Companies Act 2006 by providing information only in relation to subsidiary undertakings whose results or fi nancial position, in the opinion of the directors, principally ffecteda the fi nancial statements. A complete list of subsidiary and associated undertakings will be included in the next Investec plc annual return fi led with the Registrar of Companies.

Interest Country of At 31 March Principal activity incorporation 2014 2013

Principal associated company Hargreave Hale Limited Stockbroking and England and Wales 35.0% 35.0% portfolio management

For more details on associated companies refer to note 29. Consolidated structured entities Investec plc has no equity interest in the following structured entities which are consolidated. Typically a structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. The judgements to assess whether the group has control over these structures include assessing the purpose and design of the entity, considering whether the group or another involved party with power over the relevant activities is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others.

Name of principal structured entity Type of structured entity

Bedrock CMBS GMBH Structured commercial real estate loan assets Foundation CMBS Limited Structured commercial real estate loan assets Gemgarto 2012-1 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Gemgarto 2011-1 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Glacier Securities Limited (series 2010-2) Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Glacier Securities Limited (series 2011-2) Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Gresham Capital CLO V BV Structured debt and loan portfolios Impala Trust No.1 – Sub Series 2 Securitised receivables (Australia) Impala Trust No.1 – Sub Series 2010-1 Securitised receivables (Australia) Impala Trust No.1 – Sub Series 2011-1 Securitised receivables (Australia) Impala Trust No.1 – Sub Series 2012-1 Securitised receivables (Australia) Financial statements Kensington Mortgage Securities plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Landmark Mortgage Securities No 1 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Landmark Mortgage Securities No 2 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Landmark Mortgage Securities No 3 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Money Partners Securities 1 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Money Partners Securities 2 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Money Partners Securities 3 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Money Partners Securities 4 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Nyala Funding Trust CMBS 2013-1 Securitised receivables (Australia) Nyala Funding Trust No. 1 Securitised receivables (Australia) Pangaea ABS 2007-1 BV Securitised debt and loan portfolios 01 Residential Mortgage Securities 19 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Residential Mortgage Securities 20 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Residential Mortgage Securities 21 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Residential Mortgage Securities 22 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Residential Mortgage Securities 23 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Residential Mortgage Securities 26 plc Securitised Residential Mortgages (UK) Tamarin Securities Limited Structured debt and loan portfolios Temese Funding 1 plc Securitised receivables (UK) Yorker Trust Structured debt and loan portfolios

Investec integrated annual report 2014 113 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

55. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec plc (continued)

For additional detail on the assets and liabilities arising on securitisation refer to note 28. For details of the risks to which the group is exposed through all of its securitisations are included in the risk management report on page 48 to 51.

The key assumptions for the main types of structured entities which the group consolidates are summarised below: Securitised residential mortgages (UK and Ireland) The group has securitised residential mortgages in order to provide investors with exposure to residential mortgage risk and to raise funding. These structured entities are consolidated due to the group's holdings of equity notes combined with its control over servicing activities. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained, such losses are refl ected in any impairment of securitised mortgages as those assets have not been derecognised. Structured debt and loan portfolios The group has structured debt and loan portfolios for the purpose of issuing asset-backed securities. These structured entities are consolidated due to the group's retention of equity notes and because it continues to act as the collateral manager. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained. Structured commercial real estate loan assets The group has securitised a number of commercial real estate loan assets. These structured entities are consolidated as the group has retained all of the notes issued. The group continues to recognise the commercial real estate loan assets on its balance sheet. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained. Securitised receivables (UK and Australia) The group has securitised a portfolio of medium-term lease and hire purchase receivables. These structured entities are consolidated as the group has retained the equity notes and control over servicing activities. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained. Other structured entities – commercial operations The group also consolidates a number of structured entities where control arises from rights attached to lending facilities and similar commercial involvement. These arise primarily in the areas of aircraft funds where the group has rights which allow it to maximise the value of the assets held and investments in mining projects due to its exposure to equity like returns and ability to infl enceu the strategic and fi nancial decision-making.

Financial statements The group is not required to fund any losses above those which could be incurred on debt positions held or swaps which exist with these structured entities. The risks to which the group is exposed from these structured entities are related to the underlying assets held in the structures. The total assets held in structured entities arising from commercial operations is £157.9 million. Signifi cant restrictions As is typical for a large group of companies there are restrictions on the ability of the group to obtain distributions of capital, access the assets or repay the liabilities of members of the group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual requirements of its subsidiaries. These are considered below: Regulatory requirements Subsidiary companies are subject to prudential regulation and regulatory capital requirements in the countries in which they are 01 regulated. These require entities to maintain minimum capital, leverage and exposure ratios restricting the ability of these entities to make distributions of cash or other assets to the parent company. Regulated subsidiaries of the group are required to maintain liquidity pools to meet PRA and local regulatory requirements. The main subsidiaries affected are: Investec Bank plc, Investec Bank (Australia) Limited, Investec Bank (Channel Islands) Limited and Investec Bank (Switzerland) AG which must maintain compliance with the regulatory minimum.

Capital management within the group is discussed in the risk management report on page 84 to 85. Statutory requirements The group's subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profi ts andgenerally maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to remit dividends, except in the case of a legal capital reduction or liquidation.

114 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

55. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec plc (continued) Contractual requirements Asset encumbrance – the group uses its fi nancial assets to raise fi nance in the form of securitisations and through the liquidity schemes of central banks. Once encumbered, the assets are not available for transfer around the group. The assets typically affected are disclosed in note 20 and 58. Structured associates The group has investments in a number of structured funds specialising in aircraft fi nancing where the group acts as adviser or fund manager in addition to holding units within the fund. As a consequence of these roles and funding, the group has signifi cant infl uence over the fund and therefore the funds are treated as associates.

The group applies the venture capital exemption to these holdings and, as such, the investments in the funds are accounted for at fair value and held within the investment portfolio on the balance sheet.

Type of structured entity Nature and purpose Interest held by the group

Aircraft investment funds To generate fees from managing assets on behalf Investments in units issued by the fund of third party investors These vehicles are fi nanced through the issue Management fees of units to investors

The table below sets out an analysis of the carrying amounts of interests held by the group in structured associate entities.

The maximum exposure to loss is the carrying amount of the assets held.

Carrying 31 March 2014 value Maximum exposure Income earned from £’000 Line on the balance sheet £'000 to loss structured entity £'000

Aircraft investment Investment portfolio 39 883 Limited to the Investment income 1 825 funds carrying value

Unconsolidated structured entities At 31 March 2014

The table below describes the types of structured entities that the group does not consolidate but in which it holds an interest and Financial statements originally set up. In making the assessment of whether to consolidate these structured entities, the group has concluded that it does not have control after consideration in line with the accounting policies as set out on pages 24 to 32. Type of structured entity Nature and purpose Interest held by the group

To generate fees from managing assets on behalf of Investment funds third party investors. Investments in units issued by the fund These vehicles are fi nanced through the issue of units to investors Management fees Residential mortgage To generate a return for investors through providing securitisations exposure to residential mortgage risk Investments in notes These vehicles are fi nanced through the issue of notes 01 to investors. The table below sets out an analysis of the carrying amounts of interests held by the group in unconsolidated structured entities. The maximum exposure to loss is the carrying amount of the assets held. Carrying Total assets Income earned 31 March 2014 Line on the balance value Maximum of the entity from structured £’000 sheet £’000 exposure to loss £’000 entity £’000

Limited to the Investment funds Investment portfolio 5 568 carrying value 199 946 Investment income 15 139 Residential mortgage Limited to the securitisations Other debt securities 41 791 carrying value 163 829 Interest expense (1 042) Investment expense (98)

Investec integrated annual report 2014 115 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

55. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec plc (continued) Financial support provided to the unconsolidated structured entity There are no contractual agreements which require the group to provide any additional fi nancial or non-fi nancial support to these structured entities.

During the year the group has not provided any such support and does not have any current intentions to do so in the future. Sponsoring The group considers itself a sponsor of a structured entity when it facilitates the establishment of the structured entity. The table below sets out information in respect of structured entities that the group sponsors, but in which the group does not have an interest. Structured entities with no interest held Residential mortgage securitisations Why it is considered a structured entity These are residential mortgage securitisations where Investec has no continuing interest as the notes previously held have been redeemed or fully written off. The entities are considered structured as the vehicles are set up so that the variable returns do not follow the shareholding. Income amount and type Mortgage manager fees of £83 000 per annum Carrying amount of all assets transferred £269 million of mortgage assets

Interests in structured entities which the group has not set up Purchased securitisation positions The group buys and sells interest in structured entities that it has not originated as part of its trading activities, for example, residential mortgage securities, commercial mortgage securities, loans to corporates and resecuritisations. In such cases, the group typically has no other involvement with the structured entity other than the securities it holds as part of its trading activities and its maximum exposure to loss is restricted to the carrying value of the asset. Details of the value of these interests is included in the risk management report on page 48 and 49. Financial statements

01

116 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

56. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec Limited

Interest Country of At 31 March Principal activity incorporation 2014 2013

Direct subsidiaries of Investec Limited Investec Asset Management Holdings (Pty) Ltd Investment holding South Africa 85.0% 100.0% Investec Bank Limited Registered bank South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec Employee Benefi ts Holdings (Pty) Ltd Investment holding South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec International Holdings Investment holding Gibraltar 100.0% 100.0% (Gibraltar) Limited Investec Securities (Pty) Ltd Registered stockbroker South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Fedsure International (Pty) Ltd Investment holding South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec Property Group Investment holding South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Holdings (Pty) Ltd

Indirect subsidiaries of Investec Limited Investec Asset Management (Pty) Ltd Asset management South Africa 85.0% 100.0% Investec Insurance Brokers (Pty) Ltd Insurance broking South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec International Holdings (Pty) Ltd Investment holding South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec Fund Managers SA (RF) (Pty) Ltd Unit trust management South Africa 85.0% 100.0% Investec Bank (Mauritius) Limited Banking institution Mauritius 100.0% 100.0% Investec Property Group (Pty) Ltd Property trading South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Reichmans Holdings (Pty) Ltd Trade fi nancing South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec Employee Benefi ts Limited Long-term Insurance South Africa 100.0% 100.0% Investec Assurance Limited Insurance company South Africa 85.0% 100.0% Investec Property Fund Limited Engage in long-term South Africa 44.3% 50.01% immovable property investment

The following subsidiaries are not consolidated for regulatory purposes: Financial statements

Investec Assurance Limited Investec Employee Benefi ts Holdings (Pty) Ltd and its subsidiaries

There are no subsidiaries which are consolidated for regulatory but not for accounting purposes. Consolidated structured entities Investec Limited has residual economic interests in the following structured entities which are consolidated. Typically a structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. The judgements to assess whether the group has control over these structures include assessing the purpose and design of the entity, considering whether the group or another involved party with power over the relevant activities is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others. 01 Name of principal structured entity Type of structured entity

Private Mortgages 1 (RF) (Pty) Ltd Securitised residential mortgages Private Mortgages 2 (RF) (Pty) Ltd Securitised residential mortgages Private Residential Mortgages (RF) Ltd Securitised residential mortgages Fox Street 1 (RF) Ltd Securitised residential mortgages Fox Street 2 (RF) Ltd Securitised residential mortgages Grayston Conduit 1 (RF) Ltd Securitised asset-backed securities and debt and loan portfolios Integer Home Loans (Pty) Ltd Securitised third-party originated residential mortgages

For additional detail on the assets and liabilities arising on securitisation refer to note 28. For details of the risks to which the group is exposed through all of its securitisations are included in the risk management report on pages 48 and 49 in volume two.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 117 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

56. Principal subsidiaries and associated companies – Investec Limited (continued)

The key assumptions for the main types of structured entities which the group consolidates are summarised below: Securitised residential mortgages The group has securitised residential mortgages in order to provide investors with exposure to residential mortgage risk and to raise funding. These structured entities are consolidated due to the group's holdings of subordinated notes. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained; such losses are refl ected in any impairment of securitised mortgages as those assets have not been derecognised. Structured debt and loan portfolios The group has structured debt and loan portfolios for the purpose of issuing asset-backed securities. This structured entity is consolidated due to the group's retention of residual economic benefi ts and because it continues to act as the facility provider. The group is not required to fund any losses. Securitised asset-backed securities portfolio The group has securitised asset-backed securities portfolios for the purpose of issuing asset-backed commercial paper. This structured entity is consolidated due to the group's retention of residual economic benefi ts combined with a facility provided. The group is not required to fund any losses. Securitised third party originated residential mortgages The group has a senior and subordinated investment in a third party originated structured entity. This structured entity is consolidated due to the group’s exposure to residual economic benefi ts. The group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the investment made. Interests in Asset Management and Wealth & Investment Funds Management have concluded that the investment funds in the Asset Management and Wealth & Investment businesses do not meet the defi nition of structured entities as the group does not hold material interests in these funds and currently does notprovide fi nancial support or other. Transactions with these funds are conventional customer-supply relationships. Financial statements

01

118 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet Related amounts not offset Net amounts Financial reported instruments on the (including At 31 March Gross Amounts balance non-cash Cash Net R’million amounts offset sheet collateral) collateral amount 57. Offsetting At 31 March 2014 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 2 080 190 – 2 080 190 – – 2 080 190 Loans and advances to banks 3 777 136 (496 957) 3 280 179 – (167 766) 3 112 413 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 515 189 – 515 189 – – 515 189 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 1 594 619 (205 639) 1 388 980 (402 427) (122 792) 863 761 Sovereign debt securities 3 215 432 – 3 215 432 (630 953) – 2 584 479 Bank debt securities 1 568 097 – 1 568 097 (313 387) – 1 254 710 Other debt securities 605 378 – 605 378 (41 865) – 563 513 Derivative fi nancial instruments 2 819 889 (1 200 474)1 619 415 (486 197) (356 769) 776 449 Securities arising from trading activities 870 088 – 870 088 (456 589) – 413 499 Investment portfolio 825 745 – 825 745 – – 825 745 Loans and advances to customers 16 319 740 (38 128) 16 281 612 – (150) 16 281 462 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 875 755 – 875 755 – – 875 755 Other loans and advances 1 693 569 – 1 693 569 – – 1 693 569 Other securitised assets 3 576 526 – 3 576 526 – – 3 576 526 Other assets* 24 609 027 (23 134 035) 1 474 992 – (15 661) 1 459 331 64 946 380 (25 075 233) 39 871 147 (2 331 418) (663 138) 36 876 591 Financial statements Liabilities Deposits by banks 2 766 463 (45 293) 2 721 170 – (226 667) 2 494 503 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 671 769 (501 537) 1 170 232 (458 918) (281 705) 429 609 Other trading liabilities* 24 843 289 (23 981 877) 861 412 (272 846) – 588 566 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 1 316 190 (103) 1 316 087 (1 277 769) (68 073) (29 755) Customer accounts (deposits) 22 647 912 (38 128) 22 609 784 – (33 748) 22 576 036 Debt securities in issue 1 596 630 – 1 596 630 (321 884) (1 224) 1 273 522 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 729 534 – 729 534 – – 729 534 01 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 3 041 435 – 3 041 435 – – 3 041 435 Other liabilities 2 084 763 (508 295) 1 576 468 – – 1 576 468 Subordinated liabilities 1 338 752 – 1 338 752 – – 1 338 752 62 036 737 (25 075 233) 36 961 504 (2 331 417) (611 417) 34 018 670

* Obligations arising in equity transactions in our prime brokerage business and are legally enforceable and settled net.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 119 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet Related amounts not offset Net amounts Financial reported instruments on the (including At 31 March Gross Amounts balance non-cash Cash Net R’million amounts offset sheet collateral) collateral amount 57. Offsetting At 31 March 2013 Assets Cash and balances at central banks 1 782 447 – 1 782 447 – – 1 782 447 Loans and advances to banks 3 631 789 (495 738) 3 136 051 – (297 943) 2 838 108 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 420 960 – 420 960 – – 420 960 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 2 358 672 – 2 358 672 (415 596) – 1 943 076 Sovereign debt securities 4 077 217 – 4 077 217 (887 201) – 3 190 016 Bank debt securities 1 879 105 – 1 879 105 (440 704) – 1 438 401 Other debt securities 449 216 – 449 216 (25 365) – 423 851 Derivative fi nancial instruments 3 191 578 (1 208 446) 1 983 132 (581 839) (438 200) 963 093 Securities arising from trading activities 931 603 – 931 603 (496 216) – 435 387 Investment portfolio 928 893 – 928 893 – – 928 893 Loans and advances to customers 17 519 318 (34 794) 17 484 524 – – 17 484 524 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 930 449 – 930 449 – – 930 449 Other loans and advances 2 033 973 – 2 033 973 – – 2 033 973 Other securitised assets 4 003 208 – 4 003 208 – – 4 003 208 Other assets 20 422 484 (18 462 934) 1 959 550 – (18 889) 1 940 661 64 560 912 (20 201 912) 44 359 000 (2 846 921) (755 032) 40 757 047 Financial statements Liabilities Deposits by banks 3 088 892 (41 256) 3 047 636 – (261 276) 2 786 360 Derivative fi nancial instruments 2 422 933 (979 608) 1 443 325 (581 839) (445 773) 415 713 Other trading liabilities 19 796 915 (18 944 976) 851 939 (257 601) – 594 338 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 1 942 920 (2 762) 1 940 158 (1 648 366) – 291 792 Customer accounts (deposits) 24 495 460 (34 794) 24 460 666 – (31 508) 24 429 158 Debt securities in issue 1 901 776 – 1 901 776 (359 115) (6 120) 1 536 541 Liabilities arising on securitisation of 01 own originated loans and advances 926 335 – 926 335 – – 926 335 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 3 303 606 – 3 303 606 – – 3 303 606 Other liabilities 2 093 607 (198 516) 1 895 091 – – 1 895 091 Subordinated liabilities 1 751 806 – 1 751 806 – – 1 751 806 61 724 250 (20 201 912) 41 522 338 (2 846 921) (744 677) 37 930 740

120 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

58. Derecognition Transfers of fi nancial assets that do not result in derecognition The group has been party to securitisation transactions whereby assets continue to be recognised on balance sheet (either fully or partially) although they have been subject to legal transfer to another entity. Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the transaction.

2014 2013 Carrying amount Carrying amount of assets that are Carrying amount of assets that are Carrying amount No derecognition achieved continued to be of associated continued to be of associated £’000 recognised liabilities recognised liabilities

Loans and advances to customers 837 711 (233 450) 856 891 (30 827) Other loans and advances 560 461 (181 996) 207 471 (199 617) Other securitised assets 428 513 (347 234) 501 952 (431 098) 1 826 685 (762 680) 1 566 314 (661 542)

For transfer of assets in relation to repurchase agreements see note 20. Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 121 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

59. Restatements

The group has adopted the following new or revised standards from 1 April 2013: IFRS 10 – Consolidations The revised standard on consolidation has been applied retrospectively, with the impact to prior reported periods disclosed in the restatement tables below. The application of the single defi nition of control contained in the standard has resulted in the consolidation of certain special purpose vehicles in which the group has exposure to variable returns (not necessarily the majority thereof) and has the ability to affect such returns by exercising control over the activities of the entity. IAS 19 – Employee Benefi ts The revisions to the standard have been applied retrospectively. For the group the standard has revised the basis on which the return on assets is determined, with a relatively immaterial impact.

The impact to the comparative balance sheets and income statements are provided in the tables below:

Combined consolidated balance sheet 31 March 31 March 2013 IFRS 10 2013 £'000 As reported Restated

Assets Cash and balances at central banks 1 782 447 – 1 782 447 Loans and advances to banks 3 129 646 6 405 3 136 051 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 420 960 – 420 960 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 2 358 672 – 2 358 672 Sovereign debt securities 4 077 217 – 4 077 217 Bank debt securities 1 879 105 – 1 879 105 Other debt securities 457 652 (8 436) 449 216 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 982 571 561 1 983 132 Securities arising from trading activities 931 603 – 931 603 Investment portfolio 960 364 (31 471) 928 893

Financial statements Loans and advances to customers 17 484 524 – 17 484 524 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 930 449 – 930 449 Other loans and advances 2 117 743 (83 770) 2 033 973 Other securitised assets 2 882 592 1 120 616 4 003 208 Interests in associated undertakings 27 950 – 27 950 Deferred taxation assets 165 457 – 165 457 Other assets 1 960 438 (888) 1 959 550 Property and equipment 126 538 7 563 134 101 Investment properties 451 975 – 451 975 01 Goodwill 466 906 – 466 906 Intangible assets 178 567 – 178 567 44 773 376 1 010 580 45 783 956 Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of: Liabilities to customers 6 226 142 – 6 226 142 50 999 518 1 010 580 52 010 098

122 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

59. Restatements (continued)

Combined consolidated balance sheet (continued) 31 March 31 March 2013 IFRS 10 2013 £'000 As reported Restated

Liabilities Deposits by banks 2 976 464 71 172 3 047 636 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 443 325 – 1 443 325 Other trading liabilities 851 939 – 851 939 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 1 940 158 – 1 940 158 Customer accounts (deposits) 24 531 838 (71 172) 24 460 666 Debt securities in issue 1 901 776 – 1 901 776 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 926 335 – 926 335 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 2 237 581 1 066 025 3 303 606 Current taxation liabilities 210 475 – 210 475 Deferred taxation liabilities 109 628 – 109 628 Other liabilities 1 887 402 7 689 1 895 091 39 016 921 1 073 714 40 090 635 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts 6 224 062 – 6 224 062 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities 2 080 – 2 080 45 243 063 1 073 714 46 316 777 Subordinated liabilities 1 751 806 – 1 751 806 46 994 869 1 073 714 48 068 583 Equity Ordinary share capital 223 – 223 Perpetual preference share capital 153 – 153 Share premium 2 494 618 – 2 494 618 Treasury shares (89 545) – (89 545) Other reserves (93 082) (455) (93 537) Financial statements Retained income 1 412 239 (62 679) 1 349 560 Shareholders' equity excluding non-controlling interests 3 724 606 (63 134) 3 661 472 Non-controlling interests 280 043 – 280 043 – Perpetual preferred securities issued by subsidiaries 279 041 – 279 041 – Non-controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries 1 002 – 1 002

Total equity 4 004 649 (63 134) 3 941 515

Total liabilities and equity 50 999 518 1 010 580 52 010 098 01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 123 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

59. Restatements (continued)

Combined consolidated balance sheet (continued) 31 March 31 March 2012 IFRS 10 2012 £'000 As reported Restated

Assets Cash and balances at central banks 2 593 851 – 2 593 851 Loans and advances to banks 2 725 347 124 2 725 471 Non-sovereign and non-bank cash placements 642 480 – 642 480 Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed 975 992 – 975 992 Sovereign debt securities 4 067 093 – 4 067 093 Bank debt securities 3 081 061 – 3 081 061 Other debt securities 377 832 – 377 832 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 913 650 – 1 913 650 Securities arising from trading activities 640 146 – 640 146 Investment portfolio 890 702 (27 038) 863 664 Loans and advances to customers 17 192 208 – 17 192 208 Own originated loans and advances to customers securitised 1 034 174 – 1 034 174 Other loans and advances 2 829 189 (39 700) 2 789 489 Other securitised assets 3 101 422 919 956 4 021 378 Interests in associated undertakings 27 506 – 27 506 Deferred taxation assets 150 381 – 150 381 Other assets 1 802 121 (3 434) 1 798 687 Property and equipment 171 685 4 088 175 773 Investment properties 407 295 – 407 295 Goodwill 468 320 – 468 320 Intangible assets 192 099 – 192 099 45 284 554 853 996 46 138 550 Financial statements Other fi nancial instruments at fair value through profi t or loss in respect of Liabilities to customers 6 265 846 – 6 265 846 51 550 400 853 996 52 404 396

01

124 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

59. Restatements (continued)

Combined consolidated balance sheet (continued) 31 March 31 March 2012 IFRS 10 2012 £'000 As reported Restated

Liabilities Deposits by banks 2 967 428 67 895 3 035 323 Derivative fi nancial instruments 1 421 130 – 1 421 130 Other trading liabilities 612 884 – 612 884 Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent 1 864 137 – 1 864 137 Customer accounts (deposits) 25 343 771 (67 895) 25 275 876 Debt securities in issue 2 243 948 – 2 243 948 Liabilities arising on securitisation of own originated loans and advances 1 036 674 – 1 036 674 Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets 2 402 043 912 694 3 314 737 Current taxation liabilities 209 609 – 209 609 Deferred taxation liabilities 102 478 – 102 478 Other liabilities 1 575 154 (4 301) 1 570 853 39 779 256 908 393 40 687 649 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts 6 263 913 6 263 913 Insurance liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities 1 933 1 933 46 045 102 908 393 46 953 495 Subordinated liabilities 1 492 776 1 492 776 47 537 878 908 393 48 446 271 Equity Ordinary share capital 221 – 221 Perpetual preference share capital 153 – 153 Share premium 2 457 019 – 2 457 019 Treasury shares (72 820) – (72 820) Financial statements Other reserves 82 327 – 82 327 Retained income 1 249 515 (54 397) 1 195 118 Shareholders' equity excluding non-controlling interests 3 716 415 (54 397) 3 662 018 Non-controlling interests 296 107 – 296 107 – Perpetual preferred securities issued by subsidiaries 291 769 – 291 769 – Non controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries 4 338 – 4 338

Total equity 4 012 522 (54 397) 3 958 125

Total liabilities and equity 51 550 400 853 996 52 404 396

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 125 Notes to the annual fi nancial statements (continued)

59. Restatements (continued) Combined consolidated income statement 31 March 31 March For the year to 2013 IFRS 10 IAS 19 2013 £'000 As reported Restated

Interest income 2 131 765 (301) 1 251 2 132 715 Interest expense (1 429 239) 131 – (1 429 108) Net interest income 702 526 (170) 1 251 703 607

Fee and commission income 1 117 551 (7 153) – 1 110 398 Fee and commission expense (144 876) 1 298 – (143 578) Investment income 182 889 (897) – 181 992 Trading income arising from: – – customer fl ow 70 859 – – 70 859 – balance sheet management and other trading activities 35 398 (1 360) – 34 038 Other operating income 42 153 – – 42 153 Total operating income before impairment on loans and advances 2 006 500 (8 282) 1 251 1 999 469 Impairment losses on loans and advances (251 012) – – (251 012) Operating income 1 755 488 (8 282) 1 251 1 748 457

Operating costs (1 302 929) – (104) (1 303 033) Depreciation on operating leased assets (16 072) – – (16 072) Operating profi t before goodwill and acquired intangibles 436 487 (8 282) 1 147 429 352

Impairment of goodwill (15 175) – – (15 175) Amortisation of acquired intangibles (13 313) – – (13 313) Cost arising from integration of acquired subsidiaries (13 119) – – (13 119) Operating profi t 394 880 (8 282) 1 147 387 745

Financial statements Non-operational costs arising from acquisition of subsidiary (1 249) – – (1 249) Profi t before taxation 393 631 (8 282) 1 147 386 496 Taxation on operating profi t before goodwill (78 800) – (264) (79 064) Taxation on acquired intangibles and acquisition/disposal/integration of subsidiaries 5 977 – – 5 977 Profi t after taxation 320 808 (8 282) 883 313 409

Operating income attributable to non-controlling interests (3 317) – – (3 317) Earnings attributable to shareholders 317 491 (8 282) 883 310 092 01 60. Post-balance sheet events

As announced on the 11 of April 2014, the board of directors of Investec have entered into a defi nitive contract with the Bankof Queensland Limited (BOQ) to purchase Investec Bank Australia Limited’s (IBAL’s) Professional Finance and Asset Finance and Leasing businesses and its deposit book. The transaction is structured as a sale of IBAL. A total team of over 310 people will be transferring to BOQ. The consideration price has been agreed at an A$210 million premium to tangible net asset value (NAV), for the shares in IBAL. Upon conclusion of the transaction, IBAL will repatriate its entire NAV to Investec Holdings Australia Limited. The consideration price for the sale assets is prior to transaction costs and any costs that may arise following the restructure. Furthermore, it is a requirement of the transaction to transfer all non-sale assets and liabilities and contractual agreements out of IBAL prior to conclusion of the sale. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval.

126 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Investec plc parent company accounts

Balance sheet

At 31 March £’000 Notes 2014 2013

Assets Fixed assets Investments in subsidiary undertakings b 1 817 840 1 817 840

Current assets Amounts owed by group undertakings 545 581 569 819 Tax 14 550 5 979 Other debtors 32 22 Prepayments and accrued income 371 126 Cash at bank and in hand – balances with other banks 567 726 561 101 576 672 2 378 941 2 394 512 Current liabilities Bank loans c – with subsidiary undertaking 44 498 8 814 – with other banks 40 013 128 419 Debt securities in issue 29 712 – Derivative fi nancial instruments 178 – Amounts owed to group undertakings 754 940 754 617 Other liabilities 509 768 Accruals and deferred income 3 094 3 950 872 944 896 568

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital d 178 177 Financial statements Perpetual preference shares d 151 151 Share premium account d 1 146 548 1 130 210 Capital reserve d 356 292 356 292 Retained income d 2 828 11 114 Total capital and reserves 1 505 997 1 497 944

Total capital and liabilities 2 378 941 2 394 512

The notes on pages 128 to 129 form an integral part of the fi nancial statements. 01 Approved and authorised for issue by the board of directors on 11 June 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Koseff Chief executive offi cer

11 June 2014

Investec integrated annual report 2014 127 Investec plc parent company accounts Notes to Investec plc parent company accounts

a. Accounting policies Basis of preparation The parent accounts of Investec plc are prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, and on a going concern basis. Foreign currencies Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into Pounds Sterling at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. All foreign currency transactions are translated into Pounds Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the time of the transaction. Forward foreign exchange contracts are revalued at the market rates ruling at the date applicable to their respective maturities. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the income statement. Investments Investments are stated at cost less any impairment in value. Income Dividends from subsidiaries are recognised when paid. Interest is recognised on an accrual basis. Taxation Corporate tax is provided on taxable profi ts at the current rate. Company’s own profi t and loss account The company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 to not present its own profi t and loss account. Cash fl ow statement The company has taken advantage of the exemption in Financial Reporting Standard 1 to not present its own cash fl ow statement. A cash fl ow statement, prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards, is included in the consolidated annual fi nancial statements of the group. Financial instruments The company has taken advantage of the exemption in Financial Reporting Standard 29 to not present its own disclosures in Financial statements respect of fi nancial instruments as disclosures prepared in accordance with International Reporting Standards are included in het consolidated annual fi nancial statements of the group. Financial liabilities Financial liabilities are recorded at amortised cost applying the effective interest rate method. Related party transactions Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving directors and others are disclosed in note 52 to the group annual fi nancial statements. The company has taken advantage of the exemptions available in Financial Reporting Standard 8 from disclosing transactions with related parties which are wholly owned members of Investec plc group. 01 b. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

£’000 2014 2013

At the beginning of the year 1 817 840 1 790 348 Additions – 54 984 Disposals – (27 492) At the end of the year 1 817 840 1 817 840

c. Bank loans

The company drew down a Pounds Sterling denominated loan of £40 million on 10 February 2014 which bears interest at a fi xed margin above three-month Libor and is repayable on 10 February 2015. During the year the company launched its own European Medium Term Note programme (EMTN). The company issued two fi xed rate notes under this programme. A US Dollar denominated note of U$15 million was issued on 14 February 2014, repayable 16 February 2015 and on the same day a Euro denominated note of €25 million was issued which matures 29 September 2017 and pays interest semi-annually.

128 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Investec plc parent company accounts

Notes to Investec plc parent company accounts (continued)

c. Bank loans (continued)

The bank loans outstanding at 31 March 2013 have matured during the year and been repaid. The Euro denominated loans of €105 million were repaid on 14 February 2014, the US Dollar denominated loan of U$20 million was repaid on 4 March 2014 and the Ponds Sterling denominated loan of £28.5 million was repaid on 24 December 2013. d. Statement of changes in shareholders’ equity

Perpetual Profi t Share preference Share Capital and loss Total £’000 capital shares premium reserve account equity

At 1 April 2013 177 151 1 130 210 356 292 11 114 1 497 944 Issue of ordinary shares 1 – 16 338 – – 16 339 Profi t for the year – – – – 48 309 48 309 Dividends paid to preference shareholders – – – – (3 395) (3 395) Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders – – – – (53 200) (53 200) At 31 March 2014 178 151 1 146 548 356 292 2 828 1 505 997 e. Parent company profi t and loss account

No profi t and loss account is presented for the company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 (Act).

The company's profi t for the year, determined in accordance with the Act, was £48 309 000 (2013: £56 278 000). f. Audit fees

Details of the company’s audit fees are set out in note 6 to the group annual fi nancial statements. Financial statements g. Dividends

Details of the company’s dividends are set out in note 10 to the group annual fi nancial statements. h. Share capital

Details of the company's ordinary share capital are set out in note 43 to the group annual fi nancial statements. Details of the perpetual preference shares are set out in note 44 to the group annual fi nancial statements. i. Audit opinion 01

The audit opinion on the annual fi nancial statements of the Investec plc parent company is included in the combined consolidated annual fi nancial statements of Investec plc and Investec Limited for the year ended 31 March 2014.

The information as detailed here for Investec plc parent company is a summary. For detailed notes refer to the Investec plc group and company annual fi nancial statements.

Investec integrated annual report 2014 129 Investec Limited parent company accounts

Income statement

For the year to 31 March R’million 2014 2013

Interest income 69 74 Interest expense (31) (27) Net interest income 38 47 Fee and commission income –– Fee and commission expense (5) – Investment income 1 578 2 224 Trading income arising from balance sheet management and other trading activities 42 – Operating income 1 653 2 271 Operating costs 64 (76) Operating profi t 1 717 2 195 Non-operational costs arising from disposal of subsidiary 641 – Profi t before taxation 2 358 2 195 Taxation 42 (1) Profi t after taxation 2 400 2 194

Statement of comprehensive income

For the year to 31 March R’million 2014 2013

Profi t after taxation 2 400 2 194 Total comprehensive income 2 400 2 194 Financial statements

01

130 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Investec Limited parent company accounts (continued)

Balance sheet

At 31 March R’million Notes 2014 2013

Assets Loans and advances to banks 31 30 Other debt securities 3 435 Investment portfolio – 41 Other assets 5 55 Investment in subsidiaries b 15 720 14 424 15 759 14 985

Liabilities Debt securities in issue 808 400 Current taxation liabilities 107 247 Other liabilities 119 124 1 034 771 Equity Ordinary share capital c 1 1 Share premium 10 094 9 863 Other reserves 62 62 Retained income 4 568 4 288 Total equity 14 725 14 214

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 15 759 14 985 Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 131 Investec Limited parent company accounts (continued)

Statement of changes in equity

Total Share Share Other Retained shareholders’ R’million capital premium reserves income equity

At 1 April 2012 1 9 401 62 3 619 13 083 Total comprehensive income – – – 2 194 2 194 Issue of ordinary shares – 159 – – 159 Issue of perpetual preference shares – 303 – – 303 Share-based payment adjustments – – – 116 116 Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders – – – (1 425) (1 425) Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders – – – (216) (216) At 31 March 2013 1 9 863 62 4 288 14 214 Total comprehensive income – – – 2 400 2 400 Issue of ordinary shares – 231 – – 231 Share-based payment adjustments – – – (288) (288) Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders – – – (1 620) (1 620) Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders – – – (212) (212) At 31 March 2014 1 10 094 62 4 568 14 725 Financial statements

01

132 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Investec Limited parent company accounts (continued)

Cash fl ow statement

For the year to 31 March R’million 2014 2013

Cash fl ows from operating activities Cash generated by operating activities 1 429 2 311 Taxation paid (98) (1) Increase in operating liabilities 403 68 Decrease/(increase) in operating assets 523 (341) Net cash infl ow from operating activities 2 257 2 037

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities Proceeds on issue of shares, net of related costs 231 462 Dividends paid (1 832) (1 641) Net increase in subsidiaries and loans to group companies (655) (856) Net cash outfl ow from fi nancing activities (2 256) (2 035) Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 1 2 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 30 28 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 31 30

Cash and cash equivalents is defi ned as including: On demand loans and advances to banks 31 30 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 31 30

Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity profi le of less than three months. Financial statements

01

Investec integrated annual report 2014 133 Investec Limited parent company accounts Notes to Investec Limited parent company accounts

a. Accounting policies Basis of presentation The parent company accounts of Investec Limited are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and in a manner consistent with the policies disclosed on pages 24 to 32 for the group accounts, except as noted below: Foreign currencies The presentational and functional currency for Investec Limited parent company is South African Rand. All foreign currency transactions are initially recorded and translated to the functional currency at the rate applicable at the time of the transaction. Investment in subsidiaries Investment in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any impairment in value.

b. Investment in subsidiaries

R’million 2014 2013

At the beginning of the year 14 424 13 568 Net increase in investment in subsidiaries 855 499 Disposal of subsidiaries (12) – Increase in loans to subsidiaries 453 357 At the end of the year 15 720 14 424

A list of the company’s principal subsidiaries is detailed in note 56 to the group accounts on page 117.

c. The company's called up share capital is detailed in note 43 to the group accounts on page 97.

d. The company's perpetual preference shares are detailed in note 44 to the group accounts on page 99.

The information detailed here for Investec Limited parent company is a summary. For detailed notes refer to the Investec Limited group and company annual fi nancial statements. Financial statements

01

134 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Contact details

Australia, Adelaide Channel Islands, St Helier Namibia, Windhoek Suite 5 121–129 Hutt Street One The Esplanade St Helier Offi ce 1 Ground fl oor SA 5000 Adelaide Australia Jersey Heritage Square Building Telephone (61) 8 8203 9100 JE2 3QA Channel Islands 100 Robert Mugabe Avenue Windhoek Facsimile (61) 8 8227 0066 Telephone (44) 1534 512 512 Telephone (264 61) 389 500 e-mail [email protected] Facsimile (44) 1534 512 513 Facsimile (264 61) 249 689 e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] Australia, Brisbane Level 8 Riverside Centre Channel Islands, St Peter Port South Africa, Cape Town 123 Eagle Street Brisbane Glategny Court 36 Hans Strijdom Avenue QLD 4001 Australia Glategny Esplanade, GY1 1WR Foreshore Cape Town 8001 Telephone (61) 7 3018 8100 Channel Islands PO Box 1826 Cape Town 8000 Facsimile (61) 7 3018 8108 Telephone +(44) 1481 723 506 Telephone (27 21) 416 1000 e-mail [email protected] Facsimile (27 21) 416 1001 Hong Kong Australia, Melbourne Suite 3609 36/F South Africa, Durban Level 49 120 Collins Street Two International Finance Centre 5 Richefond Circle Melbourne 8 Finance Street Ridgeside Offi ce Park VIC 3000 Australia Central Hong Kong Umhlanga Durban 4319 Telephone (61) 3 8660 1000 Telephone (852) 3187 5000 PO Box 25278 Gateway Durban 4321 Facsimile (61) 3 8660 1010 Facsimile (852) 2524 3360 Telephone (27 31) 575 4000 e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] Facsimile (27 865) 009 901

Australia, Perth Suites 2604 – 2606 Tower 2 The Gateway South Africa, East London Harbour City Tsimshatsui Kowloon Unit 30/31, 22 Railway Road Cube 1 Hong Kong Subiaco Perth Cedar Square Telephone (852) 2861 6888 WA 6008 Australia Bonza Bay Road Facsimile (852) 2861 6861 Telephone (61) 8 9214 4500 Beacon Bay Facsimile (61) 8 9214 4545 India, Mumbai East London 5241 e-mail [email protected] Telephone (27 43) 709 5700 902, The Capital Facsimile (27 43) 721 0664 Australia, Sydney Plot No. C-70 Block Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra (East) Level 23, The Chifl ey Tower South Africa, Johannesburg Mumbai 400051 2 Chifl ey Square 100 Grayston Drive India Phillip Street Sydney Sandown Sandton 2196 Telephone (91) 226 136 7410 Financial statements GPO Box 2539 NSW 2000 Australia PO Box 785700 Sandton 2146 Telephone (61) 2 9293 2000 Ireland, Dublin Telephone (27 11) 286 7000 Facsimile (61) 2 9293 2002 Facsimile (27 11) 286 7777 e-mail [email protected] The Harcourt Building e-mail, South African offi ces Harcourt Street Botswana, Gaborone Dublin 2 Ireland • Recruitment queries: Telephone (353) 1 421 0000 Plot 64511, Unit 5 [email protected] Facsimile (353) 1 421 0500 Fairgrounds Gaborone e-mail [email protected] • Client queries: Telephone (267) 318 0112 – Asset management: Facsimile (267) 318 0114 Mauritius, Ebéne Cyber City [email protected] e-mail [email protected] Level 8C Cyber Tower II – Institutional Securities: 01 China, Beijing Ebéne Cyber City [email protected] Telephone (230) 403 0400 Room 11 5/F West Tower – Private Client Securities: Facsimile (230) 403 0498 World Finance Centre [email protected] e-mail [email protected] No. 1 East 3rd Ring Middle Road – Property Group: Chaoyang District Mauritius, Port Louis [email protected] Beijing 10 002 P.R. China – Private Bank: Telephone (86 10) 8535 6200 6th Floor Dias Pier Building [email protected] Facsimile (86 10) 8535 6299 Le Caudan Waterfront Caudan Port Louis – Capital Markets: Canada, Toronto Telephone (230) 207 4000 [email protected] Facsimile (230) 207 4002 66 Wellington Street, West Suite 2701 e-mail [email protected] South Africa, Knysna PO Box 307 Toronto-Dominion Centre Toronto Ontario M5K 1K2 TH24/TH25 Long Street Ext Telephone (1 416) 687 2400 Thesen Harbour Town Knysna 6571 Facsimile (1 416) 364 3434 Telephone (27 44) 302 1800 Facsimile (27 44) 382 4954

Investec integrated annual report 2014 135 Contact details (continued)

South Africa, Pietermaritzburg United Kingdom, London Acacia House Redlands Estate 2 Gresham Street London 1 George MacFarlane Lane EC2V 7QP UK Pietermaritzburg 3201 Telephone (44 207) 597 4000 PO Box 594 Pietermaritzburg 3200 Facsimile (44 207) 597 4070 Telephone (27 33) 264 5800 Facsimile (27 33) 342 1561 100 Wood Street London EC2V 7AN UK South Africa, Port Elizabeth Telephone (44 207) 597 1234 Facsimile (44 207) 597 4070 6th Floor Fairview Offi ce Park 66 Ring Road Greenacres 25 Basinghall Street London Port Elizabeth 6045 EC2V 5HA UK PO Box 27416 Greenacres 6057 Telephone (44 207) 597 2000 Telephone (27 41) 396 6700 Facsimile (44 207) 597 1818 Facsimile (27 41) 363 1667 United Kingdom, Manchester South Africa, Pretoria 3 Hardman Street Spinningfi elds Cnr Atterbury and Klarinet Streets Manchester M3 3HF UK Menlo Park Pretoria 0081 Telephone (44 161) 832 6868 PO Box 35209 Menlo Park 0102 Facsimile (44 161) 832 1233 Telephone (27 12) 427 8300 Facsimile (27 12) 427 8310 United States, New York South Africa, Stellenbosch 1270 Avenue of the Americas 29th Floor Block D De Wagen Road Offi ce Park New York, NY 10020 Stellentia Street Stellenbosch 7600 United States of America PO Box 516 Stellenbosch 7599 Telephone (212) 259 5610 Telephone (27 21) 809 0700 Facsimile (917) 206 5103 Facsimile (27 21) 809 0730 Switzerland, Geneva 3 Place des Bergues Geneva 1201 Switzerland Telephone (41) 22 807 2000 Facsimile (41) 22 807 2005 Financial statements e-mail [email protected] Switzerland, Zurich Loewenstrasse 29 Zurich CH-8001 Switzerland Telephone (41 44) 226 1000 Facsimile (41 44 ) 226 1010 e-mail [email protected] Taiwan Unit B 20F Taipei 101 Tower 01 7 Xin Yi Rd Sec 5 Taipei 110 Taiwan Telephone (886 2) 8101 0800 Facsimile (886 2) 8101 0900

136 Investec integrated annual report 2014 Defi nitions

Adjusted shareholders’ equity Market capitalisation Return on average adjusted Refer to calculation on page 49 in Total number of shares in issue (including tangible shareholders’ equity volume one Investec plc and Investec Limited) multiplied Refer to calculation on page 49 in by the closing share price of Investec plc on volume one Cost to income ratio the London Stock Exchange Operating costs divided by operating Return on risk-weighted income (net of depreciation on leased Net tangible asset value assets per share assets). Depreciation on operating leased Adjusted earnings divided by average risk- assets has been netted off against Refer to calculation on page 48 in weighted assets operating income volume one Risk weighted assets Core loans and advances Non-operating items Is calculated as the sum of risk-weighted Net loans and advances to customers plus Refl ects profi ts and/or losses on assets for Investec plc and Investec net own originated securitised assets termination, restructuring or disposal of Limited (converted into Pounds Sterling) as group operations and acquisitions made refl ected on page 48 in volume one Refer to calculation on page 31 in volume two Operating profi t Staff compensation to Dividend cover Operating income less administrative operating income ratio expenses, impairments for bad and Adjusted earnings per ordinary share before All employee related costs expressed as a doubtful debts and depreciation of tangible goodwill and non-operating items divided percentage of operating income fi xed assets. This amount is before by dividends per ordinary share goodwill, acquired intangibles and Third party assets under Earnings attributable to non-operating items administration ordinary shareholders before Operating profi t per employee Includes third party assets under goodwill, acquired intangibles administration managed by the Wealth Refer to calculation on page 52 in and non-operating items & Investment, Asset Management and volume one (i.e. adjusted earnings) Property businesses Refer to page 51 Recurring income Total capital resources Net interest income plus net annuity Includes shareholders’ equity, subordinated Adjusted earnings per ordinary fees and commissions expressed as a liabilities and non-controlling interests share before goodwill, percentage of total operating income acquired intangibles and Total equity non-operating items Return on average adjusted shareholders’ equity Total shareholders’ equity including Refer to page 51 non-controlling interests Refer to calculation on page 49 in Effective operational tax rate volume one Weighted number of ordinary Tax on profi t on ordinary activities shares in issue (excluding non-operating items) divided by The number of ordinary shares in issue operating profi t at the beginning of the year increased by shares issued during the year, weighted on a time basis for the period during which they have participated in the income of the group less treasury shares. Refer to calculation on page 51 Specialist Banking Asset Management Wealth & Investment